Physics 2650774146 I

PHYSICS 2008-2009 Catalog and Experiment Guide
High Precision Diffraction Slits
Vacuum Deposited Chromium on Glass page 281
Sensor-Based Diffraction System

page 280
Ripple Tank System

page 254
New Products
See pages 2-5
Only PASCO has the Complete Solution

A Equipment and Probeware Engineered to Function Together A Designed and Tested by Teachers A Teacher Authored Experiment Manuals
Founded as a Physics apparatus company over 40 years ago, we design, engineer and manufacture educational laboratory apparatus for Science and Engineering classrooms worldwide.
At PASCO, the teacher comes first.

4 PASCO employs over 20 teachers who work in
product development, engineering, marketing, sales, and technical support. that the needs of teachers are met.
4 Our design and manufacturing ability guarantees
Our plant is located in Roseville, CA, near Sacramento. Call us at +1 916-786-3800 to speak with customer support, or a sales representative for your country. We will help you find the best solution for your needs.
For more information, visit us at www.pasco.com

Flexible I-Beam
ME-9891 Page 150
Table of Contents
New Products _____________________________ 2-5 PASPORT Interface/Sensors _________________ 6-47 ScienceWorkshop Interface/Sensors _________ 48-64 Sensor Accessories ______________________ 65-71 DataStudio Software ______________________ 72-75 Probeware Bundles _______________________ 76-95 Software/Teaching Resources _____________ 96-103 Mechanics____________________________ 104-183 Mechanics Supplies ____________________ 184-195 Thermodynamics _______________________ 196-215
Kinesthetic Cart
SE-8747 Page 127
Electrostatics & Electromagnetism _________ 216-245 Instrumentation ________________________ 246-253 Waves & Sound ________________________ 254-269 Light & Optics _________________________ 270-305
Series/Parallel Spring Set

ME-6842 Page 155
Fundamental Constants __________________ 306-314 Atomic & Nuclear ______________________ 315-320 Experiments ___________________________ 321-364 Professional Development _______________ 365-367 Numeric Index _________________________ 368-369 Spares Index __________________________ 370-371 Product & Topic Index ___________________ 372-382 Order Information ______________________ 383-384 Concave Mirror
SE-7573 Page 292
PASCO Sales and Technical Support_____________ Inside back cover
New Products
Products
PAStrack
ME-6960
See page 108 This affordable molded plastic track comes in two 50-cm sections for easy storage. The adjustable feet are built-in and the track has side slots for accessories, just like the aluminum tracks. Track just snaps together.
PAStrack Basic System

ME-6962
See page 105 Basic System at a Great Price!
Elastic Bumper
ME-8998
See page 109 Keep carts from hitting the Motion Sensor, without interfering with the Motion Sensor signal.
PAStrack Dynamics System

ME-6961
See page 105 This system has everything needed for a complete course on kinematics, collisions, and oscillations.
Dynamics Track Spring

ME-8999
See page 109
Vary spring constants and spring length in oscillations and Hookes Law experiments on any dynamics track.
www.pasco.com
New Products
Products
OS-8453
See page 281
Multi-Fan Bracket
ME-6616
See page 111
A Vacuum eposited D ChromiumonGlass
Clip up to three Fan Accessories on one cart!
Circular Diffraction pattern
High Resolution Force Sensor

PS-2189
See page 19
Bumper Stickers (100 pack)

SE-7590
See page 190 Use these bumper stickers as rewards for your students and to increase interest in physics.
A 0.002 NResolution A 50 NRange
Dynamics Cart Magnetic Damping

ME-6828
See page 116 Magnetic drag caused by induced currents in an aluminum track results in damping which is proportional to the carts velocity. With a cart hooked to springs, demonstrate underdamped, critically damped, and over-damped oscillations.
Discover Collision Bracket

ME-8973
See page 118 This inexpensive bracket holds a force sensor in place to do bumper collisions. Two spring bumpers are included.
New Products
Products
Tension Protractor
ME-6855
See page 148 Spring Scale and Protractor Combined
Micro Stir Bar

PS-2565
See page 42 The Micro Stir Bar for use with pH and conductivity probes.
String
30 angle reading
Arrow indicates tension reading (5.0 N)
Mass and Hanger Set

ME-8979
See page 195 1/2 gram Resolution Steel Post
For strength
Meter Stick (set of 6)

SE-8827
5 gram mass hanger See page 189
A ardwood H A Metric onBothSides
Unique Design
Allows visibility of smaller masses
Broad Spectrum Light Sensor

PS-2150
See page 33
Dual Pressure Sensor

PS-2181
See page 26
High Current Sensor

PS-2193
See page 35
Perform Blackbody Experiments
Perform Heat Engine Experiments Absolute Pressure: 0 to 200 kPa Differential Pressure: 100 kPa Maximum Sample Rate: 1000 Hz
10 Amps Maximum Sample Rate: 1000 Hz
www.pasco.com
New Products
Products
Microscopes
SE-8832 and SE-8833
See page 308
PASPORT Experiments
Ballistic Pendulum
EX-9959 ...................... See page 328
A HighQuality A LowPrice
Conservation of Angular Momentum

EX-9960 ...................... See page 333
Conservation of Energy II
EX-9961 ...................... See page 340
Ratio of Specific Heats

EX-9969 ...................... See page 344
Electric Equivalent of Heat

EX-9962 ...................... See page 343
Brewsters Angle
Dissectible Fuel Cell

SE-8834
See page 231
EX-9965 ...................... See page 352
Earths Magnetic Field

EX-9968 ...................... See page 362
XplorerGLXExperiments
Take this fuel cell apart to see whats in it...and then put it back together in working order.
Vibrating Strings
EX-9964 .................. See page 348
Resistivity
EX-9966 .................. See page 354
500-Turn Coil
EM-6723
See page 241
LRC Resonance
EX-9967 .................. See page 357
Electrical Equivalent of Heat

EX-9963 .................. See page 343 20 cm
PASPORT Introduction
Probeware: Designed for Science Education

The PASPORT System was designed to meet the needs of the science classroom and lab. Below are a few of the reasons PASPORT is a leading probeware system used throughout the world:
Four Interfaces to Fit Your Needs

A void the one size A fits all mentality of other probeware systems. A SB Link is the U most economical interface available. A se multiple U interfaces together in any combination. A ll interfaces A compatible with both Windows and Macintosh computers.
3
USB Link PS-2100A
Built to Last
A ensor cables are designed with S appropriate strain relief in the connections to prevent wire breakage. A ASPORT sensors can only be P plugged into interfaces in the correct orientation, preventing damage to the sensor pins and the interfaces. A ensor and interface cases are S designed to withstand student use. Most use impact-resistant poly-carbonate, while PASCOs Drop Counter uses the chemically-resistant polypropylene.
Xplorer Datalogger PS-2000
PowerLink PS-2001 Xplorer GLX PS-2002
Xplorer GLX is Fully Self-contained

Computer, graphing calculator or PDA not required
A plorer GLX includes all the tools to complete most X physics experiments.
Superior Sensors
A ensors are automatically S identified by the computer or datalogger when plugged in. A ultiMeasure sensors M combine complimentary measurements into one sensor for convenience, superior performance and cost savings. A se any combination of U sensors together, even with different data collection rates. A ynamic variable D over-sampling greatly reduces noise level at low sample rates.
A ollect data and save files. C A iew graphs, tables or other displays. V
Motion Sensor PS-2103A
A pply analysis tools such as derivatives, integration, A linear fit and statistics. A rint data tables and P graphs directly from the Xplorer GLX.
Force Sensor PS-2104
Voltage/Current Sensor PS-2115
Absolute Pressure/ Temperature Sensor PS-2146
Compatible with PASPORT and ScienceWorkshop Sensors

A nalog and Digital Adapters (page 65), enable students to A use ScienceWorkshop Sensors with the USB Link, PowerLink, Xplorer and Xplorer GLX.
www.pasco.com
PASPORT Interfaces
Interface Comparison
Use the following table to compare the features and capabilities of PASPORT Interfaces:
USB Link Features Collects Data with a Computer Data Logging Print Graphs and Tables Directly from Interface Operate with USB Keyboard and Mouse Works in the field with a Laptop USB "On the Go" Ports Graphical Display Display Size Display Color Mode Character Display Icon-Based Operating System Maximum Sample Rate Number of Sensor Ports Built-in Sensors Built-in Function Generator Built-in Speaker for Sound Output Data Storage Memory Built-in Data Analysis Tools Built-in Graphing Calculator with Expression Editor Built-in USB Hub (to add additional PASPORT Interfaces) Pre-loaded Experiment Files Built-in File Management System Annotations for Data Points and Runs Battery Power Free DataStudio Lite Software Included Compatible with DataStudio Software Powered by Computer's USB Port Compatible with ScienceWorkshop Sensors Upgradable Operating System PS-2100A
See p. 14
Xplorer PS-2000
See p. 14
PowerLink PS-2001
See p. 15
Xplorer GLX PS-2002

See p. 8
yes yes 1000 Hz 1 Text yes yes yes yes*** yes
yes yes yes 1.3" x 0.3" Black and White 2 lines x 16 characters 1000 Hz 1 0.1 MB Text 2 "AA" yes yes yes yes*** yes
yes yes 1000 Hz 3 yes Text 2 "C" yes yes yes*** yes
yes yes Using a USB Printer yes yes Use mouse, keyboard, printer 320 x 240 pixels 3" x 2.2" Grayscale yes 50,000 Hz 8** Voltage, Sound, Temperature (2) Dual, Independent yes 12 MB yes yes yes yes Voice and Text Built-in Rechargeable (NiMH) yes yes yes*** yes
** Includes 4 Built-in Sensors *** Using either Analog or Digital Adapters (see page 65)
PASPORT Xplorer GLX

Four Universal Ports
Connect up to four PASPORT sensors in any combination including MultiMeasure Sensors.
Xplorer GLX Designed for Science Education

A Cutting Edge Technology A Multiple Features in One Unit
File Management System
Create and save experiment templates and student files right on the Xplorer GLX. Up to 100 files.
Shown Actual Size with Actual Screen Resolution
Up to 50,000 Hz Max Sampling Rate

Built for USB-on-the-Go. Print data and graphs directly using an HP printer. Use a mouse and/or keyboard to make navigation and data entry a snap. Save data and experiments to a flash drive, or transfer to another GLX. Connect to a computer using the included USB cable.
2 Built-in Temperature Ports

Includes 2 Fast Response Temperature Probes.
2 USB ports
Built-in Voltage Port Sound Output
Includes one Voltage Probe. Use with optional external speakers to study the properties of sound waves.
Dual Function Generator
Produce multiple waveforms and frequencies.
50 MHz Floating Point Processor (FPU)

A runches numbers faster than any other C handheld device A aster graphing, faster analysis F
Scientific symbol fonts mean pi looks like . Supports 15 languages.
Intuitive Icon-Based Navigation
High-Resolution Screen
Built to Last
A echargeable 1700mAH NiMH battery R and charger included A ough polycarbonate case T A irmware updates available at F www.pasco.com
A risp, clear output allows for easier data analysis C A 20 x 240 grayscale 3 A ransflective technology for optimal visibility in T all lighting conditionseven sunlight! A acklit for use in darkened optics lab B
Sized for the Lab

A mall enough to hold in your hand S A equires minimumal desk space R A creen large enough to see S data in fine detail and conduct analysis
Built-in Graphing Calculator with Expression Editor
A reate/edit/graph mathematical models C A Perform real-time calculations A se calculator functions with Relay (CI-6462) to U do sense and control experiments
Calculator and Manual Data Entry Keys

A A A A E nter alphanumeric data A nnotate graphs C reates experiment notes pages P erform calculations
12MB of Data Storage
12 MB of user-available memory allows a full day of experiments.
Flash Memory
Includes:
Data retained even if batteries discharge.
Microphone/Sound Sensor
A isplay sound waveforms D A easure sound level (dB) M A oice annotate an V experiment
Speaker
A wo fast response, low thermal mass T temperature probes A Voltage probe A Built-in sound sensor A Built-in speaker A Power adapter and battery charger A USB A to USB B cable A ataStudio Lite for use as a PASPORT D interface to computer A Users guide and tutorial CD
Xplorer GLX PS-2002
For sound output.
See page 11-13 for accessories.
www.pasco.com
PASPORT Xplorer GLX
The Xplorer GLX currently supports the following languages:

A Arabic A Chinese A French A German A Italian A Japanese A Norwegian A Portuguese A Russian A Spanish A Swedish A Turkish
Use the Xplorer GLX 3 ways:
Instead of a Computer, PDA or Graphing Calculator
(Traditional) A Chinese (Simplified) A Danish A English
Display/Analyze Data
Two Graphs
Display two different graphs to compare and analyze data.
The Xplorer GLX includes the most important functions from other computing devices for effective physics teaching. Collect and analyze data, even print directly from the Xplorer GLX. Plus, never worry about operating system or computer network problems.
As a Real-Time Interface
Use your GLX as an oscilloscope. Set trigger criteria and go. Display two measurements simultaneously.
Scope Mode
Connect the Xplorer GLX directly to a computer via the USB connection. When connected, the Xplorer GLX acts as a typical PASPORT interface controlled by the computer, presenting real-time data collected by the sensors. As with all PASPORT interfaces, DataStudio software is launched when a PASPORT sensor is connected. Sensors are automatically identified and displays set up.
Linear Fit
As a Remote Datalogger
Choose the Linear Fit Tool, then select the appropriate region of data. Slope and Intercept are at bottom of screen.
Perform any single calculation or create a calculated data set based on measurements from a sensor. Any function can be graphed directly from the calculator window. Students see both equation and graph.
Calculator
Take data anywhere, anytime with the Xplorer GLX. (And with 12 MB of memory, thats a lot of data). Display and even analyze data on the Xplorer GLX screen. Later, simply connect the Xplorer GLX to the USB port on your computer and all stored data is downloaded, ready for writing reports or further analysis. Xplorer GLX lets you take data anywhere, any time and still have the data available for use on your computer. Data can also be stored on a USB flash drive.
10
PASPORT Xplorer GLX Accessories
Xplorer GLX Power Amplifier

PS-2006
A mplifies the signal output from the Xplorer GLX A A C, Sine, Square, Triangle, Ramp D A uilt-in Current Sensor B
The GLX Power Amplifier amplifies the signal generated by the Xplorer GLX. Output current is measured directly by the Power Amplifier.
Typical Applications
A ower AC or DC Circuits and Measure Power Input P A Power Motors A Vary Driving Frequency of a String Vibrator A Power a Speaker for a Resonance Tube
In the experiment shown below, the Xplorer GLX and the GLX Power Amplifier are used as a variable frequency sine wave power supply for the String Vibrator (WA-9857). The Force Sensor (PS-2104) is used to measure the tension in the string. All parameters can be varied, including tension, amplitude, frequency, and the number of vibrating segments.
For the Ohms Law Experiment shown below, the GLX Power Amplifier provides a 20 second long voltage ramp, and a Voltage vs Current graph is generated for a resistor and a light bulb.The CI-6512 RLC Circuit board also includes two capacitors and an induction coil for performing low frequency RC and RLC circuit experiments.
Graph shows V vs I data for a 33 resistor and a light bulb. The slope of the linear graph gives the resistance of the resistor. Note the non-linear graph for the bulb, due to its large change in temperature.
Digits Display (top screen) shows the tension in string when not vibrating. The bottom screen shows a graph of frequency vs. number of vibrating segments. The slope of this line, along with the tension and length of the string, allows calculation of the wave speed and density of the string.
Includes:
GLX Power Amplifier Power Adapter
Specifications
Output Power: 1A @ 10 V DC Offset: 10 V Waveform Maximum Frequency: 5000 Hz Waveform Maximum Period: 1 Hour
Waveforms: DC Sine Square Triangle Ramp
GLX Power Amplifier Required: Xplorer GLX Recommended: RLC Circuit String Vibrator
PS-2006
PS-2002 CI-6512 WA-9857
p. 8 p. 226 p. 256
www.pasco.com
11
Emission Spectrometer System for Xplorer GLX

PS-2635
Absorption Spectrometer System for Xplorer GLX Spectrometer

PS-2642
Light Source Investigate full scan absorption data real-time with the Spectrometer Systems integrated light source and cuvette holder. You can also choose single wavelengths for Beers Law studies or scan a single wavelength versus Cuvette time for kinetic studies. Optional Fiber Optics Cable (SE-7194) can be used with the PS-2642 System to perform all experiments shown with the (PS-2635) Emission Spectrometer System. Graph shows two absorption bands due to the two colors of food dye added to the water in the cuvette.
A Uses Ocean Optics Red Tide Spectrometer A Full-scan spectroscopy without a computer!
The Xplorer GLX controls the Ocean Optics Red Tide Spectrometer which detects the spectrum using a 2048 pixel CCD linear array. The Xplorer GLX does a full sweep in less than 1 second.
Light Source (SE-9460) sold separately on p. 299
Light from a Hydrogen tube is sampled using the fiber optics cable connected to the Ocean Optics Spectrometer. The Spectrometer is plugged into the USB port on the Xplorer GLX.
Specifications
Range: VIS-NIR, 370-980 nm Optical Resolution: 2 nm
Specifications
Includes
Ocean Optics Red Tide Spectrometer Light Source and Cuvette holder, 10 Plastic Cuvettes USB Cable License key for Xplorer GLX Spectrometer
Absorption Spectrometer System for Xplorer GLX PS-2642 PS-2002 SE-7194
Includes:
Ocean Optics Red Tide Spectrometer Fiber Optics Cable USB Cable License key for Ocean Optics GLX feature set
Emission Spectrometer System for Xplorer GLX Required: Xplorer GLX PS-2635 PS-2002
Required: Xplorer GLX Recommended: Fiber Optics Cable
GPS Position Sensor

PS-2175
The GPS Position sensor utilizes satellite triangulation to determine the sensors position and velocity in outdoor environments. Obtain sensor data simultaneously linked to your latitude, longitude, altitude, and velocity. See page 47 for more information.
Two Modes
Absolute Position Mode: Pinpoints your location in the world and reports the latitude and longitude with a resolution of 2 meters. This data can be imported into My World GIS software to overlay sensor data on maps or aerial photos. Relative Position Mode: This mode enables a higher resolution (0.2 meters), suitable for experiments involving bicycles or people running or walking, in which the position in the world is not required. Car acceleration was measured with an Acceleration Sensor, and position and velocity were measured with the GPS Position sensor, then plotted on an aerial photo in My World software. The size of the plotted data point indicates the speed of the car, and the data is color coded to indicate the cars centripetal acceleration.
GPS Position Sensor Recommended: 3-Axis Acceleration Altimeter My World GIS Software Student License PS-2175 PS-2136 p. 23 SE-7382B
(For volume licensing, see www.pasco.com/myworld/)
12
Xplorer GLX Portable Lab Kit

PS-2688
Easy to store, quick to set-up. Turn any available surface into a science lab.
Xplorer GLX 20-Unit Charging Station

PS-2557
Conveniently store and charge your set of Xplorer GLX graphing dataloggers with this 20-unit charging station. This compactsized and light-weight charging station simplifies storagefits nicely on most shelves or table tops yet stores and charges up to 20 Xplorer GLXs. Just one outlet required to charge all 20 units. With this new charging station, your Xplorer GLXs are always ready to go.
Dimensions: 12 x 24 x 5.25 Weight: 10 lbs Designed and manufactured for PASCO by TriBeam Technologies.
Kit includes:
A A A A A A
Xplorer GLX Deluxe Storage Case Mobile USB keyboard USB Mouse Xplorer GLX peripheral cable (not shown) 2 Stainless Steel Temperature Probes
PS-2688 PS-2542
Xplorer GLX 20-Unit Charging Station
PS-2557
Xplorer GLX Mobile Cart

PS-2558
Get the convenience of a lockable rolling cart with your Xplorer GLX charging solution. This Xplorer GLX Mobile Cart has the Xplorer GLX 20-Unit Charging Station built right into it. Provides added security and easy transport from classroom to classroom or supply room to lab. Easy View locking cover accepts any standard padlock. Desktop height and top-loading design means easy access. The wire mesh design provides security but keeps weight down for easier maneuvering. Just one outlet required to charge up to 20 units. Use bottom shelf for storing sensor boxes or printer.
Xplorer GLX Mobile Cart
Xplorer GLX Portable Lab Kit Deluxe Storage Case (only)
Security Cable
PS-2537
Keep your GLX secure in the lab with this 3-digit combination lock security cable.
Dimensions: 34 x 19 x 34 Weight: 57 lbs Designed and manufactured for PASCO by TriBeam Technologies
Security Cable
PS-2537
PS-2558
Xplorer GLX Lanyard

PS-2535
Convenient lanyard clips to the bottom of the GLX.
Xplorer GLX Screen Protectors

PS-2550
USB Flash Drive 128MB

PS-2551
Use this 128 MB storage device with your Xplorer GLX to transfer files to your computer or another GLX. Write protect switch to avoid accidental data loss.
Xplorer GLX Lanyard
PS-2535
Xplorer GLX Screen Protectors (set of 15)
PS-2550
USB Flash Drive
PS-2551
www.pasco.com
13
Tripod Stand
SE-7397
Powered Stereo Speakers

PS-2538
Xplorer GLX not included
Xplorer GLX Pack

PS-2549
Carry your GLX and sensors safely when data collection takes you out of the classroom. Includes detachable strap.
Use this portable tripod to support the Xplorer GLX or just about any PASCO sensor. The lightweight tripod (0.18 kg) stands 17 cm high with a 25 cm footprint. The adjustable tripod head provides support for the Xplorer GLX or sensor in many orientations.
Tripod Stand SE-7397
Use powered computer speakers for sound output from built-in Dual Function Generator. Ideal for the study of frequency, amplitude, phase and beat frequency.
Powered Stereo Speakers
PS-2538
Xplorer GLX Pack
PS-2549
USB Keyboard
PS-2541
Mobile USB Keyboard

PS-2540
This keyboard can be rolled up and taken into the field.
Xplorer Vest
PS-2517
Use common keys such as Delete, Backspace and Function keys to increase student effectiveness with the Xplorer GLX. Plug the keyboard directly into the Xplorer GLXs USB port for data entry.
USB Keyboard PS-2541 Mobile USB Keyboard PS-2540
Xplorer GLX not included Keeps the Xplorer or Xplorer GLX secure during outdoor activities. Includes extra pockets for safely storing sensors.
Lab Stand
PS-2526
Slide the Xplorer GLX into the cradle of this sturdy metal stand to position the screen at the ideal angle for desktop experiments.
Lab Stand PS-2526
USB Mouse
PS-2539
Directly manipulate data on graphs and tables using common mouse functions such as drag and drop.
USB Mouse PS-2539
Peripheral Cable
PS-2536
Allows simultaneous use of two peripheral devices, such as a mouse and a printer.
Peripheral Cable PS-2536
Xplorer GLX Replacement Parts

(not shown)
Power Adapter Voltage Probe Fast Response Temperature Probes (3) USB Cable Rechargeable Battery PS-2529 PS-2165 PS-2135 PS-2528 PS-2527 Xplorer Vest PS-2517
14
PASPORT Xplorer and USB Link Interface

Power Button
Recessed to avoid accidentally turning off the Xplorer.
Xplorer: Interface and Datalogger

PS-2000
Affordable, Portable Data Collection

A Datalogger with 2-Line Display
LCD Display
Clearly displays measurement name, value and units.
Check Button
Allows students to save changes to measurements, units or sampling rate.
Universal Sensor Port

Compatible with all PASPORT Sensors. PASPORT MultiMeasure Sensors record multiple measurements through a single port.
Start/Stop Button
Start and stop data collection Sticky Start/Stop option prevents accidental starts and stops of data runs.
USB Connection
1000 Hz Maximum Sampling Rate with PASPORT Sensors Desktop or Field Use
Xplorer functions as a computer-based interface when connected to a USB port. Collect data in the field without any computer setup, then easily download the data to a computer back in the lab.
Edit Buttons
Change measurements, units, or sampling rate.
Connects Xplorer to the computer for downloading data. Provides power to the Xplorer, so no external power cable is needed. Power Adapter (not included) is available separately below.
Menu Button
Cycles through the various menu options.
Long Battery Life

2 AA batteries (included) will provide several days of use in the field.
Built to Last
Polycarbonate case will withstand the rigors of student use. PASPORT Sensors can only be plugged in the correct orientation. Preventing damage to the sensor pins and interface.
Power Adapter
PS-2530
The Xplorer is powered through the USB cable when connected to the computer and its own batteries when out in the field. The Xplorer can also be powered from a wall outlet using the Xplorer Power Adapter, when not connected to the computer.
Power Adapter PS-2530
Compatible with ScienceWorkshop Sensors

Requires Analog or Digital Adapter.
Xplorer PS-2000
USB Link: Connects Sensors to a Computer

PS-2100A
A Directly Link One PASPORT Sensor to a USB Port A Use Multiple Links for More Sensors A 1000 Hz Maximum Sampling Rate with PASPORT Sensors
Built to Last
USB Connection
Connects USB Link to the computer for downloading data Provides power to the USB Link, so no external power cable is needed
Polycarbonate case withstands rigors of student use. PASPORT Sensors can only be plugged in the correct orientation. Preventing damage to the sensor pins and interface.
Desktop Use
Connects to the USB port of a computer.

Requires Analog or Digital Adapter.
Universal Sensor Port

Compatible with all PASPORT Sensors PASPORT MultiMeasure Sensors record multiple measurements through a single port.
USB Link PS-2100A
www.pasco.com
PASPORT PowerLink
PASPORT Interfaces Work Together
Use any combination of PASPORT Interfaces together. Simply plug interfaces into multiple USB ports or a USB hub.
15
PowerLink: Connect Three Sensors to a Computer

PS-2001
A Ideal for Experiments Using Multiple Sensors A 3 Sensor Ports in one USB Connection A 1000 Hz Maximum Sampling Rate with PASPORT Sensors
Requires Analog or Digital Adapter
or
or
Desktop or Field Use

PowerLink functions as a computer-based interface when connected to a USB port, and can also collect data in the field using a laptop computer Includes sensor extension cable
New to Probeware? Motion Lab

PS-2794
Three Universal Sensor Ports

Ideal for experiments using multiple sensors. Compatible with all PASPORT Sensors. PASPORT MultiMeasure Sensors record multiple measurements through a single port The Motion Lab is a great way to get started using probeware in your physics classroom or lab. The Motion Sensor is the most versatile and valuable sensor for physics, since it can be used for experiments throughout the entire mechanics curriculum. All PASPORT sensors include DataStudio Lite software, which allows for basic data collection and analysis. A full version of DataStudio can also be purchased to access the full suite of data collection and analysis tools (see pages 72-73).
Long Battery Life

2 C batteries (not included) will provide several days of use in the field
Built to Last
Polycarbonate case will withstand the rigors of student use. PASPORT Sensors can only be plugged in the correct orientation, preventing damage to the sensor pins and interface
USB Connection
Connects Powerlink to the computer for data download
Includes:
USB Link Motion Sensor DataStudio Lite Software
Motion Lab PS-2794 PowerLink
Built-in USB Hub Power Adapter Included

Allows other PASPORT Interfaces to be plugged directly into the PowerLink Also compatible with generic USB devices such as a mouse, keyboard or printer
PS-2001
16
PASPORT AirLink SI
PASPORT AirLink SI
PS-2005A
A Wireless Data Collection A Make Any PASPORT Sensor Wireless

The PASPORT AirLink SI is a wireless, battery-operated transceiver which uses Bluetooth technology. Attach any PASPORT sensor to a PASPORT AirLink SI to make a wireless sensor. The PASPORT AirLink SI can transmit up to 10 meters. The PASPORT AirLink SI makes it possible to perform real-time experiments wirelessly: Throw a football while measuring its acceleration and height, or watch water cool in the freezer. A single computer is linked in a one-to-one correspondence to a single PASPORT AirLink SI using the PASPORT AirLink SIs identification code. After an initial set-up procedure for the Bluetooth connection, DataStudio receives data from the PASPORT AirLink SI through a wireless connection to any Bluetooth-enabled computer. If your computer does not have Bluetooth capability, plug a Bluetooth USB Adapter (available separately below) into one of your computers USB ports. Using a PASCO Multi-Measure sensor will enable the single-port PASPORT AirLink SI to take more than one type of measurement simultaneously. Multi-Measure sensors currently available are:
3-Axis Acceleration/Altimeter 2-Axis Acceleration Chemistry (Temperature, pH, Absolute Pressure, Voltage) Water Quality (Temperature, pH, Dissolved Oxygen, Conductivity) Force Platform (2-axis) General Science (Temperature, Light, Sound Level, Voltage) Magnetic Field (2-axis) pH/ORP/ISE Quad Pressure Pressure/Temperature Quad Temperature Humidity/Temp Temperature Array Temp/Sound Level/Light Voltage/Current Weather (Barometer, Humidity, Temperature) Weather/Anemometer PS-2136 PS-2118 PS-2170 PS-2169 PS-2142 PS-2158 PS-2162 PS-2147 PS-2164 PS-2146 PS-2143 PS-2124 PS-2157 PS-2140 PS-2115 PS-2154 PS-2174 p. 23 p. 22 p. 41 p. 46 p. 20 p. 31 p. 36 p. 41 p. 27 p. 27 p. 28 p. 44 p. 29 p. 31 p. 34 p. 44 p. 44
A foam football was hollowed out so it could hold a 3-Axis Accelerometer/Altimeter sensor and a PASPORT AirLink SI. The graph shows the height and acceleration of the ball as it was thrown and caught.
Includes:
PASPORT AirLink SI DataStudio Lite Power Adapter
The PASPORT AirLink SI cannot be used simultaneously with other PASPORT or ScienceWorkshop interfaces.
Specifications
Case Dimensions (including antenna) : 13 cm x 2.5 cm x 4 cm Power Adapter: Input 100-240 VAC, 50-60Hz, Output 5 VDC, 2 A NiMH Rechargeable Batteries Maximum Sample Rate: Up to 1000 Hz (Varies by sensor) On/Off Switch Maximum Transmission Distance: 10 m
PASPORT AirLink SI Required: Bluetooth-Enabled Computer or Bluetooth USB Adapter PS-2553 PS-2005A
Bluetooth USB Adapter

PS-2553
The Bluetooth USB Adapter allows any computer with USB connections to become a Bluetooth-Enabled computer, and communicate with other Bluetooth-Enabled computers and devices without cable connections. The Bluetooth USB adapter supports Bluetooth Class I, enabling a range of to 100 meters with other Class I devices, or up to 10 meters with Class 2 devices (e.g., PASPORT AirLink SI). The Bluetooth USB adapter works with Microsoft XP SP2 and Mac OS X with no drivers required.
Bluetooth USB Adapter PS-2553
www.pasco.com
PASPORT Sensor Index

Sensor Description Analog Adapter 3-Axis Acceleration/Altimeter 3-Axis Acceleration 2-Axis Acceleration Accelerometer - Visual Carbon Dioxide Gas Chemistry Charge Colorimeter Conductivity Current, High NEW Current/Voltage Sensor Digital Adapter Dissolved Oxygen Drop Counter EKG Exercise Heart Rate Flow Rate/Temperature Force Force, High Resolution NEW Force Platform Force Platform (2-axis) Galvanometer Geiger-Muller General Science Goniometer GPS Position Humidity/Temp/Dew Point Infrared Laser Switch Light Light, Broad Spectrum NEW Light/High Sensitivity Magnetic Field Magnetic Field (2 axis) Motion Oxygen Gas pH pH/ORP/ISE Accessory Photogate Photogate Head Pressure - Absolute Pressure - Dual NEW Pressure - Quad Pressure - Relative Pressure/Temperature Pressure - Barometer/Low Pressure Relay Respiration Rate Rotary Motion Sound Level Spirometer Temperature Temperature - Fast Response Temperature - Skin/Surface Temperature - Quad Temperature - Array Temperature - Type K Temp/Sound Level/Light Thermocline Time-of-Flight Accessory Turbidity UVA Voltage/Current Water Quality Water Quality Colorimeter Weather Weather/Anemometer Sensor Wind Velocity Accessory Product No. PS-2158 PS-2136 PS-2119 PS-2118 PS-2128 PS-2110 PS-2170 PS-2132 PS-2121 PS-2116A PS-2193 PS-2115 PS-2159 PS-2108 PS-2117 PS-2111 PS-2129 PS-2130 PS-2104 PS-2189 PS-2141 PS-2142 PS-2160 SN-7927A PS-2168 PS-2137 PS-2175 PS-2124A PS-2148 ME-9259A PS-2106A PS-2150 PS-2176 PS-2112 PS-2162 PS-2103A PS-2126 PS-2102 PS-2147 ME-9204B ME-9498A PS-2107 PS-2181 PS-2164 PS-2114 PS-2146 PS-2113A CI-6462 PS-2133 PS-2120 PS-2109 PS-2152 PS-2125 PS-2135 PS-2131 PS-2143 PS-2157 PS-2134 PS-2140 PS-2151 ME-6810 PS-2122 PS-2149 PS-2115 PS-2169 PS-2179 PS-2154A PS-2174 ME-6812 Page No. 65 23 23 22 22 43 41 35 40 40 35 34 24 43 42 38 38 45 19 19 20 20 34 25 31 37 47 44 33 25 32 33 32 36 36 18 43 40 41 25 25 26 26 27 26 27 46 24 39 21 30 39 28 29 29 28 29 30 31 45 25 45 33 34 46 46 44 44 21
17
Sensor Index
PASPORT Sensor Extension Cable

PS-2500
Now you can conduct in-classroom experiments further away from a computer. Our PASPORT Extension Cable extends the distance a sensor can reach from a computer. The two-meter cable works with any PASPORT sensor. Two cables CANNOT be connected together.
PASPORT Sensor Extension Cable PS-2500
Sensor Handles (4 pack)

CI-9874
These convenient handles screw into virtually any ScienceWorkshop or PASPORT sensor and can be used with any standard lab clamp.
The Sensor Handle is hollow and fits onto the shaft of the Rotary Motion Sensor.
CI-9874
18
PASPORT Motion
Motion
PS-2103A
PASCOs Motion Sensor is used to measure position, velocity and acceleration. Ultrasonic pulse-ranging technology has a switch-selectable Standard Beam or Narrow Beam to reject false signals and produce cleaner data. The Motion Sensor sits firmly on a desktop or easily mounts to a rod stand or PASCO Dynamics Track.
A Study conservation of energy and momentum during collisions A Monitor the sinusoidal motion of a mass on a spring A Measure the motion of large objects, such as students
Specifications
Minimum Range: 0.15 meters Maximum Range: 8 meters Resolution: 1 mm Transducer Rotation: 180 Cable Length: 1.8 meters
Students can compare impulse and change in momentum for a cart involved in elastic collision.
Graph shows the velocity of the hanging mass and the force exerted by the spring. Note the phase shift between the two graphs.
Kinetic and gravitational energies are graphed real-time as the car moves down the incline.
Motion Sensor Recommended: Motion Sensor Guard Coffee Filters Magnetic Motion Sensor Bracket Cart Adapter Accessory
PS-2103A
SE-7256 SE-7252 PS-2546 ME-6743
p. p. p. p.
66 66 66 66
For Motion Sensor accessories, see page 66.
www.pasco.com
PASPORT Force
19
Force
PS-2104
High Resolution Force

PS-2189
A Binocular force beam minimizes side force measurements

The Force Sensor is ideal for the student lab. Finger holes are provided for hand-held use. It will mount directly to a PASCO Dynamics Cart or 1.2 cm rod.
A 0.002 N Resolution A Dynamic Over-sampling

Although this Force Sensor has the same case as the PS-2104, and can perform all of the same experiments, it has much better resolution and the dynamic variable over-sampling greatly reduces the measurement noise at low sample rates.
A Measure force exerted by an oscillating mass A Measure force during elastic and inelastic collisions A Measure force of a swinging pendulum
Specifications
Range: 50 N Measurement Resolution: 0.002 N or 0.2 g Zero (Tare) Function: push-button Max Sample Rate: 1000 Hz Force Overload Protection The digital design of the PS-2189 results in very little drift, ensuring that the tare will hold for hours. You can use this force sensor as a pan balance for long term experiments, like investigating the evaporation of liquids such as alcohol or liquid nitrogen, and the sublimation of dry ice! The High Resolution Force Sensor has 10 times the resolution of the PS-2104, and can measure changes in force of less than 0.01 N.
Specifications
Range: 50 N Resolution: 0.03 N or 3.1 grams Zero (Tare) Function: push-button Max Sample Rate: 1000 Hz Force Overload Protection
This graph displays Newtons 3rd Law during a Tug of War experiment.
Force Sensor Recommended: Force Accessory Bracket Rocket Engine Test Bracket Force Sensor Balance Stand PS-2104
Graph shows force data for the oscillation of a mass and spring system.
High Resolution Force Sensor Shown in use with: Mass and Hanger Set Spring Set Force Sensor Balance Stand
PS-2189
CI-6545 ME-6617 CI-6460
p. 118 p. 68 p. 68
ME-8979 ME-8999 CI-6460
p. 195 p. 156 p. 68
For Force Sensor accessories, see page 68-69.
For High Resolution Force Sensor accessories, see page 68-69.
20
PASPORT Force Platform
Force Platform
PS-2141
2-Axis Force Platform

PS-2142
The 2-axis Force Platform has a second plate which rides on rollers on the base force platform to measure the force parallel to the platform. There are a total of 5 force beams: 4 corner beams to measure the normal force and a fifth beam to measure the parallel (sideways) force. The 2-axis Force Platform has two loops on the side to hang it on a wall.
A Large jumping and landing surface A Rugged design

The sturdy glass-filled nylon platform is supported by 4 force beams which combine to measure the total force on the platform. The Force Platform has two loops on the side to hang it on a wall.
A easure the sideways force during a broad jump M A easure the normal and parallel forces on a wall as a ladder M
leans against the wall
A etermine hang time by jumping D A A A A
up from the platform, then landing on it easure impulse and maximum force when jumping M se two Force Platforms to investigate Newtons 3rd Law U as two students push against each other easure the normal force on a person riding in an elevator M se a Motion Sensor and a bouncing ball U to compare the impulse and change in momentum as the ball collides with the platform
A easure the normal and parallel forces as a person walks or M

runs across the platform
A ull an object across the P
platform and measure the normal and frictional forces
The normal and parallel forces are recorded as the girl jumps off the platform. Impulse data for a bouncing playground ball.
Specifications
Range: -1100 N to +4400 N (in normal direction) -1100 N to +1100 N (in parallel direction) Platform Size: 35cm x 35cm Platform Mass: 6.4kg (without handles) Zero (tare) Function: Push Button Force Overload Protection Max Sample Rate: 1000 Hz (2000 Hz with the Xplorer GLX) Resolution: 0.1 N Developed in cooperation with Nancy Beverly, Assistant Professor of Physics at Mercy College, Dobbs Ferry, New York.
2-Axis Force Platform Recommended: Handle Set PS-2142
Specifications
Range: - 1100 N to + 4400 N Platform Size: 35cm x 35cm Zero (tare) Function: Push Button Force Overload Protection Max Sample Rate: 1000 Hz (2000 Hz with the Xplorer GLX) Resolution: 0.1 N Mass: 4kg (without handles)
Force Platform Recommended: Handle Set PS-2141
PS-2548
PS-2548
For Force Platform accessories, see page 56.
www.pasco.com
PASPORT Rotary Motion
21
Rotary Motion
PS-2120
3-step Pulley Rod Stand Clamp
Wind Velocity Accessory

ME-6812
Clamp can also be mounted on the right or left side of the sensor.
Slot for Linear Motion Accessory
Platform for Mounting PASCO Super Pulley
The Rotary Motion Sensor is the most versatile position and motion-measuring device available for the physics lab. It measures angles to a resolution of 0.09. This sensor is also bi-directional, indicating the direction of motion. The maximum spin rate of the sensor is 30 revs/second. The 6.35 mm diameter, dual ball bearing shaft extends from both sides of the unit and provides an excellent platform for rotational experiments. The rod clamp (which can be attached on 3 sides of the sensor) allows the unit to be mounted in almost any orientation. A three-step pulley and a mount for the PASCO Super Pulley make it easy to perform torque experiments.
The Wind Velocity Accessory has anemometer cups to measure wind speed and a wind vane to measure the wind direction. The anemometer cups and the wind vane each mount on a Rotary Motion Sensor (PS-2120 or CI-6538). Instructions are included for using the DataStudio or Xplorer GLX calculator to calibrate the wind speed. The wind vane must be aligned with North to specify alignment with zero degrees on the Rotary Motion Sensor and then wind direction is read as an angle between zero and 360 degrees. When used with an Xplorer GLX, the system is portable and can be used for measuring wind or can be mounted on a bicycle or car to measure wind velocity relative to the vehicle. This is not intended as a weather-proof unit for permanent outdoor use.
Specifications
3-step Pulley: 10 mm, 29 mm and 48 mm diameter Resolution: 0.09 Maximum Speeds: 30 revs/sec Optical Encoder: bidirectional, indicates direction of motion; 4000 divisions/rev Sensor Dimensions: 10 cm x 5 cm x 3.75 cm, 6.35 mm diameter shaft
The angular speed of the disk decreases when the ring is dropped onto the disk.
Rotary Motion Sensor Recommended: Linear Motion Accessory 3-step Pulley PS-2120
Includes
Anemometer cups Wind vane
Wind Velocity Accessory Required: 2 PASPORT Rotary Motion Sensors or 2 ScienceWorkshop Rotary Motion Sensors
ME-6812
CI-6688 CI-6693
PS-2120 CI-6538 p. 54
For Rotary Motion Sensor Accessories, see page 70.
22
PASPORT Acceleration
Visual Accelerometer
PS-2128
2-Axis Acceleration
PS-2118
A EDs indicate direction and L magnitude of acceleration 1 A -Axis Acceleration Sensor

The Visual Accelerometer provides acceleration data and visual clues that allow students to better understand the concept of acceleration. The sensor features 10 high output, wide-angle LEDs that indicate the magnitude and direction of acceleration. The case of the sensor fits directly into a dynamics cart, and features ties for pendulum motion and a pass-through so the sensor can be thrown vertically along a rope. The Visual Accelerometer features 3 fixed ranges, an auto-scale and a peak-hold option. The peak-hold mode stores the maximum acceleration experienced by the sensor after a countdown appears on the LEDs. The zero button on the sensor negates the effect of changing the orientation of the sensor. The Visual Accelerometer can also be used in stand-alone mode. While away from the computer, the LEDs give students a meaningful, visual measurement of acceleration.
A imultaneously S measure x and y acceleration through one port

High sensitivity for small accelerations and fast response for collisions only PASCO offers students both capabilities with just one push of a button. PASCO Accelerometers offer a wider range, making them perfect for use with a greater variety of acceleration experiments in or out of the classroom. Students no longer have to use multiple acceleration sensors or worry about separate sensor orientation. PASCO sensors are permanently mounted in the correct orientation.
A eal-time measurement of acceleration during simple R A Measure acceleration due to gravity A easure acceleration of a cart on an inclined plane M A Discover the acceleration of an elevator
See page 119 for more applications. harmonic motion
A ttach to a dynamics cart for the study A
of Newtons Laws For freefall studies, the bottom of the Visual Accelerometer has a channel that accepts a cord or small rope.
A nvestigate centripetal acceleration on a I

rotating platform (see page 162) a ball
Specifications
Ranges: 1.0 m/s2, 5.0 m/s2, 20 m/s2 Accuracy: 0.2 m/s2 Resolution: 0.01 m/s2 Max Sample Rate: 100 Hz Includes sensor extension cable
A cceleration of the hand while tossing A
Specifications and Special Features

Visual Accelerometer PS-2128
Visual Accelerometer Accessory Kit

PS-2516
Acceleration for each axis: 10g with 0.01 g resolution Response rate button allows smoother data at lower data rate Max Sample Rate: 100 Hz The sensor includes Dynamics Cart mounting bracket and sensor extension cable
A endulum Mount P R A od Stand Mount
The four string pendulum plate from the Visual Accelerometer Accessory Kit keeps the unit level as it oscillates, showing its horizontal acceleration.
The Accessory Kit allows the Visual Accelerometer to be mounted in various ways, including as a pendulum. It can also be attached to PASCOs Rotating Platform (ME-8951) for studies in rotation.
Includes
Four String Pendulum Plate Plastic Rod Clamps (2) M-5, 4 cm long mounting thumbscrews (2) 1/4-20, 5 cm long thumbscrews with nuts (4) The Visual Accelerometer can be mounted to a rod stand using the Accessory Kit, for measurements inside a moving reference such as a car or an elevator. Shown here with the Xplorer GLX (PS-2002). Roll of thread
Visual Accelerometer Accessory Kit PS-2516
The cart acceleration parallel to the track is measured as the cart is pushed up the incline and allowed to go up and back down the track.
Acceleration Sensor (2-Axis) PS-2118
www.pasco.com
PASPORT Acceleration
23
3-Axis Acceleration
PS-2119
3-Axis Acceleration Altimeter

PS-2136
A 100 Hz Sample Rate S A imultaneously measure x, y and z acceleration through one port
High sensitivity for small accelerations and fast response for collisions only PASCO offers students both capabilities with just one push of a button. PASCO Accelerometers offer a wider range, making them perfect for use with a greater variety of acceleration experiments in or out of the classroom. Students no longer have to use multiple acceleration sensors or worry about separate sensor orientation. PASCO sensors are permanently mounted in the correct orientation.
A 0.01 g Resolution 3 A 0 cm Altitude Resolution

PASCOs 3-Axis Acceleration Altimeter allows students to measure acceleration in all three dimensions along with changes in altitude. Students can easily read changes in altitude with 0.30 m resolution. In addition, all three dimensions of acceleration are automatically combined by the sensor, making resultant acceleration an available measurement. Acceleration and altitude can be displayed on the same DataStudio graph, leading students to a better understanding of the physics of rides and other outdoor activities. The Outdoor Physics Xplorer Bundle is also available and includes the 3-Axis Acceleration Altimeter, Xplorer Vest and Xplorer datalogger.
A Attach to a dynamics cart for the study of Newtons Laws A Investigate centripetal acceleration on a rotating platform A Acceleration of the hand while tossing a ball
A Roller Coaster Amusement Park Physics A Hiking, mountain biking, skiing A Starting, stopping, turning of an automobile

Acceleration for each axis: 10g with 0.01 g resolution Response rate button allows smoother data at lower data rate Max Sample Rate: 100 Hz The sensor includes Dynamics Cart mounting bracket and sensor extension cable During a bench press, the weightlifter accelerates and then decelerates the weights. The acceleration is zero at the top of the lift where the weights are held at rest. This graph shows the resultant acceleration calculated from all three axes, so the orientation of the sensor does not affect the measurement. The acceleration due to gravity has been subtracted out.

Acceleration for each axis and resultant: 10g with 0.01 g resolution Altitude: Any place on Earth to 7 km above sea level with 30 cm resolution Accelerations can be measured in g or m/s/s. Maximum sampling rate of 20 Hz will allow approximately nine minutes of ride data to be stored in the Xplorer X plorer Vest secures the Xplorer or Xplorer GLX and sensor during aggressive activities Five simultaneous measurements: acceleration in x, y and z axes, resultant acceleration and altitude (in meters).
Acceleration and altitude data from a roller coaster.

3-Axis Acceleration/Altimeter Recommended: Xplorer Datalogger Xplorer Vest PS-2136
3-Axis Acceleration
PS-2119
PS-2000 PS-2517
24
PASPORT Relay/Digital Adapter
Relay
CI-6462
Digital Adapter
PS-2159
A Single-Pole Double-Throw Switch A A ctivated by DataStudio or Xplorer GLX F A or Sense and Control Projects
This relay is a single-pole double-throw switch that is controlled by DataStudio or an Xplorer GLX. It acts as a switch to turn equipment on or off in sense and control experiments. Some applications include: Turning off a fan cart when it reaches a certain speed, turning on a lamp when the chickens cage gets too cold, or turning on a motor when a condition is met. The relay plugs into a PASPORT interface with a Digital Adapter using a stereo phone plug. The device to be controlled is connected to 2 of 3 banana jacks on the front of the relay: One jack is the common, one jack is for a normally open connection, and the third jack is for a normally closed connection. There is a push-button for manually activating the relay to test your connection. An LED indicates when the relay is activated.
A equired for counting and timing sensors R A A llows Digital ScienceWorkshop Sensors to be used with PASPORT Interfaces
The Digital Adapter is required when photogates, timing and counting sensors are used with any PASPort interface*. Each Digital Adapter accommodates two sensors at once. Each port on the Digital Adapter automatically senses a connection and initiates a selection of pre-configured or user-defined options. Several Digital Adapters can be used simultaneously when required. See next page for a list of counting/timing sensors which require a Digital Adapter. DataStudio 1.9.5 or later is required to use the Digital Adapter. *Xplorer must be connected to a computer to measure calibrated values.

2 s resolution for counting and timing 1 s resolution for motion sensing Two 1/4 stereo phone jacks
The Xplorer GLX controls the Relay to turn a light on when the temperature sensor above the bulb reads less than 25 C. Shown in use with EM-8678 Charge/Discharge Circuit.
The above calculation means the relay which is plugged into the first jack on the Digital Adapter that is plugged into Port #1 on the GLX will be activated when the condition of temperature less than 25 C has been met.
The calculator on the GLX is used to define the conditions which activate the Relay.
The Digital Adapter and an Xplorer are used here with the Photogate and Tape Set to investigate the throwing of a tennis ball.
Specifications
30V, 5A maximum 1.7 m long cord 10 cm x 7 cm x 3 cm
Relay Required: Digital Adapter CI-6462 Digital Adapter Also shown: Xplorer Photogate Head Photogate Tape Set PS-2159
PS-2000 ME-9498A ME-6664
p. 14 p. 55 p. 67
PS-2159
www.pasco.com
PASPORT Digital Sensors
25
Counting/Timing Sensors Requiring a Digital Adapter

Photogate Head
ME-9498A
Laser Switch
ME-9259A
See page 137
Laser Laser Switch
Freefall Adapter
ME-9207B
Rod and Clamp
See page 55
Photogate Head ME-9498A
See page 132
Accessory Photogate
ME-9204B
Laser Switch Required: Red Laser Pointer ME-9259A
SE-9716B
See page 67
Accessory Photogate ME-9204B
Photogate Tape Set

ME-6664
Large Picket Fence

ME-9377A
See page 67
Freefall Adapter
ME-9207B
Time-of-Flight Accessory
ME-6810
See page 145
See page 67
Photogate Tape Set Replacement Tape: Photogate Tape (30 m) Photogate Tape, High Resolution (30 m) ME-6663 ME-6666 Large Picket Fence ME-9377A ME-6664
DO DOW CAU NOT TION N BAR LOO ! K REL!
ME-6810
Photogate/Pulley System
ME-6838
See page 55
Photogate/Pulley System ME-6838
G-M Tube
SN-7927A
Phone Jack Extender Cable

PI-8117
This 6 meter phone jack-to-phone jack extension cord can be used with any Photogate/Timing accessory.
SN-7927A Phone Jack Extender Cord (20 cable) PI-8117
See page 60
G-M Tube/Power Supply
26
PASPORT Pressure
Pressure (Absolute)
PS-2107
Pressure (Dual)
PS-2181
Pressure (Relative)
PS-2114
The Absolute Pressure Sensor measures the gas pressure in a container or the surroundings. Includes a 20cc syringe and quick connect tubing for investigating the Gas Laws. The sensors wide range make it an excellent general purpose pressure device.
A easure chemical reaction rates M A erify Gas Laws (Ideal, Charles, Boyles) V A tudy Vapor Pressure vs. Temperature S
The Dual Pressure sensor is capable of reading 2 absolute pressures, 1 gauge pressure, or 1 differential pressure. Dynamic variable over-sampling automatically reduces the measurement noise at low sampling rates. Sample rates up to 1000 Hz make studies of both transient and steady-state pressure possible. Includes quick-connect tubing.
The Relative Pressure Sensor measures gas pressure compared to atmospheric pressure, which is commonly known as gauge pressure. Includes quick connect tubing for a variety of pressure activities. The limited pressure range of the sensor provides excellent accuracy and resolution for measuring small pressure changes.
A Heat Engine Cycles A easure pressure changes in a venturi M
tube
Typical Application
A easure pressure in Heat Engine M
(TD-8572) See pages 344-345 for complete experiments.
A Conduct air foil studies
Specifications
Range: 0 700 kPa Accuracy: 2 kPa Resolution: 0.1 kPa Maximum Sample Rate: 200 Hz Repeatability: 1 kPa
Specifications
Range: 0 10 kPa Accuracy: 0.1 kPa Maximum Sample Rate: 20 Hz Resolution: 0.001 kPa Repeatability: 0.01 kPa
Specifications
Absolute Pressure: 0 to 200 kPa, 0.01 kPa resolution at 10 Hz and 1 kPa repeatability (Displays pressure in kPa, N/m2, and psi) Differential Pressure: 100 kPa, 0.01 kPa resolution at 10 Hz and 1 kPa repeatability (Displays pressure in kPa, N/m2, and psi) Maximum Sample Rate: 1000 Hz
Water Reservoir (ME-8594) is sold separately on page 181. The piston oscillations are started by plucking it by hand and the guage pressure is measured by the Dual Pressure Sensor, The Absolute Pressure Sensor is used in a Boyles Law experiment in which a syringe is compressed.
Pressure is measured for various water column heights.
Water pressure (relative) versus depth
Graph shows resulting guage pressure.

Absolute Pressure Sensor PS-2107 Dual Pressure Sensor PS-2181 Relative Pressure Sensor PS-2114
www.pasco.com
PASPORT Pressure
27
Absolute Pressure/Temperature
PS-2146
Quad Pressure
PS-2164
This combination sensor is specifically designed for use in studying gas laws. The included thermistor temperature probe has both a fast response and very low thermal mass.
A Extrapolate absolute zero A Explore Gas Laws (Ideal, Charles, Boyles)
The 4-port Quad Pressure sensor is capable of reading up to 4 absolute pressures, or 2 gauge pressures, or 2 differential pressures. Dynamic variable over-sampling automatically reduces the measurement noise at low sampling rates. Sample rates up to 1000 Hz make studies of both transient and steady-state pressure possible. Includes quick-connect tubing.
Typical Application
A Study pressure through a fluid circuit
Specifications
Pressure: 0 to 700 kPa with 2 kPa accuracy, 0.1 kPa resolution and 1 kPa repeatability (Displays pressure in kPa, N/m2, and psi) Maximum Sample Rate: 100 Hz Temperature with included Fast Response Probe: -10 to 70 C with 0.5 C accuracy (Displays Temperature in C, K and F) Sensor Extension Cable: Included
Specifications
Absolute Pressure: 0 to 200 kPa, 0.01 kPa resolution at 10 Hz and 1 kPa repeatability (Displays pressure in kPa, N/m2, and psi) Differential Pressure: 100 kPa, 0.01 kPa resolution at 10 Hz and 1 kPa repeatability (Displays pressure in kPa, N/m2, and psi) Maximum Sample Rate: 1000 Hz
See page 29 for more probes for this sensor
Blue dye added to the water for clarity.
Extrapolating Absolute Zero

Absolute Pressure/Temp Sensor Recommended: Absolute Zero Sphere Ideal Gas Law Syringe PS-2146
Shown with the ME-8598 Venturi Apparatus. The pressure at various points in the Venturi tube decreases as the water flow is turned on. Pressure variability due to cross-sectional area and fluid friction are readily seen in the data.
Quad Pressure Sensor PS-2164 ME-8598 p. 178
TD-8595 TD-8596
p. 200 p. 201
Recommended: Venturi Apparatus
28
PASPORT Temperature
Temperature
PS-2125
Temperature, Quad
PS-2143
PASCOs Stainless Steel Temperature Sensor offers fast response and superior range, resolution and accuracy. It reports temperature (in C, F or K) whether it is immersed in liquids, held in the air or , touching a solid surface. Teflon covers, for use in harsh liquids or strong chemical solutions, are available as an accessory.
Connect up to four Temperature Probes for an experiment. Use with any combination of Stainless Steel, Fast Response or Skin/ Surface Temperature probes for a wider variety of temperature measurements in the classroom or in the field. Sensor includes two Stainless Steel Temperature Probes (PS-2153) and one Fast Response Probe.
A onduct general temperature experiments C A easure rapid temperature changes found in M
endothermic-exothermic reactions
A A A A A hermal heat flow (one or two dimension) T omparative body temperatures C ide-by-side chemical reactions S olar radiation S roperties of insulation P
A onduct environmental studies C
Specifications
Range: -35 C to +135 C Accuracy: 0.5 C Resolution: 0.0025 C MaximumSampleRate: 10 Hz Repeatability: 0.1 C Teflon covers available as an accessory

A ccuracy: -35 to +135 C at 0.5 C Displays: C, K and F Resolution: 0025 C . MaximumSampleRate: 100 Hz Teflon covers available as an accessory
Graph showing the immediate temperature change when the PS-2125 Temperature Sensor is placed in a hot water bath and then plunged into a cold bath.
TemperatureSensor Recommended: Teflon Sensor Covers (10-pack) PS-2125 CI-6549 QuadTemperatureSensor Recommended: Teflon Sensor Covers (10-pack) PS-2143 CI-6549
Four Fast Response Temperature Probes were used to study the temperature in a glass of water at four different levels as the water was cooled.
www.pasco.com
PASPORT Temperature
29
Temperature Array
PS-2157
Temperature Probes*
Skin/Surface Temperature*
PS-2131
A Flat sensing element

ideal for surfaces equilibrium temperature with surface
A uickly reaches Q
This array has eight 3.5 mm stereo jacks to plug in temperature probes. Only one PASPORT Channel is required to measure 8 temperatures at once! Applications include measuring temperatures along the length of a metal rod as one end is heated or measuring surface temperature at 8 different points on a body. The Temperature Array also has a multiport for plugging in a special cable (included) with 8 color-coded thermistor sensors connected to a single 8-pin mini-DIN plug. The Temperature Array accepts PASPORT temperature probes: Stainless Steel, Fast Response and Skin/Surface.
Range: -10 to +70 C
Make a temperature profile of the human hand.

PS-2131
Skin/SurfaceTemperatureProbe
Fast Response Temperature Probe* (3 pack)

PS-2135
A ccurately A
measures temperature changes in real time hard-to-reach spaces Patches
A deal for small or I
A ncludes 10 Adhesive I
Plug any PASPORT temperature probe into the eight channels of the Temperature Array. Adhesive patches hold the Temperature Probe in place.
Specifications
Range: -35 C to 135 C* Accuracy: 0.5 C Resolution: 0.0025 C Repeatability: 0.01 C MaximumSampleRate: 100 Hz per Temperature Sensor UnitOptions: C, F K , * Sensor Dependent
R ange: -10 to +70 C

FastResponseTemperatureProbe(3pack) Recommended: Replacement Adhesive Patches (100 pack) PS-2135 PS-2525
Includes
Temperature Array Cable Assembly Fast Response Temperature Probe (3) Adhesive Patches (10)
TemperatureArray Recommended: Stainless Steel Temperature Probe Fast Response Temperature Probe Skin/Surface Temperature Probe Replacement Temperature Array Cable Replacement Adhesive Patches (100 Pack) PS-2157 PS-2153 PS-2135 PS-2131 PS-2552 PS-2525
Stainless Steel Temperature Probe*

PS-2153
R ange: -35 to +135 C
StainlessSteelTemperatureProbe Recommended: Teflon Sensor Covers (10 Pack) PS-2153 CI-6549
*All of the Probes above require one of the following temperature sensors: Temperature Sensor Quad Temperature Sensor Temperature Array PS-2125 PS-2143 PS-2157 p. 28 p. 28 p. 29
30
PASPORT Temperature, Sound
Temperature (Type K)
PS-2134
Sound Measurement Sound Level

PS-2109
The Sound Level Sensor is designed to measure the intensity level of sound sources within proximity to the sensor. The sensor features 3 range switches to match the intensity range of the measured phenomena. The sensor measures sound level in both the dBA and dBC scales. The dBC scale includes all frequencies incident on the Sound Level Sensor, whereas the dBA scale filters out some frequencies to more closely match the frequency response of the human ear. The sensor also reports a measurement of sound intensity in W/m2, which is calculated from the dBC measurement of the sound level.
The PASPORT Type K Temperature Sensor is a thermocouple thats useful for measuring both low and high temperatures under rugged conditions. The 2 dissimilar metals that form the thermocouple (for Type K, the alloys chromel and alumel) generate a predictable voltage at a given temperature, thereby ensuring measurement accuracy. The low thermal mass of this sensor results in a fast response time. The long probe length permits measurements in hard-toreach places. Teflon sensor covers are available as an accessory.
A xplore sound levels outside the classroom E A iscover the logarithmic relationship D
between sound level and sound intensity
Specifications
Range: Sound Level Intensity 30 dB to 70 dB; 10-3 W/m2 to 10 W/m2 50 dB to 90 dB; 1 W/m2 to 1000 W/m2 70 dB to 110 dB; 10 W/m2 to 10,000 W/m2 Max sample rate: 20 Hz Accuracy: 2 dB at 94 dB (1000 Hz) Resolution: 0.1 dB
A ccurately measure surface temperaA
tures: for example, across the surface of an iron
A ap the temperature of a candle flame M A easure temperatures down to -200 C M

(liquid nitrogen)
Graph shows sound level from a loud whistle in both intensity (Watts/m2) and in decibels. Notice the difference in scales.
Sound Level Sensor PS-2109
Specifications
Temperature Range: -200 C to +1000 C Maximum Sample Rate: 10 Hz Accuracy: 3 C or 3%, whichever is greater Works with any industry standard Type K thermocouple.
Xplorer GLX
PS-2002
The Xplorer GLX, with its built-in microphone and 50 Khz sample rate, lets you look at waves produced by musical instruments, measure resonances or the speed of sound and perform many other acoustic experiments. The GLX can even create its own sound waves, using its dual channel sine wave generator and built-in speaker. For more information on the Xplorer GLX, see page 8.
The Type K Temperature Sensor can be used to measure the temperature of a flame.
Xplorer GLX Temperature Type K Sensor PS-2134 Teflon Sensor Covers (10 pack) CI-6549 Two tuning forks of slightly different frequencies are sounded together. Now your students can hear and SEE the waveforms, and understand the concept of beats. Shown in use with: Resonance Box Set PS-2002 SE-7345 p. 267
www.pasco.com
PASPORT Multi-Measure Sensors
31
Temperature/Sound Level/Light
PS-2140
General Science Sensor

PS-2168
Launch students into an instant exploration of their environment! The Temperature/Sound Level/Light Sensor allows students to conduct all three measurements simultaneously and continuously. Students can instantly display measurements on an Xplorer or take readings over time, anywhere, and display the data on a computer. Add an optional Stainless Steel Temperature Probe (PS-2153) to conduct water studies.
Simultaneously measure temperature, light, sound level and voltage. Great for a variety of general science explorations.
Specifications
Temperature*: 35 C to +135 C; 0.5 C *Range is probe dependent. Light: 3 user selectable light ranges: 0 to 100; 0 to 10,000; 0 to 150,000 Lux Sound Level: 50 to 100 dbA Voltage: 24 V Voltage Protection: up to 240 V Maximum Sample Rate: 200 Hz
A easure the temperature difference between the floor M
and ceiling
A etermine the light level on a sunny versus cloudy day D A ompare sound levels of students whispering, singing loudly C
or applauding
Specifications
Temperature (internal) Range: -10 to +50 C Sound Level Range: 40 to 90 dBA Light Range: 0 to 5000 lux Maximum Sample Rate: 5 Hz
Shown using the EM-8678 Charge/Discharge Circuit. The capacitor is charged (using the AA batteries) and then discharged through the light bulb. The General Science Sensor measures the changing voltage across the bulb as well as the output light intensity.
The graph shows light intensity vs. voltage for the light bulb. The parabolic curve fit proves that light intensity is proportional to the square of the applied voltage. The temperature, light intensity, and sound level are simultaneously measured inside a refrigerator. Note the changes in measurements as the compressor starts and as the door is opened.
Includes
Stainless Steel Temperature Probe Voltage Probe
Temperature/Sound Level/Light Sensor Recommended: Stainless Steel Temperature Probe
PS-2140 PS-2153
General Science Sensor Recommended: Charge/Discharge Circuit
PS-2168 EM-8678 p. 223
32
PASPORT Light and High Sensitivity Light
Light
PS-2106A
High Sensitivity Light

PS-2176
The Light Sensor is ideal for indoor and outdoor relative light intensity experiments. Data is displayed in lux, a unit of illuminance, which is a measure of luminous flux per unit of area. The Light Sensor can be used in three different ranges depending on the intensity level of the light source.
The High Sensitivity Light Sensor is designed to perform visible light studies from low intensity spectral studies to daylight. Built-in automatic variable oversampling reduces noise.
A pectrophotometry S A Interference and Diffraction patterns A easure light intensity vs. distance M
A A A A ompare light intensity vs. distance C tudy interference/diffraction/polarization S easure relative light intensities in daylight M onitor a solar eclipse M
Specifications
Sensing Element: Si PIN photodiode Spectral Response: 320 nm to 1100 nm Gain Levels: 10,000x, 100x, 1x, switch selectable Approximate Lux Ranges: 0 to 1, 0 to 100, 0 to 10,000 Maximum Sample Rate: 1000 Hz Resolution: 0.01 Lux at 1000 Hz on 0 to 100 scale 0.0005 Lux at 5 Hz on 0 to 100 scale
Specifications
Range: 0 to 2.6 lux (candle); 0 to 260 lux (bulb); 0 to 26,000 lux (sun) Accuracy: > 1 db of max value of selected range Resolution: 1/10,000 of max value of selected range Maximum Sample Rate: 1000 Hz
All 5 lines of the Balmer Series of Hydrogen can be detected using the PASPORT High Sensitivity Light Sensor on its most sensitive setting, a PASPORT Rotary Motion Sensor, and the Educational Spectrophotometer (see page 294). The graph is zoomed in on the dimmer bluegreen and violet lines so the peak of the bright red line is not shown.
The graph above shows that light intensity varies as the inverse square of the distance from the light source.
Light Sensor
PS-2106A
High Sensitivity Light
PS-2176
www.pasco.com
PASPORT IR, UV Light, Broad Spectrum
33
Infrared Light
PS-2148
Ultraviolet Light
PS-2149
Broad Spectrum Light

PS-2150
The Infrared sensor uses a Nitrogen filled Thermopile with a Tallium Bromide-Iodide (KRS-5) window to sense wavelengths from 580 to 40,000 nm. This allows students to measure a variety of phenomena including the infrared radiation emitted from their own hand.
The Ultraviolet Light Sensor employs a filter to measure the UVA band (315 nm - 400 nm). With the UVA filter removed, the sensor detects the visible as well as the UVA. The sensor includes the UVA filter, a collimator, and a sensor handle. Ultraviolet Light Sensor with collimator.
A For use with
Spectrophotometer A Ideal for Black Body Spectrum

The Broad Spectrum Light Sensor is designed specifically for use with our OS-8539 Educational Spectrophotometer System and OS-8543 Prism Spectrophotometer Accessory for Black Body experiments. The Broad Spectrum Light Sensor uses a thermopile and window combination that respond to both the near infrared and visible light necessary for the Black Body experiment.
A A A A easure black body radiance M erform Leslies Cube experiments P easure Solar radiance M valuate heat flow into or out of E
the sensor sensor
A Conduct a sky survey of UV light A nvestigate effectiveness of UV I
protection from sunglasses, windows or sunscreen lotions.
A imulate a non-contact temperature S
Specifications
Measure intensity in Watts/Meter Maximum Sample Rate: 100 Hz Built-in thermistor to measure temperature of the cold side of the thermopile in C, F or K
Specifications
Spectral response of 315 nm to 400 nm (with filter) Photodiode sensing element Maximum Sample Rate: 1000 Hz
A Black Body Experiment
Specifications
Sensing Element: BaF2 window, xenon gas-filled thermopile Spectral Response: 300 to 10,000 nm Maximum Sample Rate: 100 Hz
Scanning the matte surface and cavity of a Leslies Cube.
Student checks the effectiveness of different brands of sunglasses.
The classic textbook diagram of the intensity versus wavelength blackbody curves can be produced with real data. In this graph, the peak wavelength in the blackbody curve shifts as the source temperature is lowered. See page 296.
Light Sensor (UVA) Recommended: UVA Accessory Kit
PS-2149 Broad Spectrum Light Sensor
Light Sensor (Infrared)
PS-2148
CI-9792
p. 66
PS-2150
34
PASPORT Voltage and Current
Voltage/Current
PS-2115
Galvanometer
PS-2160
The Voltage/Current Sensor includes both current and voltage sensors in one case. This allows one USB Link or Xplorer to measure two quantities simultaneously. In addition, power is automatically calculated and available for display. Both the voltage and current inputs are protected against overloads for many years of student use. The current sensor is protected by an auto-reset fuse that sounds a buzzer and reduces the current to a low value when more than 1 amp is detected. After the over-current is removed, the fuse automatically restores the circuit.
The Galvanometer Sensor is designed to measure small voltages with high resolution. Dynamic variable over-sampling greatly reduces the measurement noise at low sampling rates. Shunt resistors are included to allow measurement of current.
Specifications
Voltage Range: 2000 mV, resolution of 0.1 mV Maximum Sample Rate: 5000 Hz with Xplorer GLX 1000 Hz with other interfaces Input Impedance: 1 M
A tudy circuit properties for both series and parallel electrical S
circuits
A tudy the relationship of voltage and current in series-parallel S

circuits (Ohms Law)
A easure power used by an electrical device (P = I * V) M A easure resistance of any circuit element (R = V / I) M
Specifications
Voltage Range: 10 volts, resolution of 0.005 volts Current Range: 1 amp, resolution of 500 microamps Current channel series resistance: 0.6 ohms, < 0.9 ohms at room temperature Maximum common mode voltage: 10 volts Maximum Sample Rate: 1000 samples/sec Galvanometer Sensor can measure the voltage drop across a short piece of wire. A linear fit of voltage versus current yields the resistance of 0.0093 for the wire.
Capacitor charge and discharge across an RC circuit and resulting voltage change.
By using a shunt resistor, the Galvanometer Sensor can be used to measure current.
Includes:
BNC-to-banana plug cable BNC-to-banana jack adapter 0.1 and 10 resistors
Voltage/Current Sensor Recommended: Alligator Clip Leads (set of 10) PS-2115 Galvanometer Sensor Recommended: Alligator Clip Leads (set of 10) PS-2160
EM-8634
EM-8634
www.pasco.com
PASPORT Current and Charge
35
High Current
PS-2193
Charge
PS-2132
A Amp 10 A Over-Current LED

The High Current Sensor has a low (0.01 ) resistance sensing element, can measure up to 10 A, and has an LED over-current indicator. Dynamic variable over-sampling greatly reduces the measurement noise at low sample rates. The Charge Sensor is designed for experiments in electrostatics such as inductive charging, charge production/distribution and charge on a capacitor. The sensor features automatic scaling, thus eliminating the need for a gain switch. Designed with highly efficient input overvoltage protection, the Charge Sensor is virtually blow-out proof and will provide many years of use in the student lab. When used with the Faraday Ice Pail, the Charge Sensor can measure the total charge on an object by the induction method. The Charge Sensor can also be used as a high impedance voltmeter (1012 ). It includes a 0.9m shielded cable with alligator clips to eliminate stray fields.
Specifications
Current Range: 10 A, resolution of 0.5 mA Sensing Element Series Resistance: 0.01 Maximum Common Mode voltage: 10 volts Maximum Continuous Current Without Damage: 12 A Maximum Continuous Overvoltage Without Damage: 40 volts Maximum Sample Rate: 1000 samples/second
A easure charge by induction M A uantify the charge on a capacitor plate Q A iscover the charge distribution on a conducting sphere D
Specifications
Charge Range: 0.1 C Voltage Range: 10 V Input Resistance: 1012 Maximum Input Voltage: 150 V Maximum Sample Rate: 100 Hz Input Connector: BNC Input Cable: 0.9 m length; shielded with alligator termination
The capacitor is charged with a power supply to 10 volts, and then discharged through the Air Core Solenoid. The graph of the data shows the effect of the coils inductance on the rise time of the current.
The Charge Sensor measures equal, yet opposite charge on two objects.
High Current Sensor Shown in use with: Capacitor (0.025 F) 2 pack Switch (SPSP) 6 pack Air Core Solenoid
PS-2193 EM-8632 EM-8815 SE-7585 p. 229 p. 228 p. 240 Charge Sensor Recommended: Faraday Ice Pail PS-2132 ES-9042A p. 219
36
PASPORT Magnetic Field
Magnetic Field
PS-2112
2-Axis Magnetic Field

PS-2162
The Magnetic Field Sensor provides magnetic field measurement in a compact package. The sensor at the tip of the probe measures magnetic field strength along the axis of the probe.
A Tare button A 1000 Hz sample rate

Measure Radial and Axial Fields simultaneously. Dynamic variable over-sampling greatly reduces noise at low sample rates.
A tudy the field strength of bar magnets and electromagnets S A nderstand the field strength of a solenoid U A easure the field strength of a Helmholtz coil M
A easure the earths magnetic field. M A easure magnetic field (magnitude and direction from a coil or a M
bar magnet).
Specifications
Range: 1000 Gauss Accuracy: 3 Gauss or 5% of reading, whichever is greater @ 25 C (after 4 minute warm-up) Resolution: 0.1 Gauss (0.01% full-scale) Maximum Sample Rate: 20 Hz Repeatability: 0.05%
A tudy AC fields S
Specifications
Range: 1000 Gauss Accuracy: 5% of reading @ 25 C (after 4 minute warm-up and Tare using Zero Gauss Chamber) Resolution: 0.01 Gauss @ 10 Hz Maximum Sample Rate: 1000 Hz Repeatability: 0.05% Includes sensor handle and sensor extension cable.
As the magnet is removed from the coil, a voltage is induced in the coil. The graph shows both the sudden decrease in magnetic field, as well as the voltage curve using a PS-2115 Voltage/Current Sensor.
Shown with: Rotary Motion Sensor (PS-2120), Linear Motion Accessory (CI-6688), Field Coil (EM-6711).
Shown with: 3200 turn Coil (SF-8613), Magnet (EM-8620), and Voltage/ Current Sensor (PS-2115).
Magnetic field is measured from the center out to twice the radius of the coil. The angle of the resultant field is calculated in DataStudio.
2-Axis Magnetic Field Sensor Recommended: Zero Gauss Chamber Linear Motion Accessory
PS-2162
Magnetic Field Sensor
PS-2112
EM-8652 CI-6688
p. 66 p. 70
www.pasco.com
PASPORT Physiology
37
Goniometer
PS-2137
Human Arm Model

PS-2611
A Accurately Measures Joint Movements A Flexible Mounting Options
PASCOs Goniometer helps students better understand physics because they use their bodies as the experimental apparatus. The Goniometer can be connected to the knee, hip or elbow joints to measure angle changes during a variety of movements. Measure the angular position, velocity and acceleration for the arm or leg. Use with the Xplorer datalogger for a compact, easy-to-use human motion lab. The PS-2137 includes one Angle Sensor (PS-2139) and one Goniometer Probe with Velcro connection kit. To measure the motion of two joints simultaneously, simply purchase another Goniometer Probe separately.
The Human Arm Model simulates the muscles and motion of an actual human arm. To activate the arm motion, students pull on the cord with a Force Sensor. Changes in position are measured at the shoulder and elbow using the two built-in potentiometers plugged into one Angle Sensor (PS-2139), included with PS-2611. The Arm can perform many types of motion such as extending and lifting an object, curling, or throwing a ball overhand. Different arm muscles are activated depending on which pulleys are selected. Static force measurements can also be made to see how the muscle tension changes at various arm positions. Angles and Forces During Extension: The upper graph shows the angles of the elbow (violet trace) and the shoulder (blue) as the arm is extended as shown in the picture below. Shown in the lower graph, the bicep tension (red) has little change at first and then rises sharply as the arm reaches out, while the tricep tension (green) rises steadily. See page 152 for more information.
Specifications
Range: 0 to 120 Accuracy: 2% of measurement Resolution: 0.25 Maximum Sample Rate: 500 Hz
Position and velocity of knee joint while running. See page 153 for more information.
Developed in cooperation with Nancy Beverly, Assistant Professor of Physics at Mercy College, Dobbs Ferry, New York.
Goniometer Sensor Recommended: Additional Goniometer Probe PASPORT Xplorer
PS-2137
Human Arm Model
PS-2611
PS-2138 PS-2000
Required for sensor measurement: PASPORT Force Sensor (2) PS-2104 PASPORT Interface
p. 19 p. 14-15
38
PASPORT Physiology
Exercise Heart Rate

PS-2129
EKG
PS-2111
The Exercise Heart Rate Sensor measures a students heart rate before, during and after physical activity based on electrical signals generated by the cardiac muscle. A belt worn around the ribcage houses a wireless transmitter. The voltage output from the receiver allows DataStudio software to produce the heart rate graph.
The EKG Sensor measures electrical signals produced by the heart. As cardiac muscle depolarization and repolarization occurs, the EKG trace graphically illustrates the beating of the heart. The sensor comes with 100 self-adhesive conductive patches that are easily removed from the skin after use.
A A A A ompare a students heart rate before, during and after exercise C alculate recovery rate after physical activity C etermine the effects of mild stimulants (i.e. caffeine) D nvestigate how heart rate changes when a student sits, reclines, I
stands or moves suddenly
A enerate a personal EKG graph G A ompare EKG graphs before and after mild exercise C
Specifications
EKG Waveform: Voltage: 0 to 4.5 mV Resolution: 4.5 V Sample Rate: 50 to 200 samples per second (sps) Default Sample Rate: 200 samples per second (sps) Heart Rate (Beats): Range: 47 to 250 beats per minute (bpm) Resolution: 1 beat per minute (bpm) Additional EKG Electrode Patches (CI-6620) may be ordered separately. NOTE: The EKG Sensor has been designed for educational purposes only and is not suitable for medical diagnoses.
Specifications
Digitally analyzes cardiac signal and determines heart rate Measures in beats per minute
Graph shows the heart rate as a student alternates between exercise and resting.
Exercise Heart Rate Sensor Replacement Transmitter Belt PS-2129 PS-2518 EKG Sensor EKG Patches (100 each) PS-2111 CI-6620
www.pasco.com
PASPORT Physiology
39
Spirometer
PS-2152
Respiration Rate
PS-2133
With our Spirometer Sensor students can measure airflow, duration and lung volume. Disposable mouth pieces available for student safety.
Typical Applications:
A A A A A ompare a students airflow before and after exercise C nvestigate the lung volume of athletes vs. non-athletes I ompare smokers versus non-smokers C onduct respiratory experiments C etermine total lung capacity D
The Respiration Rate Sensor uses PASCOs Relative Pressure Sensor, along with a Respiration Belt, to measure the change in pressure that occurs as the chest cavity expands and contracts during breathing. The Respiration Belt is wrapped around the lower part of the ribcage at the sternum, and the rubber bladder inside the belt is inflated using the attached squeeze bulb. A second tube connected to the rubber bladder attaches to the Pressure Sensor so that a graph of breath rate can be generated.
A onduct comparisons before and after exercise C A alculate possible correlations between respiration rate and C
heart rate
Specifications
Displays volume in liters Minimal resistance to air flow Bi-directional air flow Sample Rate Range: 50 to 100 Hz
A etermine the effects of altitude variation on respiration D

Maximum Sample Rate: 20 Hz
Measuring lung capacity.
Replaceable mouthpiece clips in.

Spirometer Sensor Spirometer Mouth Pieces (10-pack) PS-2152 PS-2522
Respiration Rate vs. time graph

Respiration Rate Respiration Belt PS-2133 CI-9842
40
pH
PASPORT Chemistry
Colorimeter
PS-2121
Conductivity
PS-2116A
Most Conductivity Sensors use graphite probes, but our Conductivity Sensor uses platinum for greater range and improved accuracy at high and low concentrations. The result is better measurements that lead to better labs. Three ranges, push-button selectable on the sensor, allows it to be used for a wider variety of experiments without requiring recalibration.
PS-2102
PASCOs pH Sensor measures the hydronium ion concentration in a solution and reports it as a pH value. This sensor is well-suited for a variety of activities where testing or monitoring of acidity is important.
A itrate an acid into a base T A nvestigate the chemistry of buffers I A onitor water quality M
The Colorimeter Sensor allows a solutions concentration to be determined based on the ability of the solution to transmit or absorb colored light. PASCOs Colorimeter is the perfect tool for analyzing reactions indicated by color changes, or reactions where concentration changes over time. The sensors black, opaque housing assures accuracy of data. The Colorimeter is packaged in a sturdy plastic case with 5 empty glass cuvettes so students can begin experimenting immediately.
A lectrode houses rugged, research-grade E

conductors that provide superior accuracy over the entire range.
A -100,000 S/cm ranges allows salinity 0
measurement from fresh water to sea water. costs.
Specifications
Range: 0 to 14 (Probe dependent) Accuracy: 0.1* Resolution: 0.01 Repeatability: 0.02 Electrode: gel-filled Ag-AgCl combination electrode Maximum Sample Rate: 50 Hz *After calibration
A tudy absorbance vs. concentration S
(Beers Law experiments) unknown solution
A eplaceable probe reduces maintenance R
different water samples on conductivity
A etermine the concentration of an D A easure reaction rates M A easure 4 wavelengths simultaneously M
A ccurately compare conductivity of A A tudy the effects of chemical flocculants S A onduct environmental studies C A nvestigate drinking water purity I
Specifications
Range: 0 to 100% transmittance Accuracy: 0.5% transmittance Resolution: 0.1% transmittance Operating Temperature: 0 C to 40 C
Specifications
Range: 0 to 1,000, 0 to 10,000, 0 to 100,000 S/cm Accuracy: 10% of full scale without calibration Accuracy: 0.1% after calibration Resolution: Better than 0.05% of full scale Repeatability: Better than 0.01% of full scale Maximum Sample Rate: 20 Hz
Checking water quality of collected rain water.
Typical Beers Law Standardization curve showing absorbance vs. concentration. pH vs. volume graph
pH Sensor PS-2102 Colorimeter Replacement Cuvettes/Caps (6 each) PS-2121 PS-2509
Conductivity Sensor Replacement 10x Probe
PS-2116A 699-06621
www.pasco.com
PASPORT Chemistry
41
Chemistry
PS-2170
ISE Precision pH/ORP/ISE Amplifier with Temperature

PS-2147
Gas laws, acid/base, thermochemistry and redox all with one sensor! Measure temperature, pH, gas pressure and voltage. Easy to store. Easy to use. All measurements can be made simultaneously.
Specifications
Temperature*: 35 C to +135 C, 0.5 C pH*: 0 to 14, 0.1 (with calibration) Absolute Pressure: 0 to 700 KPa Voltage: 10 V Maximum Sample Rate: 20 Hz *Ranges are probe dependent.
This high-precision sensor is ideal for Chemistry. Right out of the box students will be able to measure pH and temperature with the same sensor because the PS-2147 comes with a pH probe and a Fast Response Temperature Probe. The new ORP probe (CI-6716) can be purchased separately to measure the Oxidation Reduction Potential of a sample. With the addition of Ion Selective Probes (not included) students will be able to measure ion concentration in upper division Chemistry classes or samples brought back from the field. Because all Ion-Selective Electrodes use the same amplifier box, each lab group requires one amplifier box plus the desired electrodes. For a complete list of available Ion-Selective Electrodes, see page 62.
Specifications
Electrode Connector: Standard BNC Input Impedance: 1012 ohms (preserves output voltage of the electrode) Range: -2000 mV to 2000 mV 0.1 mV resolution Range: 0 to 14 pH 0.001 pH resolution (Probe dependent) Temperature Range: -10 C to +70 C* Temperature Resolution: .0025 C Temperature Accuracy: 0.5 C Maximum Sample Rate: 50 Hz *Range is probe dependent.
Special Features
The PS-2147 functions with PASCO IonSelective Electrodes, PASCO pH Electrode, and most 3rd-party ion-selective electrodes.
Includes
Stainless Steel Temperature Probe pH Probe Voltage Probe Gas Law Syringe with Tubing
Chemistry Sensor PS-2170
A etermine the concentration of a D A onduct water quality studies C
specific ion in a solution
Precision pH/ORP/ISE Temperature Sensor
PS-2147
ORP Probe CI-6716 can be used with the PS-2170 Chemistry Sensor and the PS-2147 ISE/ORP Amplifier.
ORP Probe CI-6716
Ion-Selective Electrodes can be used with the PS-2170 Chemistry Sensor and the PS-2147 ISE/ORP Amplifier.
Electrode Ammonium (NH4+) Calcium (Ca+2) Chloride (Cl-) Lead (Pb+2) Fluoride (F-) Nitrate (NO3-) Potassium (K+) Sodium (Na+) 1.0 - 5x10-6 1.0 - 5x10-5 1x10-1 - 1x10-6 Saturated - 1x10-6 1.0 - 7x10-6 1.0 - 1x10-6 Saturated - 1x10-6 3-10 2-12 3-8 5-8 2.5-11 2-12 5-12 Pb+2, Hg+2, Cu+2, Ni+2 S-2, I-, CN-, BrAg+, Hg+2, Cu+2, CD+2, Fe+2 OHCIO4-, I-, CN-, BF4Cs+, NH4+ H+, K+, Li+, Ag+, Cs+, Tl+ Molar Range pH Range Interfering Ions Part # CI-6717 CI-6727 CI-6732 CI-6736 CI-6728 CI-6735 CI-6733 CI-6734
42
PASPORT Chemistry
Drop Counter (High-Accuracy)

PS-2117
Micro Stir Bar

PS-2565
The Micro Stir Bar maintains a constant flow of solution over the end of the electrode, such as in the pH and conductivity probes. For use with a standard stir plate and cylindrical probes of about 13 mm diameter.
At last, a professional Drop Counter can become part of the student lab. PASCOs Drop Counter has a wider (18 x 13mm) drop window for better drop detection and easier alignment with burettes. Works equally well with large or small, fast or slow drops. Easy calibration requires entering just one number into the computer. Includes a Micro Stir Bar for use with our pH and conductivity probes.
A etermine the equivalence point D A imple count activities S
Special Features
Measures up to 40 drops per second with drops as small as 0.5 mm. Silicone rubber-sealed polypropylene is fluid resistant and protects sensor from mild acids and bases. Automatically recalibrates for maximum sensitivity each time the unit is turned on. Holds up to three sensors in a 150 mL beaker LED drop indicator UV filter rejects all visible light - not susceptible to variations in room lighting
Magnet is completely sealed

Micro Stir Bar (set of 5)
To prevent damage from the chemicals.

PS-2565
Hot Plate/Magnetic Stirrer

SE-8831
This compact and rugged stir station mixes and heats liquids. Makes a great companion to our new Micro Stir Bar. For more details see page 205.
High-Accuracy Drop Counter
PS-2117
SE-8831
www.pasco.com
PASPORT Chemistry and Environmental
43
Dissolved Oxygen
PS-2108
O2 Gas
PS-2126
CO2 Gas
PS-2110
Dissolved Oxygen measurements are essential to water quality, Biology, Earth Science and Chemistry investigations. PASCOs DO Sensor accommodates more applications, allowing students to explore these subjects more thoroughly. Wider range (0 to 20 mg/L) ensures the sensor does not top out before the experiment is over.
A easure oxygen consumption by yeast M
during respiration
PASCOs Oxygen Gas Sensor accurately measures oxygen concentration in the atmosphere or in enclosed spaces, such as terrariums. The sensors wide range (0-100%) means students can use it with any experiment or investigation. Use in combination with the CO2 Gas Sensor to perform an even wider variety of environmental and physiology activities in the classroom or in the field.
The CO2 Gas Sensor measures carbon dioxide concentration in the atmosphere or in an enclosed volume, such as a terrarium. Using the included 250-ml sample bottle, students can even measure the exhalation of small organisms such as crickets. PASCOs proprietary design uses infrared detection to measure the energy absorbed by carbon dioxide molecules.
A easure the respiration of animals, M
insects or germinating seeds hydrogen peroxide
A easure CO2 uptake during M
photosynthesis in a terrarium
A nvestigate how the presence of organic I

matter affects DO levels
A Study biological oxygen demand (B.O.D.)
A tudy the catalase breakdown of S A onitor O2 level changes during M

photosynthesis in a terrarium
A ompare indoor vs. outdoor CO2 levels C A tudy cellular respiration of yeast S
Specifications
Excellent resolution (0.01 mg/L) allows students to see small changes Temperature compensated - essential for consistent measurements. 0 to 20 mg/L at 10% of full scale without calibration 0.2 mg/L accuracy after calibration 0 to 50 C operating range Easily replaced membrane cartridges maintain sensor performance Maximum Sample Rate: 20 Hz Includes one replacement membrane
A tudy cellular respiration of yeast S
Specifications
Range: 0 ppm to over 100,000 ppm Accuracy: For range of 0 to 10,000 ppm: 100 ppm or 10% of value, whichever is greater Calibration: User presses one button while sampling outside air Default Sample Rate: CO2 concentration updates once each second Operating Temperature: 20 C to 30 C Maximum Sample Rate: 10 Hz
Specifications
Flow Range: 0 to 100% Accuracy: 1% (from 0 to 40%) Resolution: 0.024% Maximum Sample Rate: 100 Hz
Special Features
Single point calibration requires just the touch of a button Automatic temperature compensation ensures consistent measurements Usable in any orientation
In the experiment shown, the CO2 level is monitored inside a sealed bottle containing a green plant. Halfway through the data run, a bright light is shined on the plant, and the CO2 level begins to drop as photosynthesis begins.
As the yeast in the flask respire, the dissolved oxygen concentration in the sugar water solution decreases.
Measure the release of O2 resulting from the catalase breakdown of hydrogen peroxide.
Dissolved Oxygen Sensor Membrane Replacement Kit Photosynthesis Tank
PS-2108 CI-6541 PS-2521A
O2 Gas Sensor
PS-2126
CO2 Gas Sensor
PS-2110
44
PASPORT Weather
Weather/Anemometer
PS-2174
Weather
PS-2154A
Humidity/Temp/ Dew Point

PS-2124A
The Weather/Anemometer Sensor measures wind speed and wind chill in addition to temperature, barometric pressure, relative and absolute humidity, and dew point.
PASCOs Weather Sensor allows students to measure temperature, barometric pressure, relative and absolute humidity, and dew point. Whether youre comparing outdoor measurements to indoor, or monitoring an approaching storm, this powerful MultiMeasure Sensor does it all.
A onduct weather station experiments C A ake one-time readings or collect data T
over days or weeks, in the classroom or anywhere around school
This PASPORT multisensor is designed for single readings or continuous monitoring of relative and absolute humidity. The sensor also reports temperature, allowing a measurement of dew point, calculated from the humidity measurements and temperature measurements.
A easure wind speed in direction of M
running on a track
A onduct weather station experiments C A heck humidity in a terrarium, green C
house or other enclosure
A tudy wind and pressure changes as S

a storm approaches
A ollect readings at various locations C A tudy weather phenomena such as S

thunderstorms, cloud cover, etc...
A easure dew point M
A ollect weather data for weeks inside C

or outside the classroom
Specifications
Humidity: Range: 0 to 100% RH; 0g/m3 to 50 g/m3 AH Accuracy: 2% RH; 10% of reading AH Temperature: Range: -20 C to +55 C Accuracy: 0.5 C Dew Point: Range: -50 C to +55 C Accuracy: 2 C Maximum Sample Rate: 10 Hz
Specifications
Barometer: 800 to 1090 hecto Pascals (hPa), 800 to 1090 milli Bars (mBar) and 24 to 34 inches Mercury (in Hg) Humidity: 0 to 100% RH 2%, 0g/m3 to 50 g/m3 10% AH Temperature: -20 C to 55 C 0.5 C Dew Point: -50 C to 55 C 2% Maximum Sample Rate: 5 Hz
Specifications
Wind Speed: 1 to 65 miles per hour Barometer: 800 to 1090 hecto Pascals (hPa), 800 to 1090 milli Bars (mBar) and 24 to 34 inches Mercury (in Hg) Humidity: 0 to 100% RH 2%, 0g/m3 to 50 g/m3 10% AH Temperature: -20 C to 55 C 0.5 C Dew Point: -50 C to 55 C 2% Maximum Sample Rate: 5 Hz
Graph shows the humidity in a terrarium, both covered and uncovered.

Humidity/Temp/ Dew Point Sensor
Weather/Anemometer Sensor
PS-2174
Weather Sensor
PS-2154A
PS-2124A
www.pasco.com
PASPORT Environmental
45
Thermocline
PS-2151
At last, students can measure temperature as a function of depth in local streams and lakes. PASCOs Thermocline measures depth automatically no need to read markings on a cable and enter data manually. Weighted housing provides depth measurement stability in fast-flowing streams.
Flow Rate/ Temperature

PS-2130
Turbidity
PS-2122
The Turbidity Sensor measures the cloudiness of liquid samples by quantifying the degree to which light passing through the solution is scattered by suspended particles. Calibration is done with the touch of a button in less than a minute. The sensors black opaque housing assures accuracy of data. The Turbidity Sensor is packaged along with 5 empty glass cuvettes and a Hach StablCal 100NTU standard in a sturdy plastic case.
A tudy thermoclines in fresh and salt S
water environments
A reate depth profiles for streams, small C

rivers, shorelines, and swimming pools
A tudy ocean tides S
PASCOs Flow Rate Sensor allows students to measure the rate of movement and temperature of streams, rivers and other flowing systems. The propeller is a rugged, single-piece unit encased by protective material no more losing pieces to the bottom of the stream.
A ompare the turbidity of water samples C
from various field locations sample
A etermine the rate of settling of a D A onduct water quality studies C A easure the formation of a precipitate M
Specifications
Depth (pressure) -sensing element: Range: 0m to 10.5 m Accuracy: 0.15 m (in fresh water after barometric pressure compensation) Resolution: 0.03 m Temperature-sensing element: Range: 0 C to 100 C Accuracy: 1.5 C Maximum Sample Rate: 10 Hz
A etermine sediment transport rate for D

a stream or other body of water various locations in a stream stream to another
A easure and compare flow rate at M A ompare the characteristics of one C
Specifications
Range: 0 NTU to 400 NTU Accuracy: 0 to 20 NTU: 0.2 NTU 20 to 100 NTU: 0.5 NTU 100 to 400 NTU: 1.0 NTU Temperature Range: 5 C to 40 C (recommended) Maximum Sample Rate: 5 Hz
Specifications
Flow Range: 0 m/s to 3.5 m/s Temperature Range: -10 C to 50 C Maximum Length: 1.8 m (6 feet) Telescoping handle to reach deep levels Maximum Sample Rate: 20 Hz Special Features: Revolutions of a magnet on the submersible propeller are counted and converted to linear flow rate measurements in ft/sec or m/s. Students can use DataStudio software to calculate volume discharge rates Exclusive built-in temperature sensor conveniently measures temperature at the same point as flow rate.
Drag the Thermocline along the bottom of a pool or stream to create a temperature vs. depth profile.
Graph shows the flow rates at the top (green), middle (orange), and bottom (brown) of a stream. Over time, turbidity increases in a solution of suspended E. Coli.
Turbidity Sensor PS-2122 PS-2509 PS-2511 PS-2510
The temperature of the water in a swimming pool is measured as a function of depth.

Thermocline Sensor PS-2151 Flow Rate/Temperature Sensor PS-2130
Replacement Cuvettes/Caps (6 each) 100 NTU Cal Standard Silicone Oil (0.24 oz.)
46
PASPORT Environmental
Barometer/Low Pressure
PS-2113A
Water Quality
PS-2169
Water Quality Colorimeter

PS-2179
This PASPORT Water Quality Colorimeter is designed specifically to support chemical analysis of water samples using PASCOs ezSample Snap Vial water quality test kits.
PASCOs Barometer Sensor measures changes in atmospheric pressure over long and short periods of time. The sensor reports measurements in units of in Hg, hPa, or mBar. It can also be used as a Low Pressure Sensor.
Conduct a wide range of water studies with this single sensor: temperature, pH, dissolved oxygen and conductivity. All measurements can be made simultaneously.
Specifications
Temperature*: 35 C to +135 C, 0.5 C pH*: 014, 0.1 (with calibration) Dissolved Oxygen: 0 to 20 mg/l, 0.2 (with calibration) Conductivity: user selectable, 0 to 1,000; 0 to 10,000; 0 to 100,000 S/cm; 0.1% (with calibration) Update Rate: Every 1.3 seconds *Ranges are probe dependent.
A onduct weather station experiments C A easure changes in elevation M A ompare classroom data to local weather C
reports to predict weather
Specifications
Range: 4.4 in Hg to 34 in Hg Accuracy: 0.03 in Hg Resolution: 0.001 in Hg Maximum Sample Rate: 20 Hz Operating Temperature: 0 C to +40 C
Includes
Stainless Steel Temperature Probe pH Probe Dissolved Oxygen Probe Conductivity Probe. Also supports ISE and ORP Electrodes (optional).
1. Snap tip of ampoule and sample instantly flows into tube.
2. Read concentration using Xplorer GLX.
This Water Quality Colorimeter is complete with built-in calibration curves to determine the concentration of ions in the solution for the ions listed on this page. Simple to use in the field and students avoid direct contact with chemicals!
Specifications:
Measurable Ranges:
ezSample Snap Vials (Colorimetric) Iron 0 to 7 mg/l Sulfate 0 to 120 mg/l Nitrate 0 to 2 mg/l Ammonia 0 to 3 mg/l Fluoride 0 to 2 mg/l Phosphate 0 to 8 mg/l Chlorine 0 to 6 mg/l ezSample Field Titrators Total Hardness 20 to 200 mg/l CO2 10 to 100 mg/l Alkalinity 10 to 100 mg/l
Graph shows pressure changes as a storm moves through over a 3 day period.
Operating Temperature: 0 to 40 C
Water Quality Colorimeter PS-2179 Available Test Kits*: (30 tests per kit) ezSample Snap Vials (Colorimetric) Iron EZ-2331 Sulfate EZ-2332 Nitrate EZ-2333 Ammonium EZ-2334 Fluoride EZ-2336 Phosphate EZ-2337 Chlorine EZ-2339 ezSample Field Titrators Total Hardness EZ-2338 CO2 EZ-2341 Alkalinity EZ-2340 *Special shipping restrictions may apply. Please contact PASCO for more information.
PS-2113
Graph shows data for a 200-foot decrease in elevation during a car drive.
Barometer Sensor PS-2113A
pH and conductivity in a lake are measured simultaneously as simulated acid rain falls into the lake.
Water Quality Sensor PS-2169
www.pasco.com
PASPORT GPS
47
GPS Position Sensor

PS-2175
Use PASCOs GPS Position Sensor to collect GPS data simultaneously with other sensor measurements, automatically synching the data to your latitude, longitude, altitude, and velocity. Students use the Xplorer GLX, GPS Position Sensor and the Weather Anemometer to make environmental measurements around the perimeter of a park.
On a warm day, temperature and GPS position data were collected with an Xplorer GLX, as a teacher walked around and through PASCOs building. The data was then imported into My World GIS where positions were color coded by temperature. The GPS Position sensor utilizes satellite triangulation to determine the sensors position and velocity in outdoor environments. The highly-sensitive receiver is able to track satellites even under tree canopies often found along rivers. The sensor provides latitude, longitude, horizontal speed, course over ground, altitude and the number of tracked satellites. LED indicators let the user know if the GPS Position sensor is currently computing position reports. Overlay sensor data on aerial photos and maps using My World GIS software (see www.pasco.com/myworld for more information).
Aerial photograph in My World GIS showing humidity index and wind chill from PASCOs Weather/Anemometer Sensor. The size of the block indicates the humidity index and the color indicates the wind chill.
Aerial Photo and GPS position data, color-coded by number of satellites in fix, from hike in Costa Rica. Notice, even in thick jungle canopy, there is continuous satellite reception.
Specifications
Measures: Latitude, longitude, elevation, velocity (speed and bearing), number of satellites Position Accuracy: 10 meters, 2D RMS; 5 meters, 2D RMS, WAAS enabled Position Resolution: 2 meters, full Latitude/Longitude mode; 0.2 meters relative position mode Velocity Resolution: 0.1 m/s Time to First Fix (average): 42 sec, cold start; 38 sec, warm start; 1 sec, hot start Channels: 20 Refresh Rate: Once per second
Includes
GPS Position Sensor
GPS Position Sensor Recommended: Weather Sensor My World GIS Student License PASPORT Sensor Extension Cable PS-2175 PS-2154A SE-7382B PS-2500 p. 44 p. 17
Display digital readings of position data with your other measurements on the Xplorer GLX, or graph latitude and longitude to track your movement.
See
www.pasco.com/myworld for more
information on My World GIS Mapping software.
48
A A A A
ScienceWorkshop 750 Interface
750 Interface Our Most Powerful Interface

Fast: 250,000 Hz Built-in Function Generator Built-in DC Power Supply (300 mA, 5 V) Accessory Power Amplifier Increases Power to 1 A, 10 V (See Page 50) A Simple USB Connection to Computer
The 750 eliminates the need for a separate signal generator. In this LRC experiment, the 750 powers the circuit with a sinusoidal function and using 3 voltage sensors, measures the voltages across the inductor, capacitor, and resistor simultaneously. In addition, it also records the output voltage and current. DataStudio can display all 5 traces on its oscilloscope so the phase shifts can be measured.
A New Sense and Control Feature

The 750 output voltage can now be controlled using the calculator in DataStudio. For example, use the 750 output voltage to turn on a DC motor at a voltage proportional to the light intensity reading on a Light Sensor. New calculator functions included in DataStudio are: Outputswitch (A) Controls the ON/OFF state of the Signal Generator window when using a ScienceWorkshop 750 interface. If the result of the sub-expression A is nonzero, then the Signal Generator is turned ON. Otherwise, the signal generator is turned off. The waveform, amplitude or voltage settings of the Signal Generator are unaffected by this command. Outputvoltage (A) Controls the voltage (DC) or amplitude (waveform) of the Signal Generator window when using a ScienceWorkshop 750 interface. The result of the sub-expression A is used to set the output voltage or amplitude. Note: The parameter to output voltage will be limited to the range of +/-5V (without a power amplifier), or +/-10V (with a power amplifier). The 750 uses ScienceWorkshop sensors and cannot use PASPORT sensors.
www.pasco.com
49
750 Interface Features

Contains: lash EPROMs and Field-Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGA) for easy field upgrades F ual Port RAM that allows direct memory access (DMA) for fast data transfer D Semi-RISC 32 MHz microprocessor 8x Oversampling Surface Mount, Multilayer Circuit Board
State-of-the-Art Circuitry
1.5 Watt function generator is ideal for basic circuit experiments and low power uses of speakers, wave drivers and sonometers.
Built-in Function Generator
sine wave square triangle ramp up ramp down positive square positive ramp up positive ramp down DC
With the 750, all 7 channels may be used simultaneously. There are no limitations on what combinations of sensors can be used. Analog and digital inputs may be mixed in any combination.
Seven Input Channels
Four Digital Channels

U se up to 4 Photogates or 2 Rotary Motion Sensors, a photogate and Motion Sensor II, or any other combination.
Max sample rate of 250,000 Hz when using a single channel.
Three Analog Channels
Features
250,000 Hz Sampling Rate: Sample at 250,000 samples per second on a single analog channel. Students will see a true, real-time oscilloscope and incredibly responsive sound sensor data. Built-in 1.5 W Function Generator: Any experiment requiring a frequency up to 50 kHz and 1.5 watt (300 mA) output can be run without additional power amplification. Output current and voltage can be monitored internally by the 750 Interface. 20 kHz Oscilloscope: With the 750s increased sampling rate, the oscilloscope becomes a real-time scope with refresh rates up to 40 frames per second. Reduced Noise, More Accurate Data: When sampling at rates less than 100 samples per second, the 750 Interface provides 8X oversampling to reduce noise and provide smoother data curves.
Function Generator: 0 to 50 KHz, 1.5 W (300 mA) output Power Amp Compatible
Specifications
Power: 12 VDC to 20 VDC at 2 A, 2.1 mm jack (AC adapter included) Digital Channels: 4 identical channels, TTL compatible (8 mA max. drive current) Maximum input logic transition time: 500 ns Edge sensitive-sampled at 10 KHz. (1 s res. for Motion Sensor) Analog Input Channels: 3 identical channels with differential inputs and 1 M impedance 10 V maximum usable input voltage range (12 V absolute input voltage range) 3 voltage gain settings on each analog channel: 1, 10, and 100 Small signal bandwidth up to the ADC: 1 MHz for a gain of 1, 800 KHz for a gain of 10, and 120 KHz for a gain of 100; input amplifier slew rate: 1.2 V/s Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) protected Both digital and analog inputs have ESD protection. 12-bit Analog-to-Digital Conversion: 5 inputs: channels AC, analog output voltage and current. Voltage resolution at ADC input: 4.88 mV (.488 mV at a gain of 10, 0.049 mV at a gain of 100) Current measurement resolution: 244 A, (1 V = 50mA) mA
Unique Characteristics
Ports: 4 Digital, 3 Analog, 1 Output Connection: USB Data Sampling: Simultaneous Analog and Digital Recording Analog Rates: Up to 250,000 samples/ sec (20 KHz Oscilloscope) Digital Rates: 0.1 msec digital timing accuracy (1 mm resolution for Motion Sensor)
Offset voltage accuracy < 3 mV. (For measuring full-scale voltages the total error is less than 15 mV, accounting for the gain error in the input amplifier.) Sample rate range: once every 3,600 seconds (250 KHz) (Conversion time for consecutive channels in a burst is 2.9 s.) 8X oversampling for better accuracy at sample rates 100 Hz. Analog Output: DC value ranges: -4.9976 V to +5.0000 V in steps of 2.44 mV Accuracy at the DIN connector: (3.6 mV 0.1% full scale) Peak-to-peak amplitude adjustment ranges for AC wave form: 0 V to 5 V in steps of 2.44 mV AC waveform frequency ranges: 0.001 Hz to 50 KHz, 0.01% Maximum amplified output at the banana jacks: about 300 mA at 5 V, current limited at 300 mA 12 mA
750 Interface - USB CI-7650 (USB-compatible computers)
50
ScienceWorkshop 750 Interface Accessories
Power Amplifier II
CI-6552A
Amplifier Accessories
The following accessories are designed for use with the CI-6552A Power Amplifier and 750 ScienceWorkshop Interface.
750 Interface and NI LabVIEW

CI-7650
A For the ScienceWorkshop 750 and 700 Interfaces A Provides up to 10 V at 1 A
AC/DC Electronics Laboratory

EM-8656
A Use National Instruments LabVIEW software with PASCOs 750 Interface on Windows Computers
The optional Power Amplifier connects to both the ScienceWorkshop 700 and 750 (USB and SCSI) Interfaces. It allows students to drive and monitor experiments at the same time. By using the Power Amplifier II, the computer becomes a: Digital Frequency Generator: Drive speakers, coils, resonant circuits, vibrating wires, etc. Variable DC Power Supply: Drive electrical circuits, motors, lights, etc. Controlled Energy Source: For a variety of simple and effective experiments in energy transformation and conservation. Note: The ScienceWorkshop 750 Interface has a built-in function generator output of 5 VDC at up to 300 mA. For higher output voltages and currents, the Power Amplifier II must be used.
Use this kit with a PASCO computer interface and Power Amplifier or as a stand-alone unit. Two D-cells required (not included). Storage tray holds all components. Components include all standard electronic parts resistors, capacitors, an inductor coil, a diode, an iron core, a potentiometer and a transistor socket.
AC/DC Electronics Lab EM-8656 p. 222
The 750 Interface and LabVIEW software are used to control the Fan Accessory based on measurements from the Motion Sensor. PASCOs 750 Interface includes 7 input channels with a 250,000 Hz maximum sampling rate. - Four digital channels - Three analog channels Any combination of digital and analog sensors can be used simultaneously. Over 40 sensors are available. Students can use the 750 interfaces builtin 1.5 Watt Function Generator to power circuits or other electrical devices.
RLC Circuit
CI-6512
This board offers a unique set of components for demonstrating:
Specifications
Output: - Variable Voltage: 10 V - Current: up to 1 Amp - Frequency: from DC to 50 kHz - Resolution: 0.01 Hz - Low Output Impedance: <1 - Line and Load Regulated Overload Indicatior: LED Connector: 8-pin DIN for ScienceWorkshop 750 and 700 Interfaces Interface Capability: for ScienceWorkshop 750 and 700 Interfaces only
A Voltage/Current Phase Relationships A RLC Resonance A Non-ohmic Characteristics. Component

values include resistors, capacitors and an inductor coil.
CI-6512 p. 226
Once data has been collected, students can use the power and flexibility of LabVIEW software to display and condition the data as needed. This system provides the perfect opportunity for students to learn about digital and analog data processing techniques. Go to www.pasco.com/labview to download files needed to use the 750 Interface with LabView.
750 Interface USB CI-7650
RLC Circuit
Motor/Generator Kit
CI-6513
Investigate the efficiency of electrical to mechanical energy conversion as the motor lifts a hanging mass. The precision DC motor is coupled to a ball-bearing windlass by a 10:1 mechanical advantage belt drive. It will lift masses up to 1.5 kg.
Motor/Generator Kit CI-6513 p. 238
Thermodynamics Kit
CI-6514A
Measure the electrical equivalent of heat and investigate thermal absorption and radiation. The kit includes a 10 /10 W heating resistor and black, white and polished metal containers.
Thermodynamics Kit CI-6514A p. 208
Power Amplifier II
CI-6552A
www.pasco.com
ScienceWorkshop Interface Adapters
51
NI ELVIS LabVIEW Adapters

CI-6718 Analog CI-6719 Digital
USB/Serial Converter
CI-6759A
A Use ScienceWorkshop Sensors with NI ELVIS and LabVIEW

Now you can use both digital and analog ScienceWorkshop sensors with National Instruments Educational Laboratory Virtual Instrumentation Suite (NI ELVIS) interface.
A Connects Interfaces Serial Port to USB Port A Use with ScienceWorkshop 300, 500 and 750 A All Drivers Included in DataStudio (1.7 or higher)
Serial Plug
USB Plug
The USB/Serial Converter is used to connect the serial port of ScienceWorkshop Interfaces to the USB port of the computer. The NI ELVIS and LabVIEW software are used to control the Fan Accessory based on measurements from the Force Sensor.
500 Interface
CI-6400
Analog NI ELVIS Adapter CI-6718 Digital NI ELVIS Adapter CI-6719
Obtain Higher Sustained Sampling Rates: Increase the maximum continuous data sampling rate by a factor of eight.* Use a Real-time Oscilloscope Display: Increase the oscilloscope frame rate from two frames per second to approximately 10 frames per second, providing a real-time oscilloscope for examining electrical circuits, sound waves and more. Perform Fast, Reliable Data Downloads: A buffer of logged data (up to 17 ,000 data points) can be downloaded in a few seconds. The same download would take several minutes using a serial port.
NI ELVIS combines instrumentation, data acquisition and a prototyping board in one unit. For more information on NI LabVIEW and NI ELVIS, visit www.ni.com. To collect data, plug an Analog or Digital Adapter into the prototyping board and insert a sensor. Connect the adapter to the appropriate I/O ports on ELVIS and the system is ready to use. Once data has been collected, students can use the power and flexibility of LabVIEW software to display and condition the data as needed. This system provides the perfect opportunity for students to learn about digital and analog data processing techniques. Virtual instruments for using PASCO sensors are available FREE at www.pasco.com/labview. Use these VIs to get started or modify them to fit the needs of your laboratory.
*Maximum sample rate of the 500 Interface in burst mode remains at 20,000 Hz
750 SCSI Interface

CI-6450
Plug and Play: Connect and disconnect the interface without shutting down the computer. Maximize Your Technology Investment: Allows 750 SCSI Interfaces to be used with the USB port for a modest investment. Use a Real-time Oscilloscope Display: Oscilloscope refresh rate of approximately 10 frames per second, providing a real-time oscilloscope for examining electrical circuits, sound waves and more.
Maximum sample rate of the 750 Interface remains at 250,000 Hz in burst mode
Analog NI ELVIS Adapter Digital NI ELVIS Adapter
CI-6718 CI-6719 USB/Serial Converter CI-6759A
52

Simultaneous Analog and Digital Recording
Collect up to 3 analog and 2 digital signals at the same time.
500 Interface
CI-6400
A Datalogger A Can be converted to a USB Connection
Datalogging Button
Press this button to record and store data in the interfaces data storage buffer.
Built-in Battery Compartment
Holds 4 AA batteries for field work (also runs on 9 VAC adapter included).
A versatile solution for all sciences. Combines good desktop performance with datalogging capability. Compatible with over 40 ScienceWorkshop sensors for use in Chemistry, Biology, Earth Science and Physics.
Specifications
Ports: 2 Digital, 3 Analog Connection: Serial (also USB compatible with USB/Serial Converter) Communication Speed: 19.2 kbaud. Crystal-controlled timebase: 0.01% accuracy Analog Inputs: three analog channels A: Differential Input 2 M impedance; gain = 1 or 10 B: Single Ended Input 200 k impedance; gain = 1 or 10 C: Single Ended Input 200 k impedance; gain = 1 10 V range (0.02 V + 0.1% of reading); 5 mV resolution 12-bit ADC converts samples Digital Inputs: two digital I/O channels 5 s timing resolution Datalogging mode without a Computer: Disconnect from your computer and take remote measurements. Low power consumption mode prolongs battery life. 50 KB Storage Buffer: Collect 17 ,000 Analog (force, voltage, etc.) data points or 7 ,000 Motion Sensor data points. 50 KB data storage buffer (2N+1 bytes/ sample period, N=# chs, eg: 2 chs @ 10Hz for 1,000 seconds) Multiple data runs are appended to the buffer. Cross-platform Data: Logged data will open on either a Macintosh or Windowscompatible computer. The interface stores the sensor and data display information so it knows what experiment setup to open. Power Supply: 9 V@500mA DC supply or a battery pack (4 AA). All inputs and the serial interface have ESD (electrostatic discharge) protection circuitry that works with power on or off.
Make the 500 Interface more Powerful with the USB/Serial Converter
CI-6759
Features
Datalogging: The ScienceWorkshop 500 Interface collects data directly to a computer, or students can collect data with just the interface and a sensor. Students can set up an experiment using the 500, disconnect from the computer to collect data outside the classroom and then reconnect for data analysis. Portability: With a built-in battery compartment for 4 AA batteries (not included) the ScienceWorkshop 500 Interface can go just about anywhere and still collect data. 50 KB Storage Buffer: Stores data runs and experiment setup information. Cross-Platform Data: Logged data will open on either a Macintosh or a Windowscompatible computer. The interface stores the sensor and data display information so it knows what experiment setup to open.
The USB/Serial Converter is the ideal solution for connecting the 500 Interface to the USB port of a computer. USB to serial adapters produced by other companies rely on constantly changing drivers that may or may not work well with a computer. PASCOs USB/Serial Converter is specifically designed for use with the 300, 500 and 750 Interfaces. Simply install the included version of DataStudio and begin collecting data. Not only is the USB/Serial Converter easy to use, it boosts the performance of the 500 Interface significantly. A Increases continuous data sample rate by a factor of 8. A Increases the oscilloscope display refresh rate by 5 times, providing a near real-time oscilloscope for examining electrical circuits, sound waves and more. A Enables students to download a buffer of logged data (up to 17 ,000 data points!) in seconds (versus minutes using the serial connection). The maximum sample rate for the 500 interface remains 20,000 Hz.
USB/Serial Converter CI-6759
Unique Characteristics
Ports: 2 Digital, 3 Analog Connection: Serial (also USB compatible with USB/Serial Converter) Datalogging: Collect up to 17 ,000 Analog (force, voltage, etc.) data points or 7 ,000 Motion Sensor data points Portable: Built-in battery compartment Designed for: Starter, Biology, Chemistry, General Science, Earth Science, Physics, Math
CI-6400
www.pasco.com
ScienceWorkshop Voltage Monitor and Sensor Index
53
CI Sensor Voltage Monitor

CI-6611
ScienceWorkshop Sensor Index

The chart below lists the sensors available for use with ScienceWorkshop Interfaces. Sensor Description Acceleration Barometer Carbon Dioxide Charge Colorimeter Conductivity Current Current, High Dissolved Oxygen Drop Counter EKG Flow Rate Force Force, Economy Force Platform Free Fall Adapter G-M Tube Heart Rate Humidity, Relative Infrared Ion Probes Ion-Selective Electrode Amplifier Box Laser Switch Light Light, Broad Spectrum Light, High-Sensitivity Light, Infrared Light, UVA Magnetic Field Motion Sensor Oxygen Gas pH Photogate, Accessory Photogate Head Photogate/Pulley System Pressure Sensor Absolute Pressure SensorLow Respiration Rate Rotary Motion Sound Temperature Temperature, High Accuracy Temperature, High, Type K Probe Temperature with Type K Probe Thermistor Temperature Thermocline Time-of-Flight Accessory Voltage Part No. Page No. CI-6558 56 CI-6531A 63 CI-6561 61 CI-6555 59 CI-6747 61 CI-6729 60 CI-6556 59 CI-6740 59 CI-6542 62 CI-6499 61 CI-6539A 56 CI-6730A 63 CI-6537 54 CI-6746 54 CI-6461 56 ME-9207B 55 SN-7927A 60 CI-6543B 64 CI-6559 63 CI-6628 58 62 CI-6738 ME-9259A CI-6504A CI-6630 CI-6604 CI-6628 CI-9784 CI-6520A CI-6742A CI-6562 CI-6507A ME-9204B ME-9498A ME-6838 CI-6532A CI-6534A CI-6535 CI-6538 CI-6506B CI-6605A CI-6525 CI-6536 CI-6526 CI-6527A CI-6731 ME-6810 CI-6503 62 55 58 58 58 58 58 60 54 60 61 59 55 55 56 56 64 54 64 57 57 57 57 57 63 55 49
A Use ScienceWorkshop sensors in your own circuits without a computer interface A Take advantage of PASCOs numerous fine quality sensors already mounted in a case and ready to use
Plug up to five ScienceWorkshop sensors at a time into the front of the CI Sensor Voltage Monitor. The sensors output voltages are accessed at the buss on the back of the CI Sensor Voltage Monitor.
Back
Front Force Sensor Voltage reading is proportional to the force applied 1 kg mass
Sensor plugs into CI Sensor Voltage Monitor
CI Sensor Voltage Monitor

Output voltage from sensor
The CI Sensor Voltage Monitor accepts any ScienceWorkshop CI sensor, supplies power to the sensor, and gives access to the output voltage of the sensor through the terminal strip on the back of the box. Monitor the output voltage using a voltmeter or an oscilloscope or wire the sensor output directly into your own circuit. The instruction sheet includes calibration data for relating the output voltage to the sensor reading (for example, 8 V = 50 Newtons for a Force Sensor).
Includes
CI Sensor Voltage Monitor Power Adapter: 9 VDC @ 500 mA Calibration Data in Manual
CI Sensor Voltage Monitor Recommended: Any ScienceWorkshop Sensor Basic Digital Multimeter
Specifications
Accepts all ScienceWorkshop Sensors 5 Voltage Outputs Power adapter: 9 VDC, 500 mA Not compatible with PASPORT sensors.
CI-6611
See pages 54-64 SE-9786A
54
ScienceWorkshop Force and Motion
Force
CI-6537
Economy Force
CI-6746
A 50
A 50 N range A Built-in Accessory Tray

PASCOs durable, reliable Force Sensor was designed specifically for the student physics lab. Wide-range, high-frequency response and a low noise transducer help generate excellent impulse graphs, smooth harmonic motion data and more. The sensors special strain gauge consistently generates the same output for the same force and is designed to minimize side loads. Damping materials reduce vibrations caused by collisions without affecting results. Any dynamics cart accessories can be mounted on top of the Force Sensor.
N range A Convenient Finger Grip

The Economy Force Sensor is an excellent, low-cost, general-purpose force sensor for the student lab. The finger holes make it ideal for handheld use. The Economy Force Sensor can mount on a PASCO Dynamics Cart. Ideal for measuring force in one-axis experiments.
Specifications
Force Range: -50 to +50 N Resolution: 0.03 N or 3.1 grams Zero (Tare) Function: Push button Force-overload Protection: Mechanical stop prevents forces of more than 50 N from damaging the sensor Pin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug Mounts on standard 12.7 mm support rods
Force Sensor CI-6537
Specifications
Force Range: -50 to +50 N Resolution: 0.03 N or 3.1 grams Zero (Tare) Function: Push button Force-overload Protection: Mechanical stop prevents forces of more than 50 N from damaging the sensor Pin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug Mounts on standard 12.7 mm support rods
Economy Force Sensor CI-6746
For Force Sensor Accessories, see page 68.
For Economy Force Sensor Accessories, see page 68.
Rotary Motion
CI-6538
The Rotary Motion Sensor is one of the most versatile position/motion measuring devices in the student physics lab. It is equally adept at measuring linear position with a resolution of 0.055 mm or rotary motion with a resolution of 0.25. This sensor is also bi-directional, indicating the direction of motion. The 6.35 mm diameter dual ball-bearing shaft extends from both sides of the unit and provides an excellent platform for rotational experiments. The rod clamp (which can be attached on three sides of the sensor) allows the unit to be mounted in almost any orientation. A three-step pulley and a mount for the PASCO Super Pulley make it easy to perform torque experiments.
Motion Sensor II
CI-6742A
The CI-6742A Motion Sensor II uses ultrasonic pulse technology to measure object position.
Features
Shorter Dead Zone: Detects targets as close as 15 cm from the sensor increasing the effective length of a dynamics track (other motion sensors have a dead zone of 42 cm, see below). False Target Rejection Circuit: Reduces false signals from objects near the targets path of motion, giving cleaner data.
Specifications
Minimum Range: 15 cm (short dead zone) Maximum Range: 8 m Transducer Rotation: 360 Near/Far Switch Settings: Narrow: For distances up to 2 m to reject false target signals or ignore air track noise. Standard: For longer distances up to 8 meters. Mounting Options: - 12.7 mm diameter rod or smaller - Directly to the PASCO Dynamics Track - Non-skid rubber feet for table mount Connector: Dual stereo phone plug for ScienceWorkshop Interfaces.
Motion Sensor II CI-6742A
Specifications
3-step Pulley: 10 mm, 29 mm and 48 mm diameter Resolution: 1 and 0.25 (software selectable) Maximum Speeds: 13 rev/sec at 1 resolution (360 data points/revolution) 3.25 rev/sec at 0.25 resolution (1440 data points/revolution) Optical Encoder: Bidirectional, indicates direction of motion Sensor Dimensions: 10 cm x 5 cm x 3.75 cm, 6.35 mm diameter shaft Connector: Dual stereo phone plug for ScienceWorkshop Interfaces
Rotary Motion Sensor Recommended: Extra 3-step Pulley Rotary Motion Sensor for Vernier Interfaces CI-6538
CI-6693 CI-6625
For Rotary Motion Sensor Accessories, see page 70.
For Motion Sensor Accessories, see page 66.
www.pasco.com
ScienceWorkshop Photogates
55
Photogate Head
ME-9498A
ME-6810
The Time-of-Flight Accessory is designed primarily for freefall or projectile experiments. When an object hits the plate, a signal is sent to the interface. Note: When used with the projectile launcher, a photogate is used to start the timer and the 20 extension cable is recommended.
Specifications
Photogate Width: 7 cm .5 Fall Time: < 50 ns Spatial Resolution: < 1 mm Timing Resolution: 0.1 millisecond Connector: Stereo phone plug
Photogate Head Recommended: Photogate Stand ME-9498A
ME-9805
A Find Time-of-flight for a ball shot from a Projectile Launcher A Conduct freefall experiments
Includes
Photogate Head Super Pulley with Rod
WE SA AR GL FE WH AS TY EN SE IN S US E.
ME
-68
00
PR
JE
CT OR IL T RA E LA NG UNE CH
DODO CA WN NO UT T ION BA LO
! RR OK EL!
ME-6838
Photogate
SH
ER
Specifications
Pulley: Rotational inertia: 1.8 x 10-6 kg m2 Coefficient of friction: < 7 x 10-3 Diameter: 5 cm, Mass: 5.5 g Photogate: Width: 7 cm, Fall time: < 50 ns Spatial resolution: .5 < 1 mm Timing Resolution: 0.1 millisecond Connector: Stereo phone plug
Time t = 1.39 s
Time of Flight Pad Receptor Pad

ME-6810
Freefall Adapter
ME-9207B
ME-6838
For Photogate Accessories, see page 67.
Laser Switch
ME-9259A
This Laser Switch acts as a large photogate so you can time objects too large to pass through a standard Photogate. Use the Red Laser Pointer below or other laser as your light source.
Laser
Laser Switch
Rod and Clamp
Laser Switch Required: Laser such as X-Y Adjustable Diode Laser
ME-9259A
When the steel ball is dropped from the release mechanism, the computer automatically starts timing. When the ball hits the receptor pad, timing stops. Timer measurements of g are accurate and repeatable.
OS-8526A
Freefall Adapter
ME-9207B
56
ScienceWorkshop Force/Acceleration/Pressure
Force Platform
CI-6461
Acceleration
CI-6558
A Large jumping/landing surface A Rugged design

The Force Platform is an excellent tool for exploring forces on the human body. The platform measures the force exerted on any object in contact with it. The sturdy glass-filled nylon platform is supported by 4 force beams which combine to measure the total force on the platform. The optional Handle Set (PS-2548) allows students to push and pull on the Force Platform while holding it vertically.
A 5 g range A 0.01 g resolution

The Acceleration Sensor can be used to record acceleration data for almost any application. Plug the sensor directly into the ScienceWorkshop 500 Interface to produce a portable acceleration monitoring device.
A Dynamic cart collisions A Study acceleration in elevators A Measure acceleration in cars and roller coasters
A Students determine their hang time by jumping off the platform,
then landing on it
A Use two Force Platforms to investigate Newtons 3rd Law as

two students push against one another
Includes
Acceleration Sensor with 2 meter detachable cable Bracket and hardware for attaching to a dynamics cart
A Measure the normal force on a person riding in an elevator
Specifications
Range: -1000 N to +4000 N Maximum Update Rate: 200 Hz Platform Size: 35cm x 35cm Zero (tare) Function: Push Button Force Overload Protection Pin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug
Force Platform CI-6461
Specifications
Range: 5 g range Resolution: 0.01 g range Zero Function: Push button, nulls out gravity Sensor Response Settings: Switch-selectable Slow: Reduces high frequency vibrations and noise in experiments measuring acceleration of elevators, roller coasters and automobiles, etc. Fast: Use for short duration events such as cart collisions Pin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug on case
Acceleration Sensor CI-6558
Absolute Pressure
CI-6532A
Low Pressure
CI-6534A
A Measure Absolute Pressure up to 7 Atmospheres A Includes Syringe for Gas Laws

The Absolute Pressure Sensor measures the pressure relative to an internal reference vacuum. Includes a syringe and quick connect tubing for investigating Gas Laws.
A Gauge Pressure A Ideal for Small Pressure Changes

The Low Pressure Sensor measures gas pressure compared to atmospheric pressure, which is commonly known as gauge pressure. Includes quick connect tubing for a variety of pressure activities. The limited pressure range of the sensor provides excellent accuracy and resolution for measuring small pressure changes.
A easure chemical reaction rates M A erify Gas Laws (Ideal, Charles, Boyles) V A tudy Vapor Pressure vs. Temperature S
A eat Engine Cycles H A easure pressure changes in a venturi tube M A onduct air foil studies C
Specifications
Pressure Range: 0 to 700 kPa Reference Vacuum Pressure: 40 mTorr Number of Pressure Ports: 1 Pin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug on case
Absolute Pressure Sensor CI-6532A
Specifications
Pressure Range: 0 to 10 kPa above atmospheric Number of Pressure Ports: 1 Pin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug on case
Low Pressure Gauge Sensor CI-6534A
www.pasco.com
ScienceWorkshop Temperature
57
High-Accuracy Temperature
CI-6525
Thermistor Temperature
CI-6527A
A Wide Temperature Range A Measures Temperature of Liquid Nitrogen

PASCOs resistance temperature device is a highly accurate Temperature Sensor made from platinum wire.
A onvert Resistance to C Temperature

The Thermistor Sensor is designed to read the resistance from a thermistor (100 k or 10 k at 25 oC) and convert it to temperature. The computer displays the temperature in real-time in C, eliminating the need for an ohmmeter and the use of a conversion lookup table. The sensor also reads in ohms so it can be used to read any resistance between 3 k and 360 k. The Thermistor Sensor reads the type of thermistors (100 k or 10 k at 25 C) featured in PASCO equipment, such as: Thermal Radiation Cube (TD-8554A) Mechanical Equivalent of Heat (TD-8551A) T hermal Efficiency Apparatus (TD-8564) Thermal Expansion (TD-8558A) Compact Thermal Expansion (TD-8578 and TD-8579A) T hermal Cavity (TD-8580)
Specifications
Temperature Range: -200 C to + 200 C Accuracy: Less than 0.5 C full scale Resolution: 0.2 C Output Voltage/Temperature ratio: 10 mV/ C, linear Temperature Sensing Junction: Platinum wire Pin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug
High-Accuracy Temperature Sensor CI-6525
Specifications:
Temperature
CI-6605A
Resistance Range: 3.0 k to 360.0 k 0.2 k Temperature Range: 0 C to 120 C Resolution: 0.05 C at 25 C Pin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug on case
A Quick Response A Rugged Sensor

This low thermal mass Temperature Sensor ensures a quick response and negligible impact on measured temperatures. Teflon covers, for use in harsh liquids or chemical solutions, are available as an accessory.
Includes:
BNC-to-2 Banana Cable 2 Alligator Clips Banana 1 Sample 100k Thermistor 3.5 mm Stereo Phone-to-2 Banana Cable 1 Sample 10k Thermistor
CI-6527A
Thermistor Temperature Sensor
Specifications
Temperature Range: -35 C to + 135 C Accuracy: 0.5 C Resolution: 0.05 C Pin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug
Temperature Sensor Recommended: Teflon Sensor Covers (10 pack) CI-6605A
Thermistor Probes
(The probes below must be used with CI-6527A)
Skin/Surface
PS-2131
Our Skin/Surface Temperature Sensor has a wider range to allow students to measure a wider variety of surfaces.
CI-6549
Specifications
Range: -10 to +70 C
Skin/Surface PS-2131
Type K Temperature
CI-6526
A Extra Long Probe

The CI-6526 Type K Thermocouple is useful for both low and high temperature applications. Its long probe length (95 cm) makes it ideal for measuring temperature in hard-to-reach places.
Fast Response PS-2135 (3-pack)

Our Fast-Response Temperature Sensors low thermal mass and small size allows students to see changes in temperature they could never see before. Momentarily dip the sensor in water and then watch as it cools from evaporation and returns to ambient.
Specifications
Range: -200 C to +400 C Accuracy: Linear from 0 C to +400 C (3 C 3% of reading) Pin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug
Type K Temperature Sensor CI-6526
Specifications
Range: -10 to +70 C
Fast Response (3-pack) PS-2135
58
ScienceWorkshop Light
Light
CI-6504A
Light High-Sensitivity
CI-6604
A General Purpose
Light Sensor
PASCOs Light Sensor is ideal for indoor and outdoor relative light intensity experiments. It can be used in a lighted room for most experiments.
A Ideal for low light

experiments
The High-Sensitivity Light Sensor is designed for experiments involving low light level conditions.
Specifications
Sensing Element: Si PIN photodiode Spectral Response: 320 nm to 1100 nm Gain Levels: 100x, 10x, 1x, switch-selectable Output Voltage: 0V to 5V Pin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug on case Maximum Light Intensity Levels (lux): Gain Setting: 1x 10x Approximate Lux: 5 0.5
Light High-Sensitivity Sensor CI-6604
A easure relative light intensities in daylight M
(even monitor a solar eclipse)
A ompare light intensity vs. distance C A tudy interference/diffraction/polarization S
Specifications
Sensing Element: Si PIN photodiode Spectral Response: 320 nm to 1100 nm Gain Levels: 100x, 10x, 1x, switch-selectable Output Voltage: 0V to 5V Pin Configuration: 5-pin DIN plug on case Maximum Light Intensity Levels (lux): Gain Setting: 1x 10x Approximate Lux: 500 50
Light Sensor CI-6504A
100x 0.05
Light Infrared
CI-6628
100x 5
A For heat studies

The Infrared Sensor is sensitive in the infrared portion (up to (40,000 nm) of the spectrum, but also detects the visible spectrum. It will detect the radiation from a persons hand. The response is linear over its entire frequency range.
Specifications
Light Broad Spectrum

CI-6630
A For use with
Sensing Element: 48 junction, KRS-5 window, argon gas-filled thermopile Spectral Response: Up to 40,000 nm (linear) Gain Levels: 100x, 10x, 1x, switch-selectable Output Voltage: 0V to 5V Pin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug on case
Infrared Sensor CI-6628
Spectrophotometer A Ideal for Black Body Spectrum

The Broad Spectrum Light Sensor is designed specifically for use with our OS-8539 Educational Spectrophotometer System and OS-8543 Prism Spectrophotometer Accessory for Black Body experiments. The Broad Spectrum Light Sensor uses a thermopile and window combination that respond to both the near infrared and visible light necessary for the Black Body experiment.
Light UVA
CI-9784
A Directly measure UV radiation

The Ultraviolet Light Sensor detects the UVA band (315 nm - 400 nm) with the UVA filter installed. With the UVA filter removed, the sensor detects the visible as well as the UVA. The sensor includes the UVA filter, a collimator and a diffuser.
A Black Body Experiment
Specifications
Sensing Element: Photodiode Spectral Response: With included UVA filter 315 nm to 400 nm Gain Levels: 100x, 10x, 1x, switch-selectable Output Voltage: 0V to 5 V Pin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug on case
UVA Light Sensor Recommended: UVA Accessory Kit UV Narrow Band (365 nm) Filter Accessory CI-9784
Specifications
Sensing Element: BaF2 window, xenon gas-filled thermopile Output Voltage: 0V to 10V Spectral Response: 300 to 10,000 nm. Pin Configuration: 8-pin DIN on case
Light Broad Spectrum Sensor
CI-6630
CI-9792 CI-9841
p. 66
www.pasco.com
ScienceWorkshop Voltage/Current/Charge
59
Voltage
CI-6503
Current
CI-6556
A Standard banana
plugs and alligator clips
A 1 sensing resistor
The Current Sensor determines the current through it by measuring the voltage across the internal 1.00 resistor. Up to 1.5A can be measured.
The Voltage Sensor provides a simple connection between a ScienceWorkshop interface and an electronic circuit.
A tudy resistance, voltage and capacitance in circuits S A lectroplating E A onduct power amplifier experiments C
A tudy resistance, voltage and capacitance in circuits S
Specifications
Voltage Range: 10 V AC/DC Pin Configuration: 5-pin DIN plug Probe ends are standard banana plugs. Two alligator clip adapters included.
Voltage Sensor CI-6503
Specifications
Maximum Current Input: 1.5 A* Maximum Differential Voltage: 1.5 V* Maximum Common Mode Voltage: 10 V Resolution: 5 mA (1X gain), 0.5 mA (10X gain) Pin Configuration: 8-pin DIN on case (*DC or AC RMS (root mean square))
Current Sensor CI-6556
High Current
CI-6740
A Measures up
Charge
CI-6555
to 10 Amps A Isolated Circuit

Measure the transient or steady state current at any point in a circuit. The High Current Sensor is ideal for circuits in which the current exceeds 1 Amp. Instead of a sensing resistor, the High Current Sensor features a Hall Effect chip. Therefore, the sensor has a negligible internal resistance and will not influence the current measurements from the circuit. The sensor includes a 10 Amp fuse which can be easily replaced.
A Ideal for
electrostatics
PASCOs Charge Sensor is designed for experiments in electrostatics such as inductive charging, charge production and distribution, charge on a capacitor, etc.
A easure the current through PASCO coils M A etermine the output from the Hand Crank Generator D
A onnect to a Faraday Ice Pail to measure the total charge on an C
object by the induction method
Specifications:
Maximum Current Input: +/- 10 Amps Maximum Voltage Input: +/- 30 Volts Frequency Response: DC 10 KHz Fuse: 10 Amps, Fast Acting (Replaceable) Pin Configuration: 8-Pin DIN plug
High Current Sensor CI-6740
A se as a high-input impedance voltmeter (1012) U
Specifications
Input Capacitance: 0.01F 5% Input Resistance: 1012 ohms (1000 gigaohms) Maximum Input Voltage: 150 V Input Connector: BNC Input Cable: Shielded, 0.9m, alligator clip termination Pin Configuration: 8-Pin DIN plug on case Sensor Gain: 1x 5x 20x Voltage Range: 10 V 2 V 0.5 V Charge Range: 0.1C 0.02C 0.005C
Charge Sensor Recommended: Faraday Ice Pail CI-6555
BNC Adapter
CI-6685
This adapter allows BNC-terminated cables (such as oscilloscope probes) to be connected to a ScienceWorkshop Interface.
BNC Adapter CI-6685
ES-9042A
p. 219
60
ScienceWorkshop Magnetic Field, Nuclear and Environmental
Magnetic Field
CI-6520A
Conductivity
CI-6729
A easures radial or axial fields M A are button T

PASCOs Magnetic Field Sensor is sensitive enough to detect the earths magnetic field. Its application in the physics lab includes measuring and plotting fields in single or Helmholtz coils, solenoids, electromagnets and magnets. The CI-6729 Conductivity Sensor, including amplifier box and 1x electrode, is designed for monitoring conductivity (S/cm) in aqueous solutions. DataStudio can convert data to total dissolved solids (mg/L).
Features
Measures radial or axial fields: Two switch-selectable Hall Effect sensors measure either radial or axial fields. Tare button: Zeroing or nulling out existing fields is accomplished by pushing the Tare button. Three switchable ranges of sensitivity: Full scale ranges of 10, 100 and 1,000 Gauss. Measurements from earths magnetic field to strong magnets. 7.5 cm probe: Sensors are mounted at the end of a fully encapsulated 7 cm long probe. .5
A Compare conductivity of different water samples A Study the effects of chemical flocculants on conductivity
Specifications
Sensitivity Ranges: 0 to 200 S/cm, 0 to 2000 S/cm, 0 to 20,000 S/cm; switch-selectable on amplifier box Electrode: Platinized, reduces the effects of cell polarization Cell Constant: 1x Connector: 8-pin DIN plug on case
1x Model Conductivity Sensor 10x Conductivity Electrode CI-6729 CI-6739A
Specifications
Sensitivity: 10 Gauss, 50 mG resolution 100 Gauss, 50 mG resolution 1000 Gauss, 500 mG resolution Measurement modes: Axial and Radial Probe Length: 7 cm .5 Pin Configuration: 8-Pin DIN plug on case
Magnetic Field Sensor Recommended: Zero Gauss Chamber CI-6520A
O2 Gas
CI-6562
p. 66
EM-8652

SN-7927A
A Ideal eneral g
purpose nuclear sensor
The Oxygen Gas Sensor accurately measures oxygen concentration in the atmosphere or enclosed spaces, such as terrariums. The sensors wide range (0-100%) means students can use it with any experiment or investigation. Use in combination with the CO2 Gas Sensor to perform an even wider variety of environmental and physiology activities in the classroom or in the field.
The G-M Tube/Power Supply senses alpha, beta and gamma radiation. Power for the tube is supplied through the connection to an interface that supplies an operating voltage of +5 V.
Specifications
Sensitivity: Beta, Gamma, Alpha Count Detection: Audio signal Window Thickness: 1.5 to 2 mg/cm2, mica Gas Filling: Neon, Argon and Halogen Starting/Operating Voltage for tube: 450 VDC/500 VDC Dead Time: 90 s
G-M Tube/Power Supply SN-7927A
Specifications
Range: 0 to 100% Accuracy: 1% (from 0 to 40%) Resolution: 0.024%
O2 Gas Sensor CI-6562
www.pasco.com
ScienceWorkshop Environmental/Chemistry
61
pH
CI-6507A
The pH Sensor is a fundamental sensor for studying a wide range of topics that involve acid-base interactions.
Drop Counter (High Accuracy)

CI-6499
A Monitor acid-base titrations A Understand the role of buffers A Study water quality
At last, a professional Drop Counter can become part of your student lab. Our Drop Counter has a wider (18 x 13 mm) drop window for better drop detection and easier alignment with burettes. Works equally well with large or small, fast or slow drops. Easy calibration requires entering just one number into the computer. Includes a Micro Stir Bar for use with our pH and Conductivity Probes.
A Measures up to 40 drops per second with drops as small as
Specifications
pH Range: 0 to 14 Electrode: Gel-filled (nonrefillable) Ag-AgCl combination electrode with a membrane resistance of 50 M at 25 C pH-to-voltage Ratio: 5 pH = 0.1 V Pin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug on case
pH Sensor Replacement Supplies: Replacement Electrode CI-6507A 699-195
.64 mm.
A Silicone rubber-sealed polypropylene is fluid resistant and

protects sensor from mild acids and bases. the unit is turned on.
A Automatically recalibrates for maximum sensitivity each time
A etermine the equivalence point D
Specifications
Holds up to three sensors in a 150 mL beaker LED drop indicator UV filter rejects all visible light - not susceptible to variations in room lighting Stereo phone plug connector
High-Accuracy Drop Counter CI-6499
Colorimeter
CI-6747
PASCOs Colorimeter shines a light through a solution and measures the percent transmittance. Connect to an interface or operate portably in a stand-alone mode. A two-line LCD display prompts you through the measurement process. Automatic calibration saves time and improves accuracy. Water resistant cuvette holder reduces exposure of optics and electronics to sample spills.
CO2
CI-6561
The CO2 Sensor measures carbon dioxide gas concentration, in either an open or closed system. Sensor uses NDIR (non-dispersive infrared) detection technology to sense the CO2 level. On-board microprocessor supports user calibration and DSP (digital signal processing) to reduce environmental noise and improve accuracy and resolution. The CO2 concentration level updates once each second. Suitable for use in classroom biological and environmental experiments.
A Verify Beers Law A onitor reaction rates for reactions that involve color changes, M
water clarity, etc.
Specifications
Transmittance Range: 0 to 100% Transmittance with 0.1% resolution Wavelengths: 470 nm (blue), 565 nm (green), 635 nm (orange) and 697 nm (red) LCD Display: Updates every 0.5 seconds Pin Configuration: 6-pin mini-DIN socket Includes 15 cuvettes and a 6 foot cable (6-pin mini-DIN to 8-pin DIN) for connection to ScienceWorkshop Interfaces. Batteries (4 AA cells) not included.
Colorimeter Sensor Replacement Supplies: Cuvettes and Caps (includes 100 cuvettes and 20 caps) CI-6747 SE-8739
A A A A
CO 2 vs. Oxygen cycles in a terrarium Compare indoor vs. outdoor CO2 levels Terrarium studies of cellular respiration Chemical reaction studies
Specifications
Range: 0 to 6000 ppm or greater Resolution: 10ppm or better Accuracy: 10% full scale or better Pin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug on case
C02 Sensor CI-6561
62
ScienceWorkshop Environmental
Ion-Selective Electrodes
CI-6738
Dissolved Oxygen
CI-6542
PASCOs family of Ion-Selective Electrodes provides either point readings or continuous monitoring of specific ion concentrations in water. PASCO recommends buying one amplifier box and desired electrodes for each student, group or class that will use the sensors. Each Ion-Selective Electrode will work with the CI-6738 Amplifier Box. Two-meter cable included. See chart below for specifications.
A Determine the concentration of a specific ion in a solution A Water quality studies
The Dissolved Oxygen (DO2) Sensor provides real-time, aqueous oxygen concentration measurements. Maintenance is simple due to an easy-to-replace electrode tip. Just pop the membrane cartridge out with a special plunger and insert a new cartridge (one replacement electrode kit is included).
Specifications
Input Impedance: >200M Voltage Gain: 1x Electrode Connector: BNC Pin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug on case Functions with PASCO Ion-selective Probes, 699-085 pH Electrode and most third-party ion-selective electrodes.
A Water quality studies A Monitor the effect of yeast respiration on O2 concentration
Specifications
Oxygen Concentration Range: 0 to 13.5 mg/l (the maximum in saturated water at 3C and 760 torr) Sensor Response Time: 1 second Pin Configuration: 5-pin DIN plug on case
Dissolved Oxygen Sensor Replacement Supplies: Replacement Electrode CI-6542 699-161
PASCO Ion-Selective Electrode Prerequisite

PASCO Ion-Selective Electrodes are industrial-quality probes that give excellent results when properly used. Operation of PASCOs electrodes assumes training in the safe handling of flammable, caustic and corrosive chemicals and a working knowledge of serial dilution and calibration procedures.
Ion-selective Electrode Amplifier Box CI-6738
Electrode Ammonium (NH4+) Calcium (Ca+2) Chloride (Cl-) Lead (Pb+2) Fluoride (F-) Nitrate (NO3-) Potassium (K+) Sodium (Na+)
Molar Range
pH Range
Interfering Ions
Part # CI-6717
1.0 - 5x10-6 1.0 - 5x10-5 1x10-1 - 1x10-6 Saturated - 1x10-6 1.0 - 7x10-6 1.0 - 1x10-6 Saturated - 1x10-6
3-10 2-12 3-8 5-8 2.5-11 2-12 5-12
Pb+2, Hg+2, Cu+2, Ni+2 S-2, I-, CN-, BrAg+, Hg+2, Cu+2, CD+2, Fe+2 OHCIO4-, I-, CN-, BF4Cs+, NH4+ H+, K+, Li+, Ag+, Cs+, Tl+
CI-6727 CI-6732 CI-6736 CI-6728 CI-6735 CI-6733 CI-6734
* Prices do not include the amplifier box.
Required: At least one CI-6738 Ion-selective Electrode Amplifier Box.
www.pasco.com
ScienceWorkshop Environmental
63
Barometer
CI-6531A
Thermocline
CI-6731
The Thermocline Sensor allows students to perform water studies in Ecology, Earth Science, Biology and Marine Science. It can be used to study thermoclines in ponds and small lakes, and for profiling the depth of streams, small rivers and shorelines. It can also be anchored to study ocean tides.
PASCOs Barometer Sensor will measure changes in atmospheric pressure over long and short periods of time.
Features
Automatic Water Depth Measurement: No need to read markings on the cable and manually enter depth. Weighted Housing: Provides depth measurement stability in fast flow stream measurements. Sturdy 10 m Cable: Plenty of depth to study pond and small lake thermoclines.
A Weather station experiments A Detect the regular barometric pressure changes associated with
tidal flow
A easure changes in elevation by measuring the pressure at M
known minimum and maximum elevations and creating a standard elevation curve
Specifications
Temperature: 5 C to 105 C, 1 C Depth: Down to 10 m with resolution of 0.03 m Connectors: Uses two (one for temperature, one for depth) 8-pin DIN plugs
Thermocline Sensor CI-6731
Specifications
Range: 813 to 1084 mbars (24-32 inches Hg) Resolution: 0.17 mbars (0.005 inches Hg) Pin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug on case
Barometer CI-6531A
Flow Rate
CI-6730A
The Flow Rate Sensor is designed specifically to measure flow rate of streams, rivers and other flowing systems.
Relative Humidity
CI-6559
The Relative Humidity Sensor is designed for single readings or continuous monitoring of relative humidity (RH).
A Weather station experiments A Checking humidity in a terrarium, greenhouse or other enclosure
Typical Application
A Study the relationship between flow rate and depth in a stream.
Specifications Specifications
Humidity Ranges: 5-95% relative humidity (non-condensing) Accuracy: 5% RH Response Rate: 15 seconds in slow moving air at 25 C Repeatability: 0.5% RH Pin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug on case
Relative Humidity Sensor CI-6559
Flow Range: 0 m/s to 3.5 m/s Maximum Length: 1.8 m Telescoping Handle Flow Rate Measurement: DataStudio monitors the revolutions made by a small magnet on a submersible propeller and converts the revolutions to feet per second of flow. Students can easily convert the linear flow rate to volume discharge rates in real time using DataStudio.
Flow Rate Sensor CI-6730A
64
ScienceWorkshop Sound and Physiological
Sound
CI-6506B
Heart Rate
CI-6543B
A Measures sound waveform

The Sound Sensor houses a sensitive microphone designed to display audio waveforms of sound levels between 45 and 100 dB.
A A A A A A
M easure basic sound intensity M easure speed of sound measurement M easure beats S tudy the doppler effect C onduct voice studies L earn musical instrument overtones The Heart Rate Sensor shines light through the ear lobe and measures transmittance. As the heart forces blood through the vessels in the lobe, the light transmittance of the lobe changes. The signal can be graphed by DataStudio and the heart rate calculated.
A Measure heart rate A onduct health studies C
Specifications
Frequency Response: 20 to 7 ,200 Hz Decibel Range: 45 to >100 dB Signal-to-Noise Ratio: < 60 dB Amplification: Two stages condition low-level signals Pin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug on case
Sound Sensor CI-6506B
Specifications
Pin Configuration: 5-pin DIN plug on case
Heart Rate Sensor CI-6543B
EKG
CI-6539A
Respiration Rate
CI-6535
The EKG Sensor measures the electrical signals produced by the heart. Students will learn to understand the relationship between muscle depolarization and repolarization and the contraction of the chambers of the heart.
With the respiration belt wrapped around their chest, students can measure their respiration rate. The Respiration Rate Sensor includes the CI-6534A Low Pressure Sensor.
A Generate an EKG graph A Conduct health/exercise studies
A Measure respiration rate A Conduct health/exercise studies
Specifications
Pin Configuration: 5-pin DIN plug on case A package of 100 disposable silver/silver chloride electrodes is included.
EKG Sensor Replacement Supplies: EKG Electrode Patches (100 pack) CI-6539A
Specifications
Pin Configuration: 8-pin DIN plug on case
Respiration Rate Sensor Replacement Supplies: Replacement Belt
CI-6535
CI-6620
CI-9842
www.pasco.com
PASPORT Analog and Digital Adapters
65
Use your Black ScienceWorkshop Sensors with Blue PASPORT Interfaces!

A No Need to Buy New Sensors
Analog Adapter
PS-2158
Use an Analog Adapter to connect any black ScienceWorkshop sensor having an 8-pin or 5-pin DIN connector to a PASPORT interface.
Digital Adapter
PS-2159
Use a Digital Adapter to connect any black sensor having one or two 1/4 stereo phone plugs to a PASPORT interface. The Digital Adapter is always needed to connect photogates to PASPORT interfaces.
Plug into PASPORT Interface Plug in black analog ScienceWorkshop Sensor
Plug in 1 or 2 black digital ScienceWorkshop Sensors Plug into PASPORT Interface
Black ScienceWorkshop sensors which connect with an Analog Adapter:

Sensor Description Acceleration Barometer BNC Adapter Charge Colorimeter Conductivity Current Current, High Dissolved Oxygen EKG Force Force, Economy Force Platform Heart Rate Humidity, Relative Infrared Ion Probes Ion-Selective Electrode Amplifier Box Light Light, Broad Spectrum Light, High-Sensitivity Light, UVA Magnetic Field pH Pressure Sensor Absolute Pressure SensorLow Respiration Rate Sound Temperature Temperature, High Accuracy Temperature, High, Type K Probe Temperature with Type K Probe Thermistor Temperature Thermocline Voltage Analog Adapter Part No. CI-6558 CI-6531A CI-6685 CI-6555 CI-6747 CI-6729 CI-6556 CI-6740 CI-6542 CI-6539A CI-6537 CI-6746 CI-6461 CI-6543B CI-6559 CI-6628 CI-6738 CI-6504A CI-6630 CI-6604 CI-9784 CI-6520A CI-6507A CI-6532A CI-6534A CI-6535 CI-6506B CI-6605 CI-6525 CI-6536 CI-6526 CI-6527A CI-6731 CI-6503 PS-2158 Page No. 56 63 59 59 61 60 59 59 62 64 54 54 56 64 63 58 62 62 58 58 58 58 60 61 56 56 64 64 57 57 57 57 57 63 59
Black ScienceWorkshop sensors which connect with a Digital Adapter:

Sensor Description Drop Counter Flow Rate Free Fall Adapter G-M Tube Laser Switch Motion Sensor II Photogate, Accessory Photogate Head Photogate/Pulley System Rotary Motion Time-of-Flight Accessory Part No. CI-6499 CI-6730A ME-9207B SN-7927A ME-9259A CI-6742A ME-9204B ME-9498A ME-6838 CI-6538 ME-6810 Page No. 61 63 55 60 55 54 67 55 55 54 55
Note: For the Xplorer, Analog and Digital Adapters can only be used when the Xplorer is plugged into a computer. The Xplorer GLX can be used stand-alone with the adapters.
Digital Adapter
PS-2159
66
ScienceWorkshop and PASPORT Probeware Accessories
Zero Gauss Chamber

EM-8652
This double-walled, high permeability metal chamber produces a zero Gauss field within the chamber. By placing the Magnetic Field Sensor probe into the chamber and pushing the Tare button, the sensor may be zeroed. Highly recommended for measurement of the earths magnetic field.
Zero Gauss Chamber EM-8652
Motion Sensor Accessories

Elastic Bumper
ME-8998
The Elastic Bumper protects the Motion Sensor from the carts, but doesnt interfere with the ultrasonic pulse.
Bracket
Motion Sensor
Elastic Bumper
8-pin DIN Extender Cable

CI-6516
This 6 meter DINto-DIN extension cord can be used with any analog sensor.
8-pin DIN Extender Cable CI-6516 Elastic Bumper
Shown with New PAStrack (see page 105)
Includes
2 pairs of brackets 10 meters of elastic material
ME-8998
Motion Sensor Guard

SE-7256
Use this wire guard to protect the Motion Sensor when dropping objects from above.
Magnetic Motion Sensor Bracket

PS-2546
This magnetic bracket allows a Motion Sensor to be easily hung from a drop ceiling. Simply screw the bracket into the 1/4-20 threads on the sensor and use the included adjustment nut to hold the sensor in the desired orientation. The bracket can also be used to hold the Motion Sensor on vertical surfaces such as filing cabinets and magnetic whiteboards.
Magnetic Motion Sensor Bracket PS-2546

CI-9874
These convenient handles screw into virtually any ScienceWorkshop or PASPORT sensor and can be used with any standard lab clamp.
Sensor Handles (4 pack) CI-9874
Motion Sensor Guard
SE-7256
UVA Accessory Kit

CI-9792
The UVA Accessory Kit is designed for use with the PS-2149 and CI-9784 UVA Sensor. It includes materials that block ultraviolet radiation including: Glass plate Fluorescent plate Phosphorescent plate UV-film Plastic film Storage canister All plates are 95 x 70 mm.
UVA Accessory Kit CI-9792
Coffee Filters (500 pack)

SE-7252
These extra-large coffee filters are ideal for freefall and terminal velocity experiments with the Motion Sensor. Each filter has a 34 cm diameter with a height of 13 cm.
Cart Adapter Accessory

ME-6743
A Motion Sensor can be directly mounted to Dynamics Carts, PAScars or GOcars using the Cart Adapter Accessory. Mounting a Motion Sensor on a cart is ideal for the study of relative motion. The adjustment knob on the bracket allows the Motion Sensor to face any direction.
Cart Adapter Accessory ME-6743
Coffee Filters (500 pack) SE-7252
www.pasco.com
67
Photogate Accessories
Photogate Tape Set
ME-6664
Slide the included bracket onto the arm of a PASCO photogate (ME-9498A or ME-9204B) and feed the photogate tape through the bracket to measure position, velocity and acceleration. Similar to a rigid picket fence in design, yet the tape length can be tailored to the experiment at hand. The photogate tape is Mylar; a rugged yet flexible material. The band spacing on the tape is 5 cm from edge to edge, which is identical to the Large Picket Fence (ME-9377A). This edge spacing is also the default picket fence spacing in DataStudio software. Each set includes a 30 m roll of tape with 5 cm spacing. The tape may be purchased separately and a high-resolution version of the photogate tape is also available. The High Resolution Photogate Tape features a distance of 1 cm between edges for a more detailed study with more data points. See page 122 for more information.
Accessory Photogate
ME-9204B
Includes both a Photogate Head and a Photogate Stand for flexible experiment design. The Photogate Stand is also sold separately.
Accessory Photogate Photogate Stand Required: Digital Adapter ME-9204B ME-9805
PS-2159
p. 65
Photogate Brackets
ME-9806
Two Tape Guides included
A Attaches photogates to PASCO dynamics tracks A Easily adjust photogate height

The Photogate Bracket allows the Photogate Head to be attached directly to PASCO dynamics tracks. This (Photogate not included.) eliminates the need for separate photogate stands and allows the photogate height to be easily adjusted relative to the track. Includes two Photogate Brackets.
Photogate Brackets (2) ME- 9806
Photogate Tape Set Required: Photogate Head Digital Adapter Replacement Tape: Photogate Tape (30 m) Photogate Tape, High Resolution (30 m)
ME-6664
ME-9498A PS-2159 ME-6663 ME-6666
Timer Switch
ME-9819
This push-button switch has a 1.7 m cable ending in a Y with 2 stereo phone plugs. When the button is pressed, the Timer Switch sends a start signal to both devices to which it is connected.
Timer Switch ME-9819
Large Picket Fence

ME-9377A
Conduct free fall experiments by dropping this Picket Fence through the PASCO Photogate. The distance from the leading edge of each black bar to the leading edge of the next black bar is 5.0 cm. The Picket Fence has 8 black bars and is 40 cm long.
Photogate Pendulum Set

ME-8752
The Photogate Pendulum Set is a unique set of pendula that have exactly the same shape and size, but different masses. These pendula are ideal for use with photogates due to their cylindrical shape. One pendulum each of brass, plastic, wood and aluminum is included. See page 157 for more information.
Photogate Pendulum Set ME-8752
Large Picket Fence
ME-9377A
Laser Switch
ME-9259A
This Laser Switch acts as a large photogate so you can time objects too large to pass through a standard Photogate. Use the Red Laser Pointer below or other laser as your light source.
Laser Switch Required: Laser such as X-Y Adjustable Diode Laser ME-9259A

PI-8117
This 6 meter phone jack-to-phone jack extension cord can be used with any Photogate/Timing accessory.
Phone Jack Extender Cord (20 cable) PI-8117
OS-8526A
68
ScienceWorkshop and PASPORT Force Sensor Accessories
Force Sensor Accessories

Force Accessory Bracket
CI-6545
The Force Accessory Bracket with Bumpers mounts the CI-6746 Economy Force Sensor or CI-6537 Force Sensor directly to a dynamics track. Includes 5 collision attachments for the Force Sensor and conveniently stores each attachment on the bracket itself. Using any of these attachments, the bracket serves as an excellent support or target for collision studies using the Force Sensor.
Bumper Accessory Set

ME-9884
Note the bumper springs and various mounting options.
Force time data for a clay collision.
Includes:
Spring Bumpers (2) (different spring constants) Magnetic Bumper (1) Rubber Bumper (1) Clay Cup for Inelastic Collisions (1) (clay included) # 0 Phillips Head Screwdriver (to attach to Force Sensor)
This set of bumpers can be used with any PASCO Force Sensor to perform both elastic and inelastic collisions. The standard hook for each Force Sensor can be easily removed and replaced with any of these bumpers. Use a spring and a cup for elastic collisions. Combine two cups with clay to explore inelastic collisions.
Includes:
Stiff Spring Light Spring Empty Cup (2) Modeling Clay
Bumper Accessory Set ME-9884
CI-6545
ME-8973
Magnetic Bumper Set

ME-9885A
The Collision Bracket fastens to the T-slot of a dynamics track, securely holding the Force Sensor for measuring collisions with a Cart. Includes two different springs.
Includes:
2 Springs Bracket
The cart collides with the force sensor at the same initial speed for both of the springs. The area under the Force vs. time graph is the change in momentum (impulse) of the cart, and is the same for both collisions.
ME-8973
This set of magnetic bumpers can be used with any PASCO Force Sensor to perform elastic collisions without any contact. The bumpers screw directly into the beam of the sensor. They can also be used with the Force Accessory Bracket (CI-6545A).
Includes:
Magnetic Bumper (2)
Magnetic Bumper Set ME-9885A
www.pasco.com
ScienceWorkshop and PASPORT Force Sensor Accessories
69
Rocket Engine Test Bracket

ME-6617
With the Rocket Engine Test Bracket attached to a Force Sensor, students can measure and graphically display the impulse of Estes and other model rocket engines.
Force Sensor Balance Stand

CI-6460
A Use any PASCO Force Sensor

as a pan balance A nvestigate buoyancy and I Archimedes Principle
Connect any PASCO Force Sensor to this convenient stand and students have an electronic balance for a wide variety of physics experiments. Connect an Acceleration Sensor for studies of angle vs. normal force. The mounting screws and balance pan can be stored on the stand when not in use.
Force Sensor CI-6537
The Xplorer GLX is shown with the Rocket Engine Test Bracket attached to a Force Sensor. Students can measure and graphically display the impulse of Estes and other model rocket engines.
As the cylinder is lowered into the water, the Apparent Weight measured by the top Force Sensor decreases, while the Buoyant Force measured by the bottom Force Sensor increases. The addition of the two (actual mg) stays constant.
Test Bracket A an Balance P A easure Buoyant Force M A emonstrate the change in D
Includes
Force Sensor Stand Balance Pan
normal force as the angle of support changes

CI-6460
Rocket Engine Test Bracket
ME-6617
Force Sensor Balance Stand
Force Platform Handle Set

PS-2548
Confirm Newtons Third Law by pushing on a Force Platform using two sets of handles (available separately). Handles bolt onto the Force Platform (see page 20) and can be mounted on either side or both sides.
By standing on a 2-Axis Force Platform while pushing against the wall with a 1-Axis Force Platform, a reallife statics problem can be analyzed.
Includes:
Set of sturdy metal handles (2)
Force Platform Handle Set
PS-2548
70
Rotary Motion Sensor Accessories

Rotary Motion Spares Kit
ME-8997
A replacement kit for items commonly misplaced.
Rod Clamp
Thumb Screw
Mini Rotational Accessory

3 Step Pulley O Ring
CI-6691
Use the Mini Rotational Accessory to study rotational inertia, pendulum oscillations, and conservation of angular momentum. See page 168.
Mini Rotational Accessory CI-6691
Damped Pendulum
CI-6689A
Magnetically damped pendulum disk for studying exponential damping, driven harmonic motion, and chaos. See page 170.
Chaos/Driven Harmonic Accessory CI-6689A
Includes:
Three Step Pulley (2) Pulley Thumb Screw (4)
Rotary Motion Spares Kit
Pulley O- Ring (2) Rod Clamp (2)

ME-8997
Materials Stress/Strain Apparatus

AP-8213
Plot Stress vs. Strain in real-time for several different materials. See pages 176-177 .
Materials Stress/Strain Apparatus (PASPORT) AP-8213
Computer-Based Thermal Expansion

TD-8579A
Rotary Motion Sensor measures the expansion of the tube. See page 211.
Computer-based Thermal Expansion TD-8579A
Linear Motion Accessory

CI-6688
Measuring magnetic field from a coil. See page 36. Includes rack and rod clamp.
Centripetal Force
ME-9821
The Force Sensor mounts onto the Rotary Motion Sensor to directly measure Centripetal Force.
Heat Engine
TD-8572
Use a Rotary Motion Sensor with PASCOs Heat Engine Apparatus to graph a real Heat Engine Cycle. See pages 202-203. See page 167 .
ME-9821 Heat Engine TD-8572
Linear Motion Accessory
CI-6688
Centripetal Force
www.pasco.com
71
Rotary Motion Sensor Accessories

Ballistic Pendulum Accessories
Ballistic Pendulum Accessory ME-9892 Mini Launcher Ballistic Pendulum Accessory ME-6829
Turn you PASCO Launcher into a Ballistic Pendulum using your Rotary Motion Sensor. See page 144.
Spectrophotometer
OS-8539
60:1 gear ratio of rotating disk and pin gives the rotary motion sensor a higher resolution for spectrophotometry. See pages 294-295.
Educational Spectrophotometer System OS-8539
Linear Translator
OS-8535
Ballistic Pendulum Accessory Mini Launcher Ballistic Pendulum Accessory ME-9892 ME-6829
Track String Adapter

ME-6569
Dynamics Track Mount

CI-6692
The Rotary Motion Sensors built-in gear system accepts the geared rack to create a high-resolution linear translator for optics. See page 280.
Linear Translator OS-8535
Use a Rotary Motion Sensor to measure position of a cart on a Dynamics Track.
Polarization Analyzer
OS-8533A
The drive belt allows the Rotary Motion Sensor to measure the rotation of the polarizer. See page 277 .
Polarization Analyzer OS-8533A
See page 123.

Track String Adapter Dynamics Track Mount ME-6569 CI-6692

ME-6812
Use your Rotary Motion Sensors to measure wind speed and direction.
Gyroscope
ME-8960
Use two Rotary Motion Sensors to measure both the nutation and precession of this demonstration gyroscope.
See page 21.

ME-6812
See pages 172-173.

Gyroscope ME-8960
72
DataStudio
DataStudio Data Acquisition Software

A Controls All PASCO Interfaces A Record and Analyze Data A Windows and MAC Compatible A Also Works with MAC Universal Binary
DataStudio is the software program that controls all of PASCOs interfaces. No matter which interface you own, or whether you use a PC or a MAC, DataStudio is the only program you need to record and analyze data.
PASPORT Interfaces ScienceWorkshop Interfaces

500 USB Link Xplorer
PowerLink Xplorer GLX 750
Works with all ScienceWorkshop and PASPORT Interfaces
AirLink
Free Software Free Upgrades for Life

PASCO provides DataStudio Lite software with each PASPORT purchase, or download for free. With the free version of DataStudio, students can:
Works with Any Type of Computer

A Windows A MAC A Intel-based MAC A Power PC-based MAC
A Use EZScreens for simple science activities (for use with

PASPORT only)
A Conduct eLabs using existing Electronic Workbooks A Display data in graph, table or digits formats A Graph a single variable vs. time
Multi Language Support
(Windows version)
Never pay for upgrades!

Buy a full-license version of DataStudio (Single Copy or Site License) and never ever pay again. Full license holders are eligible for all upgrades of DataStudio at no charge for life!
Arabic, Chinese (simplified), Chinese (traditional), Danish, English, French Canadian, German, Italian, Japanese, Portuguese (Brazilian), Spanish, Swedish
www.pasco.com
DataStudio
73
Powerful DataStudio Analysis Tools

Graphs
DataStudio graphs are an extremely powerful way to analyze data. The multifaceted tools allow students to reveal and understand science in a way not easily accomplished otherwise.
Experiment Calculator
A Calculated quantities, such as kinetic energy or inverse volume, can be graphed in realtime or displayed in a table. examine the shape of a function, type the equation into the calculator, provide a variable range, and Data Studio will graph it. Change parameters and see how the shape changes.
Editable Data:
A Manually input or import A Delete or hide extranedata from other sources. ous data points so they do not affect your statistics or graph results.
A Data modeling To
A Create theoretical data sets with ease.
Basic Meter Displays:

A Meter displays can be enlarged to
fill your entire monitor great for large classroom or lecture hall demonstrations. one window.
Histogram
A Stack bins A Compare bins (side by side) A Overlay bins
Oscilloscope
A Displays multiple traces (up to 5)
A Multiple meters can be displayed in A Our analog meter can be formatted in

five different styles Small Sweep, Semicircle, Large Sweep, Full Circle and Custom Sweep.
Reasons to Upgrade to the Full Version of DataStudio

All interface and sensor purchases come with a complimentary copy of DataStudio Lite. DataStudio Lite is sufficient to use pre-configured DataStudio files, such as those found in PASCO Physics Experiments (see page 87). However, if you want to change the preconfigured files to fit your labs, create setup files of your own, and/or do more intense data analysis, you need the full version of DataStudio.
The full version of DataStudio allows:

A A A A A A A A A A A
Creating DataStudio experiment files Authoring electronic workbooks Additional displays: meter, FFT, oscilloscope, histogram Multiple instances of each type of display and more than one run on each display Start and stop conditions Manual sampling Calculator Curve-fitting Graph annotations Data Editing
DataStudio Lite is limited to:

A Viewing and taking data using pre-configured files and electronic
workbooks made with the full version (only one run on each) on the graph
A Taking data and displaying it on a graph, table, or digits display A Autoscale, Smart Tool, Statistics, and Data Run Selection A Using WAVEPORT, our sound plug-in software
(purchased separately, see page 74)
Synchronizing QuickTime videos and data *DataStudio Homework Pack includes 10 DataStudio CDs for student home use.
System Requirements
Windows: Windows 98/2000/ME/XP Pentium or equivalent , processor, 50 MB hard drive space, 16 MB RAM Macintosh: OS 8.6 or higher (including OS X), MAC UB, 50 MB hard drive space, 16 MB RAM
DataStudio Software Single User Site License DataStudio Homework Pack* CI-6870G CI-6871G CI-6869D
74
DataStudio Waveport
Software
Single User CI-6872D Site License CI-6874D
A No sensors required A Uses computer sound card to generate and record sound A Intuitive, yet powerful analysis tools
In the Sound Analyzer mode, the computer listens to sound through a microphone. The waveform and the FFT of the frequencies comprising the sound are displayed. In this case, a student was singing a note centered on 280 Hz.
Using the hand icons, students can change the frequency, wavelength, and phase of sound waves. In this case, the sum of the waves is shown and beats can be seen and heard. Never before have students had the opportunity to learn about waves and sound in such an interactive manner. WAVEPORT engages students senses, allowing them to see, hear and feel sound waves. WAVEPORT software uses only the internal sound capability of the computer, so no additional equipment is necessary. WAVEPORT also enables students to collect and analyze sound waves. Using an external sound source or a favorite music CD, students can see the changes in the sound waves as they change the input sound. Students can whistle into the computer microphone and observe the waveform on the screen. Next, they can change the pitch of their whistle and see the changes in the waveform. WAVEPORT allows students to directly manipulate a waveform to see, feel and hear the effects of their manipulations. Students can change the frequency of the waveform by dragging an intuitive icon across the screen. As the students change the frequency on the screen, they can hear the changing sound waves from the computers speakers! All data created in WAVEPORT can easily be exported into DataStudio for more detailed analysis.
In the Piano mode, students can relate pressing piano keys to the notes they hear and the waveform they see.
Each WAVEPORT CD includes:

WAVEPORT Software Six DataStudio Workbooks: - Sound Creator Tutorial - Creating Sound - Constructive/Destructive Interference DataStudio Lite WAVEPORT may be purchased as a single copy for use with one computer or as a Site License for use on all computers in a high school or college/university department.
WAVEPORT Software (Single User) WAVEPORT Software (Site License) CI-6872D CI-6874D
- Sound Analyzer Tutorial - Beat Frequency - Capturing Sound
WAVEPORT Computer Requirements

Windows: Windows 95, 98 or 2000 NT 4.0, XP Free RAM: 8 MB (16 MB preferred), CD-ROM drive, hard disk (20 MB free) Macintosh: System 7 or higher, Free RAM: .5 8 MB (16 MB preferred), CD-ROM drive, hard disk (20 MB free)
www.pasco.com
DataStudio Workbooks
75
Physics Electronic Workbooks

PASPORT Workbooks
Volume 1 Volume 2 PS-2505 PS-2508
750-based Workbooks
Volume 1 Volume 2 CI-6876 CI-6882
The opening pages challenge students with thought-provoking questions. This page of the Conservation of Angular Momentum workbook instructs the student how to set-up the experiment using photographs and diagrams.
These workbooks were designed by teachers to be used as electronic lab books. Students are guided step-by-step through a variety of experiments, from equipment setup to final analysis. Each workbook contains illustrated instructions for a different experiment. Students can follow the instructions to set-up the equipment, take data in real-time using graphs and tables, analyze the data, and record results by typing in the numerical results and the answers to questions. PASPORT workbooks are written at the high school level. 750-based workbooks are intended for the first 2 years of college. Each experiment has 2 workbook versions: One for student use and another containing sample data for teacher use.
During the analysis part of the lab the graphs are live and the students can use the analysis tools, such as the cursor tool, to measure on the graph. Students can also type numerical results into tables and type answers to the questions.
Students can utilize DataStudios powerful analysis tools to construct ideas.
PASPORT-based Workbooks Volume 1 (Mechanics):

Scientific Method Velocity Acceleration Forces (2) Newtons Laws (2) Conservation of Momentum Conservation of Energy Impulse-Momentum
750-based Workbooks Volume 1 (Mechanics):

Constant Velocity/Acceleration Atwoods Machine Friction Newtons 3rd Law Impulse Momentum Energy Rotational Inertia Torsion Pendulum Angular Momentum Damped Pendulum
DataStudio Lite and PASCO equipment are required to use Physics Electronic Workbooks. Download a free copy of DataStudio Lite at www.pasco.com
Each Physics Electronic Workbook CD includes a site license to use throughout a university department or high school!
Volume 2 (Waves/Electricity/Magnetism):
Mechanical Wave Properties Harmonics and Musical Instruments Shadows and Colors Light Intensity Reflection/Refraction Mirrors/Lenses Kirchhoffs Laws Capacitance Inductance Nature of Magnetism
PASPORT Physics Electronic Workbooks Volume 1 PS-2505 Volume 2 PS-2508 750-based Physics Electronic Workbooks Volume 1 CI-6876 Volume 2 CI-6882
Speed of Sound Thermal Expansion Electric Equivalent of Heat Gas Laws Ohms Law RC Circuits Induction Light Intensity Polarization Diffraction Spectrophotometer Atomic Spectra
Volume 2 (Light/Electricity/Magnetism):
76
PASPORT Xplorer GLX Physics Bundles
Physics Probeware Bundles with the Xplorer GLX

Entry Xplorer GLX Physics Bundle Includes 6 Sensors! Part #
1. Xplorer GLX a. Voltage Sensor b. Built-in Sound Sensor c. Temperature Sensor 2. Motion Sensor 3. Force Sensor 4. Digital Adapter 5. Voltage/Current Sensor 6. Accessory Photogate 7. Super Pulley 8. Pulley Mounting Rod 9. Photogate Brackets (2 pack) 10. Large Picket Fence 11. Cart Picket Fences (2 pack) 12. Light Sensor 13. Magnetic Field Sensor 14. Pressure/Temperature Sensor 15. Charge Sensor 16. Visual Accelerometer 17. Rotary Motion Sensor 18. Stainless Steel Temp Probe PS-2103A PS-2104 PS-2159 PS-2115 ME-9204B ME-9450 SA-9242 ME-9806 ME-9377A ME-9804 PS-2106 PS-2112 PS-2146 PS-2132 PS-2128 PS-2120 PS-2153 PS-2002
Entry Xplorer GLX Physics Bundle PS-2680

1 1 1 2 1 1
Intermediate Xplorer GLX Physics Bundle PS-2681

1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1
Standard Xplorer GLX Physics Bundle PS-2682

1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
Entry Xplorer GLX Bundle PS-2680 Intermediate Xplorer GLX Bundle PS-2681 Standard Xplorer GLX Bundle PS-2682
1, 1b.
4. 2. 2. 5.
Entry Xplorer GLX Bundle Intermediate Xplorer GLX Bundle
17.
16.
13. 3. 14.
Standard Xplorer GLX Bundle
6.
3.
7. 9.
18.
1a.
8. 1c. 10. 12. 11. 15.
www.pasco.com
PASPORT Bundle Ordering Guide
77
Ordering Information 1
Select an Xplorer GLX Bundle
Choose from the Entry, Intermediate or Standard Bundles on the previous page. Or, use the bundles as a template to construct your own bundle. Purchase one bundle per lab group.
Add DataStudio Software (Single User or Site License)

Every PASPORT purchase includes a free copy of DataStudio Lite. This limited version of DataStudio allows data to be collected and downloaded to a computer. It also includes basic analysis tools. In addition, any pre-configured DataStudio file can be used with DataStudio Lite. To utilize the full analysis capabilities of DataStudio and author your own physics experiments, purchase either a single user license or site license. Once DataStudio is purchased, all future upgrades are FREE!
Add Experiments
PS-2817A
Advanced Physics with the Xplorer GLX
A collection of key physics experiments for mechanics, thermodynamics, waves, sound, light, electricity and magnetism. Each experiment is written to utilize the stand-alone capabilities of the Xplorer GLX. Includes experiment instructions, GLX experiment setup files and sample data.
Bundles
Entry Xplorer GLX Physics Bundle Intermediate Xplorer GLX Physics Bundle Standard Xplorer GLX Physics Bundle PS-2680 PS-2681 PS-2682 PS-2817A PS-2826 PS-2810 PS-2505 PS-2508 CI-6877A CI-6870G CI-6871G
Mechanics Falling Objects Projectile Motion Acceleration and Force Newtons Third Law Tension Situation #1 Situation #2 Rockets Conservation of Momentum Conservation of Energy Oscillations Rotational Inertia Conservation of Angular Momentum Properties of Matter/Thermodynamics Buoyancy and Density Electrical Equivalent of Heat Freezing Water Greenhouse Effect Thermal Expansion Radiation: Temperature of Sun Ideal Gas Law Absolute Zero Electricity and Magnetism Ohms Law RC Circuit Induction Magnetic Field of a Coil Light/Radiation Light Intensity vs. Distance Polarization: Malus Law Diffraction and Interference Nuclear Radiation
Entry Intermediate Standard X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Experiments
Advanced Physics with Xplorer GLX Manual
Other Experiment Manuals Available

Physics with Xplorer GLX Manual (High School) Explorations in Physics Manual Physics Workbook CD (Volume 1) Physics Workbook CD (Volume 2) Physics Experiments Web CD
Software
DataStudio Software (Single User) DataStudio Software (Site License)
Check the Equipment List at www.pasco.com/equip

These Xplorer GLX bundles consist of sensors. Additional physics equipment is required to perform each experiment, some or all of which you may already own. To view the equipment list for each experiment, go to www.pasco.com/equip.
78
Physics Textbook Bundles
Wiley Textbook Equipment with Probeware Bundles

For College/University-Level Introductory Physics or AP Physics
A undamentals of Physics by Halliday, Resnick & Walker F A hysics by Cutnell & Johnson P
PASCO Bundles for Wiley Probeware Lab Manuals
PASCO strives to make the successful integration of probeware in Physics classrooms easy. Toward that end, PASCO has partnered with Wiley & Sons, publishers of two key Physics textbooks, to offer an integrated technology solution. PASCO equipment bundles supplement Fundamentals of Physics (Halliday, Resnick & Walker) and Physics (Cutnell & Johnson), allowing students to conduct hands-on Physics experiments as they journey through the text. Equipment Bundles are perfect for use in college/university introductory Physics courses or AP Physics courses.
Two Ways to Buy:

A uy one bundle Base or Extended Topics as designed for a B
complete and convenient solution. Includes all the equipment and probeware required to conduct the labs in the Exploring Physics with PASCO Probeware Manual.
A urchase just the products needed P

to finish outfitting lab stations. See www.pasco.com/wiley for a complete list of included products.
Base Bundle
A quips one lab station to perform 26 Labs in the E
Exploring Physics with PASCO Probeware Lab Manual. activities can be performed.
A 9 Mechanics and 7 Electricity & Magnetism 1
Extended Topics Bundle

A dds to the Base Bundle and allows 7 more labs A
to be performed in Thermodynamics, Waves and Optics.
A equires some equipment from the Base Bundle. R
Wiley Bundles require a one-time site license for DataStudio, PASCOs powerful data acquisition and analysis program, and WAVEPORT, our interactive sound wave discovery software. The one-time investment allows unlimited use of these powerful tools. See pages 72-73 and 264. www.pasco.com
Physics Textbook Bundles
79
Experiment Selections
Wileys Physics textbooks cover a wide variety of physics concepts, many of which are directly supported in the Exploring Physics with PASCO Technology probeware lab manual. Below is a comprehensive list of the experiments which can be performed with each of the Wiley Equipment Bundles. Bundles are available in two versions, for use with Halliday, Resnick and Walker or Cutnell and Johnson.
Cart velocities are plotted as a 1kg stationary cart collides elastically with a moving 0.5 kg cart. Because the Rotary Motion Sensor is bi-directional, it will detect that the moving cart changes direction.
Experiments Performed with Base Equipment Bundle

Motion in One Dimension Position, Velocity, and Acceleration Projectile Motion Change Initial Speed Projectile Motion Change Launch Angle Newtons Second Law Constant Mass Newtons Second Law Constant Force Newtons Third Law Collisions Newtons Third Law Tug-o-War Work and Energy Hookes Law Conservation of Energy Impulse vs. Change in Momentum Conservation of Momentum Inelastic Conservation of Momentum Elastic Rotational Motion Buoyant Force Simple Harmonic Motion Mass on a Spring Simple Harmonic Motion Simple Pendulum Ohms Law Resistance in Series Resistances in Parallel RC Circuits Magnetic Field Around a Wire Magnetic Field of a Solenoid Faradays Law
Experiments Performed with Extended Topics Equipment Bundle

Superposition Interference in Sound Beats Temperature and Heat Specific Heat Ideal Gas Law Polarization of Light Diffraction of Light
For more information on our Wiley Probeware Lab Manuals and Bundles, go to www.pasco.com/wiley
Unless otherwise noted, 1 Complete Lab Bundle is recommended for each lab station. Three students or less are suggested per lab station.
Halliday, Resnick & Walker Base Bundle Halliday, Resnick & Walker Extended Topics Bundle Cutnell & Johnson Base Bundle Cutnell & Johnson Extended Topics Bundle Required: DataStudio (Site License) WAVEPORT (Site License)
CA-6436 CA-6437 CA-6426 CA-6427
CI-6871G CI-6874D
80
ScienceWorkshop Physics Bundles
ScienceWorkshop 750 Physics Probeware Bundles

Part #
1. 750 Interface 2. Force Sensor (50N) 3. Photogate/Pulley System 4. Voltage Sensor 5. Temperature Sensor 6. Motion Sensor II 7. Cart Picket Fence (2 pack) 8. Photogate Brackets (2 pack) 9. Picket Fence 10. Light Sensor 11. Sound Sensor 12. Rotary Motion Sensor 13. Acceleration Sensor 14. Accessory Photogate 15. Charge Sensor 16. Magnetic Field Sensor 17. Pressure Sensor (Absolute) 18. Power Amplifier II CI-7650 CI-6537 ME-6838 CI-6503 CI-6605 CI-6742A ME-9804 ME-9806 ME-9377A CI-6504A CI-6506B CI-6538 CI-6558 ME-9204B CI-6555 CI-6520A CI-6532A CI-6552A
Entry Intermediate Physics 750 Bundle Physics 750 Bundle CI-7603 CI-7604
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Standard Physics 750 Bundle CI-7605

1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
(Each system includes a Quick Installation Guide and Storage Containers)
Entry Physics 750 Bundle CI-7603 Intermediate Physics 750 Bundle CI-7604 Standard Physics 750 Bundle CI-7605
1.
4.
6.
16. Intermediate Physics 750 Bundle Standard Physics 750 Bundle 2. 4. 3. Entry Physics 750 Bundle
10.
5. 14.
17.
11.
7. (2) 6. 8. (2) 9.
5.
18.
12. 15. 13.
www.pasco.com
ScienceWorkshop Physics Bundles
81
Experiment Guide
Entry Physics 750 Bundle, Volume 1 Intermediate Physics 750 Bundle, Volume 1 Standard Physics 750 Bundle, Volume 1
Position and Time Velocity and Time Position, Velocity and Acceleration Acceleration Due to Gravity Acceleration of a Cart Newtons Second Law Constant Force Newtons Second Law Push/Pull a Cart Collision Impulse & Momentum Buoyant Force Simple Harmonic Motion Interference of Sound Waves Beats Acceleration on an Incline Acceleration FreeFall Picket Fence Heat vs. Temperature Atwoods Machine Simple Harmonic Oscillation Work-Energy Theorem: W = E Conservation of Mechanical Energy Kinetic Friction Centripetal Force on a Pendulum Induction Magnet Through a Coil Conservation of Linear and Angular Momentum Speed of Sound in Air Rotational Inertia Transforming GPE to KE Variation of Light Intensity Light Intensity vs. Position Polarization Verify Malus Law Diffraction Patterns Electrostatic Charge Boyles Law Magnetic Field of a Permanent Magnet Pressure vs. Temperature Newtons Third Law Collisions X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Entry Physics 750 Bundle, Volume 2 Intermediate Physics 750 Bundle, Volume 2 Standard Physics 750 Bundle, Volume 2
Driven Harmonic Motion Waves on a String Resonant Modes Sonometer Resonant Modes Tube Resonant Modes and Speed of Sound Transformer RC Circuit LR Circuit LRC Circuit Transistors 1: NPN as Digital Switch Transistors 3: Common Emitter Amplifier Heat Transfer Ohms Law (V=IR) Diodes 1: Properties & LEDs Diodes 2: Rectifier & Power Supply Transistors 2: Current Gain, Emitter-Follower Instantaneous Speed vs. Average Speed Conservation of Linear Momentum Sound Waves Electrical Equivalent of Heat Motor Efficiency Magnetic Field of a Solenoid Magnetic Field of Helmholtz Coils Inverse Square Law Nuclear (requires SN-7927A Nuclear Sensor) Time of Flight vs. Initial Speed (requires ME-6810 Time of Flight) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

Physics 750 bundles consist of sensors and the 750 Interface. Additional physics equipment is required to perform each experiment in the Physics 750 Manuals, some or all of which you may already own. To view the equipment list for each experiment, go to www.pasco.com/equip.
Purchase the Teachers Guide and Student Manual

Physics Labs with Computer
Teachers Guide
Physics 750 Teachers Guide (Vol. 1: CI-7013; Vol. 2: CI-7015) with 60 documented experiments and a 240+ experiment library on CD (recommended 1 per classroom). Physics 750 Student Manual (Vol. 1: CI-7014; Vol. 2: CI-7016) with 60 tear-out experiments (recommended 1 per student or lab group). See page 81for more information.
Entry Physics 750 Bundle Intermediate Physics 750 Bundle Standard Physics 750 Bundle Recommended: DataStudio Software Single Copy DataStudio Site License Physics Teachers Guide, Vol. 1 Physics Student Manual, Vol. 1 Physics Teachers Guide, Vol. 2 Physics Student Manual, Vol. 2 Physics Electronic Workbook CD, Vol. 1 (750) Physics Electronic Workbook CD, Vol. 2 (750) Physics Experiment Web CD
CI-7603 CI-7604 CI-7605 CI-6870G CI-6871G CI-7013 CI-7014 CI-7015 CI-7016 CI-6876 CI-6882 CI-6877A
ScienceWorkshop
82
Comprehensive Physics Systems Complete System
Comprehensive Physics Complete System CA-7601C

PASCO Equipment Designed to Work with PASCO Sensors
Because PASCO designs and manufactures the physics apparatus and the interfacing systems, we can offer a high quality fully-integrated system for conducting physics experiments.
Experiments
The Comprehensive Physics Starter System includes two types of experiments: A Comprehensive Physics Systems Experiments, CA-6787 (facing page) and,
Standards-, Textbook- and Teacher-based Experiments

PASCO has evaluated physics standards across the country, analyzed key physics textbooks and polled teachers to determine the concepts taught in typical introductory physics courses across the country.
A Physics Electronic Workbooks for the 750, CI-6876 and CI-6882,

(page 75). The DataStudio Workbooks are electronic files that guide students through the experimental process. Each Workbook is designed for student input as well as data collection, display, and analysis.

These Comprehensive Physics bundles consist of sensors, the 750 Interface, and physics equipment. Additional physics equipment is required to perform each experiment in the Comprehensive Physics Manual, some or all of which you may already own. To view the equipment list for each experiment, go to www.pasco.com/equip.
Comprehensive Physics Complete System CA-7601C
Includes:
Comprehensive Physics Starter System CA-7600C Comprehensive Physics Thermodynamics Waves Option CA-6782B Comprehensive Physics Electricity/Magnetism Option CA-6783B
Comprehensive Physics Starter System

750 Interface Power Amp II Economy Force Sensor (2) Motion Sensor II (2) Rotary Motion Sensor (2) IDS Photogates and Fences Acceleration Sensor Tabletop Projectile Launcher Launcher Photogate Bracket Hanging Mass Set Force Accessory Bracket Fan Accessory Universal Table Clamp Spring Launcher 750-based DataStudio Workbooks (pg. 75) 1.2 m Introductory Dynamics System Variable Speed Motorized Cart Physics String Stopwatch Pendulum Clamp Patch Cords Discover Friction Accessory (not shown) Photogate Pendulum Set (not shown) 1.5 m Measuring Tape Student Presentation Board Hookes Law Spring Set Comprehensive Physics System Experiments Manual (facing page) Alligator Clip Leads Rotational Accessory
CA-7600C
Dynamics Track Mount (2) (not shown) Large Rod Base 45 cm Steel Rod 90 cm Steel Rod (2) Large Picket Fence Centripetal Force Pendulum Double Rod Clamp (3 Pack) No Bounce Pad Cart Adapter Accessory
(not shown)
RMS/IDS Adapters (2)

(not shown)
(not shown)
Density Set (not shown) Time Pulse Accessory (2)

(not shown)
Comprehensive Physics Starter System
CA-7600C
Comprehensive Physics Thermodynamics/Waves Option CA-6782B

This option is intended as an addition to the Starter System (CA-7600C) to allow students to do the additional experiments in Thermodynamics/Waves listed on page 83. Energy Transfer Generator Light Sensor Open Speaker Tuning Fork Set (set of 8) Temperature Sensor (2) String Vibrator Basic Calorimetry Set Sound Sensor Double Length Slinky Demonstration Wave Spring Absolute Pressure Sensor Chime Set Economy Resonance Tube Waveport Software Thermodynamics Kit Computerized Optics System
Comprehensive Physics Thermodynamics/Waves Option Required: Comprehensive Physics Starter System CA-6782B CA-7600C
Comprehensive Physics Electricity/Magnetism Option CA-6783B

This option is intended as an addition to the Starter System (CA-7600C) to allow students to do the additional experiments in Electricity/Magnetism listed on page 83. Electrostatics Voltage Source AC/DC Electronics Lab Voltage Sensor (2) Field Mapper Kit Charge Sensor Faraday Ice Pail and Shield Bar Magnets (2 pack) Current Sensor Charge Producers/Proof Plane Conductive Spheres Dip Needle Magnetic Field Sensor
Comprehensive Physics Electricity/Magnetism Option Required: Comprehensive Physics Starter System CA-6783B CA-7600C
www.pasco.com
Comprehensive Physics Systems Equipment List
83
Comprehensive Physics Systems Experiments

CA-6787
A Included with the Comprehensive Physics System Lab Manual and CD

The Comprehensive Physics Systems include this manual with 80 experiments in mechanics, thermodynamics, waves, optics, electricity and magnetism. The CD that comes with the manual contains the following:
The manual includes experiments for all of the Comprehensive Physics Systems as follows: Starter System:
Period of a Pendulum Circumference versus Diameter Relative Motion: Frame of Reference Position and Time Match Graph Velocity and Time Match Graph Instantaneous Speed versus Average Speed Velocity of a Motorized Cart Constant Velocity and Constant Acceleration Constant Acceleration: Graph P V, A for a Fan Cart , Constant Acceleration: Graph P V, A for a Cart Up , and Down an Incline Does Acceleration = g sin q? Acceleration of a Freely Falling Ball Acceleration of a Freely Falling Picket Fence Projectile Motion Change Initial Speed Projectile Motion Change Initial Speed Newtons First Law No Net Force Newtons Second Law - Constant Mass, Changing Force Newtons Second Law Changing Mass, Constant Force Newtons Second Law Push-Pull a Cart Newtons Third Law Tug-of-War Newtons Second Law Atwoods Machine Archimedes Principle - Buoyant Force Coefficients of Static and Sliding Friction Factors that Determine Sliding (Kinetic) Friction Terminal Velocity for Different Surface Area / Same Mass Terminal Velocity Same Surface Area / Different Mass Conservation of Momentum in an Inelastic Collision Conservation of Momentum in an Elastic Collision Impulse and Change in Momentum Conservation of Energy for a Falling Ball Discover Gravitational Potential Energy Hookes Law Stretch a Spring Measure the Elastic Potential Energy of a Spring Transform Gravitational Potential to Kinetic Energy Transform Gravitational Potential to Electric Energy Conservation of Energy for a Simple Pendulum Work-Energy Theorem: Compare W to E Conservation of Momentum and KE in Collisions Simple Harmonic Motion Mass on a Spring Driven Harmonic Motion Mass on a Spring Simple Harmonic Oscillation Period of a Large Amplitude Pendulum Centripetal Force on a Pendulum Rotational Motion: Plot q and w Rotational Inertia of Different Objects Heat and Temperature Transfer of Energy by Radiation Specific Heat Electrical Equivalent of Heat Boyles Law: P and V of a Gas at Constant T Pressure and Temperature of a Gas Behavior and Characteristics of Sound Waves Demonstration of Transverse and Longitudinal Waves General Properties of Waves
A Adobe PDF files for each activity (including

Teacher Notes)
A Microsoft Word files1 for each activity

(including Teacher Notes)
DataStudio configuration files1 and sample data files for each activity that uses DataStudio
(1Teachers are encouraged to edit the files as needed for their classes.) The CD has installer files that put the DataStudio configuration files in the eLabs directory for the DataStudio program. Copy the other files from the CD to your computers hard drive and then use the CD as a backup in case any of the files need to be re-installed.
Thermodynamics/Waves:
Standing Waves on a String Resonant Modes of Sound in a Tube Speed of Sound in Air Superposition of Sound Waves Interference of Sound Waves Shadow and Color in Light Object and Image Distances for a Thin Lens Reflection and Refraction Focal Length of a Concave Mirror Optical Instruments: Telescope and Microscope Variation of Light Intensity Light Intensity versus Distance Polarization: Verify Malus Law Diffraction of Light
Options
You can copy the pages from the manual as they are, or edit the included Word files and then print your own version of the activity. Add or delete, change format, trim the activity, or include extensions the choice is yours.
Notes About Interfaces and Sensors

The activities in the manual are written for the ScienceWorkshop 750 Interface and ScienceWorkshop (CI-) sensors that are included in the Comprehensive Physics Systems. However, for almost all of the activities, a PASPORT Interface (see pages 7-16) can be substituted for the ScienceWorkshop Interface, and a PASPORT sensor (see pages 18-47) can be used instead of the ScienceWorkshop sensor. In addition, PASCO now offers an Analog Adapter (PS-2158, see page 65) that allows you to connect analog ScienceWorkshop sensors (such as the CI-6746 Economy Force Sensor) to a PASPORT Interface. The Digital Adapter (PS-2159, see page 65) allows you to connect a digital ScienceWorkshop sensor (such as the CI-6742 Motion Sensor) to a PASPORT Interface. (NOTE: PASPORT sensors cannot be connected to ScienceWorkshop interfaces.)
Comprehensive Physics Systems Experiments Manual CA-6787
Electricity/Magnetism:
Electrostatic Charging Electrostatic Charge Distribution Electric Field Around a Conductor Ohms Law Voltage and Current in Simple Circuits Resistors in Series and Parallel Circuits Kirchhoffs Laws: Voltage and Current in Circuits Charging and Discharging the RC Circuit Resonant Frequencies of the LRC Circuit General Properties of Diodes Build a Rectifier Transistor 1 The NPN Transistor as a Digital Switch Transistor 2 Measure the Current Gain Earths Magnetic Field Magnetic Field of a Permanent Magnet Induction Magnet Through a Coil Magnetic Field in a Current-Carrying Coil
84
High School Physics Bundles

PS-2826 The Xplorer GLX is a powerful tool for sciencegiving you the option of performing probeware-based experiments even when you dont have computers available. This PHYS ICS lab manual provides experiments written for using the Xplorer GLX as a stand-alone science computer. Measure, analyze, print or save to a USB flash drive (included) for further analysis with th or reportsall with the Xplorer GLX and the e appropriate equipment included in both High School Physics Bundles.
High School Physics Lab Bundle with the Xplorer GLX

CA-6789
Physics with the Xplorer GLX Lab Manual
A ppropriate for honors, AP and IB Physics A

The Standard bundle provides complete coverage for the 35 labs in Physics with the Xplorer GLX lab manual. This bundle allows students to probe deeper into topic areas. Additional equipment and probes allow more advanced students to quantitatively study projectile motion, thermal radiation, impulse/momentum and light. Computers are not required for students to collect, analyze and even print their data.
1. 4. 2. 3.
Free Lab Manual!

Order this bundlewe send a free lab manual with your shipment!
Xplorer GLX PASPORT Motion Sensor (2) PASPORT Force Sensor (2) Large Table Clamp Constant Speed Buggy Equal Length Springs Discover Centripetal Force Adjustable Tuning Fork Basic Calorimetry Set CASTLE Kit Accessory Bracket w/ Bumpers Bar Magnets Alnico Cart Adapter Accessory Projectile Launcher (Short Range) Time-Of-Flight Accessory Photogate Mounting Bracket (Pl) PASCAR Dynamics System 1.2m Discover Friction Accessory Super Pulley With Clamp Fan Accessory Angle Indicator Photogate Head Dynamics Track Optics Kit Polarizing Sheets (2) 4 D Batteries Phone Jack Extender Cable Light Sensor Voltage/Current Sensor Digital Adapter Pasport Extension Cable Pulley Mounting Rod No-Bounce Pad Overflow Can Hooked Mass Set Pendulum Clamp Three Finger Clamp Alligator Clip Adapters 200 Turn Coil 400 Turn Coil Radiation Cans Large Base and Support Rod Stainless Steel Rod (120 cm long) Multi Clamp Elastic Bumpers
CA-6789
LAB MA NUAL PS-2826
Physics with the Xplorer GLX Lab Manual (PS-2826)
7. 6.
5.
8. 12. 13.
9.
11. 10.
16. 14. 15. 19. 18.
17. 21. 20. 22. 23. 26. 30. 29. 34. 35. 32. 37. 38. 43. 39. 41. 40. 44. 42. 31. 33. 28. 24. 27. 25.
36.
1. 2 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44.
Includes:
PS-2002 PS-2103A PS-2104 ME-9472 SE-8028 ME-8970 ME-9837 SE-7343 TD-8557 EM-8624A CI-6545 EM-8620 ME-6743 ME-6800 ME-6810 ME-6821A ME-6955 ME-8574 ME-9448A ME-9491 ME-9495 ME-9498A OS-8471A OS-9477 PI-6602 PI-8117 PS-2106A PS-2115 PS-2159 PS-2500 SA-9242 SE-7347 SE-8568 SE-8759 SE-9443 SE-9445 SE-9756 SF-8609 SF-8610 TD-8570A ME-9355 ME-8741 SE-9442 ME-8998
p. 8 p. 18 p. 19 p. 186 p. 111 p. 154 p. 166 p. 267 p. 214 p. 224 p. 68 p. 244 p. 66 p. 138 p. 145 p. 145 p. 104 p. 115 p. 151 p. 111 p. 108 p. 55 p. 285 p. 291 p. 229 p. 67 p. 32 p. 34 p. 24 p. 17 p. 151 p. 193 p. 182 p. 195 p. 186 p. 186 p. 229 p. 240 p. 240 p. 208 p. 185 p. 184 p. 186 p. 66
High School Physics Lab Bundle with the Xplorer GLX
www.pasco.com
High School Physics Bundles

Perform These Experiments with the included Physics with Xplorer GLX Manual
These bundles are specifically designed to enable you to do the experiments in the Physics with Xplorer GLX manual (PS-2826). However, we do assume that your lab has some basic equipment such as rods and stands. For a complete list of equipment required but not supplied in this bundle, please visit High School High School www.pasco.com/equip
Physics Lab Bundle CA-6789
85
High School Physics Economy Bundle with the Xplorer GLX

CA-6788
Physics Economy Bundle CA-6788
A ppropriate for conceptual and general A Physics curriculum.

The Economy bundle provides tremendous value to the physics teacher. This investment will enable you to do 25 labs covering topics from the first day of school through Spring. Mechanics, sound, electricity, magnetism, thermodynamics and optics, its all here. Physics with the Xplorer GLX lab manual is at the core of this bundle. You are ready to go without the worry of needing computers.
1. 3. 2. 6. 7. 8. 10. 13. 12. 11. 14. 4. 5.
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
PositionMatch Graph Relative MotionFrames of Reference Velocity of a Motorized Cart Acceleration on an Inclined Track Acceleration Due to Gravity Newtons First LawNo Net Force Newtons Second LawConstant Force Newtons Second LawConstant Mass Newtons Third LawTug-of-War Forces in EquilibriumA Lab Practical Static and Kinetic Friction Hookes Law of Elasticity Simple Harmonic MotionMass on a Spring Simple Harmonic MotionPendulum Momentum in Collisions Impulse and Change in Momentum Safety Bumper Design Competition Explore Gravitational Potential Energy Conserve Energy Work and Energy Projectile MotionInitial Speed and Time of Flight Centripetal Force, Constant Radius and Mass Centripetal Force, Constant Radius and Force Centripetal Force, Constant Mass and Force Ohms Law: Current, Voltage, Resistance Voltage in a Series Circuit Voltage in a Parallel Circuit Current in a Series Circuit Current in a Parallel Circuit Time Constant of a Resistor-Capacitor Circuit Electromagnetic InductionMagnet and Coil Sound Wave Properties InterferenceBeat Frequency Archimedes PrincipleBuoyant Force Transfer of Energy Specific Heat of an Unknown Metal Latent Heat of Vaporization Latent Heat of Fusion Inverse Square LawLight Intensity versus Distance Polarization
9.
Free Lab Manual!

15.
Physics with the Xplorer GLX Lab Manual (PS-2826)
Includes:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. ME-6951 ME-6958 OS-8470 OS-8465 OS-8516A SE-7581 PS-2002 PS-2103A PS-2104 SE-8028 ME-8970 ME-9837 SE-7343 TD-8557 EM-8624A
Order this bundlewe send a free lab manual with your shipment! GOcar Force and Motion Track Basic Optics Light Source Ray Table Ray Optics Kit Lens set Xplorer GLX PASPORT Motion Sensor PASPORT Force Sensor Constant Speed Buggy Equal Length Springs Discover Centripetal Force Adjustable Tuning Fork Basic Calorimetry Set CASTLE Kit
CA-6788
p. 106 p. 108 p. 272 p. 273 p. 273 p. 274 p. 8 p. 18 p. 19 p. 111 p. 154 p. 166 p. 267 p. 214 p. 224
High School Physics Economy Bundle with the Xplorer GLX
86
Mechanics Systems
Mechanics Systems with Probeware

A Integrates Probeware and Physics Equipment A Perform a Wide Variety of Mechanics Experiments A ScienceWorkshop or PASPORT Alternatives
When used together, PASCOs probeware and physics equipment can help students learn the major concepts of mechanics more effectively. Each Mechanics System includes the key equipment to perform a wide variety of mechanics experiments. These Mechanics Systems consist of probeware and physics apparatus. Many of the manuals which are included with the apparatus have experiments. To view which experiments are included, please visit www.pasco.com/equip
Mechanics PASPORT System

CA-6912A
PASPORT Force Sensor PASPORT Motion Sensor Force Accessory Bracket
Mechanics 750 System

CA-7602A
750 Interface Force Sensor Motion Sensor II
Mass and Hanger Set Xplorer GLX
IDS Photogates and Fences Discover Friction Trays (4)
PAScar Dynamic System

(rod stand not included)
1.2 m Introductory Dynamics System
Super Pulley with Clamp
Fan Accessory Mass and Hanger Set Discover Friction Trays (4) Force Accessory Bracket Fan Accessory
Mechanics PASPORT System
CA-6912A
Mechanics 750 System, USB
CA-7602A
www.pasco.com
High School Probeware Bundles
87
Physics Probeware Bundles

A Integrate probeware into the Physics you already teach!
Designed for labs with computers.
Intermediate
25
Standard
Core Physics Experiments

from Explorations in Physics
Relative Motion: Frame of Reference Position vs. Time Velocity Motorized Cart Acceleration Cart on an Inclined Track Newtons First Law No Net Force Newtons Second Law Acceleration Friction Forces Conservation of Energy Impulse and Change in Momentum Conservation of Momentum Projectile Motion Circular Motion What is Voltage? What is Current? Ohms Law Electric Fields Faradays Law of Electromagnetic Induction Newtons Third Law Equal and Opposite Magnetic Fields Sound Wave Properties Superposition and Interference Archimedes Principle Transfer of Energy Inverse Square Law Polarization
Start with the lab manual

Explorations in Physics Educator designed, this 600-page Lab Manual contains 25 core standards-based labs in Physics.
Explorations in Physics
PS-2810
Select a probeware bundle thats right for you

We recommend one bundle for every 2-4 student lab group. Each bundle equips a lab group with the probeware needed to perform the indicated experiments - plus many more beyond the lab manual.
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
Standard
Add DataStudio Software

Start with our FREE DataStudio Lite software. Or give your entire K-12 campus the full-featured DataStudio with our generous Site License includes FREE updates for life.
DataStudio Software (Single User) DataStudio Software (Site License) CI-6870G CI-6871G
Motion (Qty 2) Force (Qty 2) Digital Adapter Time of Flight Pad Voltage/Current
Photogate Head (Qty 2) Light Magnetic Field WAVEPORT Single Lic. Temperature (Qty 2) Perform 25 Lab Manual experiments. Includes Xplorer GLX PS-2103A PS-2104 PS-2159 ME-6810 PS-2115
12 sensors , WAVEPORT, and the Xplorer GLX.
Entry
x x x x x x x x x
PS-2666
ME-9498A PS-2106 PS-2112 CI-6872D PS-2125 PS-2002
Intermediate PS-2665
Motion (Qty 2) Force Digital Adapter Time of Flight Pad Voltage/Current Photogate Head (Qty 2) Xplorer GLX
Entry
PS-2664

These Xplorer GLX bundles consist of sensors. Additional physics equipment is required to perform each experiment, some or all of which you may already own. To view the equipment list for each experiment, go to www.pasco.com/equip
Perform 17 of 25 Lab Manual experiments. Includes 8 sensors and the Xplorer GLX.
PS-2103A Force PS-2103 PS-2104 Motion PS-2104 PS-2159 PowerLink PS-2001 ME-6810 Perform 9 of 25 Lab Manual experiments. PS-2115 Includes 2 sensors and the PowerLink to ME-9498A connect to your computer. PS-2002 Each bundle includes a stacking
plastic box for easy storage.
88
Human Applications
Outdoor Physics Xplorer Bundle

PS-2699
Human Physiology Bundle

PS-2684
Gather physiology data where it happens the Physiology Bundle transforms any setting into a human studies laboratory.
A imultaneouslymeasure S
accelerationandaltitude
A plorerVestensuressafety X
duringoutdooractivities
A impleoperationturn S
Monitor the temperature of various extremities with the Xplorer GLX and Quad Temperature Sensor. Adhesive patches hold the Temperature Probe in place.
XplorerDataloggeronand presstheStartbutton
Great for collecting data on Physics Day at amusement parks. Students can measure their vertical and horizontal accelerations on any ride in the park from roller coasters and loop-the-loops to round-ups and vertical drops. Acceleration and altitude data from a roller coaster. The Outdoor Xplorer Physics Bundle includes everything required to collect acceleration and altitude data for any outdoor activity. Simply place the Xplorer Datalogger and 3-Axis Acceleration Altimeter into the vest pocket and close the flap. Just before beginning the activity, turn the Xplorer on and press the Start button to collect data.
Features
Five Simultaneous Measurements: In addition to altitude, four accelerations (x, y, z and resultant) are recorded. High Resolution Altimeter: Resolves altitude to 10 cm. Easy to Operate: No computer necessary; just turn the Xplorer Datalogger on and press Start. Sticky Start/Stop: Press the Xplorers Start button for 3 seconds to begin collecting data. Press for another continuous 3 seconds to stop data collection. This feature prevents accidental stopping and starting of data collection. Multiple Data Runs: Collect multiple data runs until Xplorer memory is full. Extended Recording Time: Xplorers memory can store over 9 minutes of all five measurements at a sample rate of 20 Hz far superior to other solutions, which record only a few minutes of data at slower sample rates. Long Battery Life: Use the Xplorer and 3-Axis Acceleration Altimeter for 20 hours using two AA batteries. Powerful Analysis: Simply plug the Xplorer into the USB port of the computer and the acceleration and altitude data will be automatically transferred to DataStudio for analysis. Graph shows the heart rate as a student alternates between exercise and resting.
Use the Goniometer to measure the motion of elbow, hip or knee. With use of optional second probe, two measurements can be taken simultaneously.
Includes:
Xplorer GLX EKG Sensor Spirometer Skin/Surface Temperature Probe Quad Temperature Sensor Fast Response Temperature Probe, (3 pack) Adhesive Covers, 100-pack Exercise Heart Rate Sensor Goniometer Sensor Xplorer GLX Vest
Human Physiology Bundle PS-2684
Includes:
Xplorer Datalogger 3 -Axis Acceleration/Altimeter Sensor Xplorer Vest DataStudio Lite Software
Outdoor Physics Xplorer Bundle PS-2699
www.pasco.com
Biology, Earth/Environmental and Chemistry Kits
89
Photosynthesis Kit
PS-2655
Personal Weather Monitor

PS-2759
A easureO2production M directly A ontroltheenvironment C A tudychangesin S photosynthesis/respiration rates

Typical experiments involving photosynthesis require students to infer photosynthetic rate changes by using chloroplasts and dye. Help students understand this concept more completely by directly measuring the production of oxygen. PASCO designed the Photosynthesis Tank specifically to improve the measurement of oxygen in photosynthesis. The photosynthesis tank has two concentric Plexiglass chambers. This unique design allows students to control the environment without interfering with measurements. In addition, the rubber stopper seals the inner environment so oxygen is not exchanged between the atmosphere and the sample. Two back-bored openings in the stopper form a tight seal with the sensors, but also allow for easy insertion and removal.
A onitorthe M
weather
Take six weather-related measurements with our new Personal Weather Monitor. Measures Temperature, Barometric Pressure, Relative Humidity, Absolute Humidity, Dew Point and Altitude all at once! Get instant readings anytime, anywhere at the press of a single button. Or log data over several days even catch a passing storm. Return to your laptop or desktop and see your data graphed automatically in less than 10 seconds when you connect your Xplorer to your computer.
Water in the outer tank is used to control large fluctuations in temperature when the light is used. Students can further their understanding of photosynthetic rates by adding chemicals as colored filters.
Measures:
Barometric Pressure Temperature Absolute Humidity Relative Humidity Dew Point Altitude
Includes:
Xplorer GLX D isolved Oxygen Sensor Photosynthesis Tank Experiment
Personal Weather Monitor
PS-2759
$249
Davis Wireless Weather Station

SE-7308A
A complete stand-alone weather station! Youll get forecasting, on-screen graphing, and much more. Quick view icons show the forecast at a glance sunny, partly sunny, cloudy, rain or snow while a moving ticker-tape display gives more details. The integrated weather station sensor suite combines all the outdoor sensors into one package making setup easier than ever and improving performance and reliability.
For more information see www.pasco.com/weather

Photosynthesis Kit Photosynthesis Tank PS-2655 PS-2521A Davis Wireless Weather Station SE-7308A (U.S. wireless standard. Outside the U.S., please call.)
90
Biology
Biology Probeware Bundles

A Integrate probeware into the Biology you already teach
Designed for labs with computers. Microscopes
See page 308
Standard
Intermediate
25
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
Entry
Core Biology Experiments

from Explorations in Biology
Photosynthesis and Light Counting Calories Yeast Respiration Diffusion Organisms and pH Freezing and Melting Points of Water Water and pH Electrical Conductivity of Water Dissolved Oxygen and Water Pollution Acid Rain and Plant Growth Soil pH Soil Salinity Photosynthesis and Oxygen Production Photosynthesis and Earths Atmosphere Cellular Respiration CO2 Cycle: Photosynthesis and Respiration Osmosis What is Transpiration? Soil Respiration Enzymic Activity The Abiotic Environment Water Purification Weather Cycles Exercise and Heart Rate Muscle Fatigue
x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Explorations in Biology Designed by educators, this 688-page Lab Manual contains 25 core standardsbased labs in Cell Biology, Ecology and Physiology
Explorations in Biology PS-2807
Standard PS-2669
Temperature pH Dissolved Oxygen Conductivity Carbon Dioxide Gas Light Absolute Pressure PS-2125 PS-2102 PS-2108 PS-2116 PS-2110 PS-2106A PS-2107 Turbidity Force Humidity/Temp/ Dew Point PS-2122 PS-2104
Exercise Heart Rate PS-2129 PS-2124 PS-2002

Barometer/Low Pressure PS-2113A Xplorer GLX
Perform 25 Lab Manual experiments. Includes 12 sensors and the Xplorer GLX .
Temperature pH Dissolved Oxygen Conductivity Carbon Dioxide Gas Barometer/Low Pressure Light Xplorer GLX PS-2125 PS-2102 PS-2108 PS-2116 PS-2110 PS-2113A PS-2106A PS-2002
Entry
pH
PS-2667
PS-2125 PS-2102 PS-2108 PS-2116 PS-2100A
Temperature Dissolved Oxygen Conductivity USB Link
These Biology Probeware bundles consist of probeware. Additional biology equipment is required to perform each experiment, some or all of which you may already own. To view the equipment list for each experiment, go to www.pasco.com/equip.
Perform 13 of 25 Lab Manual experiments. Includes 4 sensors and the USB Link to connect your computer. Each bundle includes a stacking plastic box for easy storage.
www.pasco.com
Chemistry Probeware Bundles

A Integrate probeware into the Chemistry you already teach
Intermediate
25
Standard
Chemistry
91
Core Chemistry Experiments

from Explorations in Chemistry
Heat of Reaction Heat of Fusion and Vaporization Boyles Law Ideal Gas Law Determining Ion Concentration in a Solution Chemical Synthesis Chemical Decomposition Single Replacement Double Replacement Reaction Acid-Base Titration Stoichiometry Energy of Combustion Factors Affecting Rates of Reaction Determining Reaction Order Le Chateliers Principle Equilibrium and the Common Ion Effect Endothermic and Exothermic Reactions Entropy and Enthalpy Warming and Cooling of a Pure Substance Electrolytes versus Non-Electrolytes Bonding: Ionic versus Covalent Substances Evidence of Reactions Sublimation Strength of Electrolytes Oxidation-Reduction Reactions PS-2672A
PS-2153 PS-2102 PS-2121 PS-2107 PS-2116 Turbidity Carbon Dioxide Gas Dissolved Oxygen Voltage/Current Xplorer GLX PS-2122 PS-2110 PS-2108 PS-2115 PS-2002

Explorations in Chemistry Educator designed, this 650-page Lab Manual contains 25 core standardsbased labs in Structure and Properties, Chemical Reactions, Kinetics and Equilibrium and Thermodynamics.
Explorations in Chemistry PS-2808

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
Standard

Stainless Steel Temperature Probe (2) pH Colorimeter Absolute Pressure Conductivity
Perform 25 Lab Manual experiments. Includes 10 sensors and the Xplorer GLX (Perfect for the wet lab!)
Entry
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
Intermediate PS-2671A
Stainless Steel Temperature Probe (2) pH Colorimeter Absolute Pressure Conductivity Turbidity Xplorer GLX PS-2153 PS-2102 PS-2121 PS-2107 PS-2116 PS-2122 PS-2002
Entry
PS-2670A

These Chemistry Probeware bundles consist of probeware. Additional chemistry equipment is required to perform each experiment, some or all of which you may already own. To view the equipment list for each experiment, go to www.pasco.com/equip.
Stainless Steel Temperature Probe (2) PS-2153 pH PS-2102 Colorimeter PS-2121 Absolute Pressure PS-2107 Xplorer GLX PS-2002
Perform 18 of 25 Lab Manual experiments. Includes 5 sensors and the Xplorer GLX (Perfect for the wet lab!) Each bundle includes a stacking plastic box for easy storage.
Perform 22 of 25 Lab Manual experiments. Includes 7 sensors and the Xplorer GLX. (Perfect for the wet lab!)
92
Earth and Environmental
Earth and Environmental Science Probeware Bundles

A Integrate probeware into the Earth and Environmental Science you already teach
Intermediate
25
Standard
Core Earth and Environmental Science Experiments

from Explorations in Earth and Environmental Science

Explorations in Earth and Environmental Educator designed, this 664-page Lab Manual contains 25 core standards-based labs in Hydrosphere, Atmosphere and Geosphere.
Explorations in Earth and Environmental Science PS-2809

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
Standard
Entry
x Hydrogen Bonding x Specific Heat, Differential Heating and Cooling of Land vs. Water x Run-off Effect & Water Quality x Hydroelectric Power x Acid Rain x Isolation, Intensity, and the Seasons x Sunlight Intensity and Reflectivity of Earths Surface x Energy Transfer: Convection, Conduction & Radiation x Air Quality x Generating Electricity x Soil pH x Soil Salinity x Exploring Bathymetric Data Turbidity & Thermal Pollution Filtration Tracking Weather Cycles Properties of Soil Soil Erosion Earths Magnetic Field Geology Plate Tectonics Ocean Floor Mapping The Air-Water Interface Water Quality Monitoring Field Trip Greenhouse Effect Soil Respiration
PS-2675A
PS-2153 PS-2102 PS-2116 PS-2115 PS-2106A PS-2113A PS-2124

PS-2122 PS-2103A PS-2112 PS-2110 PS-2108 PS-2002

Start with our FREE DataStudio Lite software. Or give your entire K-12 campus the full-featured DataStudio with our generous Site License that includes FREE updates for life.
DataStudio Software (Single User) CI-6870G DataStudio Software (Site License) CI-6871G
Stainless Steel Temperature Probe (2) pH Conductivity Voltage/Current Light Barometer/Low Pressure Humidity/Temperature/ Dew Point
Turbidity Motion Magnetic Field Carbon Dioxide Gas Dissolved Oxygen Xplorer GLX
Perform 25 Lab Manual experiments. Includes 13 sensors and the Xplorer GLX.
Intermediate PS-2674A
Stainless Steel Temperature Probe (2) pH Conductivity Voltage/Current Light Barometer/Low Pressure PS-2153 PS-2102 PS-2116 PS-2115 PS-2106A PS-2113A Humidity/Temperature/ Dew Point Turbidity Motion Magnetic Field Xplorer GLX PS-2124 PS-2122 PS-2103A PS-2112 PS-2002

The Earth and Environmental Science Probeware bundles consist of probeware. Additional equipment is required to perform each experiment, some or all of which you may already own. To view the equipment list for each experiment, go to www.pasco.com/equip.
Entry
PS-2673A
PS-2153 PS-2102 PS-2116 Voltage/Current Light Xplorer GLX PS-2115 PS-2106 PS-2002
Stainless Steel Temperature Probe (2) pH Conductivity
Each bundle includes a stacking plastic box for easy storage.
www.pasco.com
Earth and Environmental
93
Water Quality Testing

ezSample Water Quality Starter Kit
PS-2610
A Easily Determine Nitrate, Phosphate and Ammonia Concentrations R A educe Hands-on Contact with Chemicals S A treamline Field Testing
PASCOs ezSample Water Quality Test Kits simplify chemical testing of water sources. These kits avoid the mess and difficulty of handling chemicals directly.
PS-2610 Includes
3 ezSample test kits (Ammonia, Nitrate, Phosphate) containing 30 individual tests in each kit Water Quality Colorimeter (PS-2179)
ezSample Water Quality Starter Kit Required: Xplorer GLX (portable for work in the field) or Other PASPORT Interface PS-2610
ezSample Snap Vials

Conduct colorimetric tests in the field and avoid the mess and tedium of mixing chemicals. These ezSample Snap Vials contain a vacuum-sealed color-forming reagent to test a variety of water quality parameters. Your water quality tests are easy. No more guessing at color variation!
PS-2002
1. Fill sample container
2. Snap tip of ampoule and...
...Sample instantly flows into tube.
3. Read concentration using Xplorer GLX
Additional Test Kits Available: All kits contain 30 individual tests. Measurable Part Ranges Number ezSample Snap Vials (Colorimetric) Iron 0-7 mg/l EZ-2331 Sulfate 0-120 mg/l EZ-2332 Nitrate 0-2 mg/l EZ-2333 Ammonia 0-3 mg/l EZ-2334 Fluoride 0-2 mg/l EZ-2336 Phosphate 0-8 mg/l EZ-2337 Chlorine 0-6 mg/l EZ-2339 ezSample Field Titrators (Colorimeter not required) See www.pasco.com/ezsample for details Total Hardness 20-200 mg/l EZ-2338 CO2 10-100 mg/l EZ-2341 Alkalinity 10-100 mg/l EZ-2340 Operating Temperature: 0 to 40 C
Water Quality Colorimeter

PS-2179
The PASPORT Water Quality Colorimeter is designed specifically to support chemical analysis of water samples using PASCOs ezSample Snap Vial water quality test. The Water Quality Colorimeter has built-in calibration curves to determine the ion concentrations of the solutions listed at left.
Water Quality Colorimeter Required: PASPORT Interface PS-2179
94
General Science
General Science Probeware Bundles

A Integrate probeware into the General Science you already teach
25
Intermediate Standard
Core General Science Experiments

from Explorations in Science

Explorations in Science Educator designed, this 600-page Lab Manual contains 25 core standards-based labs in Physical, Life, Earth/Environmental and Integrated Math in Science.
Explorations in Science PS-2806A


DataStudio Software (Single User) CI-6870G DataStudio Software (Site License) CI-6871G
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
Entry
x x x x x x x x x x x x
Acid-Base Titration pH and Water Quality Neutralizing Acids Heat Versus Temperature Endo- and Exothermic Reactions Temperature Versus Humidity Heat of Fusion Diffusion Biological Materials and Homeostasis Linear Relationships Acid Rain Specific Heat of Land vs. Water Geographic Temperature Variation Ideal Gas Law Newtons Second Law Position Versus Time Boyles Law Nonlinear Relationships Linear versus Nonlinear Relationships Newtons Third Law Exercise and Heart Rate Temperature and Metabolism Ohms Law Light and the Inverse Square Law Transpiration
PS-2125 PS-2102 PS-2107 PS-2104 PS-2103A PS-2106A
Standard
PS-2663

Barometer/Low Pressure Exercise Heart Rate Voltage/Current Xplorer GLX PS-2113A PS-2129 PS-2115 PS-2002
Temperature (Qty 2) pH Absolute Pressure Force (Qty 2) Motion Light
Perform 25 Lab Manual experiments. Includes 11 sensors and the Xplorer GLX.
Entry
PS-2661
PS-2125 PS-2102 PS-2100A

These General Science Probeware bundles consist of probeware. Additional equipment is required to perform each experiment, some or all of which you may already own. To view the equipment list for each experiment, go to www.pasco.com/equip.
Temperature (Qty 2) pH Absolute Pressure Force Motion Xplorer GLX
PS-2125 PS-2102 PS-2107 PS-2104 PS-2103A PS-2002
Temperature (Qty 2) pH USB Links (Qty 2)
Perform 12 of 25 Lab Manual experiments. Includes 3 sensors and two USB Links to connect your computer. Each bundle includes a stacking plastic box for easy storage.
www.pasco.com
Elementary and Middle School
95
Match Graph Kit

PS-2706
Science Sleuth Kit

PS-2717
A ngaging way to develop math E and science concepts

Your students will enjoy competing against one another to match a graph on the computer screen by moving toward and away from the Motion Sensor. One Match Graph Kit is perfect for classroom activity using an LCD projector or electronic whiteboard!
A easure air temperature, light M and sound level with the press of a single button
Your students will explore the science around them with this perfect introductory science probeware kit. Connect to a computer and watch live collected data graph in real-time. Incredibly flexible! Take measurements with or without a computer.
G A reat kinesthetic classroom activity included

A Analyze and interpret graphs A Explore position and frame of reference A Differentiate between position, distance and distance traveled A Understand basic motion principles
W A hat to measure?
A Difference in temperature at Make it a classroom competition!
ceiling height and floor level
A Insulating effect of a closed
window vs. an open window
A Changes in light and temperature conditions as clouds cover sun A And so much more!
Kit includes:
Kit includes:
A Xplorer Datalogger (PS-2000) A Temperature/Sound Level/Light Sensor (PS-2140) A 8 Introductory activities A Free data collection and display software, (DataStudio Lite)
Science Sleuth Kit Recommended: Stainless Steel Temperature Probe PS-2717
4 Graph A PASPORT Motion Sensor (PS-2103) challenges A PASPORT USB Link (PS-2100) included! A Match Graph EZScreen Activity A Teacher Activity Tips Sheet A Plus a free version of PASCOs starter software, (DataStudio Lite)
Match Graph Kit PS-2706
PS-2153
p. 29
96
Software Video Analysis/Simulations
VideoPoint Physics Fundamentals 1.0

A Video-based Motion Analysis Software
Physics Fundamentals is a new version of the VideoPoint software, tailored primarily to high school and introductory college physics students and teachers. It features a simplified interface and only the most commonly used analysis options taken from the original VideoPoint. Its main goal is to demonstrate the basic concepts in Physics using video analysis and to introduce teachers and students to VideoPoint and video-based motion analysis.
Interactive Physics 2005

A Powerful physics simulation software A Expanded curriculum workbook correlated with National and State Standards and Objectives A Full-color teacher edition and black-line master student edition A New interactive experiments explore speed, distance, time, acceleration, force, weight, mass, gravity and air resistance Create your own experiments or interact with pre-designed Physics exercises for discovery learning
A Simulate contact, gravity, air resistance,
electrical charge, roller coasters... pulleys, slots, actuators...
Important Features:
Integrated with VideoPoint Capture 2.1 Instantly graph position, velocity and acceleration data Equation modeling or automatic curve fitting Intuitive interface Movies, analyses and sample activities included Extensive user support Student home-use disks available with site licenses
A Build with ropes, springs, dampers, A Measure velocity, acceleration, force,

momentum, and energy as numbers, graphs, and animated vectors
System Requirements:
Windows: Microsoft Windows 98SE, 2000, XP 500 MB disk space 64 MB of RAM 600x800 minimum screen resolution Macintosh: Mac OS X 10.2 or higher 500 MB disk space 64 MB of RAM 600x800 minimum screen resolution VideoPoint Physics Fundamentals 1.0
A Hear and measure sound volumes,

by attaching graphics to objects
sound frequencies, and Doppler effects
A Create visually appealing presentations
Includes:
VideoPoint Capture 2.1 for creating your own movies Free access to on-line Resource Library with additional movies, analyses and activities Email newsletter Online discussion group Site License: Unlimited use on site Student Pack: (requires Site License) Includes 10 CD disks for student use
VideoPoint Physics Fundamentals 1.0 Single User (Mac) 1.0 5-User (Mac) 1.0 Site License (Mac) 1.0 Student Pack (Mac) 1.0 Single User (Windows) 1.0 5-User (Windows) 1.0 Site License (Windows) 1.0 Student Pack (Windows)
SE-7531 SE-7532 SE-7537 SE-7538 SE-7533 SE-7534 SE-7535 SE-7536
Acceleration and Friction: Vary the friction on an inclined plane experiment.
Includes:
Windows/Macintosh hybrid CD 150+ pre-made physics experiments Printed user manual Curriculum workbook with 34 experiments Black-line master student edition (for 10+ users)
www.pasco.com
Software Simulations/Experiments
97
PASCO Physics Experiment Web

A HTML Alternative to Paper Manuals
CI-6877A
A Inquiry-Based Data Analysis and Summary Questions A For Use with Both ScienceWorkshop and PASPORT Probeware Systems A Internet Links to Concepts and Physics History Included
Utilizing the power and flexibility of the HTML format, the Physics Experiment Web guides students through investigations more efficiently. The Physics Experiment Web can be used with any Internet browser, but an Internet connection is not needed. Students can choose an experiment and information specific to PASCO probeware with a click of the mouse! Each experiment includes helpful hints to ensure student success.
Data Analysis Page
Main Experiment Page
The Soccer Player Demonstration: Determine the initial speed that is required to make the ball travel 3.0 meters in the air.
Students can use this page to guide them through the analysis of data. Helpful hints are provided, along with DataStudio screen shots, for strong visual clues to the analysis instructions.
Experiment Setup Page
System Requirements
Windows: Pentium System, Microsoft Windows NT 4.0 or Windows 95/98/ Me/2000/XP 16 MB RAM minimum, 60 MB , hard disk space, CD-ROM Drive, Sound card for sound experiments MacOS: PowerPC-based system, MacOS System 7 or above, 32 MB of physical RAM, .1 60 MB hard disk space, CD-ROM Drive
From the main page, students can navigate to any part of the experiment directly. Experiment setup choices are available for PASPORT sensors, the 500 interface or the 750 interface. Teacher hints and sample data are also available from this page. Inquiry-based conclusion questions are included at the bottom of the page.
Interactive Physics 2005 (Single User) Interactive Physics 2005 (10 Pack)
SE-7443D SE-7445D Physics Experiment Web CI-6877A
This page includes directions on the physical setup of the experiment. Photos are included to give students a clear visual.
98
GLX Manuals Physics
Xplorer GLX Manuals

A Use your GLX without a computer A Modify the electronic copy to meet your needs A n-depth instructions I A Traditional style experiments
The activities in these manuals use the PASPORT Xplorer GLX. The GLX is a data collection, graphing, and analysis tool designed for science students and educators. No computer is required to perform the activities or to analyze the data, so the Xplorer GLX can be used inside and outside the lab for many of the standard experiments. The example data provided for each lab activity was collected at PASCO to give you an idea of what a good set of data would look like. This data is provided to help guide your students towards collecting data that will be meaningful in the lab activity and its interpretation. Students can print their results by connecting their GLX directly to selected USB printers. Or students can download their data to a flash drive and analyze it on a computer at home or in the school computer lab. Additional lab equipment and sensors are required. Please see list of sensors with each lab manual description.
Physics with Xplorer GLX Lab Manual

PS-2826A
Advanced Physics with the Xplorer GLX

PS-2817A
The following experiments are included in the lab manual:

PositionMatch Graph Relative MotionFrames of Reference Velocity of a Motorized Cart Acceleration on an Inclined Track Acceleration Due to Gravity Newtons First LawNo Net Force Newtons Second Law Newtons Third LawTug-of-War Forces in EquilibriumA Lab Practical Static and Kinetic Friction Hookes Law of Elasticity Simple Harmonic Motion Momentum in Collisions Impulse and Change in Momentum Safety Bumper Design Competition Explore Gravitational Potential Energy Conserve Energy Work and Energy Projectile Motion Centripetal Force Ohms Law: Current, Voltage, Resistance Voltage in a Series Circuit Voltage in a Parallel Circuit Current in a Series Circuit Current in a Parallel Circuit Time Constant of a RC Circuit Electromagnetic Induction Sound Wave Properties InterferenceBeat Frequency Archimedes PrincipleBuoyant Force Transfer of Energy Specific Heat of an Unknown Metal Latent Heat of Vaporization Latent Heat of Fusion Inverse Square LawLight Polarization Please see pages 76-77 for comprehensive solutions built around the Physics with the GLX manual. These solutions include the sensors, Xplorer GLX and equipment necessary to perform the activities in this manual.
Physics with Xplorer GLX Lab Manual PS-2826A
The Xplorer GLX Physics Lab Manual includes experiments which can be performed without the use of a computer. The Xplorer GLX is a powerful stand-alone device that can be used inside and outside the lab for many of the standard Physics experiments. Additional lab equipment and sensors are required. If desired, students can print their results by connecting their GLX directly to selected USB printers. A paper copy of the manual is supplied with a flash drive which contains Microsoft Word files, pdf files, GLX setup files, and sample data for each experiment.

Falling Objects Projectile motion Newtons Second Law Newtons Third Law Tension in Strings Rockets Conservation of Momentum Conservation of Energy Simple Harmonic Oscillators Rotational Inertia Conservation of Angular Momentum Buoyancy and Density Calorimetry Freezing Ice (Phase Transition) Greenhouse Effect Thermal Expansion Radiation: Temperature of Sun Ideal Gas Law Constant Volume Gas Thermometer (Absolute Zero) Ohms Law RC Circuit Induction Magnetic Field of a Coil Light Intensity vs. Distance Polarization: Malus Law Diffraction and Interference Nuclear Half-life
Advanced Physics with the Xplorer GLX PS-2817A
Free Downloads
Student versions of Xplorer GLX experiments are available for free download at www.pasco.com/labdownload. The online version does not include Teacher Notes with Suggestions, answers to questions, and sample data.
Each Manual Includes:

Binder with printed labs and teacher notes Flash drive containing Microsoft Word version of labs PDF version of labs GLX setup files Sample data Archive of original contents for backup purposes
www.pasco.com
GLX Manuals - Biology, Chemistry and Earth Science
99
Biology with Xplorer GLX Lab Manual

PS-2820
Chemistry with Xplorer GLX Lab Manual

PS-2819A
Earth and Environmental Science with Xplorer GLX Lab Manual

PS-2821A

Energy Content of Food Respiration of Germinating Peas Metabolism of Yeast in Grape Juice Yeast and Dissolved Oxygen in Water Catalase Enzyme Activity Rate of Photosynthesis CO2 Cycle: Photosynthesis and Respiration Organisms and pH The Role of Buffers in Biological Systems Membrane Permeability: Diffusion Transpiration in a Plant Leaf Weather in a Terrarium Soil pH Regulation of Body Heat Muscle Fatigue Volume of Breath Pulmonary Function Test Exercise and Respiration Rate Exercise and Heart Rate EKG: A Demonstration EKG: Factors That Affect the Heart
Biology with Xplorer GLX Lab Manual

Heat of Fusion and Vaporization Stoichiometry Acid-Base Titration Gas Laws Vapor Pressure and Intermolecular Forces Daltons Law Endothermic and Exothermic Reactions Entropy and Enthalpy Hess Law Stoichiometric Mixes Le Chateliers Principle Buffer Solutions Determining Ion Concentration in a Solution Determining Reaction Order Factors Affecting Rates of Reaction Determining Dissociation Constants Desalination and Chloride Ions Conductometric Titration Reduction/Oxidation Chemistry
Chemistry with Xplorer GLX Lab Manual PS-2819A Required PASPORT Interface: Xplorer GLX PS-2002 Required sensors: Chemistry Sensor Colorimeter Conductivity Sensor Drop Counter (High-Acc.) pH/ORP/ISE incl. pH probe Chloride Ion Selective Electrode Oxidation Reduction Potential Probe
The following experiments are included in the lab manual: Hydrosphere

Hydrogen Bonding of Water Molecules Specific Heat, Differential Heating, and Cooling of Land vs. Water The Air-Water Interface Runoff Effect & Water Quality Turbidity & Thermal Pollution Water Quality Monitoring: Field Trip Water Treatment
Atmosphere
Acid Rain Tracking Weather Cycles Insolation and the Seasons Sunlight Intensity and Reflectivity of Earths Surface Energy Transfer: Radiation Energy Transfer: Convection Energy Transfer: Conduction Greenhouse Effect Air Quality Generating Electricity
Geosphere
PS-2820
Required PASPORT Interface: Xplorer GLX PS-2002 Required sensors: pH Sensor Force Sensor Dissolved Oxygen Sensor CO2 Gas Sensor EKG Sensor Barometer Oxygen Gas Sensor Exercise Heart Rate Sensor Respiration Rate Sensor Spirometer Weather Sensor Extension Cable PS-2102 PS-2104 PS-2108 PS-2110 PS-2111 PS-2113A PS-2126 PS-2129 PS-2133 PS-2152 PS-2154 PS-2500
Properties of Soil Soil Erosion Soil pH Soil Salinity Soil Respiration Earths Magnetic Field Plate Tectonics Ocean Floor Mapping
Earth and Environmental Science with Xplorer GLX Lab Manual PS-2821A Required PASPORT Interface: Xplorer GLX PS-2002
PS-2170 PS-2121 PS-2116A PS-2117 PS-2147 CI-6732 CI-6716
Required sensors: Motion Sensor Light Sensor CO2 Gas Sensor Magnetic Field Sensor Weather Sensor Water Quality Turbidity Sensor Temperature Sensor
PS-2103 PS-2106A PS-2110 PS-2112 PS-2154 PS-2169 PS-2122 PS-2125
100
Teaching Resources General Science and Physics Experiment Manuals
General Science with Xplorer GLX Lab Manual

PS-2827A
PASCO Physics Manuals
Explorations in Physics Lab Manual

PS-2810
The following experiments are included in the lab manual: Biology

Regulation of Body Heat Buffers in Biological Systems Energy Content of Food Respiration of Germinating Seeds Transpiration in a Plant Leaf The Physics Labs with Computers series from PASCO provides 60 experiments from basic mechanics to nuclear. Designed primarily for use with ScienceWorkshop Interfaces and DataStudio software. Each experiment in both the Teachers Guide and the Student Workbook has the following sections: Equipment List Purpose Background Safety Reminders Procedure Analyzing the Data Lab Report The Lab Report in the Student Manual allows students to record data and answer questions. The Teachers Guide has sample data and answers to questions. In addition, the Teachers Guide has annotations, margin notes, tips and techniques and time estimates for the experiments.
The Explorations in Physics Lab Manual provides guided-inquiry, lab-based activities using PASPORT sensors, making it easy to incorporate electronic data collection into physics experiments.
Chemistry
Buffer Solutions Daltons Law Gas Laws Heat of Fusion and Vaporization Vapor Pressure and Intermolecular Forces

Relative Motion Position Match Graph Constant Velocity Constant Acceleration Newtons First Law Newtons Second Law Newtons Third Law Frictional Forces Static and Kinetic Conservation of Energy Impulse and Change in Momentum Archimedes Principle Buoyant Force Conservation of Momentum Projectile Motion Circular Motion What is Voltage? What is Current? Ohms Law Electric Fields Faradays Law Magnetic Fields Sound Waves Superposition and Interference Energy Transfer Radiation Inverse Square Law of Light Polarization of Light Each lab manual comes in a 3-ring binder and includes teacher information pages, student instruction sheets, student response sheets, pre-configured DataStudio files for each experiment and electronic copies of all paper documents. The electronic copies allow activities to be easily customized for any physics lab.
Earth and Environmental Science

Insulation and the Seasons Soil pH Tracking Weather Cycles
Physics
Hookes Law of Elasticity Position-Match Graph Voltage in a Series Circuit Sound Wave Properties Specific Heat of an Unknown Metal
Free Downloads
Student versions of Xplorer GLX experiments are available for free download at www.pasco.com/labdownload. The online version does not include Teacher Notes with Suggestions, answers to questions, and sample data.
General Science with Xplorer GLX Lab Manual PS-2827A Required PASPORT Interface: Xplorer GLX PS-2002 Required sensors: Motion Sensor Force Sensor CO2 Gas Sensor Weather Sensor Chemistry Sensor PS-2103A PS-2104 PS-2110 PS-2154 PS-2170 Physics Teachers Guide, Vol. I Physics Student Manual, Vol. I Physics Teachers Guide, Vol. II Physics Student Manual, Vol. II
Volume I includes 35 experiments designed primarily for the 500 Interface (see page 48). Volume II includes 25 higher level experiments designed primarily for the 750 Interface (see page 44).
CI-7013 CI-7014 CI-7015 CI-7016
Explorations in Physics Lab Manual
PS-2810
www.pasco.com
Teaching Resources Workshop Physics
101
PASCO Apparatus Designed for Workshop Physics

Workshop Physics courses, developed by Priscilla Laws at Dickinson College, are designed to replace traditional calculus-based lecture and laboratory sessions. Students use computer tools for data acquisition, visualization, analysis and modeling. Modules include Classical Mechanics, Heat, Temperature and Nuclear Physics, and Electricity & Magnetism (Available from John Wiley & Sons). PASCO has developed equipment specifically designed to work with the Workshop Physics curriculum.
Activity Based Physics High School CD

SE-6651
Kinesthetic Cart
(SE-8747)
See page 127
2-D Kinesthetic Cart

(SE-8746)
See page 126
Equal Arm Balance

(ME-8949)
See page 146
A Curricular Materials A DataStudio Experiment Files A QuickTime Movies w/VideoPoint Lite A Instructor Materials
Select portions of RealTime Physics1, Workshop Physics2 and Tools for Scientific Thinking3 curricula have been adapted for high school use. These student-centered materials have been compiled as part of the Activity Based Physics, NSF-sponsored, High School Institute program (Grant No. ESI-9819626). 1. RealTime Physics by David Sokoloff (University of Oregon), Ron Thornton (Tufts University), and Priscilla Laws (Dickinson College)
Mechanical Oscillator Driver

(ME-8750)
See page 114
Fan Cart
(ME-9485)
See page 110
Rotary Motion Sensors

(CI-6538, PS-2120)
See pages 54 and 21
2. Workshop Physics by Priscilla Laws (Dickinson College) 3. Tools for Scientific Thinking by Ron Thornton (Tufts University) and David Sokoloff (University of Oregon) Visit www.pasco.com for ordering information.
Chaos Accessory
(CI-6689A)
See page 170
Heat Engine/ Gas Laws Apparatus

(TD-8572)
See page 202
Download Experiment Files for Activity Based Physics

Experiment files using PASCO sensors in Interactive Lecture Demonstrations, RealTime Physics modules, and Workshop Physics are available for download at www.pasco.com/activityPhysics Interactive Lecture Demonstrations by David Sokoloff (University of Oregon) and Ron Thornton (Tufts University) RealTime Physics by David Sokoloff (University of Oregon), Ron Thornton (Tufts University), and Priscilla Laws (Dickinson College) Workshop Physics by Priscilla Laws (Dickinson College)
Coils, Detector and Field, LED Indicator

(EM-6712, EM-6713, EM-6711, EM-6714) See page 241
102
Teaching Resources Conceptual Physics/Physics Videos
Physics Cinema Classics DVD Set

SE-7526A
Mechanical Universe Series

SE-8700
Conceptual Physics DVD

SE-9769A
This set of 6 DVDs contain over 245 classic physics experiments from over 100 sources. Produced by the American Association of Physics Teachers and its Instructional Materials Center, these videodiscs provide access to material from the Physical Science Study Committee 16 mm films, Interactive Media Project for Secondary Physical Science Courses, Reeling 8 mm Film Loops, and more. Instructors hints and 2 separate audio channels accompany the videos and still images: an inquiry track and an explanation track. The inquiry track poses questions about the video and still images, while the explanation track relates the video and still images to the appropriate physics concepts.
This series presents physics using realworld examples. Video field trips to hot-air balloon events, symphony concerts, bicycle shops and other locales make complex concepts more accessible. Animation, experiments, demonstrations and historical reenactments demystify physics. This video series can also be used as a professional development tool for physics teachers. Each segment starts out with a brief lecture/demonstration from the classroom of David Goodstein at California Institute of Technology. Each segment also contains information about the scientists and their work to uncover the mysteries of the universe. Computer generated simulations and illustrations further help students grasp difficult physics concepts.
The Best from Conceptual Physics Alive DVDs include 4 hours of clips from Addison-Wesleys videotape series, Conceptual Physics Alive! These 2 to 3 minute demonstrations, presented by master teacher Paul Hewitt, cover the key concepts of introductory physics. Hewitts conceptual teaching style and demonstrations bring new excitement and dimension to the physics classroom. These DVDs are best suited to Physical Science and Conceptual Physics classes.
Includes:
52 Segments on 12 DVDs
Paul Hewitt demonstrates the effect of buoyancy on the weight of an object .
Includes:
Mechanics and Heat DVDs (2) Waves, Electricity and Magnetism DVDs (2) Conservation Laws DVD Angular Momentum and Modern Physics DVD Teachers Guide for all DVDs
Physics Cinema Classics SE-7526A Only available in the US and Canada
Practical applications of theoretical physics are examined.

Mechanical Universe (DVD) Only available in the US SE-8700
This clip shows Paul Hewitt demonstrating the relationship between his angular velocity and the distance of the masses from his central axis of rotation.
Best From Conceptual Physics Alive DVD SE-9769A
www.pasco.com
Teaching Resources Physics Demonstrations
103
Demonstrations in Physics
SE-8840 Part I SE-8841 Part II
Have you ever wished for a quick five-minute video demonstration to put the finishing touch on a great lecture? Here, on two DVD ROMs, is a collection of 200 short movies on almost all topics in an introductory physics course. If you remember the film loops of the Seventies, you will find these movies even more helpful. One of the goals for producing these movies was that faculty could watch them and then reconstruct their own live demonstrations. The required equipment and supplies, in most cases, are likely available in any physics department. The approximately 200 movies are each about 5 minutes long and encompass almost all topics which are covered in the standard lower division physics courses. In the movies, the narrative description and explanations of the principles are purposefully kept brief to allow for the faculty to provide their own complete explanations. As each of the demonstrations was produced, care was taken to ensure high quality movie and accuracy of the physical principles being portrayed. Each movie has a complete list of the equipment used. Also, a brief written explanation of each movie is included. The movies are compressed in QuickTime format. Students or faculty can use these movies without the need for any additional software or hardware.
Part I (SE-8840)
A A A A A A A A A A N ewtons Laws F ree Fall and Projectile Motion G ravity, Circular Motion, and Satellites L inear Momentum W ork and Energy T orque, Center of Mass, and Rotational Inertia A ngular Momentum P ressure and Density W aves and Sound T hermal Physics
Part II (SE-8841)
A A A A A A A A A A A A A E lectrostatics E lectric Circuits C apacitance M agnetism F aradays Law I nductance R eflection R efraction L ens Defects I nterference and Diffraction P olarization of Light E lectromagnetic Waves M odern Physics
Demonstrations in Physics was developed by Dr. Ron Galli and Dr. Farhang Amiri of the Weber State University Physics Department.
Demonstrations in Physics Part I DVD ROM Part II DVD ROM
SE-8840 SE-8841
See a sample movie at www.pasco.com/videos
104
Mechanics Dynamics Systems

3. 1. 2.
PAScar Dynamics Systems 1.2 m Track 2.2 m Track

ME-6955 ME-6956
5. 4. PAScar System Components 1. PAScar (2) 3. Adjustable Endstop (2) 2. Track 4. Rod Clamp 1.2 m PAScar Dynamics System 2.2 m PAScar Dynamics System
6.
A High Quality Aluminum Track A PAScars: Colorful, durable, same features as Classic Cart
The PAScar 1.2 m Dynamics System is the most economical way to equip your lab with carts and tracks for Newtons Laws, collisions, velocity and acceleration experiments. With the accessories on pages 106-123, you can expand your system to do additional experiments such as constant force with a fan cart, friction, and oscillations. Also, all PASCO Dynamics Systems are specifically designed to accommodate sensors for computer data acquisition.
5. 250 gram Mass (2) 6. Adjustable Feet (2) ME-6955 ME-6956
Dynamics Track Optics

Turn your Dynamics Track into an Optics bench with the Dynamics Track Optics Kit (See page 285). Compatible with all tracks shown on these two pages.
Dynamics Track Optics Kit OS-8471A 4.
Classic Dynamics Systems 1.2 m Track 2.2 m Track

ME-9429B ME-9452A
11. 2.
1.
3.
10. 8. 12. 13. 6. 7. 9. Classic Dynamics System Components 1. Plunger Cart 2. Collision Cart 3. Track 4. Adjustable Endstop (2) 5. Super Pulley with Clamp 6. Spring Set 7. Friction Block 8. Rod Clamp 9. Spring Cart Launcher 10. Adjustable Feet (2) 11. 500 gram Mass 12. Angle Indicator 13. 250 gram Mass (2) Included Experiment Manual (not shown) ME-9429B ME-9452A 5.
A High Quality Aluminum Track A Classic Metal Carts A Springs, Friction Block, Pulley, Angle Indicator
These systems include extra equipment for doing additional experiments such as oscillations, friction, Hookes Law, spring potential energy, and conservation of energy. The new Spring Cart Launcher provides an economical way to launch carts in a repeatable fashion and do energy experiments. To launch the cart, the plunger is pulled through the hole in the new endstop, compressing the spring, and then released. To add repeatability, a second endstop can be used with the supplied pin to hold the plunger at a specified compression position. Three different strength springs are provided with the Spring Cart Launcher. The Spring Cart Launcher rides in the cart so nearly all the energy from the spring is transferred to the cart. See page 113 for more details.
1.2 m Classic Dynamics System 2.2 m Classic Dynamics System
www.pasco.com
Mechanics Dynamics Systems
105
Super Dynamics System (2.2 m Aluminum Track)

ME-9490
11.
1. 2.
3.
4.
10. 5. 8. 12. 13. 6. 7. 15. 14.
9.
The Super Dynamics System provides an even wider range of accessories for a more advanced study of linear dynamics. Including a Fan Cart, Friction Accessory, and a Mechanical Oscillator Driver for harmonic motion and resonance studies (Note: DC power supply is necessary for operation of the driver).
Super Dynamics System Components 1. Plunger Cart 9. Cart Launcher (2) 2. Collision Cart 10. Adjustable Feet (2) 3. Track 11. 500 gram Mass 4. Adjustable Endstop (2) 12. Angle Indicator 5. Super Pulley with Clamp 13. 250 gram Mass (2) 6. Harmonic Springs (4) 14. Fan Cart 7. Friction Block 15. Friction Accessory 8. Rod Clamp 16. Mechanical Oscillator Driver Included Experiment Manual (not shown)
16.
2.2 m Super Dynamics System Recommended: Base and Support Rod Mass and Hanger Set DC Power Supply
ME-9490
ME-9355 ME-8979 SE-9720A
p. 177 p. 195 p. 236
PAStrack Dynamics System

ME-6961
PAStrack Basic System

ME-6962
A Multiple Uses A 2-piece PAStrack for Easy Storage

With this one system, study collisions, Newtons Laws, oscillations, Hookes Law, velocity, and acceleration. Hang weights over the included clamp-on pulley to accelerate carts or stretch the springs attached to the 3. cart. Additional PAStracks can be purchased to extend the 2. length of this track.
1. 3. 6. 4. PAStrack System Components 1. PAStrack 2. PAScar (set of 2) 3. End Stops (2) 4. Pivot Clamp 5. Super Pulley with Clamp 6. Dynamics Track Spring Set (12) ME-6961
A Most Economical System A 2-piece PAStrack for Easy Storage A PAStrack T-slot Accepts Photogate Brackets
In this system, the 1-m long plastic PAStrack has built-in adjustable feet and can accept all dynamics track accessories, such as photogate brackets, clamp-on pulleys, and Motion Sensors. This system includes two end stops and two PAScars for conducting collision experiments and Newtons Laws. Additional PAStracks can be purchased to extend the length of this track.
2. 1. 3.
5. PAStrack Dynamics System Recommended: PAStrack
PAStrack Basic System Components 1. PAStrack 2. PAScar (set of 2) 3. End Stops (2) PAStrack Basic System Recommended: ME-6962
ME-6960
p. 108
PAStrack
ME-6960
p. 108
106
Mechanics Dynamics Carts
PASCO Dynamics Carts

PAScar (set of 2)
ME-6950
Because the PAScars body and plunger are made of polycarbonate plastic, these carts have a mass of just 250 grams. Each cart includes both a spring plunger, magnets and velcro tabs for collision studies. The PAScars come in sets of two, red and blue, and are compatible with all PASCO Dynamics Tracks and accessories.
Three Mounting Holes Three-position Plunger
For accessories, see following pages.
Mass Tray
Magnets
Add mass to easily double or triple car mass.
Installed on one end for elastic collisions. (on both PAScars)
Provides reproducible impulses and explosions.
Retractable Wheels Polycarbonate Body

Total mass: 250 g
Low-Friction Ball Bearing Wheels Mass Velcro Tabs

For inelastic collisions. (on both PAScars)
PAScar (set of 2) Replacement Supplies: Replacement Axles (4 pack) ME-6950
One 250 g mass is included for each PAScar.
ME-6957
p. 109
GOcar
ME-6951
PASCO Carts share two important features:

Low Friction:
Ball bearing, knife-edge wheels mean student data more closely matches theory.
Spring-Loaded Suspension:
Wheels retract into the body, so they are protected from drops or skateboarding.
The GOcar is the low-cost alternative to the PAScar. Its the same molded, plastic body without the plunger, magnets or Velcro tabs. A low-friction car with springloaded wheels to prevent damage from drops. Mass is approximately 220 g.
GOcar Recommended: Force and Motion Track PAScar, GOcar Accessories Spring Cart Launcher PAScar Mass ME-6951
ME-6958 ME-6952 ME-6843 ME-6756
p. p. p. p.
111 105 103 99
Students can even step on a PASCO Dynamics Cart without damaging it.
www.pasco.com
Mechanics Dynamics Carts
107
Classic Carts
1. Plunger Cart
ME-9430
2. Collision Cart
ME-9454
Cart & Track Accessories

Tracks pg 108
These are the standard carts in thousands of physics labs around the world. With an aluminum body, high-impact ABS plastic end caps, and a 500g mass, they make dynamics experiments quick to set up and very quantitative. The Classic Carts are compatible with all PASCO Dynamics tracks and accessories.
Two Mounting Holes Magnets

For accessories. Installed for elastic collisions.
Mass Tray
Add mass bars to double or triple the mass of the cart.
Mass
One 500g mass included with Collision Cart.
1.
2.
Fan/Motorized Carts pg 110-111
Magnets Mass
Two 250 g mass included with plunger cart.
Velcro Tabs
For inelastic collisions.
Low-friction Ball Bearing Wheels Three-position Plunger

Provides reproducible impulses and explosions.
Installed for elastic collisions.
Launchers pg 112-113
Plunger Cart Collision Cart Replacement Supplies: Replacement Axles (4 pack)
ME-9430 ME-9454
ME-6957
p. 109
Compact Cart Mass

ME-6755
PAScar Mass
ME-6756
This 250 gram mass fits in any Dynamics Cart, the Motorized Cart (ME-9781), or the Discover Friction Accessory (ME-8574).
PAScar Mass ME-6756
Friction pg 115-116
Classic Cart Mass

ME-6757
This 250g mass allows students to change the mass of the Classic Cart, PAScar, or GOcar when a Force Sensor is mounted on the car. It also fits on the Fan Cart (ME-9485).
Compact Cart Mass ME-6755
Measurement pg 119-122
This 500 gram mass fits in any Dynamics Cart, the Motorized Cart (ME-9781), or the Discover Friction Accessory (ME-8574).
Classic Cart Mass ME-6757
108
Mechanics Dynamics Systems Tracks
PAStrack
ME-6960
Aluminum Tracks
Motion Sensor or clamp-on pulley fits both ends
For those who already have PASCO Dynamics Carts and wish to upgrade to a Dynamics System, the following sets are available:
A 1 m Length Dynamics Track A Two-Piece Molded Construction A Accepts Dynamics Track Accessories
Dynamics Tracks
Includes
Aluminum Track Pivot Clamp Friction Block Spring Set End Stops (2) Track Feet (2) Super Pulley with Clamp Angle Indicator Manual
Six leveling feet
T-slot
Built-in scale
Accepts Dynamics Track accessories.
Dynamics System 1.2 m (without carts) Dynamics System 2.2 m (without carts)
ME-9435A ME-9458
Two piece track construction for easy storage. Snap-on connector clip holds sections straight and rigid. Use the second clip (included) to connect multiple tracks! The track ends are designed to accept the Motion Sensor and Clamp-on Pulley, and the side T-slots accept Dynamic Track accessories, such as photogate brackets and end stops. Track includes six built-in leveling feet.
PAScar Tracks
Includes
Aluminum Track End Stops (2) Manual Track Feet (2) Pivot Clamp
PAScar System 1.2 m (without carts) PAScar System 2.2 m (without carts) ME-6953 ME-6954
Includes
Two Piece Track Connector Clip (2) Leveling Feet (6)
1.2 and 2.2 meter Aluminum Tracks
Force and Motion Track

ME-6958
Track just snaps together

PAStrack ME-6960
A Inexpensive Alternative A Conduct a Wide Variety of Force and Motion Investigations

Track Length = 1.2 m PAScar shown on track, not included. Photogates require their own stand when used with the Force and Motion Track. The Motion Sensor clips onto the track for measurement of position, velocity and acceleration.
Relative Motion Track

ME-9886
Use the Relative Motion Track to help students better understand frame of reference for linear motion. This cart is really a section of plastic track with wheels and is compatible with all PASCO carts. As the Motorized Cart moves forward, the Relative Motion Track moves backward. Relative Motion Track shown with ME-9781 Motorized Cart, ME-9496 Time Pulse Accessory and a Dynamics Track.
Includes
Track with wheels
Relative Motion Track Recommended: Variable Speed Motorized Cart Time Pulse Accessory ME-9886
This extruded plastic track forms the base for motion experiments with Dynamics Carts. No height adjustment mechanism is included, but grooves keep carts moving in one dimension and allow students to investigate conservation of momentum and the impulse-momentum equation.
Force and Motion Track Recommended: PAScars (set of 2) GOcar Accessory Photogate Cart Picket Fences (2 Pack) ME-6958
ME-9781 ME-9496
p. 100
ME-6950 ME-6951 ME-9204B ME-9804
p. 98 p. 98 p. 63
www.pasco.com
Mechanics Dynamics Systems Accessories
109
Elastic Bumper
ME-8998
The Elastic Bumper protects the Motion Sensor from the carts, but doesnt interfere with the ultrasonic pulse.
Bracket
Motion Sensor
Pivot Clamp
ME-9810
Includes
2 pairs of brackets 10 meters of elastic material
Elastic Bumper ME-8998
Pivot Clamp Elastic Bumper Shown with New PAStrack Shown with New PAStrack
Pivot Clamp fastens to the T-slot of a Dynamics Track and accepts 1/2rod.
Pivot Clamp ME-9810
Angle Indicator
ME-9495
The Angle Indicator fastens to the T-slot of a dynamics track. Hanging plumb-bob indicates angle to 1/2o .
Dynamics Track Spring Set

ME-8999
Dynamics Systems Spares Kit

ME-9823
The Spares Kit contains many of the small parts which are sometimes lost after classroom use. All parts are organized in a convenient case for easy storage.
Angle Indicator
ME-9495
End Stops (2)

ME-8971
Includes 12 springs (1.6 cm diameter) with approximate spring constants of: 3.4 N/m (3 short and 3 long springs) 6.8 N/m (3 short and 3 long springs)
Dynamics Track Spring Set (12) ME-8999
Adjustable Feet (2)

ME-8972
End Stops (2) ME-8971

ME-9448A
Shown with New PAStrack
Adjustable Feet (2)
ME-8972
Includes:
Cart Bumper Magnets (2) Velcro Hoop and Loop Bumpers (4) Dynamics Track Feet Screws (4) 1/4-20 x 9/16 Tee Thumb Screws (4) 1/4-20 x 9/16 Round Thumb Screws (6) 1/4-20 x 3/8 Round Thumb Screws (6) 1/4-20 x 7/32 Square Nuts (20) 1/4-20 Nylon Thumb Nuts (6) 6-32 x 3/8 Nylon Thumb Screw (6) M5 x 0.8 x 20 mm Nylon Thumb Screw (4) 1/4-20 x 3/8 Set Screws (4) Bumper Squares (8) Round Rubber Bumpers (4) Harmonics Springs (2)
Dynamics Systems Spares Kit
Cart Replacement Axles (4 pack)

ME-6957
Although the ball bearings are designed for many years of use, on occasion the bearings become damaged from dirt and other contaminants. The wheels and axles of the PAScar can be easily replaced by removing the lower section of the car and placing the new wheels in the chassis. A perfect tuneup for a PAScar or GOcar! The wheels of the Classic Carts can also be replaced with the same set of wheels. Contact PASCOs technical support for further assistance.
Replacement Axles (4 pack) ME-6957
Pulley clamps on the end of any Dynamics Track. Its height is fully adjustable to match height of string attached to a dynamics cart.
Super Pulley with Clamp ME-9448A
ME-9823
110
Mechanics Powered Carts
Motorized Cart
ME-9781 A Battery powered/adjustable speeds A External power jack A Climbs a 30 slope A Durable construction
Fan Cart
ME-9485
A Constant Force Cart A Vector Cart A Low Friction/Two Fan Speeds

Detachable Rotatable Sail Wooden Fan Blade
(Shown below)
The tank-like molded casing and a rugged internal gear mechanism are built for the harshest student environment. Runs on 4 C batteries and has variable speed adjustment knob. External power input accepts phone plug cable (included) to power the car using a DC power supply, or a programmable power supply such as the Screw Holes GLX Power Amplifier (shown in use below).
For mounting accessories
High Output Motor
Speed Adjustment
External Power Jack Strong Traction

Rear rubber wheels
Up to 0.4 N of thrust.
0300 Fan Angle Setting Magnetic Deck
On/Off Switch
4 C Batteries (not included)
Tow Hook
Front and back
For mounting sail (included) or steel masses.
Front Wheels
Compatible with Dynamics Tracks
Fan Guard
The graph shows the effect of track angle on the efficiency of the Motorized Cart as it climbs the track. The efficiency is the ratio of the work done against gravity divided by the electrical energy used.
2 Motor Speeds
Uses 4 C Cells (not included)
The Xplorer GLX controls and measures the voltage output by the Power Amplifier, in addition to recording the motion of the Motorized Cart. See page 10.
The PASCO Fan Cart is an ideal way to teach the dynamics of motion. With its higher force, two speeds, ball-bearing wheels and other unique features, it is suited for a wide variety of motion experiments. Change the mass, the force and the force vector or even use a rotatable sail for more complex vector experiments.
Specifications
Adjustable Speed: 8-25 cm/s Battery Power: 4 C (not included) External Power Input Jack Battery Life (Alkaline): 6 hours
Motorized Cart Required: 4 C Cell Batteries Recommended: Dynamics Systems Relative Motion Track Time Pulse Accessory
Includes:
Motorized cart Cable for connecting to external power supply
ME-9781 PI-6603 p. 104 p. 108 p. 111
ME-9485 Fan Cart with sail. Mount the sail for further studies of vector forces.
Fan Cart ME-9485
ME-9886 ME-9496
Recommended: 4 C Cell Batteries PI-6603 Dynamics Track (1.2 or 2.2 m)
p. 104
www.pasco.com
Mechanics Powered Carts
111
Fan Accessory
ME-9491
The Fan Accessory gives any PASCO cart self-propulsion capability and includes a safety guard to protect student fingers. Simply snap the accessory onto the top of a cart, flip the switch, and observe the constant acceleration motion. The speed can be varied by removing one or more batteries and replacing with included slugs.
Developed for Workshop Physics and RealTime Physics activities.
Time Pulse Accessory

ME-9496
Cart not included
The position versus time graph is linear for the Motorized Cart and curved for the accelerating Fan Cart.
Time Pulse Accessory mounted on Fan Accessory
The Cart Race!

Starting at the same point and time, the Motorized Cart, traveling at a constant speed, initially takes the lead but is caught and passed by the Fan Cart traveling at a constant acceleration.
Fan Accessory Recommended: 4 AA Cell Alkaline Batteries Dynamics Carts Dynamics Track (1.2 or 2.2 m) Time Pulse Accessory ME-9491
The ME-9496 Time Pulse Accessory, when plugged into the ME-9491 Fan Accessory or the ME-9781 Variable-speed Motorized Cart, allows students to apply a repeatable impulse for constant acceleration and constant velocity experiments. The Start button, with a 2-second delay feature, engages the motor of the Fan Accessory or the Variable-speed Cart for 1, 2 or 4 seconds, or for an adjustable pulse of 1-7 seconds. The ME-9496 Time Pulse Accessory includes 2 replaceable lithium batteries that last up to 5 years.
Time Pulse Accessory ME-9496
PI-6601 p. 106-107 p. 104 ME-9496
Fan Accessory Guard (5 pack)

ME-9869
Multi Fan Bracket

ME-6616
The Multi Fan Bracket fastens to any PASCO cart, and holds up to three of the ME-9491 Fan Accessories. The fans can be clipped on in either direction.
The Fan Accessory Guards protect students fingers from the propeller of the Fan Accessory. Installation takes minutes and requires only a Phillips screwdriver. Kit includes guards and hardware to upgrade five Fan Accessory units. This guard fits Fan Accessory ME-9491 only. Not required for Fan Accessories that already include the guard.
Fan Accessory Guard (5 pack) ME-9869
Constant Speed Buggy

SE-8028A
Turn on the Constant Speed Buggy and watch it go. When it reaches a wall, it flips over and changes directions. This low-cost solution features flashing lights and a sporty appearance. Requires two C batteries that are not included. Actual product may vary from picture.
ME-6616 Constant Speed Buggy SE-8028A
Includes:
Bracket Mounting Screws
Multi Fan Bracket
112
Mechanics Cart Accessories
Ballistic Cart Accessory

ME-9486
Adjustable Barrel
Drop Rod Accessory

Can be aimed for perfectly vertical shots every time.
ME-9487
A Works Every Time A Non-Contact Release A Adjustable Barrel

Photogate Release
No friction means no introduced errors.
How it Works
The Drop Rod mounts on the side of the Ballistic Cart Accessory. A magnetic nylon ball attaches to the top of the rod and is released when the photogate on the cart is triggered. The rod can be mounted to drop the ball into the cart or rotated 180 so the ball will drop to the floor. Students can calculate where the ball will hit the floor under the following conditions: 1. Constant velocity 2. Constant acceleration 3. On an inclined track All these experiments are possible with the Ballistic Cart and the Drop Rod Accessories.
Add the Drop Rod (not included) to perform bombing runs.
Drop Rod Jack
Trigger Bracket
Mounts quickly and easily to the PASCO Dynamics Track.
Easy Mounting
Attaches to the PASCO Cart in seconds.
PASCOs Ballistic Cart Accessory helps beginning physics students grasp the independence of vertical and horizontal motion.
How It Works
Mounted on a dynamics cart or motorized cart moving at constant velocity, the Ballistic Cart Accessory launches a ball vertically, continues down the track and then catches the ball as it falls every time. Offers an exciting introductory demonstration to projectile motion. Compatible with PASCO Classic Carts, PAScars and GOcars.
2.5 cm plastic balls are easy to see.
Colorful Projectiles
Drop Rod Accessory
Features
Dropping the ball to the floor offers several challenging quantitative experiments.
Includes
ME-9486 Ballistic Cart Accessory: attaches to a dynamics cart and projects a ball as it travels along a track. Ballistic Launcher Trigger Bracket Plastic Balls (2) 9V Battery
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Shoot and Catch Tunnel Accelerating Cart* Inclined Plane* Drop Ball** Bombing Run**
*Can be performed with or without the Drop Rod. **Must use Drop Rod.
0.5 Meters
Ballistic Cart Accessory Required: Dynamics System Recommended: Variable Speed Motorized Cart Cart Launcher
ME-9486
Check out the experiments on the web at www.pasco.com
Includes
p. 104-105
Ball and Rod

Drop Rod Accessory ME-9487
Cart
At slow or fast speeds, the results are the same.
ME-9781 ME-9488
p. 110 p. 113
Required: Ballistic Cart Accessory
Photogate Ball Release: PASCOs optical release does not affect cart motion or ball flight path, no matter what the speed of the cart. Alignable Barrel: The barrel has X and Y adjustments so perfect vertical projections can be produced every time, even on nonlevel surfaces. Constant Velocity: Mounts on the low-friction PASCO Dynamics Cart so horizontal velocity remains constant. Strong Compression Spring: Fires a colored nylon ball 0.5 meters or higherimpressive for demonstration purposes.
Dynamics Cart
x=?
Typical Experiments
ME-9486
www.pasco.com
113
Spring Cart Launcher

ME-6843
A Affordable Cart Launcher A Hookes Law A Spring Potential Energy
The spring potential energy is converted to kinetic energy. The Spring Cart Launcher rides in the cart, so nearly all the energy from the spring is transferred to the cart. The position of the cart (top) and the velocity of the cart (bottom) are measured using the Motion Sensor. The Spring Cart Launcher provides an economical way to launch carts in a repeatable fashion. It can be used for Hookes Law, collisions, and for Conservation of Energy. The Spring Cart Launcher fits into the bed of a Dynamics Cart, PAScar, or GOcar. To launch the cart, the plunger is pulled through the hole in the new endstop, compressing the spring, and then released. To add repeatability, a second endstop can be used with the supplied pin to hold the plunger at a specified compression position. Three different strength springs are provided with the Spring Cart Launcher. Use with or without probeware.
To perform the Hookes Law experiment, the Spring Cart Launcher plunger is pulled with a Force Sensor (PS-2104), compressing the spring, while the displacement of the cart is measured with a Motion Sensor (PS-2103A). The slopes of the graphs of Force versus Position give the spring constants for the three different springs.
Includes
Spring Cart Launcher Trigger Pin 3 Different Strength Springs

Spring Cart Launcher Required: Dynamics Track System Recommended: End Stops (2) Replacement Springs (3 different strength springs, 2 each) Compact Cart Mass ME-6843 See pages 104-105 ME-8971 ME-6847 ME-6755 p. 108 p. 107
Cart Launcher
ME-9488
Features
Repeatability: Launch carts with the same force each time. Data will be consistent and accurate. Variable Launch Speed: Vary spring compression to vary the speed. Compatible with Dynamics Cart Accessories: Use with the Ballistic Cart or Fan Cart.
Includes:
Cart Launcher with trigger release Dynamics Track Mount The Cart Launcher launches PASCO Dynamics Carts with repeatability impossible to achieve by hand. The force of the launcher is fully adjustable, and the built-in scale permits force calibration. Mounts to PASCO Dynamics Tracks.
Calibration
Mount the launcher vertically and hang masses from the hook to calibrate the spring. Use the built-in scale as a reference. At maximum spring compression, the launcher produces a 30 N force.
Cart Launcher
ME-9488
114

Track String Adapter Oscillator Driver
Oscillations
The oscillating spring and cart system shown here is forced to vibrate by the Mechanical Oscillator/Driver. The frequency of the driver is controlled by the DC Power Supply, and the resulting motion is Additional measured by the Rotary Motion Sensor Mass Rotary Motion and Track String Adapter. As the Dynamics Sensor frequency is ramped through Track Mount resonance, both the amplitude and frequency of the cars oscillation are recorded. The Magnetic Damping Accessory provides a friction that is proportional to velocity, and can be adjusted by changing the distance Magnetic from the aluminum track. Damping Spring
PAScar
DC Power Supply
Magnetic Damping Accessory

ME-6828
The velocity amplitude is plotted as a function of driving frequency. The four resonance curves show the effect of varying the strength of the magnetic damping.
Includes:
Bracket Magnets Keeper The cart is displaced from equilibrium and released. It is critically damped when it returns to equilibrium (with zero velocity) in the shortest time.
Magnetic Damping ME-6828 p. 116
Equipment Shown:
2.2 m PAScar Dynamics System Dynamics Track Spring Set Dynamics Cart Magnetic Damping Dynamics Track Mount Track String Adapter Rotary Motion Sensor DC Power Supply Mechanical Oscillator/Driver ME-6956 ME-8999 ME-6828 CI-6692 ME-6569 PS-2120 PI-9877 ME-8750 p. 109 p. 123 p. 123 p. 21 p. 246
Mechanical Oscillator/Driver
ME-8750
The Mechanical Oscillator/Driver delivers repeatable, low-frequency, high-force sinusoidal motion for harmonic motion experiments. Shown above with ME-6956 PAScar Dynamics System, and also works with the Classic Dynamics Systems. See page 337 for additional application.
Push/Pull Accessory
ME-8751
The ME-8751 Push/Pull Accessory for the Mechanical Oscillator/ Driver can be used in almost any experiment where students need to push as well as pull. Drive Dynamics Carts, create standing waves in long ropes and cords or continuously operate PASCOs Transverse Wave Demonstrator (SE-9600).
Push/Pull Accessory Required: Mechanical Oscillator/Driver ME-8751
Features
Sinusoidal Drive: 12 VDC motor (frequency: 0.3-3 Hz, current: 0-0.3 A). Adjustable Amplitude: Up to 12 cm.
ME-8750
www.pasco.com
115
Discover Friction Accessory

ME-8574
Friction Cart Accessory

ME-9457
Friction Adjustment Screw
PASCOs Discover Friction Accessory is unlike any other friction set. The trays are designed to work effectively with PASCO carts and sensors. Using the 4 trays, students can discover such concepts as coefficient of friction, static friction, kinetic friction and the sliding friction equations. The 2 trays with identical plastic surfaces can be hooked together to explore the relationship between surface area and sliding frictional forces. Motorized Cart can also be used to pull the loaded friction tray from rest to a constant velocity. Friction Accessory installed on a Dynamics Cart.
Friction Pad
Friction Pad
Friction Adjustment Screw
Features
Easy Storage: Friction trays are stackable
The ME-9457 Friction Cart Accessory mounts to either a Plunger (ME-9430) or Collision Cart (ME-9454) by replacing the carts end cap. All parts and mounting hardware are included. The Friction Cart Accessory allows the friction of either a Plunger or a Collision Cart to be varied over a wide range of values.
The peak of the graph represents the maximum static frictional force. Once the friction tray begins to move, the kinetic frictional force is evident on the graph.
Includes
Friction Tray - Felt Friction Tray - Cork Friction Tray - Plastic (2) Graph shows velocity of a cart on an incline both with and without friction.
Includes:
Discover Friction Accessory Recommended: PAScars (set of 2) GOcar Variable Speed Motorized Cart Force Sensor Dynamics System ME-8574 ME-6950 ME-6951 ME-9781 p. 106 p. 106 p. 110 See pages 19 and 54 See pages 104-105
Friction Adjustment Screw Friction Pad Mounting hardware Replacement end cap
Friction Cart Accessory
ME-9457
Compatible: Can be used with PASCO carts, masses and Force Sensors
Versatile: Students discover key friction concepts
116
PAScar/GOcar Accessories
ME-6952
Magnetic Damping Accessory

ME-6828
The Magnetic Damping Accessory can be used with either a Dynamics Cart or a PAScar. The steel bracket of the Accessory is attracted to the magnets built into the cart, and the bracket easily slides up and down to adjust the amount of damping. The magnetic drag is caused by the induced currents in the aluminum track, and is approximately proportional to the speed of the cart. This accessory will not work with plastic tracks!
Extend the utility of the PAScar and GOcar. Each set includes: Friction Pad Magnetic Bumper
Compatible ONLY with aluminum tracks.
Includes:
The Magnetic Bumper attaches to the Velcro end of the PAScar for a chain of elastic collisions. The bumper can also be attached to the GOcar so it can undergo elastic collisions with a PAScar. Bracket Magnets Keeper
Adjustment Screw
Students can vary the mass of the cart and the incline of the track to see the effect on terminal velocity.
Magnetic Damping
ME-6828
Cart Damping Accessory

ME-9497
Compatible with PASCO Classic Carts, PAScars and GOcars.
The Friction Pad is installed through a threaded hole in the middle of the cart. Students can rotate the pad to either increase or decrease the induced friction.
PAScar/GOcar Accessories ME-6952
The aluminum Cart Damping Accessory fits in the slot in the Dynamics Cart mass tray. The magnetic bracket that mounts in the T-slot of the Dynamics Track causes magnetic damping as the aluminum passes through the magnetic field. The gap between the 1.9 cm neodymium magnets can be varied to change the strength of the magnetic field.
The Cart accelerates as the aluminum passes through the magnetic field.
Cart Damping Accessory Required: PAScar or Dynamics Cart PASCO Dynamics Track ME-9497
p. 106-107 p. 104-105
www.pasco.com
117
Bernoulli Cart Accessory

ME-9481
This 5 cm diameter cylinder with precision ball bearings, easily set spinning by pulling a string, provides an excellent demonstration of the Bernoulli Principle. Requires a fan to provide airflow across the rotating cylinder. Compatible with PASCO Classic Carts, PAScars and GOcars.
Car Sail
ME-9595
A Introduce Air Resistance into Motion Experiments A Easily Achieve Terminal Velocity A Three Different Sail Sizes
Bracket securely holds the sail.
The Car Sail allows students to study the effects of air resistance on PASCO carts. Simply attach the bracket to the mass tray of the cart and attach any of the sails. Using the various sails, the relationship between surface area and terminal velocity can be studied. Students can also create their own sails and attach them to the bracket. Terminal velocity is related to both the surface area and the mass of an object in motion. Students should compare the motion of the cart without a sail to its motion with the sails. As the surface area of the sail increases, the cart will more closely approach a terminal velocity. Using the Fan Cart to create wind, the Bernoulli Cart Accessory accelerates down the dynamics track.
Cart moves in this direction.

Front of Cart
Track
Higher Air Speed Lower Pressure
Fan
Lower Air Speed Higher Pressure
Comparison of cart velocity as it moves down the track with various sails attached.
Top view of the rotating cylinder on the Bernoulli Cart Accessory.

Bernoulli Cart Accessory Required: 1.2 m Classic Dynamics System 2.2 m Classic Dynamics System Fan Cart or any highly focused fan ME-9481
Includes:
p. 104 p. 105 p. 110
ME-9429B ME-9452A ME-9485
Sail Bracket Screws for Cart and Sail Mounting 3600 cm2, 1800 cm2, and 900 cm2 Sail
Car Sail ME-9595
118

CI-6545
The Force Accessory Bracket with Bumpers mounts the CI-6746 Economy Force Sensor or CI-6537 Force Sensor directly to a dynamics track. Includes 5 collision attachments for the Force Sensor and conveniently stores each attachment on the bracket itself. Using any of these attachments, the bracket serves as an excellent support or target for collision studies using the Force Sensor.
Bumper Accessory Set

ME-9884
Includes:
Spring Bumpers (2) (different spring constants) Magnetic Bumper (1) Rubber Bumper (1) Clay Cup for Inelastic Collisions (1) (clay included) # 0 Phillips Head Screwdriver (to attach to Force Sensor) Note the bumper springs and various mounting options.
This set of bumpers can be used with any PASCO Force Sensor to perform both elastic and inelastic collisions. The standard hook for each Force Sensor can be easily removed and replaced with any of these bumpers. Use a spring and a cup for elastic collisions. Combine two cups with clay to explore inelastic collisions.
Includes:
Stiff Spring Light Spring Empty Cup (2) Modeling Clay
Force time data for a clay, spring and magnet.

Force Accessory Bracket CI-6545
Bumper Accessory Kit
ME-9884
ME-8973
Magnetic Bumper Set

ME-9885A
The Collision Bracket fastens to the T-slot of a dynamics track, and securely holds the Force Sensor for measuring collisions with a Cart. Includes two different springs.
Includes:
2 Springs Bracket
The cart collides with the force sensor at the same initial speed for both of the springs. The area under the Force vs. time graph is the change in momentum (impulse) of the cart, and is the same for both collisions.
ME-8973
This set of magnetic bumpers can be used with any PASCO Force Sensor to perform elastic collisions without any contact. The bumpers screw directly into the beam of the sensor. They can also be used with the Force Accessory Bracket (CI-6545A).
Includes:
Magnetic Bumper (2)
Magnetic Bumper Set ME-9885A
www.pasco.com
119
PASPORT Visual Accelerometer

PS-2128
A Clearly Demonstrates the Difference Between Velocity and Acceleration A Shows Both Direction and Magnitude of Acceleration A Acts as a PASPORT Sensor when Connected to a Computer (See page 22) How It Works
The Visual Accelerometer shows the magnitude and direction of acceleration in one dimension. Five green LEDs light in proportion to the acceleration to the right and five red LEDs light in proportion to the acceleration to the left. Because the Visual Accelerometer is mounted on the accelerating object, students see the acceleration without having to look away at a computer.
Scale Switch Super Bright LEDs
Mode of Operation Switch
Features
Super Bright LEDs: Strong visual clues to both the magnitude and direction of the acceleration. Portable: Clearly shows magnitude and direction of acceleration with no cord attached. Auto-Scale: The auto-scale feature makes any acceleration between 0.2 and 20 m/s2 a full-scale reading. Peak-Hold Mode: Freezes the lighted LEDs at the maximum acceleration so it can be viewed after the object stops.
The Visual Accelerometer can be used with the ME-9491 Fan Accessory for constant acceleration experiments. The ME-9496 Time Pulse Accessory allows the fan to turn on and off hands-free.
Acceleration experiment using Dynamics Track.
Specifications:
3 Manual Scales: 1 m/s2, 5 m/s2, 20 m/s2 full scale Requires 3 AA batteries for stand-alone operation (included) Auto-off after 3 hours
The acceleration is directed down the track as the cart moves up the inclined track.
Includes:
Visual Accelerometer Plastic M5 screws for attachment to a dynamics cart (2) PASPORT Sensor Cable
PASPORT Visual Accelerometer
PS-2128
When studying Newtons Laws with a Force Sensor on a cart, add the Visual Accelerometer to the top of the sensor. It fastens to the mass tray of the Force Sensor the same as it does with a cart.
Recommended: Visual Accelerometer Accessory Kit
PS-2516
p. 22
120
Motion Sensors
PS-2103A PASPORT CI-6742A ScienceWorkshop

ME-6743
A 360 Rotating Head A False Target Rejection Circuitry A Bi-directional Measurements of Position, Velocity and Acceleration
PASCOs ultrasonic Motion Sensors clip directly to Dynamics Tracks and their unique Narrow Beam technology provides cleaner data. The Motion Sensor can be mounted directly to the Dynamics Carts or PAScars for relative motion studies.
The Cart Adapter Accessory allows the Motion Sensor II and many other sensors to be mounted to a Dynamics Cart or a PAScar.
Useful length of track with typical sonic ranging devices. 42 cm
15 cm
Useful length of track with PASCO Motion Sensors.
Motion Sensor clips to Dynamics Track.
Mounting a Motion Sensor on a cart is ideal for the study of relative motion. The adjustment knob on the bracket allows the Motion Sensor to face any direction.
Includes:
2 M5 thumb screws to attach to cart
ScienceWorkshop Motion Sensor II PASPORT Motion Sensor Required to mount on PASCO Carts: Cart Adapter Accessory CI-6742A PS-2103A p. 54 p. 18
1/4-20 screw at center
ME-6743
ME-6743
Projectile Catcher Accessory

ME-6815
For use with short and long range launchers, the ME-6815 catcher attaches directly to Dynamics Carts. See page 143 for more information. Photogate (not included) can be used to measure the speed of the cart after catching the fired ball.
Includes:
Projectile Catcher (170 g) String holder plate and clamp 2.5 cm steel balls (2) (67 g each) Spool of string Velcro strips (not shown) Instruction manual and experiment guide
ME-6815
www.pasco.com
Mechanics Dynamics Systems Measurement
121
Measurement Devices for Dynamics Systems

Tape Timer
ME-9283
This traditional paper tape method clearly illustrates the relationship between displacement and time. The tape produces many data points so students can plot displacement, velocity and acceleration graphs. See page 137 for additional details.
Smart Timer
ME-8930
With the use of the picket fence or photogate/pulley, the Smart Timer measures time, speed and acceleration. A single Smart Timer with 2 photogates (as shown below) can measure initial and final speeds of 2 carts in a conservation of momentum experiment. See pages 124-125 for additional details.
Photogate
Photogate
Smart Timer
Speed before and after collision In Speed: Collision mode, use 2 carts and 2 photogates with a single Smart Timer to measure initial and final speeds of both carts. Use a Tape Timer, Dynamics Cart and Track to calculate acceleration down an inclined plane.
Tape Timer ME-9283 Smart Timer Additional Equipment: Accessory Photogate Photogate & Fences-IDS ME-8930
Includes two fences, 9 VAC adapter and manual. ME-9204B ME-9471A p. 67 p. 122
Includes one roll of paper, 10 carbon paper discs, battery and manual. Replacement Supplies: Tape Timer Supplies ME-9284 p. 137 Includes five rolls of paper (each 150 m) and 10 carbon paper discs.
Photogate Timer
ME-9215B
Ideal for quick setup and accurate measurements of velocity. Two Memory Timers (ME-9215B) make all the velocity measurements necessary for a conservation of momentum experiment. See page 126 for additional details.
PASCO Stopwatch
ME-1234
A Durable A Simple to use A No Alarm A Uses one AA Battery A Memory: Stores up to

9 event times
See page 179 for more details.
PASCO Stopwatch ME-1234 Photogate Timer
ME-9215B
Recommended: Accessory Photogate
ME-9204B
p. 67
122
Photogates and Fences

ME-9471A
Photogate Tape Set

ME-6664
Flexible Mylar picket fence tape can be cut to needed length. Tape guide slides onto the arm of PASCO photogates to more accurately measure the motion of a cart.
Photogate tape can be used as a picket fence string to continuously measure the acceleration of the cart.
When used with the computer for data recording, display and analysis, the photogate/pulley timing system can provide a wide range of time, speed and velocity measurements. The photogates mount to the dynamics track using the provided brackets. The picket fences provided mount directly to the dynamics carts.
Includes:
ME-9498A Photogate Heads (2) ME-9806 Photogate Brackets (2) ME-9804 Picket Fences (2) Super Pulley with attachment screw (attaches Super Pulley to Photogate)
Position and velocity graphs are obtained using a Picket Fence and Photogate.
Slide the included bracket onto the arm of a PASCO photogate (ME-9498A or ME-9204B) and slide the photogate tape through the slot to measure position, velocity, and acceleration. The band spacing on the tape is 5 cm from edge to edge, which is identical to the Large Picket Fence (ME-9377A). The High Resolution Photogate Tape, available separately, has a distance of 1 cm between edges for more data points during high velocity or acceleration phenomena.
Includes
Photogate Tape (30 m) Photogate Tape Guide (2) Double-Adhesive Tape (not shown) Velcro Strips (not shown)
Two Tape Guides included
Photogates and Fences Individual Components: Photogate Head Photogate Brackets (2) Cart Picket Fences (2) Super Pulley
ME-9471A Photogate Tape Set High Resolution Photogate Tape Required: Photogate Head or Accessory Photogate ME-6664 ME-6666 ME-9498A ME-9204B p. 55 p. 67
ME-9498A ME-9806 ME-9804 ME-9450
p. 55 p. 67 p. 151
www.pasco.com
123
Rotary Motion Sensor

Use a Rotary Motion Sensor to measure the position of the cart on a Dynamics Track. It gives higher resolution than a Motion Sensor, and mounts on the side of the track for experiments that need two end stops. A second system can be mounted to the other side of the track to monitor two carts simultaneously.
Rotary Motion Sensor (PS-2120)
Dynamics Track Mount (CI-6692)
String Track String Adapter (ME-6569)
The velocity amplitude is plotted as a function of driving frequency. The four resonance curves show the effect of varying the strength of the magnetic damping. Oscillator Driver
Equipment Shown:
Dynamics Track Mount Track String Adapter Rotary Motion Sensor Magnetic Damping DC Power Supply Mechanical Oscillator/Driver CI-6692 ME-6569 PS-2120 ME-6828 PI-9877 ME-8750 p. 21 p. 116 p. 246 p. 114
DC Power Supply Magnetic Damping
Dynamics Track Mount

CI-6692
The CI-6692 Dynamics Track Mount is for mounting the Rotary Motion Sensor to the dynamics track allowing it to act as a high resolution, bi-directional Smart Pulley.
Track String Adapter

ME-6569
When used in conjunction with the CI-6692 Dynamics Track Mount, this unit allows a Rotary Motion Sensor to continuously monitor the Dynamics Cart position. A loop of string wraps around the Rotary Motion Sensor pulley and the ball-bearing pulley and then attaches to the cart via a special clip (included).
Includes
Bracket
Includes
Dynamics Track Mount Rotary Sensor for use with: CI-6692 CI-6538 PS-2120 p. 54 p. 21
ScienceWorkshop
PASPORT
Bracket with Pulley Cart String Clip Thread

Track String Adapter ME-6569
124
Mechanics Air Track
The PASCO Air Track

PASCO 2.0 m Air Track
SF-9214 SF-9216
2-Meter Scale
Mounted to both sides of track
Variable Output Air Supply

A early Frictionless Linear Motion N A wo Meters Long T A omplete Accessories Included C
Its simple physics a moving object will continue forever at a constant velocity unless its acted on by an external force. To the physicist, Newtons first law is second nature. Yet its still fascinating to watch an air track glider moving endlessly back and forth on an air track. Its even more fascinating for students, who are often seeing this simplest form of motion for the first time. An air track glider provides the raw material for highly accurate investigations into the laws of motion. Add a timing system and investigate uniform motion, average and instantaneous velocities, uniform acceleration, elastic and inelastic collisions, impulse and change in momentum, conservation of momentum, conservation of energy and more.The data is precise and unambiguous. Frictional forces are negligible.
Precision Cart
Designed to accept accessories such as flags, extra masses, etc.
Sturdy Design
Guarantees stability
Alignment Channel
Ensures that the track will always be straight
Soft Bumpers
Reduce energy loss during collisions
Compared to other air tracks, the PASCO Air Track is:

A Longer: The 2-meter length provides
more room for experimenting (yet it still fits on a standard lab table).
Soft bumpers reduce vibrations, allowing elastic collisions that really are elastic
A Complete: The PASCO Air Track comes

with a complete set of accessories:
A Straighter: Guaranteed straight to
A wo 170-gram gliders with soft T
within 0.04 mm over its entire 2-meter length. If the air track should ever become misaligned, return it to PASCO and we will realign it for free. aluminum extrusion with 3 mm thick walls further strengthened by a supporting U-channel. This construction preserves straightness and allows for accurate realignment.
A Tougher: The track is a large, square
bumpers. Glider collisions with hard bumpers can cause glider vibration, resulting in significant energy loss. Soft rubber band bumpers eliminate vibration and allow students to control the force and duration of each collision by varying the band tension. shown on page 125)
A ir Track Accessory Kit (all items A A ounting hardware (2 single-leg M
A Quieter: PASCOs Air Supply is
screws, 2 double-leg screws, (1) 4 mm wrench, (1) 5 mm wrench)

2.0 Meter Air Track Required: Variable Output Air Supply SF-9214
exceptionally quiet. It allows the air flow to be adjusted to the perfect amount for each experiment. Too little air causes friction; too much air causes energy loss due to glider flutter.
A ne single leg O A ne double leg with adjustable feet O A ixed-end stops (2) F
SF-9216
www.pasco.com
Mechanics Air Track
125
PASCO Air Trackcontinued

Includes
Gliders (2): 13 cm long; 170 g; with rubber band bumpers Glider Flags (2): 100 mm Glider Masses (4): 50 g Inelastic Collision Kit (1): Needle with wax-filled receptacle Constant Acceleration Kit: Ball-bearing pulley, glider hook, mass hanger (2 g) and 5 acceleration masses: 1 g (2); 2 g (1); 5 g (1); 10 g (1) Storage Tray
Electric LauncherAir Track

SF-9296
Coupled Harmonic Oscillators-Air Track

SF-9297
SF-9297 Coupled Harmonic Oscillators: mounted on the PASCO Air Track.
Power supply and patch cords not included. Launch a glider repeatedly with the same impulse and velocity each time. Or use 2 launchers to launch both gliders in a collision experiment. Each launcher kit includes the iron core, coil and armature. Note: This launcher is designed for use only on the PASCO Air Track.
Electric LauncherAir Track SF-9296
Specifications
Length: 2.0 m (working distance 1.9 m) Straight: 0.04 mm Construction: Extruded aluminum square (3 mm wall thickness) on a U-channel support with 7 alignment screws Air Holes: 382 holes of 1 mm diameter; 2 cm spacing; 4 cm diameter air inlet Base: 3-point with bilateral leveling screws Millimeter Scales: 2 meters long on ea. side
Investigate coupled harmonic motion on the PASCO Air Track. Kit includes 3 gliders, 12 connecting plugs, 6 50-gram masses, 6 springs and an adjustable end stop. With the 2 gliders that come with the PASCO Air Track, students can experiment with up to 5 gliders in coupled harmonic motion. Note: Add the SF-9324 Mechanical Wave Driver and a Function Generator such as the PI-9587C, and students can drive the coupled oscillators at fixed and measurable frequencies. See the Waves section for more information.
Coupled Harmonic Oscillators- Air Track SF-9297 Recommended: Mechanical Wave Driver SF-9324 p. 260 Digital Function Generator/Amplifier PI-9587C p. 250
Shipping Information
Track: Size: 2.2 m (85) length x 17 cm (7) diameter Weight: 12.7 kg (28 lb) Accessories: Size: 28 x 21 x 16 cm (11 x 8 x 6 in.) Weight: 4.5 kg (10 lb) Note: Air Supply needed for Air Track
Required: Banana Plug Cord-Black (5-pack) SE-9751 p. 229 Triple Output- Power Supply SE-8587 p. 247 or Equivalent Supply providing 2 A at 5 VDC
Variable Output Air Supply SF-9216

SF-9214 PASCO Air Track: available separately (add a timing system) or in a complete Photogate Timer system that includes everything required for an air track lab.
The PASCO Air Supply is exceptionally quiet. Its variable output lets students match the air flow to the experiment. A 2-meter hose is included. By adding the SF-9217 T-Adapter and Hose, item (17) on the following page, the Air Supply can operate 2 PASCO Air Tracks at the same time. Note: This Air Supply produces 36 cfm at 0.122 psi for use with the SF-9214 Precision Air Track. If used with another track, the total area of the air flow holes must be 2.6 cm2, or the supply may overheat.
Variable Output Air Supply SF-9216
Air Track Accessory Kit

SF-9295
A set of accessories (SF-9295) comes with every PASCO Air Track. All thats needed is a timing system. The set (SF-9295) may be ordered separately.
Accessory Kit-Air Track Recommended: Glider Kit- Air Track Air Supply Hose (2m)- Air Track T-Adapter and Hose- Air Track Riser Block Kit SF-9295
SF-9224 SF-9298 SF-9217 ME-9239
126
Mechanics Hovercraft/Ride-on Carts
Hovercraft
ME-9838
2-D Kinesthetics Cart

SE-8746
Cart Diameter: 76 cm
A Students Experience Newtons Laws A Durable Nylon Skirt A Rubber Bumper A Optional Cordless Air Supply
Our Hovercraft follows the classic design, with a rugged nylon skirt attached around a 1.2-meter wood platform. Students can easily ride on the Hovercraft to experience the kinematics of frictionless motion first-hand.
Air Source Not Included
With this circular, 6-wheeled cart, students can feel the forces and accelerations that occur during twodimensional motion such as circular and trajectory motion. Please note: This item is made to order and requires 30 days for delivery.
2-D Kinesthetics Cart SE-8746
How It Works:
The nylon skirt is stretched around the wood platform and tightened using a steel wire. The center of the skirt is attached to the bottom of the wood platform. A custom rubber bumper is placed around the circumference of the wood platform. The bumper helps secure the skirt and also provides a soft cushion around the edge of the Hovercraft. A high-volume air source is used to force air through the platform and into the skirt. After sitting on the platform, the air source is turned on and the skirt inflates. Small holes in the skirt allow the air to escape, while providing the higher pressure needed to lift the rider. A built-in level helps students center their weight on the Hovercraft. An optional Cordless Air Source (SE-8806) is also available (at right). In addition, most leaf blowers provide enough air flow to support the Hovercraft. The PASCO Hovercraft is capable of supporting up to 300 lbs and comes completely assembled.
Cordless Air Source

SE-8806
Includes rechargeable battery and charging adapter. Note: 220 V version not available.
DoubleReinforced Nylon Skirt
stretched around the wood platform and tightened using a steel wire prevents failure under high pressure loads.
stretched securely around the circumference of the wood platform.
Custom Rubber Bumper
Cordless Air Source
SE-8806
Hovercraft Kit
ME-9878
Allows air to escape, providing high pressure to lift the student.
Air Holes
Includes:
Wood Platform (1.2 meter diameter, 1.9 cm thick) Nylon Skirt with Mounting Hardware Rubber Bumper Liquid Level Connection Hose for Air Source
Hovercraft Required: Cordless Air Source ME-9838
The Hovercraft Kit includes everything to build the Hovercraft, except the wood platform. Cordless Air Source is available separately.
Hovercraft Kit ME-9878
SE-8806
Required: Cordless Air Source SE-8806 Round Wood Platform (1.2 m diameter, 1.9 cm thick)
www.pasco.com
Mechanics Ride-on Carts and Hover Puck
127
Kinesthetics Cart
SE-8747
Carts Developed for Workshop Physics Activities
A The Student Becomes the Dynamics Cart A Developed by the Workshop Physics Program at Dickinson College
Upper Cart
Ball bearings mounted on the bottom of this cart allow it to slide off the lower cart. Cart Length: 90.5 cm
Holes for Coupler Upper Cart Wheels

Act as landing gear.
Low Roller Blade Wheels Lower Cart Coupler

On both carts, allow for smooth, constant travel.
Keeps carts piggy-backed until rider removes it. When students sit on top of the Kinesthetics Cart they actually become part of the experiment. Active involvement makes for fun physics, but, more importantly, it provides a sensory experience that teaches what a concept such as Newtons First Law feels like.
The student, using the Kinesthetic Cart, pushes off the Force Platform (PS-2141) on the wall and her speed is recorded using Photogate Tape Set ME-6664 (page 67). The impulse can be found from the resulting force versus time graph and the resulting change in momentum can be verified from the velocity graph. Data is recorded using the Xplorer GLX. Please note: This item is made to order and requires 30 days for delivery.
Kinesthetics Cart SE-8747
Hover Puck
SE-7335B
A Hovers on a Cushion of Air A Ideal for Inertia Activities Typical Applications

A Inertia Activities: The Hover Puck removes friction
from its motion, which helps students better understand Newtons First Law the motion of two Hover Pucks as they experience an off-axis collision. Use video analysis software to analyze the motion of the pucks before and after the collision
The Hover Puck glides on a self-generated cushion of air across any smooth surface, including low-pile carpet. The rubber bumper provides protection for the puck and other objects during collisions. Each puck includes 4 batteries. AA
Specifications
Diameter: 18.5 cm Height: 6.0 cm
A 2D Collisions: Use a video camera to record
Includes:
Hover Puck 4 AA Batteries
Hover Puck Launcher

SE-7389
Use this sturdy launcher to propel the Hover Puck with repeatable velocities. The launcher includes large rubber bands which can be placed at two different positions to vary the launch velocity.
Hover Puck Launcher
Use a Motion Sensor to measure the constant velocity motion of the Hover Puck.
Includes:
Launch pad Large Rubber Bands (30)
SE-7389 Hover Puck Recommended: PASPORT Motion Sensor ScienceWorkshop Motion Sensor II SE-7335B PS-2103A CI-6742A p. 18 p. 54
128
Mechanics Roller Coaster

Rigid Support Pegs Low-Friction Mini Cars Mini Car Catcher
Roller Coaster Complete System

ME-9812
A 3-Car Roller Coaster A Quantitative Studies of Energy Conservation A Easy to Change Track Configurations Features
Support Panels: Have a variety of track configuration holes predrilled for easy student assembly. Feature a dry erase surface so calculations can be performed at the point of interest on the track. Mini Cars: Feature low-friction ball bearings and ABS construction to withstand repeated impacts. One red, one yellow and one green Mini Car included. Each car includes a slot for a supplied photogate flag, cup/mass holder and cup. The body of the car extends just far enough below the wheels to protect them should the car leave the track. Ballast Mass: Can be added to mass tray of Mini Car or hidden under Mini Car to increase the energy without changing the cars outward appearance. Flexible Track: Guides carts on their path, yet is flexible enough to form loops and hills, or can be rolled out flat on a table. Easily attaches to the support pegs using the twist-on track clips. Long pegs allow 2 tracks side-by-side for comparison. Probeware Compatible: Threaded support pegs and Mini Car photogate flags allow photogates to be used at many positions around the track to measure velocity and acceleration. Bumpers mount on Mini Cars to allow rubber band or clay collisions. Also used to couple Mini Cars into a train.
Whiteboard Support Panels
Variety of Track Configurations
Flexible Track
Support Feet
The Roller Coasters Mini Cars are low friction, yet rugged; mass can be added to the cars on top or in the ballast position.
Basic System
ME-9811
Complete System
ME-9812
Includes:
Support panel (3 sections) Support feet (4) Flexible track (9.1 meters) Mini Cars (3) Support pegs for track (43) Photogate support pegs (4) Track clips (50) Mini Car catcher (2) Mini Car collision accessory (3) Mini Car photogate flags (3) Water cup (3) Mini Car ballast mass (3) Photogate brackets (4) Track couplers (2) Ballast masses (3)
Complete Roller Coaster Recommended: Photogate Head Photogate Bracket (2) Smart Timer or Computer Interface Replacement Supplies: Mini Car Set (3 cars) Roller Coaster Track (9.1 meters) ME-9812 ME-9498A p. 55 ME-9806 p. 67 ME-8930 p. 134 (see pages 7-16 and 48-52) ME-9813 ME-9814
Includes:
Flexible track (9.1 meters) (not shown) Mini Cars (3) Mini Car collision accessory (3) Mini Car photogate flags (3) Track Clips (50)
Basic Roller Coaster Roller Coaster Upgrade (Basic to Complete) ME-9811 ME-9817
Roller Coaster Spares Kit

ME-9815
Includes:
Long track pegs (23) Short track pegs (2) Photogate support pegs (2) Track clips (25) Mini Car photogate flags (3) Ballast mass screws (3) Mini Car mass post (3)
Roller Coaster Spares Kit ME-9815
www.pasco.com
Mechanics Roller Coaster Accessories
129
Roller Coaster Applications:
Ballistic Pendulum Accessory

ME-9845
Using the Ballistic Pendulum Accessory, students can investigate conservation of energy and momentum for a collision. The Mini Car is rolled down the hill from a known height and is captured by the catcher (included with Roller Coaster System). The kinetic energy of the Mini Car is transformed into gravitational energy as the car/catcher swings to a higher position.
Conservation of Energy: Release the Mini Car and measure its velocity and height at several points along the track. Use these values to calculate total energy of the Mini Car. Frictional losses are less than 5%. Constant Acceleration: Several straight inclined sections can be used to measure and demonstrate constantly accelerated motion. Centripetal Acceleration: Use either the circular loop or clothoid loop to measure the maximum and minimum accelerations experienced by the Mini Car. Projectile Motion/Conservation of Energy: Use the initial height of the Mini Car to determine its speed as it flies off the end of the track. Using this speed and height above the ground when it leaves the track, predict where the Mini Car will land.
Includes:
Support Plate Thread Velcro
Ballistic Pendulum Accessory Required: Complete Roller Coaster ME-9845
ME-9812
Mini Car Catcher is included in the Complete Roller Coaster
Physical Pendulum Accessory

Multi-car train:
Mini Cars can be coupled to form a train and the velocity of each car can be measured with a photogate and a Smart Timer. The velocities are not the same.
ME-9858
The Physical Pendulum Accessory allows students to investigate angular momentum, translational kinetic energy, rotational kinetic energy, and gravitational potential energy all in one experiment. The Mini Car is released from the hill and its rubber band bumper collides with the physical pendulum. The pendulum rotates as a result of this collision to a maximum of 180. The release point and mass of the Mini Car are adjusted prior to the experiment such that all its energy is transferred to the pendulum during the collision.
Brachistochrone:
A Mini Car traveling between 2 points along a brachistochrone path takes less time compared to the straight line path.
Includes:
Physical Pendulum Pivot Rod with Ball Bearings Masses
Physical Pendulum Accessory Required: Complete Roller Coaster ME-9858
ME-9812
130
Mechanics Amusement Park Physics

ME-9426
Amusement Park Physics Kit

A Complete Kit for 15 Students
A Extend Your Lab into the Real World A Developed in Conjunction with AAPT*
They might lose their notes. They might even lose their nerve. But in one day at an amusement park, students will also gain a real gut-level appreciation for Newtons Laws. Using this kit, students dont observe a dynamics cart. They are the dynamics cart. The PASCO Amusement Park Physics Kit is the only kit that:
ASCO Use P for your ware probe sics Day! Phy . 88

See p g
Students experience the thrill of scientific investigation.
A Has been approved by the safety officers

of major amusement parks across the USA. parks by hundreds of schools.
A Has been student tested in amusement A Has been teacher tested in hundreds of
Amusement Park Physics Workshops.
A Uses a metal coil spring for the Vertical

Accelerometer (far more accurate than the commonly used rubber band). each set sold, $2.50 is donated to the AAPT).
A Helps support physics education (for
Photo courtesy of Paramounts Great America.
* American Association of Physics Teachers
Typical Experiments
Almost any ride, in or out of an amusement park, can be investigated. The manual includes the following ready-touse experiments: 1. Playground Physics/Merry-go-round 2. Playground Physics/The Swing 3. Elevator Physics
The ME-9426 Amusement Park Physics Kit includes materials for constructing 15 Vertical Accelerometers and 15 Horizontal Accelerometers, plus a ball of twine for making simple tape measures. Instructions, experiment manual and plastic bags to protect equipment are provided. (Additional accelerometer springs may be purchased separately see Order Information.)
0g
1g
2g
Amusement Park Physics Handbook

SE-8740
Produced by the AAPT, this handbook gives teachers helpful information on their Physics Day.
3g
4g
The Vertical Accelerometer: The stretch of the spring measures the vertical acceleration in gs.
Includes:
Teachers Guide Practice Problems Measurement Booklet Student Workbook Resources
Amusement Park Physics Kit (15 pack) Recommended:
ME-9426
80
ANGLE
70
60
50
40
30
Scissors, pliers, masking tape, clear plastic tape Amusement Park Physics Handbook SE-8740 (not included in kit) Additional Accelerometer Springs (15 pack) ME-8734
20
10
10
20
30
40
HORIZONTAL ACCELERATION CARD
The Horizontal Accelerometer: The angle to which the BBs rise measures the horizontal acceleration. This accelerometer doubles as a sextant to measure distances by triangulation.
edited by Carole Escobar

Amusement Park Physics Handbook SE-8740
Amusement Park Physics Handbook
www.pasco.com
Mechanics Air Rocket System
131
Air Rocket System

SE-8694A
Photogate Tape Set

ME-6664
Slide the included bracket onto the arm of a PASCO photogate (ME-9498A or ME-9204B) and feed the photogate tape through the bracket to measure position, velocity and acceleration. Similar to a rigid picket fence in design, yet the tape length can be tailored to the experiment at hand. The photogate tape is Mylar; a rugged yet flexible material. The band spacing on the tape is 5 cm from edge to edge, which is identical to the Large Picket Fence (ME-9377A). This edge spacing is also the default picket fence spacing in DataStudio software. Each set includes a 30 m roll of tape with 5 cm spacing. The tape may be purchased separately and a high-resolution version of the photogate tape is also available. The High Resolution Photogate Tape features a distance of 1 cm between edges for a more detailed study with more data points.
A Launch Rockets 100 Meters Vertically A Includes Everything Required to Launch A Measure Launch Velocity Using PASCO Probeware
Launch velocity of air rocket as measured with Photogate and Photogate Tape.
A easure the launch speed and acceleration of an air rocket M A Measure the acceleration due to freefall or the terminal velocity of an object in freefall A Investigate the relationship between the motion of the arm and the speed of a thrown ball A Measure the speed of a kicked ball A onnect the tape to a sprinter to measure C speed out of the blocks
Includes:
Photogate Tape (30 m) Tape Adapter Bracket (2) Double-Adhesive Tape (not shown)
Photogate Tape Set Recommended: Photogate Tape (30 m) Photogate Tape, High Resolution (30 m) Xplorer Datalogger Photogate Head Digital Adapter ME-6664 ME-6663 ME-6666 PS-2000 ME-9498A PS-2159
Two Brackets included
The Air Rocket System is a high-powered toy that launches rockets using only compressed air. Connect the included pump to the launch pad, place the rocket on the pad, pump 5 to 20 times, and let the rocket fly by pressing the launch button. The rockets are rugged plastic with foam fins and a heavy foam nose cone. The launch pad includes a safety mechanism which allows the rockets to be launched vertically only. Using the Photogate Tape Set (ME-6664), students can also measure the motion of the rocket during launch. Simply attach a length of photogate tape to the rocket and thread the tape through the guide on the photogate. As the rocket launches, the tape is pulled through the photogate. The alternating clear and opaque portions of the tape allow the Xplorer to calculate the position, velocity and acceleration of the rocket throughout the launch.
p. 14 p. 55 p. 65
Altitrak
SE-8696
Includes
Air Rockets (2) Launch Pad Air Pump Plastic Tubing with Quick Connects
Air Rocket System SE-8694A
Use this convenient device to estimate the launch height of any rocket. Stand 150 meters from the launch pad, aim the sight at the rocket as it launches and hold the trigger down. This allows the angle arm to swing as you follow the rocket up. When the rocket reaches its highest point, release the trigger, which locks the angle arm in place. The Altitrak will indicate both the angle relative to horizontal and the maximum altitude of the rocket in meters.
Altitrak Recommended: Photogate Tape Set Photogate Head Digital Adapter Xplorer Datalogger SE-8696 ME-6664 ME-9498A PS-2159 PS-2000 p. p. p. p.
Height
150 m Launch Pad
67 55 65 14
132
Mechanics Gravity and Freefall
Coin and Feather Tube

SE-9788
The Coin and Feather experiment is one of the best ways to dispel the lighter objects fall more slowly myth. When the air inside the 75 cm tube is at atmospheric pressure, the feather (in this case a very visible piece of styrofoam) falls significantly more slowly than the coin. The syringe vacuum pump (included) will bring the air inside the tube down to about 7% of atmospheric pressure, making the feather and the coin appear to drop at the same rate. The Coin and Feather Tube includes a 3.8 cm diameter clear plastic tube with end caps, coin and feather (styrofoam), and syringe vacuum pump.
Constant Velocity Tubes

SE-9076
75 50
Centimeters
25 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Seconds
By monitoring the bubbles position, students can plot a position versus time graph. Slower tubes will have lower slopes. Constant Velocity Tubes effectively introduce the relationship between graphs and motion. Students can use a meterstick and a stopwatch to plot the position of the bubble as a function of time as it moves up the tube. Each tube has an obstruction that serves as the initial position for the bubble. The slope and vertical intercept from the graph yield the equation of motion. Constant Velocity Tubes include 6 tubes with varying viscosities and initial starting points.
Constant Velocity Tubes SE-9076
Coin and Feather Tube
SE-9788
Tape Timer
ME-9283
A wo Calibrated Frequencies T (10 Hz and 40 Hz), accurate to 0.1% L A ow Mass, Small-Pin Printing Head R A od Clamp
Freefall Timer Adapter

How It Works
ME-9207B
A steel ball is clamped into a spring-loaded release mechanism. At the instant the ball is released, the electronic timer automatically starts. The timer stops when the ball hits the receptor pad. With the accurate, high resolution timing and automatic start and stop, results are precise and repeatable.
As the paper tape is pulled through, the timer prints dots on the tape at equal time intervals. The result is a series of dots on the paper tape, representing the position of the object as a function of time. From the dots on the tape, the distance traveled can be measured, and the average speed for each time interval can be calculated. Plotting the average speed for each time interval versus time enables acceleration to be determined.
Includes:
Ball release mechanism with stereo phone plug and receptor pad Four steel balls (1.9 cm, 1.6 cm diameter) Maximum distance of fall is 2m. Freefall Timer Adapter shown in use with the ME-8930 Smart Timer. The Smart Timer records the elapsed time from when the ball is dropped until the ball hits the receptor pad.
Freefall Timer Adapter Required: Large Table Clamp Multi Clamp Rod (90 cm long) Photogate Timer or Smart Timer or ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface or PASPORT Interface with Digital Adapter ME-9207B ME-9472 SE-9442 ME-8738 ME-9215B ME-8930 p. p. p. p. p. 186 186 184 136 134-135
Includes:
Roll of paper (1) (150 m) Carbon paper discs (10) 9V battery Manual
Tape Timer
Calculate the acceleration due to gravity by dropping a mass attached to the tape.
ME-9283
Recommended: 9-V AC Adapter 120 V/500 mA 540-007 9-V AC Adapter 220 V/500 MA 540-027 Tape Timer Supplies ME-9284 Includes five rolls of paper (each 150 m) and 10 carbon paper discs.
p. 48-52 p. 7-16 p. 65
PS-2159
www.pasco.com
Mechanics Gravity and Freefall
133
Discover Freefall System

ME-9889
A Determine g A nvestigate air resistance dependence I on mass, volume, cross-sectional area

PASCOs Discover Freefall System can be used to drop almost any small object by attaching a small steel washer with a small adhesive pad (both are included in the system). Using an electric switch, timing is started automatically just as the object is dropped and the Time-of-Flight Pad stops timing when the object strikes it. Students can investigate the effect of air resistance on acceleration. In addition, students can drop objects of the same size but different mass to study how object mass affects terminal velocity during freefall. The drop box has a magnetic mount for attaching to metal frames in ceilings.
This redesigned system can also accept the Target Accessory, ME-6854, to perform the shoot-the-target demonstration. See page 131.
Custom case with built-in rod clamp and magnets to fasten Drop Box to ceiling
When the switch is pressed, the ball is dropped and the time of fall is measured for various balls. The graph shows height vs time-squared data for the 1 inch steel ball and the large hollow plastic ball. The slope of the line (equal to 1/2 g) gives an acceleration for the steel ball of 9.79 m/s2. Note that the acceleration of the large hollow ball is considerably smaller, and that its data is not linear.
Test button Charging light Active feedback loop measures the magnetic field and adjusts current to null field and release ball in less than 1 ms Any small object can be dropped with the Discover Freefall System by attaching a washer to the object with an adhesive pad (both included).
Set includes six different balls
The Discover Freefall System also works with any PASPORT or ScienceWorkshop Interface. Shown here using an Xplorer GLX with a Digital Adapter.
Discover Freefall System ME-9889 ME-8930 p. 134 p. 44-48 PS-2159 ME-9890 p. 7-16 p. 65 p. 191
Includes:
Drop box Control cable Control box AC adapter Time-of-Flight receptor pad Timer Switch Release washers (10)
Release labels for attaching washers to object (50) Small nylon ball Large plastic ball Golf ball Hollow golf ball 1 steel ball 5/8 steel ball
Required: Smart Timer or ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface or PASPORT Interface with Digital Adapter Recommended: Freefall Balls Accessory
134
A A A A
Mechanics Timers
ME-8930
Smart Timer
Portable Timer for Photogates and Smart Pulleys Measures Time, Speed and Acceleration Counter for G-M Tubes Crystal-controlled 0.01% Accuracy
Measure Time: A ne Gate: Returns time from leading edge to leading edge O A Fence: Returns 10 time values A Two Gates: Returns time between 2 gates A Pendulum: Measures pendulum period A topwatch: Returns time between pressing Start/Stop button S
OR gives time that a single photogate is blocked
2-line, 16-character Alphanumeric LCD

Actual Size Top Line: Measurement Description Bottom Line: Numerical Values
Measure Speed: A One Gate: Single object speed using picket fence A Collision: Initial and final speeds for 1 or 2 carts A ulley: Angular speed radians/second or in revolutions/second P Measure Acceleration: A ne Gate: Direct measurement of acceleration O A inear Pulley: Acceleration of string tangent to PASCO L A Angular Pulley A wo Gates: Objects average acceleration between T
2 photogates pulley using picket fence
Measure Counts: A Three timing intervals A Manual mode counts until Stop is pressed A Up to 5,000 counts/second A Up to 9,999,999 total counts A Beeps with each count in manual mode Test Mode: A Blocked/unblocked photogate indicator
Typical Experiments
1. Acceleration Due to Gravity* 2. Newtons Second Law* 3. onservation of Momentum in Collisions* C 4. Rotational Inertia of a Disk & Ring* 5. Acceleration Down an Incline 6. Simple Harmonic Oscillator 7 Oscillations on an Incline . 8. Springs in Series and Parallel 9. Projectile Motion Using Photogates 10. Time-of-Flight and Initial Velocity 11. etermining the Acceleration Due to Gravity D 2. ounting Radiation with the G-M Tube 1 C *Experiments require accessories listed on page 137 .
Its as easy as 1-2-3.
1. Measurement
Press this button to select the quantity to be measured: Time, Speed, Accel, Count or Test will appear on the display.
2. Mode
Press this button to select the type of experimental setup. Each mode is shown in words on the display.
3. Start/Stop
Press Start. The Smart Timer beeps, displays an asterisk (*) and waits for an event to occur. After the event, the Smart Timer displays a result.
www.pasco.com
Mechanics Timers
135
The Most Versatile Stand-Alone Timer Available

The microprocessor-based PASCO Smart Timer is the most versatile way to make time, speed, acceleration and count measurements.
A Variety of Modes and Measurements

Photogate
Photogate
Photogate
Features
Works With 2 Photogates More Than Just a Timer: Measures speed and acceleration as well as time. Intuitive Operation: The menu-driven display mirrors the easy-to-follow flowchart on the Smart Timer label. Quick Setup: Turn on the switch, plug in the photogates, and its ready to use. Increased Timing Accuracy: The redesigned 3-section fence (2 included) uses more accurate method of measurement from leading edge to leading edge. Portability or Plug-in: The battery-operated (4 AA cells) Smart Timer can be used outside the classroom away from power outlets. It can also be operated on the 9 VAC adapter (included). Calculation Lock-out Switch: A switch inside the battery compartment disables the speed and acceleration modes. Timing modes are unaffected, and students are required to do their own calculations.
Smart Timer
Smart Timer
Speed of object through one gate In Time: One Gate mode, timing begins when the photogate beam is first blocked and continues until the beam is blocked again. Use the fence supplied with the Smart Timer.
Speed before and after collision In Speed: Collision mode, use 2 carts and 2 photogates with a single Smart Timer to measure initial and final speeds of both carts.
Disk 3-step Pulley

O TIL RT E RA LA NG U E N C
Smart Timer
E-
68
00
PR
Photogates
Super Pulley Hanging Mass
DODO CA WN NO UT T IO BA LO
SA EA GL FE R AS HE SETY N IN S US E.
JE
SH
N! RR OK EL !
ER
Smart Timer
Speed of projectile In Time: Two Gates mode, determine the speed of a ball fired by a Projectile Launcher through two photogates.
Rotary motion In Acceleration: Linear Pulley mode, the Smart Timer measures the acceleration of the string over the Smart Pulley.
Specifications
Resolution: 100 s Accuracy: 0.01% of full range of the measured time Display: 2-line, 16-character, alphanumeric LCD Inputs: Two 1/4 stereo phone jacks on side panel TTL compatible Power Requirements: 4 AA batteries (not included) or AC adapter (9 VDC, 500 mA) included
Smart Timer Photogate System

ME-8932
Smart Timer and Smart Timer Photogate System Components

ME-8930 ME-8932 1. Smart Timer 2. Accessory Photogate 3. Super Pulley 4. Picket Fences 1 0 0 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1
5. 9 VAC adapter 6. Lab Manual (not shown)

Smart Timer ME-8930 Smart Timer Photogate System ME-8932 Recommended: Accessory Photogate IDS Photogates & Fences Freefall Adapter Laser Switch Photogate/ Pulley System Time-of-Flight Accessory G-M Tube/Power Supply Phone Jack Extender Cord
The ME-8930 Smart Timer works with all PASCO timing devices (see Order Information on this page):
Accessory Photogate Photogate/Pulley System Time-of-Flight Accessory FreeFall Adapter Laser Switch G-M Tube
2 3
ME-9204B ME-9471A ME-9207B ME-9259A ME-6838 ME-6810 SN-7927A PI-8117
p. 137 p. 122 p. 137 p. 137 p. 137 p. 137 p. 137 p. 137
1
Comes with a full set of accessories for timing experiments. Attach the photogate to the Super Pulley to produce a Smart Pulley.
136
Mechanics Timers
ME-9403A
0.1 ms Resolution
Digital Photogate Timer System

A High Accuracy and Resolution
A Four Timing Modes: Gate, Pulse, Pendulum and Manual Stopwatch A Built-in Memory
PASCO digital photogates are used in thousands of physics labs throughout the world. They are rugged and simple to operate.
Four Timing Modes
Memory
Features
Built-in Photogate: Timer serves as the base 0.1 ms Resolution and 0.01% Accuracy Memory Function: Allows 2 measurements made in rapid succession, such as pre- and post-collision velocities Easy Setup: Turn it on and begin taking measurements Portability or plug-in: Use 4 C cells (not included) or 9 V AC adapter (included)
Record 2 times in rapid succession. The photogate will remember the first and the total of the 2 times.
Precision Photogates
The Photogate Timers work with the following:

(see next page)
Accessory Photogate Time-of-Flight Accessory Freefall Timer Laser Switch
PASCO photogates are highly accurate timing devices. Each photogate has a high output, narrow angle infrared emitter and a narrow angle detector. The photogate signals: have a spatial resolution error of less than 1 mm have a rise time of less than 10 s are unaffected by normal ambient light
ME-9204B Accessory Photogate

Can be purchased separately.
ME-9215B Photogate Timer with Memory
ME-9403A Digital Photogate Timer System

Includes both the ME-9215B Photogate Timer and the ME-9204B Accessory Photogate.
Specifications (ME-9215B)
Modes: Gate, pulse, pendulum, manual stopwatch Resolution: 0.1 ms (max time 19.9999s) Accuracy: 0.01% of full range of the measured time Display: 5-1/2 digit, 10 mm high LCD Memory: Preserves displayed time while new time is measured Photogate: 6.5 cm wide; fully adjustable swivel mount; LED trigger indicator; fall time <10 ns; spacial resolution <1 mm Inputs: ME-9204B Accessory Photogates, or TTL -compatible signals; one photogate jack and a 9-V AC adapter jack. (or 4 C size batteries) on back panel Shown with the ME-9207B Freefall Timer Adapter.
Digital Photogate Timer System Photogate Timer with Memory Accessory Photogate 4 C Cell Batteries
ME-9403A ME-9215B ME-9204B PI-6603
www.pasco.com
Mechanics Digital Sensors
137
Accessories for use with the PASCO Smart Timer and Digital Photogate Timers:
Accessory Photogate
ME-9204B
ME-6810
Freefall Adapter
ME-9207B
The easiest way to monitor many motion experiments. Plugs directly into either the Smart or Photogate Timer. A base, support rod and swivel mount are included.
Accessory Photogate ME-9204B
Designed primarily for freefall or projectile experiments. When an object hits the plate, a signal is sent to the Smart or Photogate Timer. Note: When used with the projectile launcher or freefall experiment, a photogate must be used to start the timer.
ME-6838
Uses a photogate head to monitor low-friction pulley rotation, providing a simple, versatile sensor. Calculate and graph position, velocity, acceleration of carts, masses, etc. Additionally, the pulley can be removed and the photogate used to perform photogate experiments. Includes photogate, pulley and mounting rod.
When the steel ball is dropped from the release mechanism, the Smart or Photogate Timer automatically starts. When the ball hits the receptor pad, the timer stops. Timer measurements of g are accurate and repeatable.
Freefall Adapter ME-9207B
WE SAF AR GLA ETY WH SSE EN IN S USE
ME
-68
00
Photogate
PR
REL K OJ ! ECSH OR TIL T E RA LA NG UNE CH
DO DOW CAU NOT TION N BARLOO !
ER
Time t = 1.39 s
Time of Flight Pad Receptor Pad

SN-7927A
ME-6810
Laser Switch
ME-9259A
The G-M Tube/Power Supply is a GeigerMuller Probe that senses alpha, beta and gamma radiation. A built-in power supply allows direct connection to any interface that supplies an operating voltage of +5 V. Note: Not for use with Digital Photogate Timers. Times objects that are too large to pass through the standard photogate, such as a bowling ball pendulum, a running student or a car. A laser, not included, is required as a light source.
G-M Tube/Power Supply SN-7927A
A otion at a Constant Speed M A reely Falling Object F A Kinematics on an Inclined Plane A Speed of a Projectile and Acceleration
of a Cart Note: Not for use with Digital Photogate Timers.
Photogate/Pulley System ME-6838

PI-8117
Timer Switch
ME-9819
This push-button switch has a 1.7 m cable ending in a Y with 2 stereo phone plugs. When the button is pressed, the Timer Switch sends a start signal to both devices it is connected to.
Timer Switch ME-9819
Laser
Laser Switch
Rod and Clamp
This 6-meter stereo phone extension cord expands the effective length between any digital sensor and the Photogate Timer.
Laser Switch ME-9259A Extension Cord PI-8117
138
Mechanics Launchers
PASCO Projectile Launcher Family

Short Range Launcher Long Range Launcher
A Accurate A Durable A Versatile
ME-6800 ME-6801
3 Repeatable Launch Ranges
Visible through viewing ports.
Unique Sights
2.5 cm Nylon Balls
Two bore sights simplify aiming of the launcher.
Plumb Bob
Indicates angle to 1/2.
Features
Multiple Ranges PASCO offers launchers for all
classroom arrangements.
Flexible Launch Positions Stable stands offer

horizontal and variable angle launching positions.
Fixed Firing Height at Any Launch Angle

Firing height of ball is same for any launch angle.
Spring Mechanism Fully enclosed

for safety.
Launcher Spares Kit

ME-6802
Loading Rod (2) 2-D Collision Accessory (2) Plastic Balls (10-pack) Sights (5-pack) Angle Indicator Plumb Bobs (30-pack) Thumbscrew to attach launcher to base (10)
Unique Piston Design Minimizes

projectile spin to ensure repeatability of impact position.
Includes:
Launcher with base Projectile Balls Loading Rod Safety Glasses 2-D Collision Accessory Manual
Loading Rod
m1v0 = m1v1x + m2v2x

1 2 1 2 V1 V2
2-D Collisions
Launcher Spares Kit
ME-6802
V0
Projectile Launcher (Short Range) Projectile Launcher (Long Range) Recommended: Launcher Spares Kit Plumb Bobs (10 pack)
ME-6800 ME-6801
ME-6802
Large C- Clamp (6 pk) SE-7285 p. 186
The 2-D collision accessory (included with all PASCO launchers) allows the study of Conservation of Momentum in two dimensions. Use the points of impact with the floor of each of the 2 balls to determine relative velocities and angles.
SE-8728 p. 193
www.pasco.com
Mechanics Launchers
139
Mini Launcher
ME-6825A
Magnetic Piston
Steel Ball
A deal for Tabletop Projectile Experiments I A Low Cost A ires at Downward Angles F
The bracket can be clamped directly to the table top using a C-clamp (not included). Note that the launch velocity can be adjusted for a negative angle.
Holds ball in place for launching at downward angles.
1.6 cm diameter.
3 Launch Ranges
Provides 0.5 m, 1 m and 2 m ranges.
Scale and Plumb Bob

Unique design allows ball to be launched from table top height. The ball lands on the table at the same height from which it was launched.
Measures from -45 to +90.
Versatile Stand
Provides several different mounting configurations.
NEW and Improved!
Mini Launcher Spares Kit

ME-6824
Loading Rod (10) 2-D Collision Accessory (2) Steel Balls (10-pack) Angle Indicator Plumb Bobs (30-pack) Thumbscrew to attach launcher to base (10)
Mini Launcher Spares Kit ME-6824
Optional Mounting System.
2 cm spread sideways
1.5 m to launch
Typical pattern for Mini Launcher
Ball was launched 10 times off 1m high table at 30 angle. All 10 shots landed within 5 cm diameter circle.
Specifications
Includes:
Launcher Base Projectile balls Loading Rod Safety Glasses 2-D Collision Accessory Manual
ME-6825 Mini Launcher 0.5, 1, 2 m 0 to +90 and 0 to -45 18 cm ME-6800 (short range) 1.2, 3, 5 m 0 to +90 21 cm ME-6801 (long range) Mini Launcher ME-6825A 2.5, 5, 8 m 0 to +90 21 cm Recommended: Mini Launcher Spares Kit Table Clamp Steel Rod Plumb Bobs (10) Optional: Replacement Launcher Bracket ME-6836 ME-6824 p. 186
Ranges: Launch Angles:
Launcher Length:
Large C- Clamp (6 pk) SE-7285
ME-9472 p. 186 ME-8736 p. 184 SE-8728 p. 193
Most of the accessories on the following pages are compatible with all of the launchers. Those accessories that work only with specific launchers are listed below. Compatible Accessories: (see following pages) ME-6826 ME-6814 ME-6805 ME-6815 ME-6805 ME-6815
140
Mechanics Launcher Accessories
Shoot-the-Target
ME-6853
Shoot-the-Target Accessory
ME-6854
A Demonstrate Independence of x- and y-Motion A For Use with All Launchers

A unique electromagnet design provides quick release of the target. The projectile hits the target, proving that the projectile accelerates downward at the same rate as the target.
A Use with Discover Freefall System

This accessory allows the Shoot-the-Target experiment to be performed with the ME-9889 Discover Freefall System.
Includes:
High Impact Plastic Target (75 cm x 20 cm) Photogate Head & Bracket
Shoot-the-Target Accessory Required: Discover Freefall System ME-6854 ME-9889 p. 133
Discover Freefall Accessory

ME-9893
This accessory allows the Drop and Control box from the ME-6853 Shoot-the-Target to perform all the experiments in the ME-9889 Discover Freefall System. See page 133.
Includes:
Time-of-Flight receptor pad Timer Switch Release washers (10) Release labels for attaching washers to object (50) Small nylon ball Large plastic ball Golf ball Hollow golf ball 1 steel ball 5/8 steel ball
Discover Freefall Accessory Required: Shoot-the-Target ME-9893 ME-6853
The gun is aimed directly at the target. Although the target drops the moment the projectile is fired, the ball still hits the target since the ball falls with the same acceleration.
Laser Sight
OS-8527A
Includes:
Drop Box & Control Box Control Cable High Impact Plastic Target (75 cm x 20 cm) Photogate Head & Bracket AC Adapter (9 VDC, 500 mA)
Shoot-the-Target System Recommended: Short Range Launcher Long Range Launcher Mini Launcher ME-6853
A For Use with Short and

Long Range Launchers
Makes the Shoot-the-Target experiment even easier with more impact for students. The sight mounts on the back of the Projectile Launcher. Students can clearly see that the Launcher is aimed 1 mW at the target. Includes AC Diode Laser Adapter (9 VDC, 500 mA).
ME-6800 ME-6801 ME-6825A
p. 138 p. 138 p. 139
(650 nm)
Laser Sight Accessory
OS-8527A
www.pasco.com
141
Drop Shoot Accessory

ME-9859
A Simultaneously drops one ball and launches a second ball horizontally A Prove the independence of x and y motion A Mounts on PASCO projectile launchers (Short and Long Range)
The Drop Shoot Accessory is an easy-to-use tool that helps students better understand the independence between the horizontal and vertical motion of a projectile. Connect the accessory to either the short or long range projectile launchers, hang one ball from the magnet and fire away. The fired ball strikes the hanging ball, causing one ball to shoot horizontally at the same instant the other ball falls straight down. Both balls hit the ground at the same time, regardless of the fired projectiles muzzle velocity, provided the Projectile Launcher is level. This device also provides an interesting demonstration of Conservation of Momentum in collisions. When the (included) hollow steel ball is used, the two balls are both fired horizontally at two different speeds. A Photogate and Time-of-Flight Accessory can also be used to directly measure time of flight.
Drop Shoot Accessory Required: Short Range Projectile Launcher Long Range Projectile Launcher ME-9859 ME-6800 ME-6801 p. 138 p. 138
Includes:
Drop Shoot Bracket 2.5 cm Steel Balls (2) 2.5 cm Hollow Steel Ball Mounting Hardware Loading Rod
Mini Drop Shoot Accessory

ME-6827
A Compatible with the Mini Launcher

This accessory is used with the Mini Launcher (ME-6825) to demonstrate the independence of x- and y-motion. The operation is similar to the Drop Shoot Accessory (ME-9859) shown above but it uses the smaller solid steel balls which fit the Mini Launcher. A photogate fits on the Mini Drop Shoot Accessory and can be used with a Time-of-Flight Accessory to measure the time of flight of each ball.
Vertical Acceleration Demonstrator

SF-9339
Includes:
Drop Shoot Bracket 1.6 cm Solid Steel Balls (2) Mounting Hardware Loading Rod One ball is dropped as the other is launched horizontally. Both balls hit the floor at the same time, demonstrating that vertical acceleration is independent of horizontal velocity. The SF-9339 Vertical Acceleration Demonstrator includes 2 steel balls, the launcher with a receptacle for storing the balls and instructions.
Vertical Acceleration Demonstrator SF-9339
Mini Drop Shoot Accessory Required: Mini Launcher
ME-6827 ME-6825A p. 139
142
Mechanics Ballistics
Ballistic Pendulum
ME-6830
A xtremely Accurate E 2.5% of Predicted Values A oth Elastic and Inelastic Experiments B A rojectile Launcher Experiments P
This classic physics experiment combines the laws of Conservation of Momentum and Conservation of Energy to determine the muzzle velocity of the projectile. Only simple mass and distance measurements are required to make this determination
Unique Angle Measurement Design
How It Works
A projectile is fired into a pendulum, causing it to rise. Using the projectile mass, the pendulum mass and the rise in pendulum height, students can calculate the gravitational potential energy of the system. Since the potential energy is equal to the pendulums kinetic energy at the lowest point, students can calculate the speed of the pendulum at impact. Applying the Law of Conservation of Momentum, the projectiles speed is easily calculated.
Easily measures pendulum angle to 0.5 degrees. Low friction gives repeatable results.
Mass can be easily determined. Reverse the pendulum for elastic collisions.
Removable Pendulum
Projectile Catcher
Securely captures ball.
Projectile Launcher
Durable with 3 repeatable launch settings.
Two 50 g masses (included) may be added to change the pendulum mass and rotational inertia.
Add Masses
PASCOs Ballistic Pendulum A New Approach

The PASCO Ballistic Pendulum has the following unique features:
Includes:
Ballistic Pendulum and Base Projectile Launcher 2.5 cm Plastic Balls (2) 2.5 cm Steel Balls (2) Masses (2) 2-D Collision Accessory Safety Glasses (2 pairs) Operations and Experiment Manual
Repeatable: The 3 velocity settings on

Mount the launcher on the other side of the base and perform the full range of projectile launcher experiments.
the Projectile Launcher produce consistent velocities.
Accuracy: The 0-80 angle measurement Removable Pendulum: Remove the
scale resolves to 1/2, leading to experimental results within 2.5% of predicted values. pendulum to determine its mass and center of mass. It can swing freely so students can determine its rotational inertia. Mount the pendulum backwards so the ball bounces away for elastic collision experiments.
Already Own a PASCO Projectile Launcher?

The base and pendulum assembly can be purchased separately. See the order block for more information.
Vary Ball and Pendulum Mass:
Two 50 g masses can be added to the pendulum, and 2 steel and 2 plastic balls are included.
Ballistic Pendulum Ballistic Pendulum (No Launcher) Recommended: Spherical Mass Set Shoot-the-Target Time-of-Flight Large C clamp (6 pack)
ME-6830 ME-6831
Projectile Launcher: Mount the Projectile

Launcher on the other side of the base, and students have access to all the accessories that come with the ME-6800 Projectile Launcher (see p. 138).
ME-8968 ME-6853 ME-6810 SE-7285
p. 167 p. 140 p. 145 p. 186
www.pasco.com
143

ME-6815
Mini Catcher Accessory

ME-6814
A For Use with Short and Long Range Launchers

Use the Projectile Catcher as a ballistic pendulum or attach it to a Dynamics Cart. Fire the steel ball into the catcher. Measure the maximum catcher height to determine the potential energy of the catcher and ball. From the conservation of momentum and energy laws, determine the balls initial velocity. The Ballistic Pendulum Experiment Catcher Accessory. Thread passes through Velcro strips on the back of the launcher stand to measure the resulting motion of the catcher. Photogates can be used to measure the speed of the cart after catching the fired ball.
A For Use with the Tabletop Mini Launcher
Mini Catcher
Students can perform a classic ballistic pendulum experiment by measuring the height of the ME-6814 Mini Catchers swing.
Includes:
Projectile Catcher (25 g) String holder plate and clamp 1.6 cm steel balls (2) (16 g each) String and Velcro Instruction manual and experiment guide
Includes:
Projectile Catcher (170 g) String holder plate and clamp 2.5 cm steel balls (2) (67 g each) Spool of string Velcro strips (not shown) Instruction manual and experiment guide
Mini Catcher Accessory
Projectile Catcher Accessory Recommended: Right Angle Clamp Large Table Clamp 90 cm Steel Rod 45 cm Steel Rod
ME-6815
ME-6814
SE-9444 ME-9472 ME-8738 ME-8736
p. p. p. p.
186 186 184 184
144
Ballistic Pendulum Accessories

Ballistic Pendulum Accessory ME-9892 Mini Launcher Ballistic Pendulum Accessory ME-6829 A Accessory to the Rotary Motion Sensor A Both Elastic and Inelastic Experiments A Low Cost
The ME-6829 Mini Launcher Ballistic Pendulum is designed for use with the ME-6825A Mini Launcher.
The Ballistic Pendulum Accessories use a Rotary Motion Sensor to measure the speed of the catcher assembly immediately after the collision, as well as the maximum height to which the pendulum swings. The Rotary Motion Sensor can also be used to measure the rotational inertia of the pendulum, for detailed study of the collision using conservation of angular momentum. The rigid pendulum can be attached to the Rotary Motion Sensor at two locations (at the end of the rod and at its center) to vary the Rotational Inertia. In addition, the included Ballast Mass can be added to the end of the pendulum to increase the inertia. The Rotary Motion Sensor can also be mounted with its rotation axis vertical, allowing the pendulum to swing around in a horizontal circle, to study collisions without involving gravity and changes in potential energy. The initial launch velocity of the ball can be calculated using projectile motion, or measured directly using photogates (not included). Rotary Motion Sensor (required for use) allows measurement of instantaneous velocity of catcher immediately after collision, as well as total angle of rotation of the pendulum arm.

The ME-9892 Ballistic Pendulum Accessory is designed for use with the ME-6800 Projectile Launcher.
Rigid Pendulum
Foam Catcher
Ballast Mass
Additional Equipment Required Table Clamp Steel Rod (90 cm) Rotary Motion Sensors Recommended: Photogate Head Photogate Mounting Bracket
for both ME-9892 and ME-9472 ME-8738 CI-6538 or PS-2120 ME-9498A ME-6821A
ME-6829 p. 186 p. 184 p. 21, 54 p. 55 p. 145
Includes:
Pendulum Arm with Catcher Ballast Mass Steel Ball
Ballistic Pendulum Accessory Required: Projectile Launcher ME-9892
Includes:
Pendulum Arm with Catcher Counter Weight Ballast Mass
Mini Launcher Ballistic Pendulum Accessory Required: Mini Launcher ME-6829
ME-6800
p. 138
ME-6825A
p. 139
www.pasco.com
145
ME-6810
Small Steel Balls (10 pack)

ME-9872
Projectile Launcher Sights (5 pack)

ME-9865
A or Use with All PASCO F Launchers

These 1.6 cm diameter steel balls are used with the Mini Launcher (ME-6825).
Small Steel Balls (10 pack) ME-9872
Purchase this 5 pack of aiming sights as a replacement for the Short Range or Long Range Projectile Launchers.
Projectile Launcher Sights (5 pack) ME-9865
When the projectile is launched, the photogate mounted on the launcher starts timing. When the projectile hits the receptor pad on the Time-of-Flight Accessory an electric signal is sent to stop timing.
Photogate
Steel Balls (4 pack)

ME-9864
Projectile Launcher Plumb Bobs (30 pack)

ME-9868
Receptor Pad
Purchase this four pack of 2.5 cm diameter balls for use in PASCO Short or Long Range Projectile Launchers (ME-6800 or ME-6801).
Steel Balls (4 pack) ME-9864
Includes:
Time-of-Flight Accessory Instruction manual and experiment guide
DO DOW CAU NOT TION N BAR LOO ! K REL!
Plastic Balls
ME-6822
ME-6810
Photogate Mounting Bracket

ME-6821A
Extra brightly colored balls are available for the Projectile Launcher. Diameter is 2.5 cm (1 in.).
Plastic Balls (10-pack) ME-6822
Use this kit to make 30 plumb bobs to replace lost or broken parts from any of PASCOs projectile launchers.
Projectile Launcher Plumb Bobs (30 pack) ME-9868
Spherical Mass Set

ME-8968
Mount one or two photogates on any Projectile Launcher. Compatible with ME-9498A and ME-9204B Photogate Heads.
Carbon Paper (100 pack)

SE-8693
Photogate Mounting Bracket ME-6821A Photogate Head ME-9498A Accessory Photogate ME-9204B
p. 55 p. 67
This set includes four balls with a diameter of 2.5 cm each, but featuring various masses, including a hollow steel ball.
Spherical Mass Set ME-8968
Carbon paper is ideal for marking the position of an object as it strikes the floor or other surface.
Carbon Paper (100 sheets) SE-8693
146
Mechanics Statics
Force Distribution System

ME-8093
Equal Arm Balance

ME-8949
Force Distribution Apparatus with Sensors and Support Rods Developed for Workshop Physics activities
A Real-time Graph of Forces vs. Position A Static Equilibrium
R1
R2
200 g
400 g
F1
The Force Distribution System allows students to measure the vertical forces on a beam as a ball rolls along the beam. The position of the ball is tracked with a Motion Sensor. As the ball rolls down the beam, the force on one Force Sensor decreases as the force on the other Force Sensor increases. The sum of the forces remains constant. There are four different positions to attach the Force Sensors; at 5 cm, 25 cm, 75 cm, and 95 cm along the 100 cm long beam. Force vs. Position of the ball for each support force and the total force using DataStudio software.
F2
If the balance is at equilibrium, then: R1F1 = R2F2 With 200 and 400 gram masses placed as shown above, the balance remains in equilibrium.
Developed in cooperation with Professor Matt Ohland at Clemson University. Force Distribution System ME-8093 Required for use with PASPORT: Force Sensor (2) PS-2104 p. 19 Motion Sensor PS-2103A p. 18 PASPORT Interface p. 7-16 Required for use with ScienceWorkshop: Force Sensor (2) CI-6746 p. 54 Motion Sensor CI-6742A p. 54 ScienceWorkshop Interface p. 44-48
Includes:
Beam (1 m long) with attachment Screws for the Force Sensors Ball (10 cm diameter, 810 g mass) Large Table Clamp (2) (ME-9472) 45 cm Long Rod (ME-8736) 90 cm Long Rod (ME-8738) 120 cm Long Rod (ME-8741 Multi-Clamp (2) (SE-9442)
The Equal Arm Balance was specially designed to simplify the study of torques. To put the balance in equilibrium, the clockwise torques caused by the weights to the right of the rotational axis must equal the counterclockwise torques caused by the weights to the left of the rotational axis. This balance has a ball-bearing pivot, and weights can be hung from the lower loops or from strings in the upper notches. Torques can also be exerted using spring scales.
Includes
Balance arm with ball bearing pivot
Stability Model
ME-8975
Use the Stability Model to visualize the relationship between center of gravity and stability. The durable plastic indicator arrow pivots about the blocks center of gravity, showing the position of the c.g. relative to the support base.
Specifications
Doesnt Fall: The arrow pivots about the center of mass of the object. It shows clearly that gravity pulls down within the base support so the object does not fall over. See it demonstrated at www.pasco.com/videos
Stability Model ME-8975
Falls: The arrow points down at a point outside the base support so the object will fall over.
Total length: 34 cm Maximum weight exerted on balance arm: 1 kg or 10 N

Equal Arm Balance ME-8949
Includes:
Stability Model and Demonstration Instructions
Required: Drilled Mass and Hanger Set ME-8979 p. 195 or Ohaus Hooked Mass Set SE-8705 p. 195 or Metric Spring Scales (<5 N) SE-8716 p. 192
www.pasco.com
Mechanics Statics
147
Super Pulley Force Table

ME-9447
Laminated Surface
A igh Accuracy H A Easy, Compact Storage A Inexpensive!

The Super Pulley Force Table uses super pulleys to reduce friction for more accurate results in vector experiments. This Force Table is easy to use, easy to store and inexpensive. Students can independently investigate the addition of vector forces and resolve vectors into their components.
Draw vectors directly onto the tabletop, then wipe them off as needed.
A
Equilibrant Resultant
Students hang masses to produce force on vectors A and B. Then the balancing vector (equilibrant) can be easily and accurately determined on the Force Table.
Accurate Results
The ultra-low friction pulleys are the key to the Force Tables accurate results. Friction is reduced to a bare minimum for increased sensitivity. The swivel feature of the pulleys can virtually eliminate parallax for more precise angle measurements.
Built-in Scale
Attach to centering ring (or knot string at center for greater accuracy) and place over pulleys.
String
Measure angles quickly and accurately.
Inexpensive
Easier operation, better results and easier storage at about a third the cost of a standard, large, metal Force Table.
Screw-in Legs
Snap under the table for easy, compact storage.
Compact, Easy Storage

The screw-in legs snap under the table for easy storage. Fold and stack as shown. When needed again, they reassemble in seconds!
Six included. (Masses sold separately.) See page 190.
Mass Hangers
Change a mass by one gram or an angle by one degree and see an immediate change in the equilibrium position.
Low Friction Super Pulley
Includes:
Write-on/wipe-off 25 cm diameter table with detachable legs Three adjustable Super Pulleys with Clamps Six mass hangers (masses purchased separately) Plastic centering ring Spool of string
Already have a Force Table or inclined plane?

Experiments can be improved significantly by reducing friction and eliminating parallax. Replace old pulleys with PASCOs inexpensive Super Pulleys with Clamp. The ME-9448A with its built-in clamp fits tables from 0.8 to 2.0 cm (5/16 to 13/16 in.) thick.
p. 195
Super Pulley Force Table Required: Mass and Hanger Set
ME-9447
ME-8979
The PASCO Super Pulley fits tables up to 2 cm thick.
ME-9448A
148
Mechanics Statics
Tension Protractor
ME-6855
A Measure Tension and Angle with One Device A Large Scale for Viewing Demonstrations A Zero-Adjust for Torsion Spring Scale A Built-In Rod Clamp
The Tension Protractor is a spring scale and a protractor integrated into one device. Perfect for static equilibrium experiments, the rotary dial indicates the tension in the string and the angle is read where the string passes over the degree scale on the outer ring. Since the Tension Protractor is supported on a rod, it has an advantage over other spring scales which tend to weight down the string, changing the angle. The string is wrapped once around a small pulley which is spring loaded. The torsion spring scale is carefully calibrated at the factory and can be zeroed by the user using the thumb screw on the back. The red arrow which indicates tension is color-coded to match the Newton scale. The tension in the left string is greater than in the right string because the angles are different.
String
Even if the mounting rod is not plumb, the Tension Protractors degree scale can be adjusted to read 90 degrees vertically by rotating the outer ring until the string with a hanging mass aligns with 90 degrees.
30 angle reading Zeroing Ring

for Angle Scale
Arrow indicates tension reading (5.0 N)
Rod Clamp
mounts on either a vertical or horizontal rod.
Zeroing Thumb Screw

for Force Scale
Specifications
Force Range: 0 N to 10 N Smallest Force Division: 0.1 N Force Accuracy: 4% of Reading Angle Range: -90 to +90 Smallest Angle Division: 1 Diameter: 15 cm
Tension Protractor Recommended: Large Table Clamp 90 cm Long Rod Multi-clamp Hooked Mass Set ME-9472 ME-8738 SE-9442 SE-8759 p.187 p.184 p.186 p.195
Includes:
One Tension Protractor
ME-6855
A 50 gram mass hangs vertically from the Tension Protractor: The tension reads 0.5 N as expected and the outer degree scale is dialed to align the 90 mark with the string. This compensates for unlevel tables or bent rods.
www.pasco.com
Mechanics Statics
149
Introductory Mechanics System

ME-9299A
A versatile lab system for demonstrating the basic concepts of simple machines, vector forces, torques and more.
A Everything Required for 15 Experiments A Comprehensive From Vector Addition to Simple Machines A Easy Setup Magnetic Mounting Features
Magnetic Mounting: For quick setup. Special Mass Hangers: Just wrap a few turns of thread around the mass hangers. Theyll stay put. (No need to cut the thread to length or tie it to the hanger.) Drop-proof Masses: The masses slide over posts. They cant fall off. Accurate, Built-in Scales: For example, a built-in plumb bob and degree scale indicate the angle of inclination of the inclined plane.
Three Accurate Scales,
Durable, Lowfriction Pulleys

will withstand years of classroom use.
40 cm x 45 cm Experiment Board
Formulas and Variables
can be written on the experiment board with a dry erase marker then wiped clean.
on sensitive spring balance shown here, are provided for measuring forces, angles and loads.
Porcelain-coated Steel Magnetic Mountings
allow precise repositioning for constructing accurate vector angles.
All the Accessories Required

including thread, mass hangers and masses.
Porcelaincoated Steel
Investigate static and sliding friction (Experiment 9) and then analyze forces on an inclined plane. The plumbbob indicator allows inclination angles to be read from a builtin scale (Experiment 8).
A Degree Scale
Pulley
(in this experiment) gives the angle of the vector force required to balance two others.
Circular Magnets
Circular Magnet
Experimental devices are secured to the board by magnets that will not slide around but are easily repositioned.
Typical Experiments
Basic Experiments:
1. Measuring Forces: Hookes Law 2. Adding Forces: Resultants and Equilibrants 3. Resolving Forces: Components 4. Torque: Non-parallel Forces 5. Torque: Parallel Forces 6. Center of Mass
Includes:
Experiment Board: 40 x 45 cm porcelain-coated steel surface, Spring Balance, Three Pulleys, Degree Scale, Torque Wheel, Balance Bar, Inclined Plane, Rolling Mass, Friction Block, Planar Mass, Double Pulley Block, Three Mass Hangers, Brass Masses, Thread, Experiment Manual: fully illustrated with worksheet-style experiments
Investigate non-parallel forces with the torque wheel (Experiment 4)
Advanced Experiments:
7 . 8. 9. 10. and parallel forces with the balance beam (Experiment 5). Equilibrium of Physical Bodies Forces on an Inclined Plane Sliding Friction Simple Harmonic Motion: Mass on a Spring 11. Simple Harmonic Motion: the Pendulum The Lever The Inclined Plane The Pulley Designing a Balance Beam
Convenient Storage Box
Simple Machines:
12. 13. 14. 15.
Introductory Mechanics System
ME-9299A
150
Mechanics Pulley Systems
Flexible I-Beam
ME-9891
Pulley Demonstration System

SE-8685
A Demonstrate the difference in stiffness between the two directions of bending A Show that I-beams twist easily A Do quantitative studies using a Force Sensor and a Motion Sensor Who is stronger?
A A A
Demonstrate the Mechanical Advantage of Single or Combination Pulleys Complete Stand-Alone Pulley Apparatus Simple Setup
Although she appears to be much stronger, the beam is four times stiffer in the direction he is bending it.
This Flexible I-beam is made of plastic so it can be visibly bent by hand. It shows the basic reasons for using this cross-section in construction. It is four times as stiff in the upright orientation as it is sideways. The beam does not sag under its own weight and returns to its original straightness after bending. Warming the beam makes it less stiff and cooling makes it more stiff.
Features
Stable Base: Easily attach 2 threaded 81 cm rods to the sturdy base. Includes an eye-hook and capstan to demonstrate an entire pulley system. Comprehensive: Contains everything needed to effectively display the usefulness of pulleys, including slotted masses and mass hangers. Several Pulley Types: Reveal the benefits of single pulleys and those of tandem pulleys, quadruple pulleys and even the 4-step pulley. Combine several of them for an efficient pulley system.
Quantitative studies of the bending of the I-beam can be performed with a Motion Sensor and a Force Sensor. The graph shows the force applied to the end of the cantilever beam versus the displacement for both directions of bending.
Includes:
Flexible I-Beam (24 inches long, 2 inches tall) Demonstration/Experiment Instructions
Flexible I-Beam Recommended: Motion Sensor Force Sensor PASPORT Interface Large Table Clamp 90 cm Long Rod (2) Multi-Clamp ME-9891 PS-2103A PS-2104 ME-9472 ME-8738 SE-9442 p. p. p. p. p. p. 18 19 7-16 186 184 186
Includes
20 cm x 81 cm base with eye-hook and capstan Threaded 81 cm rods (2) Triple-tandem pulleys (2) Clamps (2) Quadruple pulleys (2) Horizontal rod Four-step pulley (1) Hook collars (8) Slotted masses (13) 90 degree clamp Mass hangers (6) Single pulleys (2)
Pulley Demonstration System
SE-8685
www.pasco.com
Mechanics Pulleys
151
The PASCO Super Pulley

Super Pulley
ME-9450
A Produces Excellent Results A Nearly Frictionless A Durable
Pulley Mounting Rod

SA-9242
This 14 cm long stainless steel mounting rod is 9.5 mm (3/8 in.) in diameter and fits most standard laboratory clamps, including the PASCO Universal Clamp.
Pulley Mounting Rod (rod only) SA-9242
Photogate Head
ME-9498A
The Super Pulley attaches directly to the Photogate Head, providing a simple, low friction system to measure position, velocity and acceleration. Additionally, with the pulley removed, the photogate can be used to perform standard photogate experiments. See page 67 .

CI-9874
The PASCO Super Pulley is the standard in physics labs. Its low-friction design produces excellent results. The precision spacing of the 10 spokes makes it ideal for photogate monitoring with PASCOs computer interfaces and photogate systems.
These sturdy plastic sensor handles (5.6 cm long, 1.27 cm diameter) screw into a Super Pulley for those applications where a short rod (2.25) will do the job.
Photogate Head (Photogate Head only)
ME-9498A
Features
L ow Friction: Dual precision ball bearings
(not cone bearings) keep friction to a bare minimum, support heavier loads and minimize wear.
Atwoods Machine
SA-9241

ME-9448A
ME-9448A Super Pulley with Clamp.
Lightweight: The sheave is only 5.5

grams, so pulley inertia is negligible in most applications.
Precision Dimensions: The 10 spokes

are accurately spaced, and the inside and outside diameters are machined to precise dimensions. This means accurate results and graphs.
Precision ball bearings produce extremely low friction.
Upgrade your force table and inclined plane experiments. The Super Pulley with its integral clamp makes setup and alignment easy. The pulley height is fully adjustable, so you can skim the top of a force table for parallax-free readings, yet keep the force parallel to the track on an inclined plane as shown in the photo below. Fits tables from 0 to 2.0 cm (13/16 in.) thick.
Two Super Pulleys mounted on a 6.4 cm long rod produce a classic, low-friction introduction to Newtons Second Law. The instruction sheet fully describes both the experiment and the theory.
Includes
Two Pulleys and Connecting Rod
Super Pulley ME-9450 Super Pulley with Clamp ME-9448A Atwoods Machine SA-9241
152
Mechanics Human Body

Cord Locks To easily adjust position.
Human Arm Model

PS-2611 with Angle Sensor ME-6807 without Angle Sensor
A Working Model of the Human Arm A Associate Tricep/Bicep Muscle Action with Arm Motion A Measure Torque Resulting from Lifting Weights A Actually Throws a Ball
Mounting Bracket Use with rod or clamp directly to a table with a C-clamp. Tricep
Bicep
Adjustable Wrist
Multiple Insertion Points
Hand
Color Graphics
The Human Arm Model simulates the muscles and motion of an actual human arm. To activate the arm motion, students pull on the cord with a Force Sensor. Changes in position are measured at the shoulder and elbow using the two built-in potentiometers plugged into one Angle Sensor (PS-2139), included with PS-2611. From this information, the torque applied when lifting an object can be determined. Also, students can evaluate the work done by the arm in throwing a ball and the resulting kinetic energy delivered to the ball. The Arm can perform many types of motion such as extending and lifting an object, curling, or throwing a ball overhand. Different arm muscles are activated depending on which pulleys are selected. Static force measurements can also be made to see how the muscle tension changes at various arm positions.
Elbow Angle Sensor Measure Angle of forearm. Rod Clamp Adjustable Stops To fix position of arm. Shoulder Angle Sensor Measure angle of arm. Removable Mass Measure work and torque with and without mass.
Angles and Forces During Extension: The upper graph shows the angles of the elbow (violet trace) and the shoulder (blue) as the arm is extended as shown in the picture at right. Shown in the lower graph, the bicep tension (red) has little change at first and then rises sharply as the arm reaches out, while the tricep tension (green) rises steadily.
Free throw
Extension
As the tricep muscle cord is pulled with a Force Sensor, another fixed Force Sensor records the tension in the bicep muscle cord.
To perform this motion, an elastic cord is used as the bicep muscle cord and the tricep muscle cord is pulled with a Force Sensor. The motion of the arm and the release speed of the ball are measured with the built-in potentiometers using the Angle Sensor.
Includes:
Arm Angle Sensor Removable Mass Cord & Cord Locks
Human Arm Model Human Arm Model without Angle Sensor PS-2611 ME-6807
Mounting Bracket with Rod Force Sensor Mounting Rod Rubber Ball
Curl
As the bicep muscle cord is pulled a short distance, the end of the arm moves through a very large distance, showing the mechanical advantage of the arm. The load at the end of the arm can be varied.
Required: C-clamp or Large Table Clamp Required for sensor measurement: PASPORT Force Sensor (2) PASPORT Interface PS-2104
p. 186 p. 19 p. 7-16
www.pasco.com
Mechanics Human Body
153
Goniometer
PS-2137
Forces on the Human Body Force Platforms

PASPORT 2-Axis PASPORT 1-Axis ScienceWorkshop 1-Axis PS-2142 PS-2141 CI-6461
A Accurately measures joint movements A Flexible mounting options for hip, knee and elbow
F wall
Data shows position, velocity and acceleration of hip joint during walking and running. Help students to better understand physics by using their body as the experimental apparatus. PASCOs Goniometer can be connected to the knee, hip or elbow joints to measure angle changes throughout a variety of movements. Use with the Xplorer or Xplorer GLX for a compact, easyto-use human motion lab. The sensor includes one Angle Sensor (PS-2139) and one Goniometer Probe with Velcro straps. The sensor circuity can accommodate two Goniometer Probes, so purchase another probe to measure the motion of two joints simultaneously.
Friction
Normal
By standing on a 2-Axis Force Platform while pushing against the wall with a 1-Axis Force Platform, a reallife statics problem can be analyzed. Measure the motion of elbow, hip or knee. With use of optional second probe, two measurements can be taken simultaneously. Developed in cooperation with Nancy Beverly, Assistant Professor of Physics at Mercy College, Dobbs Ferry, New York.
A Angular Motion: Measure the angular
position, velocity and acceleration for the arm or leg. A Tangential Velocity: Simply enter the correct radius and Data-Studio will calculate the linear velocity for any point on the arm or leg A Work and Power: Use with a Force Sensor to measure the power generated by the arm or leg when lifting an object. Using DataStudio, integrate the power vs. time graph to find the work done by the student. A Torque and Rotational Inertia: Calculate the torque applied by a muscle after measuring the angular acceleration and rotational inertia of the arm or leg.
Includes:
Goniometer Probe Angle Sensor Velcro Straps Shown with Force Platform Handle Set PS-2548 (not included).
2-Axis Force Platform, PASPORT PS-2142 1-Axis Force Platform, PASPORT PS-2141 Force Platform, ScienceWorkshop CI-6461 Force Platform Handle Set PS-2548
Goniometer Sensor
PS-2137
p. 20 p. 20 p. 56 p. 69
Specifications
Range: 0 to 340 Accuracy: 1 (calibrated), 3 (uncalibrated) Resolution: 0.1
Recommended: Additional Goniometer Probe PS-2138 Additional Velcro Straps PS-2547 Xplorer or Xplorer GLX p. 7-16
154
Mechanics Springs
Demonstration Spring Set

ME-9866
Equal Length Spring Set

ME-8970
The five color-coded equal length springs in this set have different spring constants: Spring Color Red Blue Yellow White Green Spring Constant ( 10%) 25 N/m 30 N/m 35 N/m 40 N/m 50 N/m
These springs appear to be the same except for their colors. But, when equal masses are hung on them, each stretches a different amount. These extension springs are made of steel and are closed, requiring a slight initial force to separate the coils. The unstretched length of each spring is 30 cm and the approximate diameter is 1.4 cm. These springs are supplied with a white storage box with cardboard separators to keep the springs from touching each other.
This set includes four large springs for the demonstration of Hookes Law or Conservation of Energy. Each spring is constructed of rugged spring steel with large loops for hanging from a pendulum clamp or stretching with hanging masses. Spring constants range from 4 N/m to 14 N/m. Spring lengths vary between 11 cm and 22 cm.
Includes:
Demonstration Spring Set Recommended: Pendulum Clamp
ME-9866
SE-9443
Pendulum Clamp
SE-9443
The 5 color-coded springs stretch different amounts when a 1 kg mass is hung from each spring. Hang up to 3 pendula from precisely the same height. Suspension points are 54 mm apart. Fits rods up to 16 mm (5/8 in.) in diameter.
Pendulum Clamp SE-9443
Includes:
White storage box Five (color-coded) springs 30 cm long
Equal Length Spring Set
ME-8970
www.pasco.com
Mechanics Springs
155
Parallel Spring Bracket

ME-6844
This unique bracket allows springs of different spring constants to be hung in series and parallel. The masses can be hung in an offset position to compensate for the stronger spring.

ME-6842
The set of six springs consists of two each of three different spring constants. These springs are 15 cm long, half the length of the Equal Length Spring Set (ME-8970), making it possible to combine two series short springs in parallel with one long spring. Shown below in use with the ME-6844 Parallel Spring Bracket and the SE-8759 Hooked Mass Set.
A Explore how spring constants
add
A Analogous to addition of
capacitors in series and parallel of mass along bracket
A Explore torque by placement
Parallel Spring Bracket is shown at right in use with the ME-6842 Series/Parallel Spring Set, the ME-8970 Equal Length Spring Set, and the SE-8759 Hooked Mass Set. Set-up below includes the use of the ME-9866 Demonstration Spring Set. Note the cm markings (see inset) on the Parallel Hook Bar. By calculating the applied torques, the relative forces from the two springs can be investigated.
Parallel Hook Bar has cm markings to allow calculation of the applied torques.
Specifications
The six color-coded springs, two of each color, have different spring constants: Spring Color Red Blue Green
Spring Constant ( 10%) 10 N/m 20 N/m 40 N/m
Includes:
White storage box Six (color-coded) springs 15 cm long
ME-6842
Hooked Mass Set

SE-8759
Includes:
Suspension bracket Parallel hook bar
Parallel Springs Bracket Recommended: Equal Length Spring Set Series/Parallel Spring Set ME-6844
This rugged Hooked Mass Set is made from cast iron and coated with enamel.
Includes:
Masses: 1 x 1000 g 1 x 500 g 2 x 200 g 1 x 100 g 1 x 50 g 2 x 20 g 1 x 10 g Molded mass holder
Hooked Mass Set SE-8759
ME-8970 ME-6842
156
Mechanics Springs
Hookes Law Set

ME-9827
Hookes Law Spring Set

SE-8749
Brightly colored stretch indicator
A rightly Colored B Stretch Indicator A ransparent T Measuring Scale A ompatible with C PASCO Mass Sets
The Hookes Law Set allows students to investigate the relationship between the force applied to a spring and the amount of stretch on the spring. This rugged set features a heavy base to allow the stretching of springs without toppling the unit. The transparent scale can be moved vertically to align zero with the brightly colored stretch indicator.
allows students to easily measure the stretch of the spring.
Transparent Scale
is adjustable.
Includes 3 springs with the same diameter and length, but different spring constants. Three of each type of spring are included, and the springs fit nicely on PASCO mass hangers. All springs are 55 mm long and 7 mm in diameter. Spring constants are 5 N/m, 8 N/m and 70 N/m.
Hookes Law Spring Set SE-8749
Included
stand with heavy base.
Dynamics Track Spring Set

ME-8999
As a force is applied to the spring by placing mass on the hanger, the spring stretches. Students can graph the applied force vs. spring stretch. The slope of this graph is the spring constant of the spring. The vertical intercept shows the initial force needed to begin stretching the spring.
Includes 12 springs (1.6 cm diameter) with approximate spring constants of: 3.4 N/m (3 short and 3 long springs) 6.8 N/m (3 short and 3 long springs)
Dynamics Track Spring Set (12) ME-8999
Includes:
Stand with heavy base Transparent scale with mm resolution Horizontal support for spring Brightly colored stretch indicator Three springs with identical diameter and length, but different spring constants Three of each spring included, for a total of nine springs: spring constants are 5 N/m, 8 N/m, 70 N/m. This spring has a 1.6 cm diameter and is 13.5 cm long. The approximate spring constant is 0.85 N/m.
p. 195 Longitudinal Wave Spring WA-9401
Longitudinal Wave Spring

WA-9401
Hookes Law Set Recommended: Drilled Mass and Hanger Set
ME-9827
ME-8979
www.pasco.com
Mechanics Oscillations
157
Wilberforce Pendulum
ME-8091
Inertial Balance
Wilberforce Spring
SE-8683
Measure the period of this Inertial Balance to find the mass of objects. The balance, 3 cylindrical 200 g masses and a C-clamp are included. Establish the spring constant of the balance with any combination of the 3 masses which fit into convenient slots. Or place one mass in at a time to observe the changing periods. Once calibrated, unknown masses may be measured.
A A
Use as a traditional Wilberforce to show coupled oscillations Accommodates computer measurements
Photogate Wheel
How It Works
When the Wilberforce Pendulum is initially displaced vertically, it oscillates in a purely up-and-down motion. The translational oscillation gradually transfers to a purely torsional mode and then back to the translational mode. The translational and torsional periods must be the same. This is accomplished by adjusting the position of the masses on the crossbar.
Crossbar and Masses
Inertial Balance
SE-8683
Photogate Pendulum Set

ME-8752
The height is measured using a Motion Sensor, angular velocity using a Laser Switch and Photogate Wheel, force using a Force Sensor.
The vertical position, velocity and acceleration of the Wilberforce Pendulum are measured with a Motion Sensor (p. 54) placed below the pendulum. A laser (p. 304) and a Laser Switch (p. 137) measure the angular speed in the torsional mode as the spokes of the wheel break the laser beam. A Force Sensor (p. 54) attached to the end of the spring measures the spring force as the pendulum oscillates.
A Great for classic
pendulum experiments
Cylindrical shape allows easy calculation of the speed of the pendulum using the time it blocks the photogate.
Includes:
Spring and Mass Force Sensor attachment Rod Clamp Photogate Wheel
Diode Laser Force Sensor Wilberforce Pendulum
The Photogate Pendulum Set is a unique set of four pendula that have the same shape and size, but different masses. These pendula are ideal for use in timing experiments with the photogate due to their cylindrical shape. One pendulum each of brass, plastic, wood, and aluminum is included.
A Determine relationship between period and mass A Determine relationship between period and amplitude A Determine relationship between period and length
Photogate Pendulum Set Recommended: Accessory Photogate Smart Timer Pendulum Clamp ME-8752
ME-9204B ME-8930 SE-9443
p. 67 p. 134
Wilberforce Pendulum
ME-8091
Laser Switch Motion Sensor
R ecommendedforusewithout acomputer: Large Rod Base ME-8735 p. 184 120 cm Steel Rods (2) ME-8741 p. 184 45 cm Steel Rod ME-8736 p. 184 Multi Clamps (2) SE-9442 p. 186
Pendulum Clamp
SE-9443
Hang up to 3 pendula from precisely the same height. Suspension points are 54 mm apart. Fits rods up to 16 mm (5/8 in.) in diameter.
SE-9443
Pendulum Clamp
158
Mechanics Rotation
PASCOs Complete Rotational System

ME-8950A
A Most Versatile Rotational System Available A Stable, 4 kg Cast Iron Base A Dual, Low-Friction Ball Bearings
The Complete Rotational System includes:
1. otating aluminum platform with 4 kg cast iron base, dual ball bearings, stainless steel shaft, R 3-step pulley, 2 rectangular sliding 300 g masses and 50 cm track where a number of accessories may be mounted. 2. he Rotational Inertia Accessory with a 25.4 cm diameter, 1.50 kg disk (which may be rotated T on 2 axes), a 12.7 cm diameter, 1.42 kg ring and Super Pulley with support rod and adapter. 3. he Centripetal Force Accessory with spring support and radius indicator, mass support, T 3 masses and Super Pulley with Clamp.
Typical Experiments
1. otational Inertia of Disk and Ring - R 2 Axes 2. Centripetal Force 3. otational Inertia of Off-Axis Disk R (fixed and rotating) 4. onservation of Angular Momentum, C Using a Point Mass Experiments not shown: 5. Rotational Inertia of a Point Mass 6. onservation of Angular Momentum, C Projectile Version 7 onservation of Angular Momentum, . C Using Disk and Ring
Check out additional experiments at www.pasco.com
1 Rotational Inertia of a Disk and Ring 2 Axes

Center Axis
1
3-step Pulley Super Pulley Hanging Mass Disk
3
The unit features a cast iron base, dual ball bearings and Stainless Steel shaft. The moments of inertia are large enough to be sensed by the student when rotating the system by hand. Computer monitoring of angular velocity and a motorized drive are also possible. PASCOs Complete Rotational System provides a range of experiments in centripetal force, angular momentum and rotational motion. A unique set of accessories makes it an ideal tool for experiments in torques, friction, magnetic levitation and Faradays Law. It is easy to use a computer to monitor rotational motion with the PASCO Rotational System. The ME-9498A Photogate Head mounts directly to the rotating platform base and measures angular velocity, but not direction. See page 55. The CI-6538 and PS-2120 Rotary Motion Sensor mounts to the base with an A Adapter and measures both angular velocity and direction. See pages 21 and 54. The disk can also be mounted on edge to decrease the rotational inertia by half.
With the disk mounted on the top of the vertical shaft, a torque is applied by a hanging mass. From the mass, the radius and angular acceleration, the rotational inertia of the disk can be determined.
Radial Axis
Complete Rotational System ME-8950A Required: Mass and Hanger Set
ME-8979
p. 195 p. 55 p. 162
Recommended: Photogate Head ME-9498A A-base Rotational Adapter CI-6690
Required for use with ScienceWorkshop: Rotary Motion Sensor CI-6538 p. 54 Required for use with PASPORT: Rotary Motion Sensor PS-2120 p. 21
www.pasco.com
Mechanics Rotation
159
Page
Centripetal Force
Centripetal force may be thoroughly investigated by varying both the mass and radius. The unique radius indicator allows students to continuously monitor the equilibrium position.
Rotational System Components and Accessories: See

Rotating Platform and Rotational Inertia Accessory ..... 160
Accurate Radius Indicator
Can be monitored throughout the cycle of rotation.
Mass Support
Can be easily moved to change radius continuously from 2 to 20 cm.
Centripetal Force Accessory ..... 160

Adjusts easily up and down to accommodate a continuous range of applied force.
Mass
Spring Support
Easily changed to 100, 150 or 200 g.
Magnetic Levitation Accessory and Rotational Motor Drive .. 161 . Rotational Acceleration Tank............... 163
Clamp-On Super Pulley

For easy force calibration.
Photogate Head
Accessory measures every 1/10 of a rotation, see page 55.
The rotational inertia adapter allows students to mount the disk anywhere along the platform. A bearing mounted on one side of the disk allows it to act either as a rigid mass or as a mass free to rotate around its point of attachment as the platform turns on the vertical shaft.
Rotational Inertia of Off-Axis Disk
A-base Rotational Adapter ......... 162
Computer-based Centripetal Force ........... 164 .
Students can predict what will happen when a point mass rotating at a specific radius is pulled into a smaller radius. The rotational inertia of the mass at the inner and outer radii can be calculated and the results verified.
Demo Centripetal Force ......... 163 .
160
Mechanics Rotational System Components

ME-8951
Rotating Platform
Centripetal Force Accessory

ME-8952
With traditional centripetal units the ability to change the variables is either impossible or limited. The PASCO Centripetal Force Accessory is designed to make changing the mass, radius or the force quick and easy.
2 Rectangular 300 g Masses
Used as point masses on the Rotating Platform. 3-step
Rotating Platform
Pulley
Dual Low-Friction Bearings Photogate Mount

ME-9498A Photogate Head mounts here for photogate timing.
Aluminum platform for mounting rotation experiments. Includes 3 T-slots for easy mounting and a 48 cm scale for easy measurements.
Support Rod
Holds pulley for hanging masses and Smart Pulley for timing.
Sturdy 4 kg Base
Eliminates wobbles and vibrations.
A Versatile Base
The stable base and precision bearings of the ME-8951 Rotating Platform provide the foundation of PASCOs Rotational System. Serves as an excellent base for general rotation experiments.
Rotating Platform Recommended: Rotational Inertia Accessory Centripetal Force Accessory Rotational Acceleration Tank Rotational Motor Drive Replacement Supplies: Photogate Mounting Rod ME-8951
Features
Vary Parameters Independently: Change the centripetal force, mass and radius independently of each other. Change Variables over a Wide Range: Radius can be varied continuously from 2 to 20 cm, and the rotating mass can be 100, 150 or 200 g. Observe the Radius Indicator throughout the Cycle: PASCOs design has the indicator at the center of rotation, allowing continuous observation throughout the rotation cycle, resulting in more accurate measurements.
ME-8953 ME-8952 ME-8957 ME-8955 ME-8965
p. 163 p. 162
Rotational Inertia Accessory

ME-8953
A disk and a ring permit several experiments in rotational inertia. The disk may be rotated about several axes. When used in conjunction with the adapter, experiments using the parallel-axis theorem may be performed by moving the disk off from the center of rotation. The ball bearing on one side of the disk permits it to rotate freely for some experiments while a D hole on the other side prevents rotation about the disk axis.
Plastic Disk
25.4 cm diameter, 1500 g.
2 3
Holes
for rotation on vertical axis.
Center Hole
has ball bearing on one side.
4 Adapter 1
Super Pulley
to mount disk to rotating platform at any radius.
Includes:
Heavy-grade plastic disk (25.4 cm diameter, 1500 g) Metal ring (12.7 cm outside diameter, 1420 g) Disk Adapter Super Pulley and Support Rod
Rotational Inertia Accessory
and support rod.
Includes:
Metal Cylinder
12.7 cm diameter, 1420 g 1. Spring support and radius indicator assembly 2. Mass support 3. Masses (100 g and two 50 g) 4. Super Pulley with Clamp
Centripetal Force Accessory ME-8952
ME-8953
www.pasco.com
Mechanics Rotational System Accessories
161
Magnetic Levitation Accessory

EM-8947
Aluminum Disk
Magnet with Added Weight

Eddy currents are produced as the aluminum disk spins, creating a magnetic field that repels the magnet. Amount of lift varies with angular velocity of disk.
Add weight to magnet for quantitative measurement of force versus speed.
A Determine Lift and Drag Forces on a Permanent Magnet Suspended Over a Spinning Aluminum Disk A Quantitative Results A Computer Compatible
Use PASCOs Magnetic Levitation Accessory to determine lift and drag forces and show students immediate, quantitative results. Spin the aluminum plate by hand or achieve faster, continuous speeds using the ME-8955 Motor Drive and DC Power Supply (not included). The versatile arm assembly mount allows students to measure vertical lift and horizontal drag forces.
Equilibrium Position Motor Drive
Sold separately.
Move the counterweight left or right along the arm assembly to achieve an initial equilibrium. After adding the weight, spin the disk until the arm once again reaches equilibrium. At equilibrium you know the lift force equals the force of the added weight.
Rotating Platform
Sold separately.
Use a Force Sensor, Accessory Photogate and DataStudio software to obtain graphs of lift force and drag force versus speed.
Includes:
1. 2. 3. 4. Drag Force on the magnet may be measured by mounting the magnet arm horizontally.
Magnetic Levitation Accessory EM-8947 Required: Rotating Platform ME-8951 p. 160 Super Pulley w/Clamp ME-9448A p.147 (for measuring drag) Mass and Hanger Set ME-8979 p. 195
Aluminum Disk Arm Assembly 45 cm Aluminum Rod Manual (not shown)
Graph Results: The olive line is a plot of drag force versus speed (a linear relationship at low speeds). The orange curve is a plot of lift force versus speed (a quadratic relationship at low speeds).
Students can easily feel the drag as the disk is rotated by hand.
Recommended: Motor Drive ME-8955 p. 162 DC Power Supply SE-9720A p. 247 Photogate Head ME-9498A p. 55
162
Rotational Motor Drive

ME-8955
Easily change the gear ratio of the motor drive by moving the drive belt to one of the three possible pulley steps.
A-base Rotational Adapter

CI-6690
Shown with PS-2118 2-Axis Acceleration Sensor (p. 22). The CI-6690 -base A Adapter allows students to mount a Rotary Motion Sensor to obtain high resolution data. One revolution of the vertical shaft corresponds to one revolution of the Rotary Motion Sensor, giving 4000 data points per revolution for the PS-2120 Rotary Motion Sensor. The ME-8955 Motor Drive is used with the Rotational Platform (ME-8951) to power continuous rotational motion demonstrations. Use this motor to drive the Rotational Acceleration Tank (ME-8957) at a constant speed. Power the Motor Drive with a ramp function using the DC Power Supply (PI-9877) to smoothly increase the angular speed of the Centripetal Force Accessory (ME-8089). The motor requires a 12 V DC power supply or a function generator.
Close-up of Rotary Motion Sensor mounted on A-base. The platform is quickly rotated (from rest) and then brought to a stop. Both the tangential and centripetal acceleration is measured (using the PS-2118 2-Axis Acceleration Sensor), while the platforms angular velocity is measured by the Rotary Motion Sensor.
Specifications
Motor: 12 V maximum, 0.2 A minimum Base Spindle Speed Range: 10 to 600 rpm 3-step Pulley
Includes:
Motor 3-step Pulley Drive Belt
Includes:
Rotary Motion Sensor Mounting Post O-Ring Drive Belt 3-Step Pulley Pulley Mounting Screw
Rotational Motor Drive Required: Rotating Platform 750 Interface Power Amplifier or Function Generator or DC Power Supply
ME-8955
A-base Rotational Adapter Required: Rotating Platform Required for use with ScienceWorkshop: Rotary Motion Sensor Required for use with PASPORT: Rotary Motion Sensor
CI-6690
ME-8951 CI-6552A PI-9587C PI-9877
p. 160 p. 48 p. 50 p. 250 p. 246
ME-8951
p. 160
CI-6538
p. 54
PS-2120
p. 21
www.pasco.com
163
Rotational Acceleration Tank

ME-8957
Demo Centripetal Force Accessory

ME-6959
Force Sensor
A Large scale is perfect for demonstrations A Easily change key variables A Use with Dynamics Track and Rotating Platform
Aluminum Dynamics Track
The base for the experiment with a convenient measuring tape along its length
Directly measures centripetal force; adjust the height of sensor to change the radius
Low Friction Bearing

Prevents tangling of the cable as it rotates
ME-8957 Rotational Acceleration Tank mounted on ME-8951 Rotating Platform and rotated by hand.
PAScars
Used as the mass in the experiment; a second PAScar of equal mass is placed an equal distance from the center of the track
The Rotational Acceleration Tank demonstrates a centrifuge when used on the Rotational Platform (ME-8951). From the shape of the liquid in the tank, students can better understand rotational motion and its relationship to centripetal force. The tank can also be placed on a table, and light rays from a laser can then be passed through the tank to demonstrate refraction and Snells Law. Inside Dimensions: 43 cm x 20 cm x 2.9 cm.
Rotational Acceleration Tank Recommended: Rotating Platform Rotational Motor Drive ME-8957
Pulley and Mount
Provides low friction pivot point
3-step Pulley
Used to measure velocity with a photogate
Rotating Platform
Photogate Port and PowerLink
Stable base with low friction shaft
ME-8951 ME-8955
p. 160 p. 162
This accessory uses a 1.2m Dynamics Track with cart and Rotating Platform to both measure and demonstrate centripetal force. Either a PAScar or Classic Cart is connected to a cable threaded through a pulley and up to a supported Force Sensor. The sensor directly measures the force on the cart causing the circular motion. The 3-step pulley of the Rotating Platform is used in conjunction with a Photogate Head to measure the velocity of the platform as it rotates. The slope of the force vs. angular velocity squared graph is the mass of the car times the cars radius.

ME-6815
Features:
Computer-Based Measurements: The Force Sensor and Photogate facilitate the accurate and repeatable measurement of force and angular velocity. Easily Change Experimental Variables: The mass, radius and velocity can be easily changed to determine their effect on centripetal force.
Demo Centripetal Force Accessory
ME-6959 p. p. p. p. 184 184 186 160
Use the rotating platform with the ME-6800 Short Range launcher to investigate Conservation of Angular Momentum. Use Photogates to measure the launch speed of the steel ball and the resulting rotational speed of the rotating platform.
Projectile Catcher Accessory ME-6815 p. 143
Includes:
Low-Friction Pulley with Mounting Hardware Pulley and Track Mounting Block Connecting Cable with Ball-Bearing Swivel
Required: Large Rod Base ME-8735 120 Cm Steel Rods (3) ME-8741 Multi Clamps (2) SE-9442 Rotating Platform ME-8951 1.2m PAScar Dynamics System ME-6955 or 1.2m Classic Dynamics System ME-9429B
p. 104 p. 104
Required for use with ScienceWorkshop: ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface p. 48-52 Economy Force Sensor CI-6746 p. 54 Photogate Head ME-9498A p. 55 Required for use with PASPORT Interface Force Sensor Digital Adapter Photogate Head PASPORT: PS-2104 PS-2159 ME-9498A p. p. p. p. 7-16 19 65 55
Recommended: Rotating Platform ME-8951 p. 160 Projectile Launcher (Short Range) ME-6800 p. 138
164
Mechanics Centripetal Force
Computer-Based Centripetal Force Accessory

ME-8089
A orks with the Rotating Platform W

Force Sensor with Low Friction Bearing Swivel
Free Mass Low Friction Teflon Skid
Radius Indicator Photogate Port and PowerLink
Features
Computer-Based Measurements: The Force Sensor and Photogate facilitate the accurate and repeatable measurement of force and angular velocity. Easily Change Experimental Variables: The mass can be changed by adding more mass to the platform. The radius is determined by the vertical position of the Force Sensor. Move the Force Sensor up and the radius decreases; move it down and the radius increases.
Fixed Mass for Balance Rotating Platform with Low Friction Shaft
How it Works
The Rotating Platform features a groove along its length for attaching masses and other accessories. The Computer-Based Centripetal Force Accessory uses this groove and the included measuring scale on the platform to attach 2 types of masses. One mass is free to move along the length of the groove. The free mass is connected to a small cable that runs under a pulley in the center of the arm and up to a Force Sensor. A ball-bearing swivel is used to ensure that the cable does not tangle as it rotates with the arm. The other mass is placed the same distance from the center as the free mass; thereby balancing the arm as it rotates. In addition, the 3-step pulley on the Rotational Platform is used with a Photogate to measure the movement of the platform. This allows DataStudio to calculate the angular velocity of the mass throughout its revolution.
Includes:
Pulley with Mounting Block Connecting Cable with Ball-Bearing Swivel Mass Holders (2) 50 g Mass (4) 100 g Mass (2)
Computer-Based Centripetal Force Accessory Required: Rotating Platform Large Table Clamp 45 cm Steel Rod 120 cm Steel Rod Multi Clamp
ME-8089
ME-8951 ME-9472 ME-8736 ME-8741 SE-9442
p. p. p. p. p.
160 186 184 184 186
Also required for use with ScienceWorkshop: Economy Force Sensor CI-6746 Photogate Head ME-9498A ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface Also required for use with PASPORT: PASPORT Force Sensor Photogate Head PASPORT Digital Adapter PASPORT Interface PS-2104 ME-9498A PS-2159
p. 54 p. 55 p. 48-52 p. p. p. p. 19 55 65 7-16
The slope of the Force vs. Angular Velocity squared graph is the free mass times the radius.
www.pasco.com
165
Centripetal Force Apparatus

ME-8088
Features
Stable Frame: The metal frame can be easily attached to a ring stand using the included clamp. The frame may also be attached to a tabletop with a large table clamp. High Quality Motor: Will withstand years of student use. Computer-based Measurements: The Force Sensor and photogate facilitate accurate and repeatable measurements of force, angular velocity and tangential velocity.
A A A
Empirically Determine Centripetal Force Easy to Set Up Repeatable Results
Ball-Bearing Swivel Connection Cable
Stable Frame
Free Mass Fixed Mass The graph illustrates the quadratic relationship between centripetal force and velocity
Includes:
Frame with Mounted 12 VDC Electric Motor Connecting Cable Ball Bearing Swivel Connecting Hardware for Photogate Mass Holder for Free Mass Mass Holder for Fixed Mass 5 g Mass (2) 10 g Mass (2) 20 g Mass (2)
Centripetal Force Apparatus Required: Triple Output Power Supply Large Rod Base 120 cm Steel Rod 45 cm Steel Rod Multi Clamp ME-8088
Photogate Flag
Rotating Arm
High Quality Motor
The study of circular motion traditionally involves examining relationships between centripetal force, velocity, radius and mass. However, these relationships are difficult to observe using traditional physics apparatus. One common experiment involves the swinging of rubber stoppers over a students head. The Centripetal Force Apparatus combines the swinging mass approach with sensors and a high-quality electric motor to create a system that allows students to discover these relationships empirically.
How It Works
The rotating arm features a groove with two captured masses along its length. One of the masses is free to move along the length of the groove. The free mass is connected to a small cable that runs under a pulley in the center of the arm and up to a Force Sensor. A ball-bearing swivel is used to ensure the cable does not tangle as the arm rotates. The other mass is placed the same distance from the center as the free mass; thereby balancing the arm. A flag attached to the bottom of the fixed mass passes through the photogate once per revolution, allowing DataStudio to calculate the angular and tangential velocity of the mass.
SE-8587 ME-8735 ME-8741 ME-8736 SE-9442
p. p. p. p. p.
247 184 184 184 186
Also Required for use with ScienceWorkshop: Economy Force Sensor CI-6746 Photogate Head ME-9498A ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface Also Required for use with PASPORT: Force Sensor Digital Adapter Photogate Head PASPORT Interface
p. 54 p. 55 p. 48-52
PS-2104 PS-2159 ME-9498A
p. p. p. p.
19 65 55 7-16
166
Hand Held Centripetal Force Discover Centripetal Force Kit

ME-9837
A Based on PSSC Centripetal Force Experiment A Includes a Wide Range of Swinging Masses
PASCOs hand-held Centripetal Force Kit allows students to feel the change in force as each of the experiment parameters is changed. You can easily vary the velocity, radius, and swinging mass using the five different rubber stoppers provided. Use the traditional method with hanging masses, or use with a Force Sensor (as shown below) to continuously measure the centripetal force. Adding sensors to this classic experiment creates a dynamic, quantitative lab that your students will never forget! Motion Sensor detects stopper on each rotation, and is used to calculate its speed.
As the stopper is swung around in a circle by hand, the Force Sensor directly measures the centripetal force. This hand-held method allows students to feel the Centripetal Force.
The Xplorer GLX displays real-time graphs of force and position, so students see the data as its collected. Use the analysis tools of the GLX to measure the period of rotation, and compare the calculated centripetal force to the average value measured directly from the graph. The Position vs. Time data (upper graph) gives the period of rotation, and is used along with the radius of rotation to determine the calculated value of the centripetal force. The Force data (lower graph) shows variations in the applied centripetal force as the student swings the stopper around in a circle. The average force for this run (4.7 N) agrees with the calculated value to within 2%.
Classic Approach
Designed around the classic PSSC experiment. The rubber stopper moves in a circular path as the other end of the string is connected to a hanging mass (see page 195). Since the system is in equilibrium, the centripetal force is equal to the weight of the hanging mass. Once the swinging mass is moving with constant speed, another student uses a stopwatch to time the period of one revolution. Students also measure the radius of the circular path, allowing them to calculate the speed of the rubber stopper by dividing the circumference by the period.
Three experiments can be conducted:

Force vs. Speed: vary the speed of the stopper; hold mass and radius constant Force vs. Radius: vary the radius of the path; hold speed and radius constant Force vs. Mass: vary the mass of the stopper; hold speed and mass constant
Includes:
Rubber Stoppers (sizes 6, 8, 10, 11.5, and 13) Plastic Ties (10) Yellow String (73 meters) Hollow Tubes (2)
Discover Centripetal Force Kit Shown in use with: Xplorer GLX Force Sensor Motion Sensor
ME-9837 PS-2002 PS-2104 PS-2103A p. 8 p. 19 p. 18
www.pasco.com
Mechanics Centripetal Force/Inertia
167
Centripetal Force Pendulum

ME-9821
Rotational Inertia Set

ME-9774
Release two different sized objects simultaneously
A Quantitative Force vs. Velocity Data A Repeatable Results A Vary Pendulum Length and Mass
Force Sensor Pendulum Mass
How It Works
Compare rotational inertias of objects with different shapes and sizes. Students learn that the speed of an object rolling down the ramp is not affected by its mass or radius. The shape or distribution of the mass determines the outcome. The sphere will reach the bottom first, followed by the disk. The ring will be last.
Very Low Mass Rigid Graphite Tube
When used with Force and Rotary Motion Sensors, the Centripetal Force Pendulum allows students to collect accurate circular motion data.
Includes:
10 cm outer diameter set - Solid Sphere (810 g) - Ring (Aluminum, 230 g) - Disk (Plastic, 370 g) 5 cm outer diameter set - Solid Sphere (110 g) - Ring (Aluminum, 90 g) - Disk (Plastic, 70 g) Release Mechanism
Rotational Inertia Set ME-9774
The Centripetal Force Pendulum is used to produce graphs of force and angular velocity versus time. Note that the force changes direction at the top of the swing for large amplitudes. The Centripetal Force Pendulum attaches to a Force Sensor and allows students to directly measure the forces involved in circular motion. By attaching the Force Sensor/pendulum combination to the Rotary Motion Sensor, the relationship between force, mass and velocity in a circular path can be investigated.
Spherical Mass Set

ME-8968
Hollow Steel Ball This set includes four balls with a diameter of 25 mm each, but featuring various masses and rotational inertias.
Includes:
Graphite Pendulum rod with threaded connector Sliding mass (100g) Mount with cord clip
Centripetal Force Pendulum Required: Large Rod Base 45 cm Steel Rod 90 cm Steel Rod Multi Clamp ME-9821
A ace the hollow steel ball and solid aluminum ball down R
an incline. They have about the same mass, but the solid aluminum ball has a much larger acceleration down the ramp. from a PASCO short- or long-range projectile launcher.
A ire the yellow plastic, solid steel and hollow steel balls F
ME-8735 ME-8736 ME-8738 SE-9442 p. p. p. p. 184 184 184 186
Includes:
Solid Yellow Nylon Ball (10 grams) Solid Steel Ball (66 grams) Hollow Steel Ball (21 grams) Solid Aluminum Ball (24 grams) (release mechanism not included)
Spherical Mass Set ME-8968
Also required for use with ScienceWorkshop: Rotary Motion Sensor CI-6538 Economy Force Sensor CI-6746 Also required for use with PASPORT: Rotary Motion Sensor Force Sensor
p. 54 p. 54
PS-2120 PS-2104
p. 21 p. 19
168
Mechanics Rotational Motion Accessories

Large Amplitude Pendulum
See page 336 for complete experiment. By placing one mass on each end of the tube, the pendulum will oscillate slowly. Students will have time to view the motion of the pendulum while also watching the real-time graph of displacement, velocity and acceleration versus time. The period can be measured as a function of the amplitude of the pendulum and compared to theory.
Mini Rotational Accessory

CI-6691
Add the CI-6691 MiniRotational Accessory to the Rotary Motion Sensor to study the oscillations of a pendulum, the rotational inertia of an aluminum disk, a steel ring and a metal rod, as well as the conservation of momentum during a rotational collision. The clampon Super Pulley allows students to apply a torque by hanging a mass over the pulley.
Finding the rotational inertia of the aluminum disk.
Finding the rotational inertia of point masses using the graph of angular velocity vs. time. The displacement, velocity and acceleration for large amplitude are plotted versus time to show the difference from the sinusoidal motion of low amplitude oscillations.

See page 333 for complete experiment. To demonstrate conservation of angular momentum, a non-rotating ring is dropped onto a rotating disk. The angular velocity of the disk is recorded in real-time, and students can easily determine the angular velocities of the disk just before and after the ring is dropped. Combining these velocities with the rotational inertia of the disk and ring, students can confirm that angular momentum is conserved.
Physical Pendulum
The disk can be mounted on the Rotary Motion Sensor to act as a physical pendulum.
Includes:
Rotating Disk (9.5 cm diameter, 120 g) Large Ring Mass (7 cm o.d., .6 5.4 cm i.d., 465 g) 38 cm Pendulum Rod (27 g) 75 gram Mass (2) The angular speed of the disk decreases when the ring is dropped onto the spinning disk. Clamp-On Super Pulley
Mini Rotational Accessory CI-6691
www.pasco.com
Mechanics Rotational Motion Accessories
169
Torsion Pendulum Accessory

ME-6694
The ME-6694 Torsion Pendulum Accessory allows students to study torsion pendulum motion. An aluminum disk (CI-6691), mounted on the Rotary Motion Sensor, is attached to a torsion wire. The student rotates the disk and allows it to oscillate. Students use the data to study the relationship between period, amplitude and wire thickness. Magnetic damping can be added using the magnetic attachment available in the Chaos Accessory. A Force Sensor is used to pull on a string wrapped around the pulley, creating a real-time plot of torque versus angular displacement.
The slope of the line is the torsional spring constant.
See page 334 for complete experiment.

Includes:
One set of torsional wires An aluminum disk is mounted on a Rotary Motion Sensor attached to a torsion wire. Students rotate the disk, and DataStudio graphs angular position, velocity and acceleration vs. time. Students study the relationship between period, amplitude, wire thickness and magnetic damping. Two clamps (One to attach the wire to a 12.5 mm (1/2 in.) diameter rod and one to attach to a Rotary Motion Sensor).
Torsion Pendulum Accessory
ME-6694
From a plot of amplitude versus time, the period of the torsional pendulum can be determined.
Required: Large Rod Base Steel Rod (45 cm) Required for use with ScienceWorkshop: Rotary Motion Sensor Economy Force Sensor Required for use with PASPORT: Rotary Motion Sensor Force Sensor
ME-8735 ME-8736 CI-6538 CI-6746 PS-2120 PS-2104
p. 184 p. 184 p. 54 p. 54 p. 21 p. 19
See page 334 for the Torsional Pendulum Experiment EX-9903 and EX-9943.
170
Mechanics Rotational Motion

Driven Harmonic Motion
Physical Pendulum
As a 10 cm aluminum disk is driven by a mechanical oscillator, 2 Rotary Motion Sensors simultaneously monitor the position of the disk and driver. The bidirectional sensors resolve to 1, so the computer can easily display amplitude, frequency and phase.
Chaos/Driven Harmonic Accessory

CI-6689A
The CI-6689A Chaos/Driven Harmonic Accessory allows students to study the behavior of a physical pendulum in either harmonic or chaotic motion. The disk mounts to a Rotary Motion Sensor, allowing DataStudio to monitor and plot the pendulums angular position and velocity.
Angular velocity vs. frequency graph shows effects of magnetic damping on amplitude of resonance peak.
String and Springs
ME-8750 Mechanical Oscillator/Driver
Damped Pendulum
The Rotary Motion Sensor graphically monitors the damped oscillations of an aluminum disk. A movable magnet allows students to change the strength of magnetic damping.
Movable Damping Magnet
A sinusoidal force is applied to the disk and spring system in the Chaos and Driven Harmonic Motion experiments.
Chaotic Motion
Chaotic oscillations of the physical pendulum are produced by adjusting the magnetic damping, driver amplitude and driver frequency. This phase plot (angular velocity vs. displacement) shows chaotic movement of the disk.
A turn of the screw moves the magnet away from or closer to the physical pendulum.
For more information, see Driven Damped Harmonic Oscillator Experiment EX-9906 on page 337 and Chaos Experiment EX-9907 on page 338.
Includes:
This Poincar plot shows the pendulums velocity versus position only once per period of the driving force. The gray background is the phase plot. Rotating Disk (9.5 cm diameter, 120 g) Eccentric Mass (15 g) Springs Adjustable Magnet for damping
Chaos/Driven Harmonic Accessory CI-6689A
www.pasco.com
Mechanics Rotational Motion
171
Discover Rotation Apparatus

SE-8762
Introductory Rotational Apparatus

ME-9341
A Designed for Smart Pulley and DataStudio A Excellent Introduction to Rotational Motion A Full Range of Experiments
A A A
Photogate Timing of Rotational Motion High Quality, Simple Design Helps Students Discover the Basics of Rotational Motion
The Introductory Rotational Apparatus is a versatile, low-friction rotating system designed for use with PASCOs Photogate/Pulley System and DataStudio. The simplicity of the equipment and the continuous data and high resolution graphs from the Smart Pulley assure students make that difficult transition from understanding linear motion to truly understanding rotational motion.
Includes:
1. Base with leveling feet, main bearing and spindle 2. Main platter with built-in step pulley 3. Auxiliary platter 4. Steel ring and steel bar for moment of inertia experiments 5. Pulley clamp 6. Photogate clamp 7. Level 8. Complete illustrated manual (not shown)
How It Works
A small flag is placed on the rotating shaft so that the photogate (not included) can be used to determine the angular position, velocity and acceleration data. A hanging mass is wrapped around the shaft and when released, provides the torque to spin the shaft. Different types of rotors with various moments of inertia can be attached to the shaft for a range of experiments. As the platter rotates on a vertical axle, the Smart Pulley monitors its angular position, velocity and acceleration.
Features
Low Friction: The axle is supported by dual ball bearings, minimizing friction and maximizing durability. Built-in Step Pulley: Use a hanging mass to apply torques of varying momentum and force. Auxiliary Platter: Drop the auxiliary platter onto the main platter to show that momentum is conserved in a rotational collision. Bar and Ring: Investigate the relationship between geometry and moment of inertia. Pulley Clamp: Mount the Pulley directly onto the base. No additional mounting hardware is needed. Photogate Timing: Use a photogate timer to perform these experiments if a Smart Pulley or Computer are not available.
Introductory Rotational Apparatus Required for use with Stand-Alone Timers: Photogate Timer or Smart Timer System Super Pulley Universal Table Clamp Required for use with ScienceWorkshop: Photogate/Pulley System Universal Table Clamp Required for use with PASPORT: Photogate/Pulley System Digital Adapter Universal Table Clamp
Includes:
Sturdy base unit with low-friction shaft and positioning collars Brass rotors of various diameters (3) Plastic rotors (cylindrical and conic) Spherical rotor Photogate flag Spool of thread Washers for hanging mass (5) Instruction manual and experiment guide
Discover Rotation Apparatus SE-8762 Required for use with ScienceWorkshop: Photogate Head ME-9498A p. 55 Required for use with PASPORT: Photogate Head ME-9498A p. 55 Digital Adapter PS-2159 p. 65 Recommended: Drilled Mass and Hanger Set ME-8979
2 7 5 1 6
ME-9341
ME-9215B ME-8932 ME-9450 ME-9376B ME-6838 ME-9376B ME-6838 PS-2159 ME-9376B
p. 136 p. 134 p. 151 p. 186 p. 55 p. 186 p. 55 p. 65 p. 186
p. 195
172
Mechanics Gyroscope
Gyroscope (3 Axis)
ME-8960
A All Components Accessible A Excellent Demonstration Tool A Precision Angle Indicator

The unique low friction and open design of PASCOs Gyroscope allow studies of rotational motion never before possible with a commercial unit. The completely open design lets students stop precession by grabbing the vertical shaft and observing that the gyroscope dips. Rotational mathematics predicts the dipping action, but it could never be confirmed with traditional enclosed units.
Dual Ball Bearings
Low friction allows long observation times.
Angle Indicator
Accurate and easy to read.
Pulley
For rotating the disk with a string.
Gyroscope Disk
25-cm diameter.
How It Works
The disk is spun by wrapping a string around the pulley and pulling. Or the disks can be spun by hand. Add mass to either end of the gyroscope and it responds with a predictable precession. Many features make this an exceptional demonstration tool for rotational motion concepts.
Dual Ball Bearings Stable Base Fine and Coarse Adjust Masses
Wont move when the gyro precesses or nutates.
Makes counter-balancing quick and easy.
ME-8960 Gyroscope
Features
Low Friction: The disk takes almost 6 minutes to slow to half of its original speed due to low-friction bearings in the gyroscope axle and vertical shaft. A Unique Experiment: Rotate two disks in opposite directions at the same speed. The angular momenta cancel and the total angular momentum of the gyroscope is zero. The result no precession. Accurate Angle Indicator: Measures from 30 to 140 and is easily read to the nearest degree. A retractable stop acts as a marker during experiments. Easy Timing: Low rotation speeds allow measurement of angular speed by counting revolutions and using a stopwatch. Easy Balancing: Two counterweights allow coarse and fine balance adjustment. Large Inertia Disk: With the large rotational inertia of the disk, PASCOs gyroscope generates precession rates similar to smaller, enclosed gyroscopes. The slow rotation speed of PASCOs disk lets students study fast as well as slow precession and use a stopwatch to make measurements.
Gyroscope ME-8960
Gyroscope Disk and Mass

ME-8961
p=
mgd Idisk disk
Includes:
Accessory Disk Extra Counter Mass
Gyroscope Disk and Mass
Students can determine the rotational inertia of the rotating disk. They can then check the measured precession rate when a mass (m) is added a distance (d) from the pivot point.
Recommended: Gyroscope Disk and Mass
ME-8961
ME-8961
www.pasco.com
Mechanics Gyroscope
173
Sensor Mounting Accessories Rotary Motion Sensor/ Gyroscope Mounting Bracket

ME-8963
Nutation Patterns
A-base Rotational Adapter

CI-6690
Nutation pattern result when Gyroscope is given a slight push against the direction of precession.
Nutation pattern result when Gyroscope is released from rest.
With the ME-8963 Mounting Bracket and the CI-6690 A-base Rotational Adapter, the PASCO ME-8960 Gyroscope becomes a quantitative instrument for advanced rotational motion experiments. With two Rotary Motion Sensors, students obtain a graphical picture of the Gyroscopes nutation and precession motions.
Nutation pattern result when Gyroscope is given a push in the direction of precession.
Rotary Motion Sensor CI-6690 A-base Adapter

Mounts a Rotary Motion Sensor to the base to monitor the Gyroscopes precession rate.
ME-8963 Mounting Bracket
Aligns a Rotary Motion Sensor with the Gyroscopes vertical angle indicator. The sensor monitors the Gyroscopes nutation angle.
For Recording Nutation Data: Rotary Motion Sensor/ Gyroscope Mounting Bracket ME-8963 For Recording Precession Data: A-base Rotational Adapter CI-6690 p.162 Required for use with ScienceWorkshop: 2 Rotary Motion Sensors CI-6538 p. 54 Required for use with PASPORT: 2 Rotary Motion Sensors PS-2120 p. 21
174
Mechanics Bicycle Wheel Gyroscope
Bicycle Wheel Gyroscope

ME-6833
Discover Rotation Platform ME-6834

A Low-Friction Precision Ball Bearings A Rugged Design A Perform Rotational Experiments by Sitting, Standing or Lying Down A Use Photogate with Built-in Spokes to Measure Motion
A pin the Wheel by Turning the Handle S A recision Ball Bearings for Low Friction P A Hardened Steel Shaft
The PASCO Bicycle Wheel Gyroscope is ideal for demonstrating Conservation of Angular Momentum.
Features
A clutch mechanism enables students to spin the wheel just by rotating the handle. (Twist the handle in one direction, and it drives the wheel. Hold the handle still, and the wheel spins freely.) For an even faster spin, students can rub the handle between their hands to easily produce 5 revolutions per second and a very strong torque. A pulley is attached to the wheel so students can measure the rotational inertia by winding a string around the pulley and hanging a weight from the string. The pulley may also be used to spin the wheel by wrapping a string on the pulley and giving it a pull. Precision ball bearings (NOT bicycle wheel bearings) for lower friction. Hardened steel shaft is much stronger than a bicycle wheel shaft. Spoke guards so that fingers holding the handles cannot get into the spokes.
30.5 cm
Above: A cord can be attached through the hole in the handle to demonstrate that the spinning wheel precesses rather than falling when it is suspended by the cord.
16.5 cm
46 cm
Constructed of high-strength birch veneer medium density fiberboard. The lower platform rests on the ground and the upper platform rotates freely. The bearings on this heavy-duty platform were designed for very low friction and to withstand the rigors of student use.
Non-marking Rubber Wheel
Spoke Guards
Turning the rotating wheel upside down causes the student to rotate.
Spokes are installed on the bottom of the rotating platform for the measurement of motion. The photogate mounts directly on the base platform with a built-in post. Finally, students can wrap a rope around the outer edge of the rotating platform. They can then use the rope to spin the platform up to a desired speed.
Specifications
Wheel Diameter: 60 cm Weight: 30 Newtons (7 lbs.) Mass Location: Majority located in grey, non-marking tire Hand Driven RPM: 5 rev/sec
Bicycle Wheel Gyroscope ME-6833
Includes:
Rotational platform Stool Attachment bracket and screw for photogate Built-in flags for use as a smart pulley
Discover Rotation Platform ME-6834 Recommended: Photogate Head Smart Timer Bicycle Wheel Gyroscope
By rolling the handle between hands, one can easily spin up the gyro to 5 revolutions per second.
Recommended: Discover Rotation Platform
ME-9498A ME-8930 ME-6833
p. 55 p. 134
ME-6834
www.pasco.com
Mechanics Materials
175
Matter Model
ME-9825A
A ynamic Model of Solid D Materials A xcellent Visualization of E Wave Motion A asily Assembled into a E Variety of Configurations
The atoms of the Matter Model are brightly colored spheres specifically designed to allow students to better understand the structure of matter. The bonds between the atoms are modeled by springs, so that when forces are applied, the atoms can move in response. The atoms can be configured into many patterns depending on the concepts to be investigated. Each atom can be opened and closed using two snaps. The inside of each atom has a slot where students can place one of the included nuts. In this way, the mass of the atoms can be changed. In addition, the springs can be easily connected to or removed from the atom using the six quick connects. A hole extends through each atom, allowing several to be placed on the included brass rod for wave and pressure activities.
Torque and shear forces can be applied to the Matter Model to help students visualize the response in the material.
A Normal Forces Students can better
understand normal forces when heavy objects are placed on the Matter Model and they see the deflection of the atoms in response. matrix of spheres, students can build a model of matter that is dynamic and responds to external forces similarly to real solids. investigate wave properties including reflection, wave speed and standing waves. atoms on the included brass rod and holding it vertically, students can better understand why atmospheric pressure and altitude are inversely related.
A Modeling a Solid By constructing a
A Wave Properties Students can
Demonstrate the normal force response as a material is compressed.
A Atmospheric Pressure By placing the
Demonstrate transverse and longitudal waves.
Innovative Physics Textbooks and PASCO Physics Products

Matter & Interactions is a 2-volume textbook and curriculum by Ruth Chabay and Bruce Sherwood, published by Wiley & Sons. Intended for science and engineering students taking calculus-based introductory university physics. For more information on purchasing these textbooks, visit www.wiley.com This textbook deals with mechanics and thermal physics as one integrated subject through emphasis on atomic-level descriptions and analysis and macro-micro connections. Modern physics is integrated with classical physics concepts. Students engage in modeling and 3-D computer modeling of real-world phenomena. The ball-and-spring model of solids plays an important role in the curriculum.
The Matter Model is shipped in component pieces, ready for assembly.
Includes:
Atoms (4.5 g each) (40) Heavy springs (spring constant 350 N/m) (60) Light springs (spring constant 70 N/m) (60) Long springs (60) Nuts (for increasing the atom mass) (30) Brass rod (for longitudinal waves) (90 cm long) (1)
Matter Model Replacement Supplies: Heavy Springs (60) Light Springs (60) Long Springs (60) ME-9825A
The atomic spacing changes under its own weight.
ME-9829 ME-9830 ME-9887
176
Mechanics Stress/Strain
AP-8213 (includes PASPORT sensors) AP-8214 (without sensors)
Stress/Strain Apparatus
AP-8216 (includes ScienceWorkshop sensors)
A Plot Stress vs. Strain in Real-Time A Determine Youngs Modulus A Determine the Breaking Point of Various Materials
Test Sample Hand Crank Base Plate
Sturdy, 9 mm aluminum plate. Available in different materials and thicknesses. Easily changed with just 2 screws.
Force Lever Arm Drive Belt

Connects Rotary Motion Sensor to lead screw.
The 5:1 arm allows the Force Sensor to measure up to 250 Newtons.
Resolves changes in sample length to 0.063 mm.
AP-8213 shown Force Sensor

Provides a continuous measurement of the force applied to the sample.
This compact Stress/Strain Apparatus shows the stress and strain during the entire process of stretching and breaking a material. PASCO has scaled-down the typically expensive engineering devices so that this apparatus is able to do all the physics without the high cost. Since the Stress/Strain Apparatus shows the entire stress versus strain curve, it is possible to measure a wide range of material properties including Youngs Modulus, the yield strength, tensile strength, ductility and toughness of the material. In addition, the different curve shapes for different materials can be compared. DataStudio software allows students to determine Youngs Modulus by measuring the slope of the initial straight line and to determine the toughness by integrating under the curve.
These are the characteristic curves for 4 different test coupons.
www.pasco.com
Mechanics Stress/Strain
177
How It Works...
Test Coupons
The set of test coupons included with the Stress/Strain Apparatus includes: steel, annealed steel, aluminum, 2 types of plastic, and 2 different thicknesses of brass. Ten test coupons of each material are included with the unit.
Replacement Test Coupons Full Set (70 coupons) AP-8217
The sample is stretched by cranking the knob by hand. The photo at right shows a sample which has been stretched until fracture. The sample is stretched by turning the knob by hand until the sample breaks. The force used to stretch the sample is measured using a Force Sensor. A metal bar provides a 5:1 mechanical advantage, increasing the maximum force that the sensor can read to 250 N. The stress is calculated using Data-Studio by taking the force over the cross-sectional area. No adjustment is made for any change in the cross-sectional area during stretching. The change in length of the sample is measured using a Rotary Motion Sensor. The strain is calculated using DataStudio by dividing the change in length by the original length.
The Stress/Strain Apparatus is available in three forms:

AP-8214: Includes the base unit with
micrometer head, sample holder, force lever arm and 10 each of 7 types of coupons.
Test Coupons
Stress/Strain Unit
AP-8216: Includes the AP-8214 plus a

CI-6746 Force Sensor and a CI-6538 Rotary Motion Sensor. The apparatus is ready to connect to a ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface.
AP-8213: Includes the AP-8214 plus

PS-2104 Force Sensor and PS-2120 Rotary Motion Sensor. The apparatus is ready to connect to 2 USB Links, a PowerLink, or Xplorer GLX interface.
Materials Stress/Strain Apparatus (without sensors) AP-8214 Materials Stress-Strain Apparatus (includes ScienceWorkshop sensors) AP-8216 Materials Stress-Strain Apparatus (includes PASPORT sensors) AP-8213 Required for use with ScienceWorkshop: (required only for AP-8214) Economy Force Sensor CI-6746 p. 54 Rotary Motion Sensor CI-6538 p. 54
Youngs Modulus for steel is determined using a linear curve fit on the elastic portion of the curve.
For different types of plastic, the curves are substantially different.
This distinctive curve is characteristic of annealed steel, showing both an upper and a lower yield point.
Required for use with PASPORT: (required only for AP-8214) PASPORT Force Sensor PS-2104 p. 19 Rotary Motion Sensor PS-2120 p. 21
178
Mechanics Fluids
Venturi Apparatus
ME-8598
A Bernoulli A Venturi A Continuity Equation

The Venturi apparatus has a channel with varying cross-section to study the relationship between flow speed and pressure. The open design (2-D cross section) allows students to see inside and directly measure all needed dimensions. The clear plastic cover can be easily removed so that students can measure the dimensions of the Venturi channel. Note the captured O-ring seal in the cover.
There are 4 built-in ports to attach pressure sensors to measure the pressure at 4 places along the stream line simultaneously. Pressure changes caused by both fluid speed and viscosity (drag) can be measured.
The pressure is measured at four different locations in the fluid stream.
P1
P2
P3
P4
The graph shows pressure data at three different flow rates. P2 and P4 are in the Venturi constrictions (see photo above, on right), and P4 is downstream from P1. The flow rate is calculated using Motion Sensor data of the water level in the graduated cylinder.
The Venturi Apparatus is shown below using a shop vac as the air source. A Spirometer (PS-2152) measures air flow and a Quad Pressure Sensor (PS-2164) measures air pressure in four locations.
Venturi Apparatus shown with Quad Pressure Sensor (PS-2164), Motion Sensor (PS-2103A), and the Water Reservoir (ME-8594)
Includes
Venturi Chamber Tubing (for both air and water) Restriction Clamps (2) Quick Connect Couplers
Venturi Apparatus Recommended: Quad Pressure Sensor Motion Sensor Water Reservoir Spirometer Sensor
ME-8598 PS-2164 PS-2103A ME-8594 PS-2152 p. p. p. p. 27 18 193 39
www.pasco.com
Mechanics Fluids
179
Air Cannon
SE-7370
The Air Cannon uses a vortex of air for ammunition. Its unique shape creates a stable toroidal vortex. Pull back the flexible membrane, release and the invisible wave front of air can hit a target 20 feet away! A great demonstration of the energy that can be stored in waves.
Bernoulli Cart Accessory

ME-9481
This 5 cm diameter cylinder with precision ball bearings, easily set spinning by pulling a string, provides an excellent demonstration of the Bernoulli Principle. Requires a fan to provide airflow across the rotating cylinder. Compatible with all PASCO Carts.
Air Cannon
SE-7370
Tornado Tubes (3 pack)

SE-7396
Use the Tornado Tube to create a water vortex between two plastic soda bottles. Fill one bottle about 3/4 full with water, then screw the two bottles into the Tornado Tube. Flip the bottles over so the water moves from the upper bottle into the lower bottle.
Using the Fan Cart to create wind, the Bernoulli Cart Accessory accelerates down the dynamics track.
Cart moves in this direction.

Front of Cart
As the water moves down through the tube, air from the lower bottle must rise into the upper bottle creating the vortex.
Track
Higher Air Higher Air Speed Lower SpeedLower Pressure Pressure Use your own 2-liter soda bottles.
Fan
Top view of the rotating cylinder on the Bernoulli Cart Accessory.

Bernoulli Cart Accessory Required: 1.2 m Classic Dynamics System 2.2 m Classic Dynamics System Fan Cart or any highly focused fan ME-9481
Lower Air LowerAir Speed Speed Higher Higher Pressure Pressure
Includes:
3 Tornado Tubes
Tornado Tubes (3 pack) SE-7396
ME-9429B ME-9452A ME-9485
p. 104 p. 104 p. 110
180
Mechanics Fluids
Atmospheric Pressure Demonstrator

ME-8966
Magdeburg Plates
SE-9717
These 2 plates are a modern and versatile rendition of a classic demonstration: Air is evacuated using a syringe; no vacuum pump needed Clear plastic design lets students see everything
Demonstrate the effect of a pressure differential. Easily lift a box or stool by simply placing the rubber sheet on a smooth surface of the object and lifting up on the handle.
Two different O rings allow 2 different size areas Tubing is provided so students can connect a Pressure Sensor for use with DataStudio.
Includes:
1.27 cm thick, 9.7 cm diameter circular polycarbonate plates (2) O-rings (2) (8.5 cm and 5.4 cm diameter) 60 cc syringe Connecting tubing with one-way valve with inline connector for optional Pressure Sensor
Magdeburg Plates SE-9717
Magdeburg Plates Accessory Kit

SE-9718
When added to the Magdeburg Plates, these accessories provide a vacuum chamber in which balloons can be inflated or water made to boil just by evacuating the air. A suction cup will lose its suction when the air around it is evacuated.
Includes:
0.95 cm thick, 9.7 cm diameter circular polycarbonate plate As you pull up on the handle, a low-pressure region is created. 6.5 cm tall, 7 cm diameter cylindrical .5 acrylic pipe 80 cc plastic cup, 2 small balloons and a suction cup
Atmospheric Pressure Demonstrator ME-8966 Magdeburg Plates Accessory Kit SE-9718
www.pasco.com
Mechanics Fluids
181
Student Bell Jar

SE-9790
Gauge Pressure Accessory

SE-8802
Hydraulic/Pneumatic System
SE-8764
This bell jar provides a vacuum chamber for students to perform many experiments including:
A Watching a balloon expand or warm

water boil as air is pumped from the chamber.
A Observing that a suction cup no longer

sticks when the jar is evacuated. Water boils as air is evacuated from the Bell Jar.
Use the Gauge Pressure Accessory with the Student Bell Jar (SE-9790) to demonstrate the concept of gauge pressure. One side of the pressure gauge is open to the atmosphere and the other measures the pressure inside the bell jar. The dial displays the difference between these two pressures. The pressure gauge is placed inside the Student Bell Jar and the syringe is used to create a vacuum. As the air is removed from the bell jar, the gauge pressure increases from 0 to 14.7 psi or 1 atm.
Gauge Pressure Accessory (Gauge and base only) SE-8802
This system allows students to investigate the differences between a hydraulic and a pneumatic lift system. Water or air can be used to lift heavy objects with a small amount of force. The mechanical advantage can be changed by varying the size of the input syringe. In addition, a Pressure Sensor can be used to monitor the pressure of the pneumatic system as air is added with the input syringe. Finally, the system can be used with a Pressure Sensor to collect pressure and volume data for the discovery of Boyles Law.
Includes:
Stable base unit with mounted 60 cc syringe Three input syringes; 3 cc, 12 cc and 20 cc, to vary the mechanical advantage Connecting tubing with one-way valve with inline connector for optional Pressure Sensor
Includes:
8 cm x 6 cm dia. clear plastic bell jar with base Plastic vial, balloons and suction cup 60 cc syringe and valves for evacuating the jar
Vacuum Pump
SE-7350
This general purpose Vacuum Pump is ideal for evacuating a bell jar, Magdeburg Spheres, or the classic Guinea and Feather experiment. The heavy-duty 1/6 hp motor will provide a capacity of up to 2.2 m3/h and a vacuum of 335 mbar.
Using DataStudio and a Pressure Sensor, the pressure-time graph is created real-time as air is added to the system with a syringe.
Student Bell Jar SE-9790 Vacuum Pump SE-7350 Hydraulic/Pneumatic System SE-8764
182
Mechanics Fluids/Density
Density Set
ME-8569
Use this versatile set of materials with the Overflow Can to investigate Archimedes Principle of displacement, specific heats and basic length/volume relationships. Includes pieces that have the same shape, volume, density and mass, so the variable of interest can readily be isolated. Each piece has a hole so it can be suspended from a string.
Mystery Density Set

SE-7316
The Mystery Density Set puts a nice wrinkle in the typical density experiment. After measuring the mass and volume of the pieces, students graph their results. As students plot the first few points it appears there is no relationship between the mass and volume. However, as more data is graphed, it becomes obvious that two different linear relationships exist. Even though all the cylindrical pieces have a similar appearance, they are actually made of two different materials. To demonstrate the difference in density between the two materials, simply place them in the container with a concentrated salt solution. Eight pieces will sink and the other 7 pieces will float.
Includes:
Three cylinders: aluminum, brass, plastic; 2.2 cm dia. x 6.4 cm long (plastic is less dense than water) Two blocks: aluminum: 1.9 x 3.2 x 4.1 cm and brass: 1.6 x 1.9 x 2.8 cm. The mass of each block equals that of the aluminum cylinder. Irregular shape: aluminum Instruction manual
Density Set ME-8569
Includes
8 Cylindrical Pieces (density = 1.41 g/cm3) 7 Cylindrical Pieces (density = 1.15 g/cm3) Storage Stand
Mystery Density Set SE-7316
Discover Density Set

SE-9719
This set of 22 separate pieces allows students to discover the relationship between density, volume and dimensions. Two unique series of pieces hold one dimension constant while varying another.
Classroom Density Set

SE-7226
Includes:
Cylinders of same length and different diameters (4) Cylinders of same diameter and different lengths (4) Spheres with different diameters (4) Rectangular shapes of various sizes and materials (10) Instruction manual
Discover Density Set SE-9719
The Classroom Density Set includes 12 sets of materials to study the density concept. Each material set includes four pieces of various sizes in a plastic storage tube. This selection of materials allows twelve lab groups to perform a density experiment at the same time. For each set, students measure the mass and volume of each piece and produce a mass vs. volume graph. Students will better understand density as a mathematical concept and realize that density is constant for a given material.
Overflow Can
SE-8568
This aluminum Overflow Can provides direct volume measurements for the materials supplied in the Density Set, as well as displacement measurements for buoyancy experiments. It has a 76 mm diameter, a usable volume of 477 cm3 and an angled downspout. Requires a graduated cylinder or a gram balance to measure the displaced volume.
Includes each of the following materials in 4 different sizes:

Maple Polypropylene Nylon
Classroom Density Set
Acrylic (2 colors) Polyurethane Aluminum

SE-7226
Phenolic PVC (3 colors) Teflon
Glassware
Rugged Pyrex glassware for use in the physics lab.
Includes:
Can only
Overflow Can SE-8568 100 ml Beaker (12 pack) 1000 ml Beaker (6 pack) 50 ml Graduated Cylinder (12 pack) SE-7287 SE-7288 SE-7289
www.pasco.com
Mechanics Numbers
183
Mole Set
SE-7586
The Mole Set contains four element specimens: Copper, Iron, Zinc and Aluminum. Each sample contains approximately one mole, 6.02 x 1023 atoms of the element.
Significant Figures Set

ME-9849 A onnects Measurements to Significant Figures C A ncludes Materials for Four Student Groups I A Detailed Activity Manual
The series of activities included in the Significant Figures Set emphasizes the connection between measurements and significant figures. Students work through a number of situations in which they experience the concepts of accuracy and precision. Through these activities, students learn the importance of the measuring tool and its role in the uncertainty of measurements. For each activity, student groups are asked to place their measurements and/or calculations along a demonstration number line. The groups can then share their results with the entire class during discussions and presentations. The Number Line and Data Pointers are laminated for use with dry erase markers.
in a solid state
A Helps students visualize a mole A Use as specific heat specimens, density specimens and A Characterize each specimen by density, atomic mass, etc. A Investigate molar heat capacity and gain a
greater understanding of thermodynamics examples of common elements
Includes
Mole samples: Zinc, Aluminum, Iron, Copper Teaching Suggestions
Mole Set SE-7586
Discover Pi Set
ME-6819
The student reads the circumference directly from the transparent tape wrapped around the pi circle.
The Ball Drop activity gives students experience with accuracy and precision.
The Four-Scale Meter Stick is an important part of the Significant Figures Kit as it includes four scales of varying precision.
The Discover Pi Set allows students to derive the meaning of directly from their measurements. This activity transforms pi from a constant with unknown origin to a fundamental characteristic of all circular objects. The slope of the circumference vs. diameter graph is equal to
Included Activities:
Ball Drop: Students toss small balls on a bulls-eye to discover the relationship between technique and measurements. In addition, the concepts of accuracy and precision are explored. Forced Error Measurements: Students use a meter stick which has inaccurate markings to take measurements to reinforce that precise measurements are not always accurate. Mass/Length Measurements: Students use a balance or FourScale Meter Stick with imprecise scales to limit the certainty in their measurements. Area/Volume/Density Calculations: Students use a variety of measuring devices to calculate the area, volume and density of various objects.
Includes:
Includes
Pi Circles (4) 5.2, 6.4, 8.9, 10.0 cm diameter Transparent Measuring Tape
Discover Pi Set ME-6819
Plastic Balls (4) Carbon Paper (100 pack) Paper Bulls-eye (8) Four-Scale Meter Stick (4) Number Line Data Pointer (4) Meter Stick Label (4) Balance Label (4)
Significant Figures Set ME-9849
184
Mechanics Lab Supplies

2 Rod Mounts
9 to 12 mm dia. (3/8 to 1/2)
Large Rod Base

ME-8735
Stainless Steel Rods

ME-8741 120 cm Long
A Stable 4 kg Casting A Leveling Feet A Supports Two Rods

25 CM
ME-8738 90 cm Long ME-8977 60 cm Long Threaded Rod ME-8736 45 cm Long

26 CM
Leveling Feet Special 3 Point Design
Inside mounting hole assures stability. Certain experimental setups require extra stability. The PASCO ME-8735 is designed for just such experiments. This sturdy 4 kg cast-iron base provides stability that just cant be achieved any other way than with a large mass. The A-frame design provides a wide base to support one or two rods. Rods from 9.5 to 13 mm (3/8 to 1/2 inches) can be supported. (See below). The rod mounting holes have a special three-point contact design to assure stability. Two adjustable feet provide the necessary leveling capabilities.
Steel Rods
Large Rod Base
ME-8735
Small A Base
ME-8976
This 1.7 kg cast iron base is smaller than the Large Rod Base (ME-8735) and does not have leveling feet. This base can be used with both threaded and nonthreaded rods. Non-threaded rods from 9.5 to 13 mm (3/8 to 1/2 inches) diameter can be supported. Threaded rods must be 12.7mm (1/2 inch) in diameter with 1/2-13 thread, such as ME-8977 shown at right.
These 12.7 mm (1/2 in.) diameter stainless steel rods do not mar like aluminum rods. They are non-magnetic, very rigid, and durable. Three different lengths are available in the non-threaded version. The 60 cm long rod is threaded (1/2-13) and fits the small A-Base ME-8976 and the ME-9376B Universal Table Clamp.
19 CM
19 CM
Small A Base
ME-8976
Stainless Steel Rods (bases not included) 12.7 mm (1/2 in.) in diameter: 45 cm Long (non-threaded) ME-8736 90 cm Long (non-threaded) ME-8738 120 cm Long (non-threaded) ME-8741 60 cm Long (threaded) ME-8977
www.pasco.com
185
PASCOs Flex Rod

ME-8978

CI-9874
A Flexible rod for holding objects in any orientation

The Flex Rod provides the freedom to place equipment where its needed. Simply connect the object to the end of the 46 cm long flexible tubing and move it to the desired location. The tubing has enough rigidity to hold many common items in any orientation. In addition, two convenient clamps are included.
These convenient plastic handles screw into virtually any ScienceWorkshop or PASPORT sensor and can be used with any standard lab clamp.
Pulley Mounting Rod

SA-9242
The Flex Rod holds a green laser pointer. Shown with ME-8976 Small A-Base (not included).
This 14 cm long stainless steel mounting rod is 9.5 mm (3/8 in.) in diameter and fits most standard laboratory clamps, including the PASCO Universal Clamp. It has a standard 1/4-20 thread.
Pulley Mounting Rod SA-9242
The Flex Rod with rod clamp attachment fits sensor handles. Flex Rod holds photogate for acceleration due to gravity experiment using a picket fence shown with ME-9376B Table Clamp (not included).
Base and Support Rod

Large ME-9355 Small SE-9451
1 2
Flex Rod holds a photogate horizontally or vertically.
Includes:
Flex Rod attached to rigid section Rod Clamp attachment Test tube clamp attachment Base support not included
Flex Rod Suggested Base Supports: Small A-Base Universal Table Clamp ME-8978 ME-8976 ME-9376B p. 184 p. 186
1. Large Base and Support Rod: With built-in leveling screws and a threaded aluminum rod that is 12.7 mm (1/2 in.) in diameter and 45 cm long. 2. Small Base and Support Rod: The threaded steel rod is 9.5 mm (3/8 in.) in diameter and 50 cm long. Leveling screws not included.
Large Base and Support Rod ME-9355 Small Base and Support Rod SE-9451
186
Three-finger Clamp
SE-9445
Pendulum Clamp
SE-9443
Clamp tubes, rods and irregularly-shaped objects. The jaws extend 19 mm, open to 57 mm, rotate 360 and lock securely at any angle. Fits rods up to 19 mm (3/4 in.) in diameter.
Three-finger Clamp SE-9445
Hang up to 3 pendula from precisely the same height. Suspension points are 54 mm apart. Fits rods up to 16 mm (5/8 in.) in diameter.
Pendulum Clamp SE-9443
Double Rod Clamp (3-pack)

ME-9873
Buret Clamp
SE-7714
Holds any two rods (up to 12 mm diameter) either parallel or perpendicular to one another. Affordable, double-sided student grade buret clamp for titrations.
Buret Clamp SE-7714 Double Rod Clamp (3-pack) ME-9873
Multi Clamp
SE-9442
Buret/Utility Clamp
SE-9446
Multi Clamp
(side angle).
The V-shaped, plastic-coated jaws of this Buret Clamp open from 5 to 35 mm, rotate 360 and lock in position at any angle. Fits rods up to 16 mm (5/8 in.) in diameter.
Buret Clamp SE-9446
Holds two rods either parallel or at right angles. Fits rods up to 12 mm (1/2 in.) in diameter.
Multi Clamp SE-9442
www.pasco.com
187
Universal Table Clamp

ME-9376B
Fits tables up to 10 cm thick.
Large Table Clamp

ME-9472
A Versatile and Rugged

PASCOs Large Table Clamp can attach to tables, shelves or other boards up to 10 cm thick. It can hold up to 12 mm diameter rods that can be mounted either horizontally or vertically. Large threads and easy-to-turn handles allow a tight hold in almost any situation.
1/2-13 Threaded Rod
Fits tables up to 10 cm thick.
12 mm or 9.5 mm (1/2 or 3/8) Rod
Large Table Clamp
ME-9472
Attach this Universal Table Clamp to tables or shelves up to 6.0 cm (2 3/8 in.) thick. Can also be mounted on a ring stand. Mount rods in the clamp either vertically or horizontally. The rods are held securely by stable 3-point contacts. Use standard unthreaded lab rods 9.5 mm (3/8 in.) to 12 mm (1/2 in.) vertically or horizontally. Use 1/2-13 threaded lab rod vertically.
Universal Table Clamp ME-9376B
C Clamps
SE-7286 Small SE-7285 Large
These rugged clamps are perfect for attaching a variety of objects to a table. Available in 8 cm and 10 cm sizes.
Right Angle Clamp

SE-9444
This standard right angle clamp fits rods up to 18 mm (11/16 in.) in diameter.
Small C Clamp (6 pack) Large C Clamp (6 pack)
SE-7286 SE-7285
Right Angle Clamp
SE-9444
Laboratory Jacks
Raise, support and align equipment with these lab jacks. Theyre rugged, stable and ensure precise height adjustment. Three sizes are available.
Max. Height (cm) 5.5 - 14 7 - 25 7 - 25
Adjustable Angle Clamp

ME-8744
This unique clamp fits any rod up to 12 mm (1/2 in.) diameter and can lock the rod in place at any angle.
Adjustable Angle Clamp ME-8744
Laboratory Jack Small Medium Large
Model SE-9374 SE-9373 SE-9372
Platform (cm) 10x10 15x15 20x20
Load (kg) 10 25 25
188
Metric Spring Scales

(6 different ranges)
PASCO Spring Scales: Six metric spring scales provide accurate force measurements over a wide range of forces.
Dial Spring Scale (10 N)

SE-7348
Use this spring scale to measure tension forces by hanging an object on the hook. The 7 diameter .6 spring scale can measure up to 10 N with a resolution of 0.1 N. Each spring scale also features a mounting ring and weighing hook. 7.6 cm diameter
Dial Spring Scale (10 N) SE-7348
Features
Accurate: The precision springs provide
excellent linearity, and the 10 cm long scales are sharp and clear for superior resolution.
Sealed Spring: Cant get tangled,

over-stretched or lost.
Zero Adjust: Turn the knob to zero the

balance. Measure an applied force or apply a measured force. These high-quality metric spring scales are precise, durable and calibrated in Newtons. Six different scales are available. Students can measure forces from a fraction of a Newton to 20 Newtons with excellent accuracy. Graduations are easy to read, and the resolution is 2% of full scale.
Scales on Inside: They wont wear off. Six Color-coded Ranges: Measure
almost any force from 0.2 N to 20 N.
Metric Spring Scales Model SE-8713 SE-8714 SE-8715 SE-8716 SE-8717 SE-8718 Range 0.2 N 1.0 N 2.0 N 5.0 N 10 N 20 N Resolution 0.002 N 0.01 N 0.02 N 0.1 N 0.1 N 0.2 N Color Yellow Red Lt. Green Brown Dk. Green Orange
Dial Spring Scale (20 N)

SE-7340
Use this spring scale to measure tension forces by hanging an object on the hook. This 7 cm diameter spring .6 scale can measure up to 20 N with a resolution of 0.2 N. Each spring scale also features a mounting ring and weighing hook. 7.6 cm diameter
Dial Spring Scale (20 N) SE-7340
Tension Protractor
ME-6855
See page 148 for more information.
A Measure Tension and Angle with One Device A Large Scale for Viewing Demonstrations A Zero-Adjust or Torsion Spring Scale f A Built-In od Clamp R
30 angle reading String Arrow indicates tension reading (5.0 N)
Demo Spring Scale

SE-7349
20 cm diameter The Demonstration Spring Scale features a large 20 cm diameter faceplate so many students can view demonstrations. With a capacity of 20 N and a resolution of 0.5 N, it provides a versatile and inexpensive way to measure forces.
Demo Spring Scale SE-7349
Tension Protractor
ME-6855 ME-9472 ME-8738 SE-9442 SE-8759 p.187 p.184 p.186 p.195
Includes:
One Tension Protractor
Recommended: Large Table Clamp 90 cm Long Rod Multi-clamp Hooked Mass Set
www.pasco.com
189
Metric Measuring Tape

SE-8712A
Meter Stick (6 pack)

SE-8827
Hardwood meter stick with metric graduations. Scale reads left to right on one side, right to left on the other.
Meter Stick (6 pack) SE-8827
Optics Caliper
This 30-meter woven fiberglass measuring tape reads metric on one side and English on the other.
Metric Measuring Tape SE-8712A
OS-8468
A Glow n the Dark Tips i A Waterproof

This light-weight plastic caliper is perfect for measuring images in the dark. Simply span the object and then use a scale to measure the distance. For approximate measurements, use the built in cm scale on the calipers.
Four-Scale Meter Stick

SE-8695
The tips of the caliper glow in the dark: Activate with an incandescent or UV lamp. The Four-Scale Meter Stick is a constructed of plastic square channel. One side has millimeter markings, one has centimeter markings, one has decimeter markings and the last side has only a one-meter mark.
Four-Scale Meter Stick SE-8695
Use the Optics Caliper to measure interference and diffraction patterns. Glow-in-the-dark tips activated using a UV light source.
OS-8468
Optics Caliper (Set of 5) Recommended: UV Light Source
SE-7228
p. 303
Stainless Steel Calipers

SF-8711
Micrometer
SE-7337
1.5 m Measuring Tape (10 pack)

PM-8761
Easily measure distances in both inches and centimeters with this handy, 1.5 m measuring tape.
1.5 Measuring Tape (10 pack) PM-8761
These metric/English (18 cm/6 in.) calipers have an expanded Vernier scale of 20 divisions (instead of the usual 10), so its easier to read and more accurate. The sliding mechanism is smooth and durable. A case is included for added protection.
Stainless Steel Calipers SF-8711
This low-cost micrometer provides measurements from 0 to 25 mm with 0.1 mm resolution. The wooden box is form-fitted to protect the micrometer during storage.
Micrometer SE-7337
190
Braided Physics String

SE-8050

SE-7590
Use these bumpers stickers as rewards for your students and to increase interest in physics.
This braided Dacron string is tough, resists stretching and wont unravel. Withstands up to 133 Newtons of force (equivalent to 13.6 kg). Each roll provides 320 meters of string.
Braided Physics String SE-8050
SE-7590
Plumb Bobs (10-pack)

SE-8728
No-Bounce Pad
SE-7347
Elastic Wave Cord

SE-9409
In addition to the Slinky, this Wave Cord is great for wave demonstrations. Unlike a Slinky, the tension can be varied. The cord is 3 mm in diameter. Each roll provides 90 meters of cord.
Elastic Wave Cord SE-9409
These finished steel plumb bobs are precision machined to a fine point. Just slide a string through the hole in the top and tie a knot. The plumb bob hangs precisely centered.
Plumb Bobs (10-pack) SE-8728
Glow String
SE-8690
Spirit Levels (10-pack)

SE-8729
Stop falling objects from bouncing with PASCOs No-Bounce Pad. The 30 cm x 30 cm x 2.5 cm dimensions of the pad provide an ample target for gravity demonstrations. Prevents heavy objects from damaging the floor and prevents falling objects from being damaged on impact.
No-Bounce Pad SE-7347
Carbon Paper (100 pack)

SE-8693
This stretchy string glows in the dark after being exposed to light. Use it to demonstrate wave motion, including resonance and standing wave patterns. Two rolls are included, totaling over 15 meters of string.
Glow String (2 pack) SE-8690
These 23 cm long Spirit Levels have 3 vials with striped graduations to indicate vertical, horizontal and 45 alignment. The frame is a durable plastic with tough acrylic vials. A magnetic tape allows no-hands leveling.
Spirit Levels (10-pack) SE-8729
Carbon paper is ideal for marking the position of an object as it strikes the floor or other surface.
Carbon Paper (100 sheets) SE-8693
Black Thread
ME-9875
Yellow Cord
ME-9876
Coffee Filters (500 pack)

SE-7252
Includes 3 spools of Nylon black thread.

Black Thread (3 pack) ME-9875
Two rolls of highly visible braided yellow cord. Total length of 140 meters.
Yellow Cord (2 pack) ME-9876
These 34 cm diameter coffee filters are ideal for freefall and terminal velocity experiments with the Motion Sensor.
Coffee Filters (500 pack) SE-7252
www.pasco.com
191
Small Steel Balls

ME-9872
Bounce/No Bounce Ball Set (3 pack)

SE-7571
Large Ball
SE-8842
These 1.6 cm diameter steel balls are used with the Mini Launcher (ME-6825).
Small Steel Balls (10 pack) ME-9872
Steel Balls
ME-9864
These two black balls look and feel identical, but drop them side by side and students will notice a big difference in their elasticity. One bounces back up close to the original drop height, while the other doesnt bounce at all. Includes three sets of the Bounce/ No Bounce Balls. Each ball has a diameter of 2.5 cm.
Bounce/No Bounce Ball Set (3 pack) SE-7571
This solid plastic ball is very round, rolls well, and is big enough to be easily seen by a motion sensor. It is used with the Force Distribution System shown on page 146, and has a diameter of 10 cm and an approximate mass of 800 grams.
Large Ball
SE-8842
Freefall Balls Accessory

ME-9890
Four pack of 2.5 cm diameter balls for use in PASCO Short or Long Range Projectile Launchers (ME-6800 or ME-6801).
Steel Balls (4 pack) ME-9864
This set of balls is used with the Discover Freefall system shown on page 133. The special stickers are used to attach the metal washers to the plastic balls, allowing them to be suspended from a magnet.
Includes:
Small Nylon Ball (2.5 cm) Large Plastic Ball (10 cm) Golf Ball (4.4 cm) Hollow Golf Ball (4.2 cm) Steel Ball (2.5 cm) Steel Ball (1.6 cm) Release Washers (10) Release Stickers (50)
Freefall Balls Accessory ME-9890
Plastic Balls
ME-6822
Spherical Mass Set

ME-8968
This set includes four balls with a diameter of 2.5 cm each, but featuring various masses, including a hollow steel ball. Extra brightly colored balls are available for the Projectile Launcher. Diameter is 2.5 cm (1 in.).
Plastic Balls (10-pack) ME-6822
A ace the hollow steel ball and solid aluR
minum ball down an incline. They have about the same mass, but the solid aluminum ball has a much larger acceleration down the ramp. hollow steel balls from a PASCO shortor long-range projectile launcher.
ME-8968
Includes:
Solid Yellow Nylon Ball (10 grams) Solid Steel Ball (66 grams) Hollow Steel Ball (21 grams) Solid Aluminum Ball (24 grams)
A ire the yellow plastic, solid steel and F
Spherical Mass Set
192
PASCO Stopwatch
ME-1234
PASCO Stopwatch 10-pack

ME-1235
Includes fitted foam storage box.
A o alarm or clock N A emory for stored event M times A ses one AA battery U A urable buttons D
Are you tired of annoying stopwatch alarms going off all day? Are your students stuck in the clock mode and cant get their stopwatch back into the timing mode? Does your stopwatch stop working after changing that little watch battery? The PASCO stopwatch solves all these problems! This stopwatch was designed specifically for science timing. The modes of operation are intuitive and complete instructions are included. The buttons are built to last and it uses a single longlasting AA battery which is less expensive than a watch battery, and easier to install.
TwoDisplayModes: MM:SS.SS (00:25.18) or Decimal Seconds (25.18s)
PASCOStopwatch10-pack ME-1235
Digital Stopwatch
SE-8702B
A Easy to Use A Start/Stop/Reset
The PASCO Stopwatch fits comfortably in your hand, or sets on the table at a convenient viewing angle.
Features
0.01SecondResolution:Time up to 30 minutes with 0.01 second resolution and 24 hours with 1 second resolution SplitTimers:Measure 2 times simultaneously Alarm:Can be set to chime on the hour
Specifications
LEDDisplay: Visible indoors and outdoors TwoDisplayModes: MM:SS.SS (01:25.34) or Decimal Sec (85.34s) Precision: 0.01 sec up to 59:59.99 (MM:SS.SS) or 3599.99 s Then 1 sec to 99:59:59 (HH:MM:SS) or 359999 s MaxNumberofEventTimes: 9 Auto-offafter1houridle Canbeusedwithalanyard (not included) IncludesAAbatteryandinstructionsheet
DigitalStopwatch
SE-8702B
Student Timer
SE-8768
Features
Inexpensive 0.01Second Resolution EasyOperation: Start/Stop, Reset and Lap
StudentTimer SE-8768
The EVENT/RECALL button allows you to view the last time, in case students forget to write it down. The EVENT/RECALL button is also used to store and recall up to 9 event times: For example, record a series of events, such as times at which sandbags were dropped along the gym floor.
PASCOStopwatch
ME-1234
www.pasco.com
193
Digital Stroboscope
SF-9211
Glassware
The following glassware is Borosilicate student-grade.
A 1-300 Flashes per Second (18,000 RPM) A Digital Frequency Readout A Input and Output Trigger
Front Panel View
Back Panel View Combines the mesmerizing fun of the traditional strobe with a digital frequency readout for accurate, quantitative data. Vary the flash rate manually to slow or stop motion, or trigger the flashes with an external signal so they stay in perfect synchronization with motion experiments.
Beaker,100ml(12pack) Beaker,150ml(12pack) Beaker,250ml(12pack) Beaker,400ml(12pack) Beaker,600ml(6pack) Beaker,1000ml(6pack) GraduatedCylinder,10ml(12pack) GraduatedCylinder,25ml(12pack) GraduatedCylinder,50ml(12pack) GraduatedCylinder,100ml(12pack) VolumetricFlask,100ml(12pack) VolumetricFlask,500ml(6pack) VolumetricFlask,1000ml(6pack) TransferPipet,1ml(10pack) TransferPipet,5ml(10pack) TransferPipet,10ml(10pack) TransferPipet,25ml(10pack) TestTubes,10mmx75mm(72pack) Buret,50ml
SE-7287 SE-7701 SE-7702 SE-7716 SE-7717 SE-7288 SE-7711 SE-7712 SE-7289 SE-7713 SE-7704 SE-7705 SE-7706 SE-7707 SE-7708 SE-7709 SE-7710 SE-7715 SE-7703
3 Liter Plastic Container Set

ME-7559
These containers are great for experiments needing ice-water baths. See the Heat Engine Experiment on page 345 for an example.
3LiterPlasticContainerSet(setof2) ME-7559
Features
DigitalDisplay:Large, bright digits display the flash rate in Hertz or RPM AutoSynch:Synchronize the flash with experiments using a 3- to 50-volt input signal Bright:Xenon flash tube with 14 cm wide reflector OrEvenBrighter:Use one PASCO strobe to trigger another (banana plug connectors needed)
DigitalStroboscope SF-9211
Syringes
SE-7562 Large (60 ml) SE-7561 Small (24 ml)
General purpose plastic syringes for use with our pressure sensors.
LargeSyringe(5pack) SmallSyringe(5pack) SE-7562 SE-7561
Digital Mini-Strobe
SE-9760
A Compact A Inexpensive
This handheld Digital Mini-Strobe is easy to use, accurate and inexpensive, with a xenon lamp that provides plenty of light for all standard applications. Aim the flash by hand or mount it on a standard tripod. The flash rate is adjustable from 100 to 10,000 FPM (flash/min) and can be read on the 4-digit LED display. Expect 1-digit accuracy to 5000 FPM and 0.05% accuracy for flash rates exceeding 5000 FPM. Bulb life is 300 hours.
DigitalMini-Strobe SE-9760
Water Reservoir
ME-8594
This calibrated 1000 ml cylinder is useful for experiments requiring either a specific amount of water, a constant flow of water, or water at a constant pressure. The cylinder has 3 hose connections, one for connection to a source of water, one for overflow, and an outlet near the bottom. The unit comes with 6 meters of tubing and 2 restriction clips.
WaterReservoir ME-8594
194
Mechanics Balances
Ohaus Scout Pro Balances

SE-8756A (400 g) SE-8757A (2000 g) SE-8758A (6000 g)
Ohaus Triple-Beam Balance

SE-8723 (without tare) SE-8707 (with tare)
Ohaus mechanical balances have been the standard weighing instruments in student laboratories for decades. Theyre accurate, easy to use, durable and inexpensive.
Features Specifications
Model SPE402 SPE2001 SPE6000 Catalog # SE-8756A SE-8757A SE-8758A Capacity 0-400 g 0-2000 g 0-6000 g Resolution 0.01g 0.1 g 1.0 g Pan Size 12 cm diameter 16.5 cm x 14.2 cm 16.5 cm x 14.2 cm Precision Ground Steel Knives: For exact measurements and a long balance life. Stainless Steel Weighing Pan: Easy to clean, lasts indefinitely. Magnetic Damping: For quick, true measurements. Simple Zero-Adjustment: Just zero the masses, then rotate the knob. See Capacities in Table Below.
The Scout Pro digital electronic balances from Ohaus combine range, resolution and low cost, making them ideal for the student physics lab. Simple two-button operation and visual menu prompts allow students to begin weighing with minimal instruction. The large, crisp display is easily viewed from any angle so teachers can quickly check student results. A sealed front panel, molded spill ring and removable Stainless Steel platforms provide protection from spills and make Scout Pro easy to keep clean. Each Scout Pro balance includes a USB interface option for complete flexibility in Windows PC connectivity. By purchasing a USB Connection Kit (SE-8788), students can use these balances as a sensor with DataStudio software.
Ohaus Scout Pro Balance, 400 g Ohaus Scout Pro Balance, 2000 g Ohaus Scout Pro Balance, 6000 g Recommended: USB Connection Kit SE-8756A SE-8757A SE-8758A
Ohaus Cent-o-Gram Balance

SE-8725
Specifications
SE-8788
Product # Ohaus Model Type Capacity w/addl. mass set Readability Tare
SE-8723 750-S0 Triple-beam 610 g 2610 g 0.1 g None
SE-8707 760-00 Triple-beam 610 g 2610 g 0.1 g 225 g
SE-8725 311-00 Cent-o-gram 311 g N/A 0.01 g None
Ohaus Additional Mass Set

SE-8708 (for Triple-Beam Balances)
These additional masses can increase the range of the Ohaus Triple-Beam Balance by an additional 2 kg. Included are a 0.5 kg and two 1 kg masses. Use with PASCO Model Nos. SE-8723 and SE-8707 .
Ohaus Additional Mass Set SE-8708
Ohaus Triple-beam Balance (without tare) Ohaus Triple-beam Balance (with tare) Ohaus Cent-o-Gram Balance Recommended: Ohaus Additional Mass Set
SE-8723 SE-8707 SE-8725
SE-8708
www.pasco.com
Mechanics Masses
195
Mass and Hanger Set

ME-8979 (1/2 g resolution)
PASCOs Mass and Hanger Set features precision 5 gram mass hangers with steel posts, and holed masses that will not fall off the hanger. All the masses have their values marked, and each hanger can hold around 250 g.
Wrap thread in notch to hang without tying
Beck Angle Mass Hanger

SE-9349
Steel Post
For strength
For medium to heavy applications using slotted masses, these fusion-welded Stainless Steel mass hangers are ideal. The angled design of this 50-51 gram hanger ensures the masses wont slip off.
Beck Angle Mass Hanger SE-9349
Unique Design
Includes:
4 mass hangers (5 g each) 2% Brass masses: 1% 3 x 100 g 3 x 50 g Aluminum masses: 1% 3 x 10 g 3x5g Plastic masses: 2% 3x2g 3x1g Molded storage case
Mass and Hanger Set Recommended: Mass and Hanger Spares Kit
Allows visibility of smaller masses
Slotted Mass Hanger

SE-8703A
This 50 gram mass hanger is the standard hanger for the slotted masses shown below.
6 x 20 g
3 x 1/2 g
ME-8979 ME-8980
Slotted Mass Hanger
SE-8703A
(Contains 4 mass hangers and 10 each of 2g, 1g, and 1/2g plastic masses)
Hooked Mass Set

SE-8759
Ohaus Hooked Mass Set

SE-8705
Slotted Mass Set

SE-8704A (1 g resolution) SE-8726A (10 g resolution)
These slotted masses provide medium to heavy mass (up to 1.110 kg) with 1 or 10 gram resolution. This rugged Hooked Mass Set is made from cast iron and coated with enamel. Convenient when heavier masses (up to 2.1 kg) are required.
The SE-8726A Set Includes:

Masses: 1 x 500 g 2 x 200 g 1 x 100 g 1 x 50 g 2 x 20 g 1 x 10 g
Includes:
Hooked Mass Set SE-8759
Includes:
Ohaus Hooked Mass Set SE-8705
The SE-8704A Set Includes:

The above masses plus a 5 g, 1 g, and two 2 g. Mass hangers available separately.
1 g Slotted Mass Set 10 g Slotted Mass Set SE-8704A SE-8726A
196
Thermodynamics Equivalent of Heat
Thermal Hammer
ET-8779
Mechanical Equivalent of Heat Tube ET-8781

A Compare change in gravitational energy to change in thermal energy A Monitor real-time temperature changes How It Works:
As the tube is turned over, the steel balls fall the length of the tube and strike the thin, metal plate at one end. Embedded in the metal plate is a fast-response thermistor which is used to continuously measure the temperature of the plate. The thermistor can be directly plugged into either the PASPORT Temperature Sensor (PS-2125) or ScienceWorkshop Thermistor Temperature Sensor (CI-6527A).
Electrical Equivalent of Heat Apparatus

TD-8552
A Converts mechanical energy to thermal energy A Monitor real-time temperature changes
A Investigate the Equivalence of Heat and Electrical Energy A Determine the Efficiency of a Lightbulb
How It Works:
Students hit the hammer on a foam square (included) and the small, steel balls within the hammer strike a thin, metal plate. Embedded in the metal plate is a fastresponse thermistor which is used to continuously measure the temperature of the plate. The thermistor can be directly plugged into either the PASPORT Temperature Sensor (PS-2125) or ScienceWorkshop Thermistor Temperature Sensor (CI-6527A).
This Electrical Equivalent of Heat Apparatus is straightforward and accurate. First, fill the clear plastic jar with water and insert the lightbulb. Measure the voltage and current into the bulb to determine the electrical energy input. Then measure the temperature rise of the water to determine the heat that is produced. Make the measurement once with clear water so only thermal energy is absorbed, then again with India ink in the water so all the radiant energy is absorbed. The electrical equivalent of heat can then be verified. As a bonus, students can calculate the efficiency of a standard lightbulb.
The temperature of the thin, metal plate rises each time the steel balls impact its surface.
energy during a collision
A Conservation of Energy studies A Analogy for the disappearance of kinetic
The loss in gravitational energy is compared to the increase in thermal energy of the metal plate.
Includes:
Calorimeter: Fully heat-resistant clear plastic jar Lamp assembly: Lamp is fixed to the lid of the calorimeter and is soldered directly to the terminal posts to minimize resistive losses in the circuit and to prolong the life of the bulb Styrofoam insulators (2) India ink
energy during a collision
Includes:
Thermal Hammer Built-in Fast Response Thermistor Probe Steel Balls (60) Foam Squares (2) (10 cm x 10 cm)
Energy Transfer Thermal Hammer
A Conservation of Energy studies A Analogy for the disappearance of kinetic
Includes:
Mechanical Equivalent of Heat Tube (70 cm length, 4 cm diameter) Built-in Fast Response Thermistor Probe Steel Balls (60)
Mechanical Equivalent of Heat Tube ET-8781
ET-8779
Required for use with ScienceWorkshop: ScienceWorkshop Interface Thermistor Temperature Sensor CI-6527A Required for use with PASPORT: PASPORT Interface Temperature Sensor PS-2125
Required for use with ScienceWorkshop: ScienceWorkshop Interface Thermistor Temperature Sensor CI-6527A Required for use with PASPORT: PASPORT Interface Temperature Sensor PS-2125
Electrical Equivalent of TD-8552 Heat Apparatus Required: Power Supply SE-8587 p. 247 or: equivalent source providing 3 A at 12 V Digital Multimeter (2) SE-9786A p. 253 Alcohol Thermometer SE-9084A p. 215
www.pasco.com
Thermodynamics Equivalent of Heat
197
Mechanical Equivalent of Heat Apparatus

TD-8551A
Energy Transfer Friction

ET-8770 A Demonstrates Frictional Heating A Real-Time Computer Measurement of Work Done and Resulting Temperature Increase A Brass and Aluminum Cylinder
Work is done by pulling on the yellow cord wrapped around the 2.5 cm diameter cylinder and lifting the mass. Using a Rotary Motion Sensor and a Force Sensor, a real-time graph of power versus time can be generated by DataStudio. The area under this curve is the work performed. A 10 k thermistor is used to determine the temperature of the cylinder. A PASPORT Temperature Sensor (PS-2125) is used to graph the temperature real-time in DataStudio.
A Accurate to 5% A Rugged Ball-Bearing Construction A Thermistor No Thermometer to Break

This Mechanical Equivalent of Heat Apparatus provides an updated version of one of Joules most important experiments; converting mechanical work to thermal energy.
Double Ball Bearings
Minimize the wear on moving parts.
Crank Counter
Counts the number of turns on the handle.
Thermistor
Embedded in the cylinder, it has lower thermal mass than a thermometer and is less breakable.
How It Works
Constructed primarily of steel and aluminum, theres virtually nothing to break. The thermistor is protected in the cylinder.
Durable Construction
The work done is measured using a Force Sensor and a Rotary Motion Sensor. The amount of thermal energy transferred to the cylinder is measured using a Temperature Sensor.
Turn the crank to perform a measurable amount of work. The crank turns an aluminum cylinder. A flat nylon rope is wrapped several times around the cylinder. As the crank is turned, the friction between the rope and the cylinder is just enough to support a mass hanging from the other end of the rope. This ensures that the torque acting on the cylinder is constant and measurable. A counter keeps track of the number of turns of the crank. The thermal energy is measured by monitoring the temperature of the cylinder using the embedded thermistor. With this apparatus, the equivalence of work and heat is easily established to within 5%.
Includes:
Base, cylinder, crank and counter with a built-in table clamp 2.7 meters of flat nylon rope 1-gallon can that can be filled with a measured mass of sand or water (if 10 kg of laboratory masses are not available) Laboratory manual including theory, step-by-step instructions and data tables
The area under the power vs. time curve shows 68.4 J of work done. The temperature increase of 2.7 C results in 51.3 J (75%) of the work done converted to thermal energy.
Includes:
Support base with plastic mounting bolt Brass and aluminum cylinders Yellow friction cord
Mechanical Equivalent of Heat Apparatus Required: Basic Digital Multimeter Triple-beam Balance
TD-8551A
Thermistor Temperature Cable

p. 253 p. 194 Energy Transfer Friction Required: Small C Clamp (6 pack) Hooked Mass Set Required for use with PASPORT: Force Sensor Rotary Motion Sensor Temperature Sensor ET-8770
SE-9786A SE-8707
A refrigerator (or ice) for cooling the cylinder below room temperature. Calipers and a thermometer for measuring room temperature are helpful, but not necessary. Replacement Supplies: Brush (single) Cylinder TD-8583 TD-8582
SE-7286 SE-8759 PS-2104 PS-2120 PS-2125
p. 186 p. 195 p. 19 p. 21 p. 28
198
Thermodynamics Thermoelectric
Energy Transfer Thermoelectric

ET-8782
Thermoelectric Converter
TD-8550A
A ully Functional Heat Pump and Heat Engine F U A se Voltage and Current Sensors to Measure Energy Conversions T A emperature Sensors can Monitor both Reservoir Temperatures M A odels a Refrigeration System
Output Ports
Measure current and voltage in Peltier device to determine energy input.
A emonstrate the D First Law of Thermodynamics A eversible R Features

Demonstrates that a temperature differential is essential for extracting usable energy Produces electrical energy from a temperature differential Produces a temperature differential with electrical energy 15 cm tall with 6 cm diameter fan
Knife Switch
Cooling Fan
Use to toggle between heat engine and heat pump modes of operation.
Provides additional heat dissipation from hot side of Peltier device.
Temperature Ports
A 10 k thermistor mounted in each aluminum plate of the Peltier device is used to continuously measure temperature.
How It Works
For output efficiency studies of the Peltier device.
Load Resistors
Peltier Device
Two aluminum plates are fastened to each side of the semi-conductor Peltier device. One plate heats while the other cools when DC current passes through the device.
The Thermoelectric Converter uses a series of semiconductor thermoelectric cells to convert thermal energy into electrical energy. The output from the cells drives a small electric motor.
Heat to Electrical Energy

Place one leg of the Thermoelectric Converter into cold water, the other into hot. The fan turns as the converter draws energy from the hot source (typically a 50C temperature differential is required).
The Energy Transfer - Thermoelectric circuit board helps students better understand heat engines and heat pumps. Using a Peltier device, cooling and heating effects can be observed and measured using PASCO probeware. In addition, a cooling fan, heat sink and foam insulation can be used to determine their effect on the heating and cooling of the Peltier device.
Electrical Energy to Heat

Pass a current (3 A DC at 5 V) through the Thermoelectric Converter. It acts as a heat pump. One leg becomes warmer while the other becomes cooler.
As the device is switched from heat pump to heat engine, DataStudio displays Power, Energy, Heat Transfer, and Temperature.
Includes:
Energy Transfer Thermoelectric Circuit Board Heat Sink Foam Insulation (2) Thermistor Temperature Cables (2) Short Patch Cords (8)
ET-8782 Thermoelectric Converter TD-8550A
When a temperature differential is established between the two legs, the fan turns.
Energy Transfer Thermoelectric Required: Power Supply (18 Volt DC, 5 A) Recommended for use with PASPORT: Voltage/Current Sensor Quad Temperature Sensor Fast Response Temperature Probe PASPORT Interface
SE-9720A PS-2115 PS-2143 PS-2135
p. 247 p. p. p. p. 34 28 29 8-16
Required: Containers for holding hot water, cold water, etc. Triple Output Power Supply SE-8587 p. 247 Alcohol Thermometer SE-9084A p. 215
www.pasco.com
Thermodynamics Thermoelectric
How Peltier Devices Work
The apparatus on these two pages use a Thermoelectric Peltier device as the basis of the heat engine/heat pump system.
199
Thermal Efficiency Apparatus

TD-8564
Features
Heat Transfer: Peltier device provides an excellent platform to experience heat transfer. Models a Refrigeration System: Give students a hands-on opportunity to understand a refrigeration cycle Compatible with PASCO Probeware: Use PASCO probeware to measure energy input and output. Analyze the data to study the efficiency of the energy transfer system
A eal Investigation into Carnot Efficiency R H A eat Engines & Heat Pumps A 5% Accuracy
The Thermal Efficiency Apparatus is a real heat engine that can be used to investigate and clarify the principles at work in Carnots ideal heat engine. Like Carnots model, it can be operated as a heat engine, converting heat into work, or operated in reverse as a heat pump, transferring heat from a cold source to a hot source. Results are typically accurate to better than 5%.
Thermistor Connections
Peltier Device
To 9 VDC Adapter
(included)
Work
Peltier Device Qc Aluminum (Cold Side)
Aluminum (Hot Side) Qh
I Hot Side Cold Side I + DC Voltage
Cooling Water
Power Supply
Inputs for heater
In/out ports
Heat Pump
A Peltier device is constructed of two ceramic plates with p and n semiconductors in between. As DC current is passed through the device, one plate warms and the other plate cools and the voltage across and current through the Peltier device can be measured.
I Hot Side Cold Side I Load Resistor
Load Resistors
Thermistor Conversion Chart
How it Works
The key element is a Peltier device, a semiconductor that turns thermal energy into electrical energy. The device is sandwiched between 2 blocks of aluminum which act as the hot and cold reservoirs. One block is water-cooled using the builtin pump. The other is electrically heated. A 100 k thermistor is implanted in each block so temperatures can be measured with a digital ohmmeter. The energy supplied to this heat engine is the electrical energy used to heat the aluminum block. The heat engine does work by running a current through the load resistor. Both the energy in and the work out are easily determined by measuring currents and voltages.
Work
Peltier Device Qc Aluminum (Cold Side)
Aluminum (Hot Side) Qh
Heat Engine
Using the temperature difference across its plates, the Peltier device generates current as the plates move to an equilibrium temperature. The current and voltage generated by the Peltier device can be used with output load resistors to determine the energy generated. The generated energy can be compared to the input energy to determine appropriate efficiencies. Furthermore, the effects on efficiency when changing the load resistance or temperature difference between the plates can be examined.
Typical Experiments
1. Real Efficiency vs. Temperature Difference 2. Carnot Efficiency 3. Heat Pump Coefficient of Performance 4. Thermal Conductivity 5. Load for Optimum Performance
Measure the real efficiency of a heat engine when operated between different temperature differentials.

TD-8564
Thermal Efficiency Apparatus
Required: Basic-Digital Multimeter(s) (4 needed) SE-9786A p. 253 Triple Output Power Supply SE-8587 p. 247 or: 2 voltmeters, 2 ammeters, 1 ohmmeter and a power supply providing 12 VDC @ up to 3 A
200
Thermodynamics Gas Laws
Absolute Zero Apparatus

A onstant volume sphere C M A easure pressure and temperature directly using PASCO sensors E A mpirically determine the absolute zero temperature
The Absolute Zero Sphere is an effective tool for determining absolute zero temperature. Connect a Pressure Sensor and Temperature Sensor (either PASPORT or ScienceWorkshop) and immerse the sphere in water baths of several different temperatures. As the pressure and temperature change, a graph displays these changes in DataStudio. Once the data is collected, students can use a linear fit to extrapolate the value of absolute zero. Absolute Zero Apparatus being used with PS-2146 Pressure/Temp Sensor.
Kinetic Theory Model

SE-8684
TD-8595
Temperature and Pressure data is taken for three temperature water baths. The experiment is repeated with a different amount of gas initially in the sphere. The slopes of the two graphs reflect the change in the number of moles of gas, and both graphs extrapolate to about the same value for absolute zero.
A xperimentally determine the temperature of absolute zero E A nvestigate the relationship between pressure and temperature I
(Gay-Lussacs Law)
A iscover the Ideal Gas Law D
Includes:
Absolute Zero Sphere Built-in Fast Response Thermistor Probe Quick Connect Pressure Port
Absolute Zero Sphere
TD-8595
Connect the Kinetic Theory Model to a power supply (not included) and watch the small spheres mimic the random motion of gas molecules. Increase or decrease the voltage to demonstrate the relationships between energy, velocity, pressure and temperature. Place cardboard or Styrofoam disks over the balls and observe the effects on volume as well. The sturdy design includes a 12 Volt DC motor that agitates a membrane. The clear plastic cylinder provides 360 of visibility for thermodynamics demonstrations.
Required for use with ScienceWorkshop: ScienceWorkshop Interface Thermistor Temperature Sensor* CI-6527A Absolute Pressure Sensor CI-6532A Required for use with PASPORT: PASPORT Interface Pressure/Temperature Sensor or Temperature Sensor Absolute Pressure Sensor
p. 48-52 p. 57 p. 56 p. 8-16 p. 27 p. 28 p. 26
PS-2146 PS-2125 PS-2107
Kinetic Theory Model Required: Triple Output Power Supply
SE-8684
*Note: Model CI-6527 is not compatible with this apparatus.
SE-8587
p. 247
www.pasco.com
Thermodynamics Gas Laws
201
Molecular Motion Model

SF-8563
Ideal Gas Law Apparatus

TD-8596
A emonstrate the Kinetic D Theory of Gases A odel the Relationship M Between Pressure, Volume and Temperature
A xperimentally determine the Ideal Gas Law E A arge syringe for accurate volume L measurements A uilt-in fast-response thermistor B
Investigating the Ideal Gas Law is simple using PASCOs Ideal Gas Law Syringe. By connecting a Pressure Sensor and a Temperature Sensor to this syringe, students can quantitatively look at the relationships between pressure, temperature and volume.
How It Works
Maxwells kinetic theory of gases is the long-established point of entry into the difficult but rewarding theory of statistical mechanics. This Molecular Motion Model provides a concrete, qualitative introduction. Fifty-one chromed steel balls represent the molecules of a gas in a closed vessel. Heat is simulated by supplying vibrations from a wave driver. When this external energy is applied, the steel balls exert a pressure on the container, forcing the top of the container upward. The relationship between temperature, pressure and volume is clearly demonstrated. Students also gain insight into the effects of temperature and height on the density of an ideal gas in a gravitational field. It can be used on an overhead projector. A low thermal mass thermistor is mounted within the syringe for real-time measurement of temperature changes inside the syringe. Tubing and a quick connect port allows a Pressure Sensor to be directly connected to the syringe. As the plunger of the syringe is depressed, the volume decreases while pressure and temperature increase. The data will help students better understand the Ideal Gas Law. PV = nRT A mechanical stop is included on the syringe plunger to prevent damage of the thermistor within the syringe and to allow quick (adiabatic) volume changes.
The measured values of Temperature and Pressure are used by DataStudio to calculate the Volume. The student can compare this calculated volume to the actual volume on the syringe in real-time.
A Discover or verify the Ideal Gas Law A Investigate relationships such as pressure
vs. temperature (Gay-Lussacs Law), pressure vs. volume (Boyles Law) and temperature vs. volume (Charles Law) the syringe based on pressure, temperature and volume measurements
A Calculate the number of moles of air in
T Slope of the Volume vs. graph equals nR. P
Low thermal mass Fast Response Thermistor
As the temperature rises, the gas expands.

Molecular Motion Model Required: Mechanical Wave Driver
Includes:
Ideal Gas Law Syringe Built-in Fast Response Thermistor Probe Quick Connect Pressure Port
Ideal Gas Law Apparatus
TD-8596
SF-8563
Required for use with ScienceWorkshop: ScienceWorkshop Interface Thermistor Temperature Sensor* CI-6527A Absolute Pressure Sensor CI-6532A Required for use with PASPORT: PASPORT Interface Pressure/Temperature Sensor or Temperature Sensor Absolute Pressure Sensor
p. 48-52 p. 57 p. 56 p. 8-16 p. 27 p. 28 p. 26
SF-9324
p. 260
Required: Sine Wave Generator WA-9867 p. 257 or Digital Function Generator PI-9587C p. 250
PS-2146 PS-2125 PS-2107
*Note: Model CI-6527 is not compatible with this experiment.
202
Thermodynamics Heat Engine
Heat Engine/Gas Law Apparatus

TD-8572
A ear-Frictionless Piston and Cylinder System N D A emonstration or Computer Data Collection H A eat Engine and Gas Law Experiments
When the air chamber is moved from the cold water bath to the hot bath, the piston moves up and lifts the 200 g mass, doing work. The mass is removed, and then the air chamber is returned to the cold bath, creating an isobaric/isothermal cycle. The data for the Pressure vs. Piston Position graph shown below was taken using a Pressure Sensor, and a Rotary Motion Sensor to measure the piston height.
200g Mass
Heat Engine
Cold Bath
Specifications
Piston diameter: 32.5 mm Maximum piston displacement: 10 cm Dual Pressure Sensor
Includes:
Heat Engine Air Chamber with Rubber Stoppers Plastic Tubing with Quick Connect Fittings
Developed for Workshop Physics activities
Hot Bath
Xplorer GLX
Heat Engine/Gas Law Apparatus Shown in use with: Xplorer GLX Dual Pressure Sensor Rotary Motion Sensor 3 Liter Plastic Container Set (2)
TD-8572
PS-2002 PS-2181 PS-2120 ME-7559
p. 8 p. 26 p. 21
This graph of Mass Platform Position vs. Time shows that each time the chamber is placed into the hot water bath, the mass is lifted higher as the gas expands. (Position data was taken using the CI-6538 Rotary Motion Sensor.)
Heat Engine Accessory

Includes:
Air Chamber Rubber Stoppers (1 and 2 hole)
TD-8581
The Heat Engine Accessory includes a set of parts for those items in the Heat Engine/Gas Law Apparatus most likely to need replacement after extensive use. Tubing with Quick Connect Fittings Shut-off Valve and One-way Valve
TD-8581
Heat Engine Accessory
www.pasco.com
Thermodynamics Heat Engine
203
Small Piston Heat Engine

TD-8592
Low Delta-T Stirling Engine

SE-8576A
Visible Stirling Engine

SE-8575
A mall Piston (8.1 mm dia.) S is More Sensitive to Pressure and Temperature Changes C A onnect to Heat Engine to Study Pascals Principle
The Small Piston Heat Engine features a piston with one-quarter the surface area of the original Heat Engine (TD-8572). It includes the same high-quality Pyrex cylinder and low-friction graphite piston. In addition, the Quick Connect ports allow the two heat engines to be used with one another or with the same set of accessories.
A uns on R 4C T A ltra-low U Friction
The SE-8576A Stirling Engine runs on the heat from a warm hand (approximately a 4 C differential from room temperature). This beautifully made engine featuring high precision components, low- friction graphite piston, ball bearings and counter-weighted cranks will amaze students. When its not used in class, teachers can set it on the back of their computer monitor and explain thermodynamics to students who come into their office.
Low Delta-T Stirling Engine SE-8576A
A Stirling Engine is a straightforward, practical example of a heat engine. A piston coupled to a foam air displacer shuffles air back and forth between hot and cold reservoirs. The expansion and contraction of air as it is heated and cooled drives the engine. This Visible Stirling Engine will run while sitting on top of an ice bath, a hot coffee mug or even a dish of ice cream. It provides a vivid demonstration of the thermodynamics of a Stirling Engine.
Stirling Engine
SE-8562
Features
Easily Visible: All movable parts are clearly visible for a more in-depth demonstration Small Temperature Differences: Runs on temperature differentials as low as 20 C Flexible Piston: Piston is a grey silicone rubber diaphragm that moves so students can see the air expand and contract
Pascals Principal is demonstrated by connecting 2 pistons of different diameters. More weight is required on the bigger piston to balance the weight on the smaller piston. Shown with TD-8572 Heat Engine.
A nvestigate Pascals Principle I A emonstrate a Real-Time D
Heat Engine Cycle This sturdy engine is manufactured completely from precision-machined metal parts. Simply add a little alcohol (denatured is recommended do not use rubbing alcohol) for fuel and a match. The included book, Stirling Cycle Engines, includes over 100 pages of history, illustrations and descriptions of the operation of various Stirling engines.
Stirling Engine TD-8592 SE-8562 Visible Stirling Engine SE-8575
Includes:
Small Piston Heat Engine Air Chamber with Rubber Stopper Plastic Tubing with Quick-Connect Fittings
Small Piston Heat Engine
Required: Denatured Alcohol
204
Thermodynamics Gas Law/Steam Generator
Adiabatic Gas Law Apparatus

TD-8565
Steam Generator
TD-8556A
A Investigate the Compression of Gases C A omputer Monitors Temperature, Pressure and Volume
A Variable Steam Output A Rapid Heating A A utomatic Safety Shut-off

Hot flowing steam is essential to most introductory thermodynamics experiments. Its inexpensive, plentiful and the perfect constant temperature heat reservoir.
Volume Transducer
A linear potential divider monitors the position of the piston.
This Steam Generator brings 3/4 of a liter of water to a boil in 10 minutes and provides continuous steam at up to 10 gram/min. A baster is also provided for removing hot water for experiments. Includes many convenience and safety features.
Temperature Sensor
Measures rapid changes in temperature as the resistance of a fine nickel wire changes.
Supply 2 lab groups simultaneously.
Dual Steam Ports
Internal Electric Heater

No open flame, no exposed coils.
Rubber Stopper
For a tight seal and a safety pressure release.
Low Water Warning Light
Carry the volume, pressure and temperature signals to the computer.
Three Signal Cables
Experiments
PASCOs Adiabatic Gas Law can be used with the ScienceWorkshop Interface. The computer functions as a 3-channel storage oscilloscope, plotting graphs of pressure, temperature and volume as well as integrating the area under a pressure versus volume curve to determine the work done on the gas. DataStudio monitors pressure, temperature and volume as a gas is compressed rapidly.
Extra-Wide Base
Stable, hard to tip over.
Variable Power (0 - 400 watts)

Adjustable steam flow.
The Steam Generator provides steam to change the temperature of the metal sample for the study of thermal expansion. The computer-based Thermal Expansion Apparatus is shown in detail on page 211.
Includes:
Adiabatic Gas Law Apparatus Instruction manual, experiment guide Signal Cables: (3.5 mm plug to 5-pin DIN) Power Adapter: 9V DC @ 1A
Adiabatic Gas Law Apparatus TD-8565
Required: A computer with an interface that will accept three analog signals simultaneously via 5 or 8-pin DIN connectors such as: PASCOs ScienceWorkshop 500 and 750 Interfaces.
Here an Xplorer GLX is used to monitor the change in length of the sample as the heated tube rotates the spindle on the Rotary Motion Sensor. The change in temperature is measured using the thermistor attached to the temperature port on the GLX.
Steam Generator TD-8556A
www.pasco.com
Thermodynamics Hot Plates/Stirrers
205
Hot Plate
SE-8830
Stir Station
SE-7700
A Temperature Range up to 400 C A Built-in Support Rod holder

This compact and durable hot plate can reach up to 400 C in minutes. The cast aluminum top plate provides an even heating surface, and it even has a built in support rod holder.
A ariable Speed V A emovable Rod R

The Stir Station is a must-have piece of lab equipment when doing titration experiments and it is highly recommended when doing bench-top Dissolved Oxygen activities. The white top makes it easier to distinguish solution color changes. Includes Power Adapter.
Both the SE-8830 and SE-8831 have a built-in rod holder for a 1/2 inch rod (not included).
Hot Plate
SE-8830

SE-8831
A Temperature Range up to 400 C A Stirring Speed from 100 to 1200 RPM A 1000 ml maximum capacity
The cast metal body makes for solid, classroom ready, labware. The cast aluminum top plate provides even, bi-metal thermostat con-trolled, heating. Each hot plate/stirrer includes a PTFE coated stir bar.
Stir Station SE-7700
Both the SE-8830 and SE-8831 have a built-in rod holder for a 1/2 inch rod (not included).
Hot Plate/Magnetic Stirrer SE-8831
206
Thermodynamics Radiation
Thermal Radiation Laboratory

TD-8855
Thermal Radiation Cube (Leslies Cube)

TD-8554A
A ow-Temperature L Radiation Source

For quantitative experiments in thermal radiation, an accurate source is as important as an accurate sensor. With the Thermal Radiation Cube, students control the temperature (up to 120 C) and observe the radiation rate from 4 different surfaces: black matte, white matte, polished aluminum and dull aluminum. With the Radiation Sensor, students can quantitatively investigate: radiation from different surfaces at a single temperature; radiation from a single surface at different temperatures (Stefan-Boltzman Law); and the absorptive and reflective properties of substances (window glass provided).
With the Radiation Sensor, a versatile Radiation Cube and the Stefan-Boltzman Lamp, four key experiments in thermal radiation can be performed. Students begin with a study of thermal radiation from different types of surfaces at the same temperature. The Thermal Radiation Cube has four different surfaces which can be monitored (black matte, white matte, polished aluminum and dull aluminum). The cube is heated electrically with a 100-watt bulb (its output can be varied). The thick aluminum walls assure the same temperature on all four walls to within a fraction of a degree. The Radiation Sensor provides an accurate measure of thermal radiation throughout the infrared region. Its output is a voltage that is proportional to the intensity of radiation. Another important introductory experiment is the Inverse Square Law. The StefanBoltzman Lamp uses a special bulb to provide a near-perfect point source, providing accurate results. Finally, students can verify the Stefan-Boltzman Law for both low and high temperatures using the Radiation Cube for the low temperatures and the Stefan-Boltzman Lamp for the high temperatures.
Features
Electrically Heated: The 100-watt bulb inside eliminates the danger of an open flame and the inconvenience of waterheated cubes. Temperature is conveniently controlled with the power control knob. Thick Aluminum Walls: The aluminum walls of the cube are 6 mm thick, providing efficient heat conduction so the temperature is constant to within a fraction of a degree at all points on the cube. Thermistor: A 100 k thermistor embedded in one wall of the cube provides accurate temperature measurement with no thermometer to worry about breaking.
Thermal Radiation Cube TD-8554A Required: Radiation Sensor Basic Digital Multimeter
Typical Experiments
With Teachers Guide and Sample Data. 1. Introduction to Thermal Radiation 2. Stefan-Boltzman Law at Low Temperatures. (Rrad = T4) 3. Inverse Square Law 4. Stefan-Boltzman Law at High Temperatures
Includes
Thermal Radiation Cube (TD-8554A) Stefan-Boltzman Lamp (TD-8555) Radiation Sensor (TD-8553)
See following page for component details. Thermal Radiation Laboratory Required: Basic Digital Multimeter Power Supply TD-8855
TD-8553 SE-9786A p. 253
SE-9786A SF-9584A
p.253 p.248
www.pasco.com
207
Radiation Sensor
TD-8553
Thermal Cavity
TD-8580A
Thermal Cavity
A adiation Detector R
Point the Radiation Sensor toward any object open the shutter and read the digital voltmeter to measure the relative intensity of the thermal radiation emitted.
A Flat Spectral Response: 0.6 to 30 m A Protective Posts A Complete Manual
A hree Different Surfaces T A avity Radiator C A ontrol and Measure C Temperature A omputer Compatible C
Temperature Port DC Power Input
This version of Leslies thermal radiation cube has a hole which acts as a cavity radiator. The aluminum cube has 4 different surfaces (black, white, polished and matte) to show students how surfaces radiate differently. Use an Infrared Sensor to detect the amount of radiation from each surface. The cube has a built-in heating element (10 VDC max., 1 A) to raise the temperature to 100 C. It can be powered by the Power Amplifier (CI-6552A or PS-2006) or a separate DC power supply. A 10 k thermistor is embedded in the cube to measure its temperature. Use a Thermistor Sensor (CI-6527A) or a PASPORT Temperature Sensor (PS-2125) to read the thermistor temperature. The cavity is the special feature of this cube. When the surface containing the cavity is scanned using a visible Light Sensor, the hole looks dark. However, when the cavity is scanned using an Infrared Sensor, the hole is brighter than the surrounding matte surface.
Radiation Sensor Required: Basic Digital Multimeter
TD-8553
SE-9786A
p. 253
Stefan-Boltzman Lamp
TD-8555
To scan the surface intensity of the cube, the Light Sensor is placed on the Linear Translator (OS-8535 on Page 280).
The hot cube can be safely rotated by the large plastic knob.
The top opens to reveal that the black-looking cavity is actually a matte finish, the same as the surface.
A High-Temperature A Radiation Source

This 12-Volt incandescent lamp is an excellent source of thermal radiation at high, measurable temperatures. The temperature of the lamp filament can be accurately determined by measuring the voltage and current students supply to the lamp (a graph of temperature versus resistivity is provided).
Stefan-Boltzman Lamp
Thermal Cavity Required: 60 cm Optics Bench Linear Translator Aperture Bracket
TD-8580A
In the infrared part of the spectrum, the hot cavity is brighter than the surrounding matte aluminum surface.
OS-8541 p. 277 OS-8535 p. 280 OS-8534A p. 280
In the visible part of the spectrum, the cavity is darker than its surroundings.
Required for use with ScienceWorkshop: Light Sensor CI-6504A p. 58 Infrared Sensor CI-6628 p. 58 Thermistor Sensor CI-6527A p. 57 Rotary Motion Sensor CI-6538 p. 54 Power Amplifier II CI-6552A p. 50 or Low Voltage AC/DC Power Supply SF-9584A p. 248 ScienceWorkshop 750 Interface p. 48 Required for use with PASPORT: Light Sensor PS-2106A IR Sensor PS-2148 Temperature Sensor PS-2125 GLX Power Amplifier PS-2006 Rotary Motion Sensor PS-2120 Xplorer GLX PS-2002 p. 32 p. 33 p. 28 p. 10 p. 21 p. 8
TD-8555
208
Solar Constant Set

TD-8497
Radiation Cans
TD-8570A
A easure the Temperature of Three M Cylinders in Real-Time A iscover the Rate at which Radiant Energy D is Received from the Sun
The Solar Constant Set includes five cylinders, three of which have identical size and mass. One cylinder is painted white, one is painted black and one has a shiny finish. A black brass cylinder of equal size and a black aluminum cylinder of twice the radius are also included. Using the included bracket and a standard ring stand, these cylinders can be used to discover the solar constant or to simply compare the energy transfer to the various cylinders.
How it Works
The cylinders are each placed on a Temperature Sensor and secured in the bracket. The cylinders are then taken outside and positioned such that each cylinder is perpendicular to the suns light rays. Using a fourth temperature probe (such as our Fast Response PS-2135), the ambient temperature can be measured throughout the entire experiment. Collect temperature vs. time data for approximately 20 minutes. Data shows that the black cylinder heats up most quickly. After 20 minutes the white cylinder is the coolest. The slope of the temperature vs. time graph shows the rate of temperature change when the black cylinder reaches ambient temperature. This slope, along with the mass and surface area of the cylinder, gives a value for the solar constant of 1150 W/m2.
These three aluminum cans have different surface finishes: Silver (unpainted), White and Flat Black. They are 15 cm high, and hold about 350 ml of water. Their large thermal mass ensures good results with both temperature probes and standard glass thermometers. Fill them with cool water and place them outside in the sunlight to investigate the effect of the surface finish on solar heating. Or place them inside filled with hot water to discover Newtons Law of Cooling, as shown above. (Temperature probes not included)
The Black, White, and Silver Radiation Cans are filled with hot water, and allowed to cool.
Includes:
Black, White and Polished Aluminum Cylinder 1.9 cm dia x 3.8 cm long Black Brass Cylinder (same size) Black Aluminum Cylinder (twice the radius) Mounting Bracket with Rod Clamp
Solar Constant Set Required for use with PASPORT: Quad Temperature Temperature Probe (3 needed) PASPORT Interface Required for use with ScienceWorkshop: Temperature Sensor (3 needed) ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface TD-8497 PS-2143 PS-2153 p. 28 p. 29 p. 8-16 p. 57 p. 48-52
Radiation Cans (set of 3)
TD-8570A
Thermodynamics Kit
CI-6514A
Measure the electrical equivalent of heat and investigate thermal absorption and radiation. The kit includes a 10 /10 W heating resistor with a thermal cutoff switch for safety, and black, white and polished metal containers.
CI-6605A
Thermodynamics Kit
CI-6514A
p. 209
www.pasco.com
Thermodynamics Solar Radiation
209
Energy Transfer Solar

ET-8593
A onverts Solar Energy to Thermal Energy C D A emonstrates the Greenhouse Effect B A uilt-In Thermistor for Measurement of Temperature
A sturdy plastic housing is covered with a transparent plastic lid to transmit visible light. The black aluminum plate (23 cm x 16 cm) inside is removable so its mass can be measured. The temperature of the plate is measured with a 10 k thermistor attached to the bottom of the plate. The supplied cable connects the apparatus directly to a PASPORT Temperature Sensor (PS-2125). Or, the thermistor can be read with an ohmmeter and the temperature can be calculated with the supplied conversion chart. The amount of energy transferred to the plate can be calculated. Also, the maximum temperature reached and the rate of heating can be investigated with or without the plastic cover. The attached rod clamp is used to adjust the angle of the box toward the sun.
Rod Clamp and optional stand allows easy adjustment of unit. Aluminum plate inside is painted flat black. Using the slope of the heating curve with no cover, the intensity of the suns light was calculated to be 750 W/m2.
Use an Xplorer datalogger with a Temperature Sensor for easy outdoor data collection.
Shows the difference in the heating rates with the transparent plastic lid on and off.
Includes:
Plastic box with lid Energy Transfer Solar shown in use. The Xplorer GLX, with its two built in temperature ports, measures both the ambient outside temperature and the temperature inside the Energy Transfer Solar. Graph from Xplorer GLX showing Greenhouse effect of heating on a cool, sunny fall day. Note ambient outside temperature (in light gray). Black aluminum plate (23 cm x 16 cm) with 10 k thermistor Cable for PASPORT Temperature Sensor
Energy Transfer Solar Required for use with PASPORT: PASPORT Temperature Sensor Xplorer GLX Small Tripod Base and Rod ET-8593
PS-2125 PS-2002 SE-9451
p. 28 p. 8 p. 185
210
Thermodynamics Thermal Expansion
Thermal Expansion Apparatus

TD-8558A
A Easier, More Sophisticated and More Accurate than Traditional Equipment A Steel, Copper and Aluminum Tubes Included
Heat with Steam or Water Built-in Thermistor
Together with a digital ohmmeter, directly measures the temperature of the tube (not the fluid moving through it).
Steam or water at any temperature can be fed directly through the tube rather than using a troublesome water jacket.
Resistance/Temperature Conversion Chart
Built-in Dial Gauge
Simple and very accurate measurements with 0.01 mm resolution.
Tube temperature is easily calculated from this permanently affixed chart.
3 Drop-in Metal Tubes
Input Jacks for Digital Ohmmeter
Steel, copper and aluminum. With PASCOs Thermal Expansion Apparatus, students can accurately and easily investigate the expansion of metals with increasing temperature.
Resistance of the 100 k thermistor is proportional to the temperature of the tube. thermistor is placed in direct contact with each tube. Equilibrium is quickly reached, and the temperature can be determined using a digital ohmmeter. (Resistance-to-temperature conversion table is permanently affixed to the base.) Heat with Steam or Water: Since the fluid moves through the tube, there is no troublesome water jacket. The fluid used may be steam or water at any temperature. Students dont need to know the temperature because the thermistor measures the tube temperature directly. This feature allows not only the calculation of the coefficient of linear expansion, but also the determination of the linearity of the relationship between L and T. 3 Drop-in Metal Tubes: Each tube snaps neatly onto the rigid base. The other two can be simultaneously mounted on the base for convenient storage.
Digital Multimeter
(Not included) measures thermistor resistance.
How It Works
Measure the length of a metal tube at room temperature. Then vary the temperature of the tube and remeasure its length to determine the coefficient of linear expansion. The concept is simple (L = aLT).
Includes:
Base: 70 cm long extruded aluminum, with built-in dial gauge and thermistor Expansion tubes: steel, copper and aluminum; 16 mm dia. Foam insulator Laboratory manual
Features
Built-in Dial Gauge: While some thermal expansion units only give single point readings of expansion, the PASCO dial gauge continuously measures as the rod expands and gives an accurate measure of the rod expansion (0.01 mm resolution). Built-in Thermistor: Temperature measurement is simple and accurate. Rather than measuring the temperature of the steam or water moving through the tubes, a 100 k
Thermal Expansion Apparatus TD-8558A Required: Steam Generator TD-8556A Basic Digital Multimeter (ohmmeter) SE-9786A
p. 204 p. 253
www.pasco.com
Thermodynamics Thermal Expansion
211
Compact Thermal Expansion Apparatus

TD-8578
Computer-Based Thermal Expansion

TD-8579A
A Compact A 0.01 mm Dial Gauge

Input Jacks for Digital Ohmmeter Heat with Steam or Water
Steam or water at any temperature can be fed directly through the tube.
Resistance of the thermistor is proportional to the temperature of the tube.
Dial Gauge
Built-in 100 k Thermistor
Together with a digital ohmmeter, directly measures the temperature of the tube.
3 Drop-in Metal Tubes
Brass, copper and aluminum.
The Compact Thermal Expansion Apparatus provides experimental results within 5% of the accepted value, yet requires less storage space (tubes are 46 cm long) and costs less than the Thermal Expansion Apparatus (TD-8558A). In this experiment, a metal tube expands as steam passes through it. Three tubes (brass, copper and aluminum) allow students to compare the expansion of different materials. As the tube expands, one end is held fixed while a clip on the other end pushes against a 0.01 mm division dial gauge. Initial and final temperatures are determined by a 100 k thermistor. A spring clip ensures good thermal contact to the tube and allows the thermistor to be changed between the 3 tubes provided. Insulation around the thermistor ensures accurate readings. The thermistor is permanently wired to banana jacks for easy connection to an ohmmeter. The free-standing base supports the apparatus on a table without a clamp or stand. The base has storage slots for the 3 tubes. The entire apparatus requires a minimal amount of storage space. The working length of each tube is 35 cm. The TD-8578 Compact Thermal Expansion Apparatus comes complete with 0.01 mm dial gauge, 3 sample tubes (brass, copper and aluminum) and a thermistor. Using the Steam Generator (TD-8556A) and a digital multimeter, students can accurately find the relationship between temperature and length of a solid.
Now students can see the length of the rod increase on a graph as the temperature rises. In this computerized version of the PASCO Compact Thermal Expansion Apparatus, the change in rod length is measured by a Rotary Motion Sensor with a special adapter pin that turns when in contact with the expanding rod. The temperature of the rod is measured using a 10 k thermistor. The included cable can be connected to either a PASPORT Temperature Sensor or a ScienceWorkshop Thermistor Sensor to read the temperature directly without need of a resistance-to-temperature conversion chart.
The Rotary Motion Sensor measures the change in length of the expanding tube.
Temperature (blue line), Expansion (brown line)
Computer-based Thermal Expansion Required for use with ScienceWorkshop: Steam Generator Thermistor Temperature Sensor* Rotary Motion Sensor ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface Required for use with PASPORT: Steam Generator Temperature Sensor Rotary Motion Sensor PASPORT Interface
TD-8579A TD-8556A CI-6527A CI-6538 p. p. p. p. p. p. p. p. 204 57 54 48-52 204 28 21 8-14
Compact Thermal Expansion Apparatus Required: Steam Generator Digital Multimeter (ohmmeter)
TD-8578
TD-8556A SE-9786A
p. 204 p. 253
TD-8556A PS-2125 PS-2120
*Note: Model CI-6527 is not compatible with this experiment.
212
Thermodynamics Heat Conduction Apparatus
Heat Conduction Apparatus

TD-8513
A Heat Flow Through Metals A 3 Types of Metals, 2 cross-sections A Angstroms Method

The Heat Conduction Apparatus shows the difference in the rate of heat conduction through bars made of different materials and through bars of the same material that have different cross-sectional areas. The difference in temperature between points along each bar is measured to quantify the rate of heat conduction. The Heat Conduction Apparatus has four metal bars (1 aluminum, 1 stainless steel, 2 brass having different cross-sections). One end of each bar is heated or cooled by applying power to the Peltier device which is attached to one end. Each bar has two 10 k thermistors embedded in it about 3 cm apart from each other. A cable (male 8-pin mini-DIN to male 8-pin mini-DIN) is supplied to connect the thermistors in this apparatus to the PASPORT Temperature Array (PS-2157) so data can be recorded from all eight sensors simultaneously. Foam insulators are supplied to cover the bars during the experiment.
A Peltier device heats one end of each of the different metal bars. Embedded thermistors detect the rise in temperature along the bars.
Temperature sensors at the end of each type of bar show the different rates of conduction.
The DC Power Supply (PI-9877) powers the Peltier Device and the thermistors are read by the required Temperature Array (PS-2157).
Specifications
Aluminum, stainless steel, brass bar dimensions: 6.5 cm x 1.2 cm x 0.4 cm Second brass bar dimensions: 6.5 cm x 0.7 cm x 0.4 cm Maximum Voltage Input for Peltier: 15 VDC Board Size: 10 cm x 18.5 cm
Includes:
Heat Conduction Apparatus Circuit Board Cable Foam Insulation (2)
The two temperature sensors in the aluminum bar record the difference in time of the temperature rise as heat is conducted through the bar.
Heat Conduction Apparatus Required: Temperature Array PASPORT Interface Recommended: DC Power Supply PI-9877 TD-8513
PS-2157
p. 29 p. 8-14 p. 246
www.pasco.com
Thermodynamics Thermal Conductivity
213
Thermal Conductivity Apparatus

TD-8561
Ice Melting Blocks

SE-7317
A Measure Heat Flow Through 5 Different Materials A Constant Temperature Differential Makes Calculations Easy A Easy to Use, No Mess
Constant Temperature Differential 0C Water Run-off Channel
For retrieving water from melted ice.
A reat Thermal Conductivity G Demonstration
Plastic Tubing
For connecting a steam generator.
Not Shown 100C
Two Ice Molds, Instruction Manual and Experiment Guide.
Stand with Insulating Pads
Keeps hot reservoir well above the table. Steam Generator and cup not included.
The Ice Melting Blocks look similar, but are composed of different materials. One block feels cold to the touch while the other block feels slightly warm. Both blocks are at room temperature but have very different thermal conductivities. After allowing students to hold the blocks, ask them which block would melt ice more quickly. Place an ice cube on each block and watch their amazement as the cold block melts the ice cube within 2 minutes. The melting of the ice cube is barely noticeable on the warm block. The cold block is aluminum and has a much greater ability to transfer heat to the ice cube or the hand. The warm block is plastic, which does not conduct heat as well.
Durable Test Materials 12.7 cm square: glass, wood, polycarbonate, Masonite and Sheetrock. One of the most important considerations for buildings in the modern world is their ability to provide good thermal insulation. This apparatus provides students a means of observing and quantifying heat flow across a constant temperature differential. Students use 5 common materials as test samples glass, wood, polycarbonate, Masonite and Sheetrock.
How It Works
A block of ice is placed against one side of the test material. The other side is clamped against a steam chamber, establishing a constant 100C temperature differential. The rate at which the ice is converted to water is a measure of the rate at which heat passes from the steam, through the test material and into the ice.
Includes:
Aluminum Block Plastic Block O-rings (2)
Features
No Mess: Water from the melting ice runs off into the measuring cup not on the lab table. Durable Test Materials: Wood, Masonite and Sheetrock are covered with a thin aluminum sheet for waterproofing and to ensure good thermal contact. Elevated Steam Reservoir: Hot reservoir is well above the lab table to eliminate heat damage.
Includes:
Stand with insulating pads Steam chamber Ice molds (2) Materials; 12.7 cm square: glass, wood, polycarbonate, Masonite, Sheetrock Plastic tubing for connecting steam generator Instruction manual and experiment guide
Thermal Conductivity Apparatus TD-8561 Required: Steam Generator TD-8556A Graduated Cylinder
Ice Melting Blocks
SE-7317
p. 204
214
Thermodynamics Calorimetry
Basic Calorimetry Set

TD-8557
Energy Transfer Calorimeter

ET-8499
A An Affordable Introduction to Thermodynamics A Good Physics with Simple Equipment
A Compare Electrical Energy Input to Changes in Internal Energy

The Energy Transfer Calorimeter includes two nested aluminum cups with an air space in between for insulation. While most calorimeters use a coil to heat the water, PASCOs design features a 10 heating resistor mounted to a circuit board. Using temperature, voltage and current sensors students can investigate the relationship between the input energy and heat transfer into the water.
PASCOs Basic Calorimetry Set uses inexpensive Styrofoam calorimeters which have excellent thermal properties. Together with 3 different metal samples, a thermometer, plastic tubing and a water trap that prevents unwanted condensation of steam, students have the equipment necessary to begin understanding and determining the specific heat of substances, the latent heats of vaporization and fusion of water.
Approximately 470 Joules of energy were added to the water using the Hand Crank Generator (EM-8090)
Includes:
Six calorimeters Alcohol Thermometer: 20 C to 110 C in 1 increments Samples of aluminum, copper and lead: 200 grams each Water trap and plastic tubing Instruction manual and experiment guide
Typical Experiments
Includes:
1. Define the Calorie 2. Thermal Capacity and Specific Heat of Aluminum, Copper and Lead 3. Latent Heat of Vaporization 4. Latent Heat of Fusion Outer Aluminum Cup (8.9 cm tall, 4.7 cm dia) Inner Aluminum Cup (7 cm tall, 3.8 cm dia) .5 Plastic Lid Two-Hole Rubber Stopper Heating Resistor with Input Cables
Energy Transfer Calorimeter ET-8499 p. p. p. p. p. p. p. p. p. 238 57 59 59 48-52 238 28 34 8-16

Basic Calorimetry Set Required: Steam Generator Ohaus Triple-Beam Balance Replacement Supplies: Calorimetry Cups (set of 12) TD-8557
Recommended for use with ScienceWorkshop: Hand Crank Generator EM-8090 Temperature Sensor CI-6605A Voltage Sensor CI-6503 Current Sensor CI-6556 ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface Recommended for use with PASPORT: Hand Crank Generator Temperature Sensor Voltage/Current Sensor PASPORT Interface EM-8090 PS-2125 PS-2115
TD-8556A SE-8723 TD-8825
p. 204 p. 194
www.pasco.com
Thermodynamics Thermometers
215
Pocket Digital Thermometer

SE-9789
Infrared Thermometer
SE-9785C
Alcohol Thermometer
SE-9084A
-20 to 110 C Range
-50 to 150 C Range
-50 to 270 C Range
Measure from -20 to 110 C with this 30 cm long thermometer. It is clearly marked at 1 degree intervals, and a ring on top lets students suspend it from a string.
Alcohol Thermometer SE-9084A
This low-cost digital thermometer is excellent for many experiments in the physics lab. A data hold button freezes the reading on the display.
An excellent classroom tool for measuring the temperature of a surface without contact. A built-in laser indicates the area to be measured. Unit automatically holds last measurement after measure button is released. Uses 2 AAA batteries (included).
Waterproof Thermometer
SE-7139
A pocket-sized digital thermometer for measuring the temperature of liquids. Slide the sleeve off to reveal the Stainless Steel probe that detects a temperature range of 50C to +300 C or 58 F to +572 F One button toggles on and off, . another toggles between C and F , while the third serves to change the mode. Other features include Min/Max recall, data hold and automatic shut-off.
Waterproof Thermometer SE-7139
Specifications
Resolution: 0.1 C Probe: 6.4 cm stainless steel probe with 51 cm cable Range: -50 to 150 C
Pocket Digital Thermometer SE-9789
Specifications
Range: -50 to 270 C; -58 to 518 F Resolution: (1 F/1 C) Distance to target ratio: 6:1 Emissivity: 0.95, fixed Display: Backlit LCD Recommended measure distance: 5 to 91cm
Infrared Thermometer SE-9785C
Digital Dial Thermometer

SE-9082
Digital Thermometer
SE-9086A
Digital Dial Thermometer (Flat End)

SE-7138
-50 to 150 C Range -50 to 1300 C Range This digital thermometer maintains a range of 50 C to +300 C or 58 F to +572 F Two . simple slide switches for on and off and Fahrenheit and Celsius and a large LCD display make it ideal for any lab or class.
Dial Thermometer SE-7138
This 5 cm diameter Digital Dial Thermometer has a range from 50 to 150 C with 0.1 resolution. The probe is 13 cm long and includes a protective case.
This compact Digital Thermometer measures from -50 to 1000 C with 0.3% accuracy, and from 1000 to 1300 C with 0.5% accuracy. Resolution is switchable from 1 to 0.1 C. The sampling rate is 3 measurements per second, and a hold button freezes the display. Battery life is approximately 200 hours.
Digital Dial Thermometer
SE-9082
Digital Thermometer
SE-9086A
216
Electrostatics Van de Graaf Generator
Van de Graaff Generator, High Voltage

SE-8691
A Large Sphere Creates Higher Voltage A Sparks up to 35 cm in Length A Large Size Ideal for Demonstrations
The High Voltage Van de Graaff Generator features a 25 cm diameter sphere which can generate approximately 400,000 Volts. The size of the sphere, the rounded edges of the sphere and the height of the sphere from the demonstration table contribute to the high voltages generated. Its large size, long sparks and high voltages make it ideal for use in larger rooms or lecture halls. An extra belt is included.
Electric Plume
SE-7232
The lightweight ribbons are connected to a stand which rests on top of the Van de Graaff Generator. As the generator operates, the ribbons stand on end due to the repulsive force between their like charges.
Discharge Sphere
SE-7231
Electric Whirl
SE-7233
Dimensions: Sphere diameter 25 cm Overall height 74 cm
This 25 cm sphere is supported on a Lucite column with a cast iron base. Includes cabling for connection to the Van de Graaff Generator or to a ground.
When held near the sphere of the generator, the spokes are propelled by charge leaving the points.
Van de Graaff Generator, High Voltage Electric Plume Discharge Sphere Electric Whirl Replacement Supplies: Replacement Belt
SE-8691 SE-7232 SE-7231 SE-7233
SE-7355
www.pasco.com
Electrostatics Charge
217
Classic Electrostatics Materials Kit

SF-9068
Providing the classic introduction to electrostatics, this kit allows students to rub any of the 3 rods with rubbing cloths to produce a positive or negative charge. Place the rods on the insulated pivot stands to investigate electrostatic forces.
Discover Charge Set

ES-8086
A Explore the Bipolar Nature of Charge A Experimentally Rank Materials within the Triboelectric Series
The Discover Charge Set provides students with a collection of materials to explore the nature of static charge. By rubbing two sheets of material together, electrons are transferred from one material to the other. Students then hold each of the charged materials near a charged indicator to discover the direction of charge flow. Using this information, the materials can be ranked within the triboelectric series by rubbing with each of the materials in the set.
Includes:
Three rods (acrylic, glass, PVC) Two insulated pivot stands Three rubbing cloths (wool, silk, fur)
Negatively charged tape is used as an indicator to verify the materials charge.
Classic Electrostatics Materials Kit
SF-9068
Included Materials:
Teflon Styrene Polyester Wool PVC Each material sheet measures 15 cm x 10 cm. Rub two sheets together to transfer charge from one sheet to the other.
Discover Charge Set ES-8086
Electroscope
SF-9069
When this Electroscope is charged, the conductive rod rotates to indicate charge magnitude. The shield ring is 15 cm in diameter and can be grounded with banana plug connectors (not included).
Includes:
Charge Sampler: For transferring charge to the Electroscope Capacitor Plates (5.6 cm dia.): For testing charges without depositing them on the Electroscope
Variable Capacitor
ES-9043
This precision, variable plate Capacitor has two 20 cm diameter, 6 mm thick, solid aluminum plates ground flat to 0.2 mm. The plates are mounted on acrylic insulators and capacitance is adjustable from 2.3 to 280 pF (plate separation of 1 to 116 mm). The spring-loaded, aluminum extrusion slide mechanism assures that the plates remain parallel as their separation is changed. Plate parallelism is adjustable.
Electroscope
SF-9069
Variable Capacitor
ES-9043
218
Electrostatics Electrostatics Systems
Basic Electrostatics System

ES-9080
A Quantitative Electrostatics A Comprehensive Experiment Manual Included A Individual or Demonstration Use

The PASCO Basic Electrostatics System includes all the components necessary for a quantitative investigation into the basics of electrostatics. With this integrated set of equipment, students can study:
A Production of charges, equal and opposite A Charge by induction A Principle of the Faraday Ice Pail A Charge transfer A Charge distribution in electric fields A Capacitors and the Q=CV relationship A Moving charges and current
ES-9079 Basic Variable Capacitor ES-9077 Electrostatics Voltage Source Experiment Manual Although not included with the system, the ES-9060 Charge, Equipotential and Field Mapper (described on page 220) provides additional experiments in charge and field mapping.
Basic Electrostatics Systems ES-9080 Recommended: Charge, Equipotential and Field Mapper ES-9060
Includes:
ES-9078 Basic Electrometer ES-9057B Charge Producers and Proof Plane ES-9042A Faraday Ice Pail and Shield ES-9059B Conductive Spheres, 13 cm
p. 220
Basic Electrometer
ES-9078
The PASCO Basic Electrometer is a quantitative electroscope, measuring the polarity and magnitude of charged objects. With almost infinite input resistance (1014 ohm), the Electrometer is a high impedance voltmeter, draining almost no charge from the object it is measuring.
Quantitative Readout
Readout in volts can be calibrated for units of charge.
Features
Center-Zero Meter. Polarity is indicated directly. 3, 10, 30 and 100 VDC Switch-Selectable Ranges. LED lamps indicate the range in use. Zeroing Switch. For removing all charge from the input and bringing the meter to zero. Automatic Shutoff. Unit turns off about 3 hours after being used. Output Compatible with ScienceWorkshop Interfaces. For recording data or producing a demonstration-sized meter display. Battery Operation. Uses 4 cells AA (included). Range indicator lights flash when batteries need to be replaced. Included Cables. Shielded input cable for connecting the Electrometer to the Faraday Ice Pail or other source of charge; grounding cable with clip; ScienceWorkshop interface cable. Instruction and Experiment Manual.
Direct Polarity Indication
Centered zero scale shows both positive and negative charges.
Signal Output
To computer interface.
Range Indicator LEDs
Range Adjustment Switch
Adjust the sensitivity to match the experiment.
Connector for Shielded Input Cable Grounding Jack On/Off Switch Zero Button
Basic Electrometer
ES-9078
www.pasco.com
Electrostatics Electrostatics Systems
219
Charge Producers and Proof Plane

ES-9057B
Conductive Spheres
ES-9059B
Electrostatics Voltage Source

ES-9077
The Charge Producers create equal positive and negative charges when rubbed together. The Proof Plane samples the charge density from a charged object. The charge can then be measured using the Electrometer and Faraday Ice Pail.
These Conductive Spheres (2 per set) can be used to store charge or investigate the charge distribution on 1 or 2 spherical conductors. A terminal on the bottom of each sphere provides a connection point for the power supply. Each sphere is attached to a heavy base (for stability) with an insulating rod. The spheres are 13 cm in diameter and 30 cm high.
Conductive Spheres ES-9059B
Charge Producers and Proof Plane
ES-9057B
Faraday Ice Pail and Shield

ES-9042A
Basic Variable Capacitor

ES-9079
This compact unit is ideal for performing experiments in electrostatics. It may be used as a source of charge or to maintain an object at a constant potential. Since the current required for such applications is small (on the order of nanoamps), high megohm resistors (120 M per kV) are placed in series with each output. Output voltages are 1000, 2000 and 3000 VDC, allowing students to make quantitative investigations of how voltage affects charge density on spheres, capacitor plates, etc. A 30 VDC source is also provided for experiments with capacitors. Banana plug to spade lug connecting cables are included.
Specifications
Output: 30, 1000, 2000, 3000 VDC 3%, line regulated Resistance in Series with Output: 120 M/kV Operating Voltage: 115/220, 50/60 Hz AC Adapter: 9 VDC
Electrostatics Voltage Source
With the Faraday Ice Pail, students can use the Electrometer to measure charge as well as potential. Touch the Proof Plane to the point of interest on the charged body, then place the Proof Plane inside the ice pail. The Electrometer reading will be directly proportional to the charge on the Proof Plane. The Faraday Ice Pail is 10 cm in diameter and 15 cm deep. It is made of wire mesh, so it is easy to see what is going on inside. The outside shield has a diameter of 15 cm.
Faraday Ice Pail ES-9042A
This variable, parallel plate capacitor permits a quantitative investigation of the Q=CV relationship. Two 18 cm diameter plates allow the capacitance to be varied from 225 pF to zero by sliding the movable plate in its 28 cm long track. The sliding plate has adjustment screws to make the plates parallel to each other. Electrical connection studs are located on each plate. A BNC connector cable is provided for connection to an Electrometer.
ES-9077
Basic Variable Capacitor
ES-9079
220
Electrostatics Charge/Field Mapping
Charge, Equipotential and Field Mapper

ES-9060
Field Mapper Kit

PK-9023
Conductive Paper
Printed grid makes measurements easy.
Cork Surface
Use pushpins to hold the paper during the experiment.
The Charge, Equipotential and Field Mapper is an excellent addition to the Basic Electrostatics System. Draw any set of two-dimensional conductors with the conductive ink. Investigate the electric field and the equipotential field lines between and around the conductive paper to any shape. Charge it and investigate the distribution of charge on its surface. Similar to the PK-9023 Field Mapper Kit, except it includes electrometer probes, a point charge holder and larger sheets of conductive paper for investigating charge distributions on conductive surfaces.
Storage Tray
After the lab, everything stores neatly under the corkboard.
Conductive Pen
How it Works
With this kit students can map both the potentials and the electric fields around any conceivable system of two-dimensional charged conductors. The procedure is simple: 1. Draw any Electrode: Draw the electrode with the special, conductive silver ink pen. It is easy to use, dries quickly and there is no mess. 2. Plot the Equipotentials: Connect a battery or power supply across the electrodes, then use a voltmeter to locate the equipotential lines. 3. Plot the Electric Field: Tape voltmeter probes together, then hold one probe on the paper and rotate the other probe around it like a compass. The maximum voltage reading indicates the direction of the electric field. 1. 2. 3. 4.
Draw any shaped charge electrode with this conductive ink pen.
Typical Experiments
Dipoles of Like Charges Dipoles of Opposite Charges Parallel Plate Capacitor Point Source and Guard Ring (cylindrical capacitor) 5. Floating Electrode Plus five more experiments.
Includes:
Conductive paper for mapping charge distributions; 30 x 45 cm (50 sheets) Conductive paper with cm grid for mapping equipotentials and field gradients; 23 x 30 cm (100 sheets) Pushpins (10), connecting wire (1) and electrometer probes (2) Conductive ink pen and a circular template for drawing conductors Point charge holder Plastic tray with corkboard top; 32 x 48 cm Manual with 13 experiments
Check out the experiments at www.pasco.com
Includes:
Conductive paper with cm grid; 23 x 30 cm (50 sheets) 10 pushpins; 3 wires Conductive ink pen and circular template Plastic tray with corkboard top; 32 x 48 cm
Field Mapper Kit
PK-9023
Charge, Equipotential and Field Mapper
ES-9060
Instruction manual with 10 experiments
Required: Basic Digital Multimeter SE-9786A p. 253 (or any voltmeter with at least a 10 M input impedance) Power Supply SE-8587 p. 247 (or another low voltage DC power supply or battery) Replacement Supplies: Conductive Ink Pen PK-9031B (limited shelf life of 6 months; not refillable) Conductive Paper with grid (50 sheets, 23 x 30 cm) PK-9025 Conductive Paper (no grid) (100 sheets, 30 x 43 cm) PK-9026
Replacement Supplies: Conductive Ink Pen PK-9031B (limited shelf life of 6 months; pen is not refillable) Conductive Paper with grid (50 sheets, 23 x 30 cm) PK-9025 Conductive Paper (no grid) (100 sheets, 30 x 43 cm) PK-9026
Special Conductive Ink Pen

The PASCO Conductive Silver Ink Pen makes it easy to study field patterns. Draw over 60 meters of patterns with a single pen. Pen shelf life is 6 months. Not refillable.
Conductive Ink Pen PK-9031B
www.pasco.com
Electrostatics Circuits
221
Basic Electricity
EM-8622
Components Set
Circuit Experiment Board
A Durable, Easy-to-Use Kits A Explore Basic Electronics A Complete Lab Manual

These simple kits provide a strong foundation for future studies in electronics. They take students from the basics of Ohms Law through simple series and parallel circuit analysis, and into some elementary aspects of electronics where they will build circuits using capacitors, transistors and diodes. One kit per two students is recommended, giving each student his or her own circuit board.
With this board and the included components, students can build a variety of basic circuits, from resistors in series and parallel, to a simple amplifier.
Low Voltage
Includes:
Two Circuit Boards with the following features:
Battery holders: (2) Resistor: (1) 3.3 , 2 W Light sockets: (3) with 3 bulbs (#14) Potentiometer: (1) 25 , 2 W Spring connectors: (32) Transistor socket: (1) Storage tube for holding components (components stay with the kit longer)
Two D batteries provide all the power needed (batteries not included).
Unique Spring Connectors
Twist them, bend them, push on them: no damage done. These connectors will still hold components and wires securely.
Basic Electricity Laboratory (2 boards) Required: D Cell Batteries (4-pack) Basic Digital Multimeters (2) or Analog Multimeters (2) Replacement Supplies: Light Bulbs (#14, 25 pack) Electronic Components Basic Electricity Lab EM-8622
Components Package containing: Resistors: (23) (10 - 220 k, 5%, 1/2 W)

Capacitors: (4) (100 f, 330 f) Diodes: (2) Transistors: (2) Wire leads: 22 gauge
PI-6602 SE-9786A SB-9623B
p. 253 p. 252
EM-8627 EM-8663
Typical Experiments
With Teachers Guide and Sample Data.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7 . 8. 9. 10. Getting Acquainted Series vs. Parallel Circuits Ohms Law Resistances in Circuits Voltages in Circuits Currents in Circuits Kirchhoffs Rules (nodes and loops) Capacitors in Circuits Diodes Transistors
Innovative Physics Textbooks and PASCO Physics Products

Matter & Interactions is a 2-volume textbook and curriculum by Ruth Chabay and Bruce Sherwood, published by Wiley & Sons. Intended for science and engineering students taking calculus-based introductory university physics. For more information on purchasing these textbooks, visit www.wiley.com.
Electric and Magnetic Interactions

Electric and Magnetic Interactions (Vol. 2 of 2) continues the emphasis on atomic-level descriptions and analysis and modeling physical systems. Electrostatics and circuit phenomena are treated as one integrated subject. The Desktop Electricity Kit allows students to carry out just-in-time desktop experiments on electrostatics, magnetism and circuits.
Desktop Electricity Kit

EM-8675
When used in tandem with the Electric and Magnetic Interactions textbook, this kit provides students the conceptual tools to further their understanding of electric and magnetic interactions. While its components look simple, they provide hands-on opportunities for students to build powerful conceptual models.
Desktop Electricity Kit EM-8675
222
Electricity Basic Circuits
AC/DC Electronics Laboratory

EM-8656
A Stand-Alone Operation A Computer Compatible A Includes Coil and Iron Core

The EM-8656 AC/DC Electronics Laboratory dynamically teaches the basics of AC/DC circuits. Students can use this kit with a ScienceWorkshop Computer Interface and Power Amplifier or as a stand-alone unit. The storage tray holds all included components, reducing the chance of losing capacitors, resistors, etc. Two D batteries are required for stand-alone use (not included).
Push Button Switch
Light Bulbs and Sockets
Potentiometer
Iron Core
Coil Banana Jacks
For computer connection.
Experiments
Battery Holder
Component Springs
Hold circuit components securely.
Includes:
18 cm x 25 cm circuit board Resistors (24) (4.7 220 k, 5%, 0.25-5 W) Capacitors (7) (1 F 330 F) Diodes (6), Transistors (2) and LEDs (4) The AC/DC Electronics Laboratory can be used as a stand-alone electricity learning center. Students study how the resistance of a light bulb filament changes as it heats up. The graph below displays voltage vs. current for an incandescent light bulb. It is clear that the resistance is not linear but changes as the bulb begins to glow. Wire leads (22 gauge) Push button switch Storage tray and laboratory manual Battery holders (2) Using DataStudio and a Voltage Sensor, students can measure the electromotive force (EMF) created when a magnet is dropped through a coil. By integrating the voltagetime graph, students can also measure the changes in magnetic flux created by the magnet. Light sockets (3) and lamps (3) 25 , 2 W potentiometer (1) Component connectors (36) Transistor socket (1) 8.2 to 19 mH coil and iron core

AC/DC Electronics Laboratory EM-8656
www.pasco.com
Electricity Circuits
223
Charge/Discharge Circuit
EM-8678
The Charge/Discharge Circuit is an excellent way to observe and measure the behavior of DC circuits including batteries, capacitors, light bulbs and resistors. It also includes an open slot to allow a component of choice to be inserted for further experimentation. Effective experiment: Charge the capacitor with batteries, then discharge through a resistor or light bulb. Students measure the voltage and current as the capacitor discharges, and can graph the relationship between voltage and current for various components. Voltage vs. Current for a 33 resistor, a 10 resistor, and a light bulb. Note the non-linearity for the bulb. The Charge/Discharge Circuit is also part of the Energy Transfer Batteries (ET-8774). This complete system allows students to quantify the amount of charge and energy transferred during the charging and discharging of Ni-Cad batteries.
Energy Transfer Battery

ET-8774
Investigate charge and discharge characteristics of batteries and capacitors, and measure efficiency of energy storage and recovery. Charge the built-in NiCd rechargeable AAA batteries and graph power versus time using a PASPORT (PS-2115) Voltage/Current Sensor. The area under the curve is the energy delivered to the battery. Switch the built-in, double-throw switch to the Discharge position to light the bulb. The Voltage/Current Sensor measures the energy output by the battery.
Light Bulbs AAA NiCd Batteries
1F Capacitor
Resistors
Charge/Discharge Switch
Includes:
1 Farad Capacitor #14 Light Bulbs (3) 10 Resistor 33 Resistor
Charge/Discharge Circuit Recommended: #14 Light Bulbs (25 pack)
100 Resistor Battery Holders (uses AA or AAA) Double Throw Knife Switch
EM-8678
EM-8627
Relay
CI-6462
The area under the power versus time graph is energy. 99 J of energy is delivered to the battery. During discharge, 51 J (52%) is delivered to the bulb.
A Single-Pole Double-Throw Switch A Activated by DataStudio or Xplorer GLX A For Sense and Control Projects
This relay is a single-pole double-throw switch that is controlled by DataStudio or the Xplorer GLX for Sense and Control experiments. It is shown here with the EM-8678 Charge/Discharge Circuit, automatically turning on the light whenever the temperature above the bulb reads less than 25 C. See page 24 for more information about the Relay. Relay
Includes:
Charge/Discharge Board (EM-8678) Short Patch Cords (SE-7123) NiCd Rechargeable AAA Batteries (2) Manual
Energy Transfer Battery Required: Power Supply (18V DC, 5A) Voltage/Current Sensor
ET-8774
SE-9720A PS-2115
p. 247 p. 34
CI-6462
224
A A A A
CASTLE 2005 Curriculum

Capacitor-Aided System for Teaching and Learning Electricity
Hands-on Approach Builds on Intuitive Concepts Complete Electricity Curriculum Redesigned Sections to Facilitate Beginning CASTLE Curriculum in Grade 8 or 9 A New Sections Investigating Motors & Generators Plus Production of Moving Electromagnetic Fields
CASTLE Kit (for 2 Students) Economy CASTLE Kit

(for 8 Students)
EM-8654
Screw Sockets and Stands
Stands provide a sturdy support for bulbs and are easy to quickly connect into a circuit.
EM-8624A
CASTLE provides an intuitive approach to electricity. Its interesting, fun and gives students a deeper understanding of the basic principles.
Carbon Resistors
These impede flow similar to low resistance bulbs, but dont glow and divert attention to role as energy sinks.
Battery Holder
The CASTLE Approach

CASTLE is a high school electricity curriculum that leads students from initial naive ideas to an increasingly expert understanding of electrical phenomena. A sequence of self-guided experiments uses large capacitors and transient bulb lighting to help students confront misconceptions, grasp the physics of current propulsion and build intuitive explanatory models. The core experiments stimulate students to model mobile charge as a compressible fluid and electric potential as pressure in the fluid. They learn that a pressure difference is what makes charge move through a resistor. The advanced experiments reveal two kinds of charge and distant action, which suggests modeling fields as pressure raising/lowering halos around charges. Connections between the electron, the atom and mobile charge in circuits are also explored. CASTLE instruction gives priority to development of qualitative model-based reasoning. No prior knowledge of electricity is required, making the curriculum accessible to students in all levels of high school physics. The CASTLE approach originated in the research of Professor Melvin S. Steinberg of Smith College. The complete curriculum was developed by a team of college and high school physics teachers under a National Science Foundation grant. Extensive testing has shown superior conceptual and confidence gains. In 1994, CASTLE was certified a proven effective program by the U.S. Department of Educations Program Effectiveness Panel.
Securely holds batteries and yet makes them visible so their function within the circuit is evident.
High-Quality Compass
Non-invasive monitoring of movement in wires enables students to visualize the direction of charge flow.
Miniature Light Bulbs
Different shaped bulbs have different resistance values.
Wires with Alligator Clips
These 10 color-differentiated wires make circuit connections quick and easy no soldering or wire twisting required.
25,000 f Capacitor
Provides the foundation for this intuitive introduction to current electricity.
The Curriculum Guide

Download the Manuals FREE.
Download the CASTLE Curriculum Guide for FREE. At www.pasco.com just type CASTLE in the search box and click GO! The teachers manual helps teachers put the CASTLE Kits to the best possible use. The student manual has investigations for each stated experiment, plus commentaries to prepare students for labs and summary exercises to reinforce the lab experience.
wn ww Do t w a
F load .pas
E an RE the Mco.com
ua
ls
www.pasco.com
225
Step 1: A capacitor is charged by a battery.
By observing the bulbs and nearby compass, students can monitor the current as it flows and then slowly subsides. Note that the lamps glow dimly with two bulbs in series.
Step 2: The battery is removed and
current flows in the opposite direction (note the compass deflection) as the capacitor discharges. Students learn that charge acts like a fluid in the capacitor plates that can be compressed and depleted.
Step 3: A single bulb is lit by the same
charged capacitor. The lamp glows brighter but for a shorter time. Students learn the importance of rate of flow in understanding current.
Typical Experiments
Core Curriculum investigates:
1. What is happening in the wires? 2. What do the bulbs do to moving charge? 3. Where does the moving charge originate? 4. What makes charge move in a circuit? 5. How do wires distribute electric pressure in a circuit? 6. How are values of circuit variables measured?
The Kits
Each CASTLE Kit includes all the materials needed (except for three D batteries) for two students to work through a complete introduction to basic electricity. Each Economy CASTLE Kit includes all the materials needed (except batteries) for eight students.
Auxiliary Equipment for Core Curriculum

1 2
Materials Included in Each Kit

Component CASTLE Economy Kit Kit 25,000 F capacitor 1 4 (20 volts, nonpolar) #14 light bulbs 4 25 #48 light bulbs 6 25 10 Ohm resistor 4 16 Miniature light bulb 4 16 sockets and stands Wires with alligator clips 10 40 Battery holder 1 4 (spring-loaded) High-Quality compass 1 4 Storage box 1 0
The Mini Generator (1) enables students to distinguish charge circulation from energy transfer. The 100,000 f Capacitor (2) lengthens the time scale of transient bulb lighting.
Auxiliary Equipment for Advanced Curriculum

3
Advanced Curriculum investigates:

7 Does all matter contain charge? . What are electrons? 8. What is the cause of distant action effects? 9. What pushes on tiny charge carriers like electrons? 10. How do semiconductors work? What is AC? 11. How do motors and generators work? 12. How are magnetic and electromagnetic fields produced?
Bi-color LEDs detect electric vectors in electromagnetic fields produced in these coils (3) by accelerating charge when current is turned on and turned off.
Recommended: (1) Mini Generator (2) Capacitor (0.1 F)
(Minimum of 2 each per class)
SE-8645 p. 238 EM-8655 SE-8653 p. 240
View the experiments at www.pasco.com
(3) Primary and Secondary Coils Replacement Supplies:
(Minimum of 2 each per advanced class) We recommend the purchase of one EM-8627 and one EM-8628 spare bulb set for every five CASTLE Kits, or for every Economy CASTLE Kit.
CASTLE Kit Economy CASTLE Kit
EM-8624A EM-8654
Batteries not included. 3 D batteries are required per kit. Batteries not included. 12 D batteries are required per kit.
Light Bulbs (#14, 25 pack) Light Bulbs (#48, 25 pack) Light Bulb Sockets (10 pack) D cell batteries (4 pack) Light bulbs (#50, 4 pack) and Sockets (2 pack) Liquid-Filled Compasses (5 pack) Capacitors (0.025 F 2 pack) ,
EM-8627 EM-8628 EM-8630 PI-6602 EM-9099 EM-8631A EM-8632
226
Electricity Circuits
RLC Circuit
CI-6512
Series/Parallel Circuit
EM-8677
Resistor-Capacitor Circuit
SE-9791
This board offers a unique set of components for demonstrating:
A Voltage/Current Phase Relationships A RLC Resonance A Non-Ohmic Characteristics. Components

include resistors, capacitors and an inductor coil.
PASCOs Series/Parallel circuit is designed for use with the Hand-Crank Generator (EM-8090). The two 12 Volt bulbs can be wired in series or parallel. The 2 knife switches enable students to switch on one bulb or both bulbs.
The SE-9791 Resistor-Capacitor Circuit contains everything students need for studying resistor-capacitor circuits in the lab.
Experiment Manual Includes:

Charging and Discharging Capacitors Series RC Circuits Parallel RC Circuits Combinations of Series and Parallel RC Circuits. A built-in battery (included) or external power supply can be used for experiments. A fuse protects components from overload. Two resistors and 2 capacitors are provided (one each soldered to the board). Unique spring connectors, the same as used on the Basic Electricity Laboratory (EM-8622) are used for easy component connection.
Using the Hand-Crank Generator The 750 Interface can measure current and voltage as well as provide power to the RLC Circuit.
Measurements can be made either with a voltmeter and stopwatch (for graphing charge and discharge curves) ScienceWorkshop or PASPORT Interface with Voltage Sensors.
Close the switch to add an extra branch and twice the load to the parallel circuit.
A 1000 F capacitor charging and discharging through a 15 k resistor.

Resistor-Capacitor Circuit SE-9791
Phase relationships between the voltage across the capacitor, resistor and inductor can be studied using DataStudios oscilloscope display.
Bulbs are less bright when wired in a series circuit.

Series/Parallel Circuit Recommended: Replacement Bulbs (5 Pack) Hand-Crank Generator EM-8677
RLC Circuit
CI-6512
EM-8679 EM-8090
Recommended: Basic Digital Multimeter SE-9786A PASCO Stopwatch ME-1234 ScienceWorkshop Interface Voltage Sensor CI-6503 PASPORT Interface Voltage/Current Sensor PS-2115
p. 253 p. 187 p. 48-52 p. 59 p. 8-16 p. 34
www.pasco.com
Electricity Resistance
227
Resistance Apparatus
EM-8812
Built-in cm scale and
A Slide-Wire Potentiometer A Measure Resistance and Resistivity A 4 wire diameters, 5 wire materials
A current is established in a wire of known diameter, and the voltage drop across a section of the wire is measured. Students can calculate the resistance of the wire and the resistivity of the material.
slide wire probe make it easy to measure the voltage drop across various wire lengths.
Sample wire
Wires are held securely and straight by the wire guides and lugs.
Slide wire probe
Spring-loaded wire probe slides easily along the wire, making contact at a single point.
Wire storage tray
Features
Vary wire length: Slide-wire potentiometer pick-up makes it easy. Use the built-in scale to measure the length of the wire. Vary wire diameter: Four different diameters of brass wire are included. Investigate the difference between resistance and resistivity. Interchange wires quickly and easily. Vary wire material: Five different material wires are included. Investigate how resistivity depends on the wire material. Storage: Built-in storage tray holds wires. The Resistance Apparatus has a slide wire probe to easily change the measured length of the wire, and utilizes a four wire hook-up to accurately measure the voltage drop. It comes with 4 different brass wire diameters and 4 other wire materials.
Connection to DC power supply
Connection to Galvanometer
Graph shows voltage drop across various lengths for 3 different material wires. The slope of the line (along with wire diameter and current) is used to calculate the resistivity of the material. two each of the following (30 cm long) wires: Copper (1.0 mm diameter) Aluminum (1.0 mm diameter) Stainless Steel (1.0 mm diameter) Nichrome (1.0 mm diameter) Brass (0.5 mm, 0.8 mm, 1.0 mm, 1.3 mm diameter)
Includes
For the experiment shown, the GLX Power Amplifier produces a 10 second voltage ramp to apply a varying current through a brass wire. The current is measured directly by the Power Amplifier, and the voltage drop over the selected section of wire is measured by the Galvanometer Sensor. A graph of voltage drop vs. current is created, and the slope of this line is the resistance of that length of wire. See pages 8-10 for more information on the GLX and Power Amplifier.
Resistance Apparatus Recommended: Galvanometer Sensor Replacement Wires EM-8812
PS-2160 EM-8813
p. 34
228
Electronic Circuit Components
Circuit Components
Use these stand-alone components to build your own circuits.
Investigate series and parallel combinations of bulbs and batteries using components detailed below.
Series/Parallel Battery Holder

SE-8799 (10 pack)
Light Bulb and Stand

EM-9099
Miniature socket has a plastic base with spring loaded metal clips to hold wire leads. Accepts screw type miniature bulbs. Includes two sockets and four #50 7 V, .5 0.22A bulbs.
Light & Socket EM-9099
Light Bulb Sockets

EM-8630
This unique battery holder allows D cell batteries to be easily connected in both Series and Parallel. Metal extensions on both sides of the holder are also convenient for use with alligator clips. Miniature socket has a plastic base with spring loaded metal clips to hold wire leads. Accepts screw type miniature bulbs. Includes ten sockets.
Light Sockets (10 pack) EM-8630
Light Bulbs
Series Use the snaps to connect the batteries end to end. Screw type base, suitable for use with EM-8630 Sockets. EM-8627: 2.5 V, 0.3 A bulbs. Contains 25 bulbs. EM-8628: 2.0 V, 0.6 A bulbs. Contains 25 bulbs. EM-8814: 7 V, 0.22 A bulbs. .5 Contains 25 bulbs.
Light Bulbs 2.5 V, 0.3 A (25 pack #14) 2.0 V, 0.6 A (25 pack #48) 7.5 V, 0.22 A (25 pack #50) EM-8627 EM-8628 EM-8814
Parallel Use the metal slides to use the batteries side by side.
Series/Parallel Battery Holder (10 pack) Recommended: Light Bulbs (#14, 25 pack) Light Bulb Sockets (10 pack) Alligator Clip Leads (set of 10) SE-8799
EM-8815 (6 pack)
This single-pole single-throw knife switch has screw terminals and a Bakelite base. Through-holes allow for mounting base to another surface.
Switch Set (6 pack) EM-8815
Switch Set
EM-8627 EM-8630 EM-8634
www.pasco.com
Electricity Supplies
229
Resistors and Capacitors

Assortment of electrical components including 10 each of the following:
Banana Plug Cord Sets

30 cm and 75 cm Lengths
These heavy, insulated patch cords are convenient, durable and inexpensive. The grips are stackable and made of soft plastic for flexible strain relief. Springs connectors rotate in the grips, reducing wear due to friction.
Resistor Pack
EM-8784
Capacitor Pack
EM-8785
10 , 100 , 330 , 560 , 1000 , 3300 , 10 k, 22 k, 100 k, 220 k, 330 k.
1 F 10 F 47 F 100 F , , , , 330 F 470 F , .
Long Patch Cords

SE-9750, SE-9751: 75 cm long (assembled), available in red or black.
Red (set of 5) Black (set of 5) SE-9750 SE-9751
Short Patch Cords

Resistors
Resistor Pack Capacitor Pack
Capacitors
EM-8784 EM-8785
SE-7123: 30 cm long (assembled), 2 each red, yellow, blue, black.

Short Patch Cords (set of 8) SE-7123
Patch Cord Kit
Capacitors
0.1 F 0.025 F
EM-8655 (0.1 F) EM-8632 (0.025 F) SE-8626 (1.0 F)
SE-9415: Make your own patch cords. Fifty banana plugs (20 red, 20 black, 10 blue) are included, plus 20 meters of red wire and 20 meters of black wire. Cut the wire to length and solder on the connectors. Makes up to 25 patch cords.
Patch Cord Kit (25 pack) SE-9415
1.0 F EM-8655: (0.1 F) Electrolytic, bipolar, 10 Volt capacitor with screw terminals, 4.5 cm diameter, 14 cm long. EM-8632: (0.025 F) Electrolytic, bipolar, 25 Volt capacitor with screw terminals, 5 cm diameter, 8 cm long. Contains 2 capacitors. SE-8626: (1.0 F) Electrolytic, bipolar, 5 Volt capacitor, 4.5 cm diameter, 1.5 cm tall.
Capacitors (0.1 F) (0.025 F) (2 pack) (1.0 F) EM-8655 EM-8632 SE-8626
Alligator Clip Adapters

SE-9756 (10 pack)
Convert banana plugs into alligator clips with this set of 10 adapters. The 4 mm banana plug clips are cadmium-plated steel.
Alligator Clip Adapters (set of 10) SE-9756
Batteries
PI-6601 AA (4 pack) PI-6602 D (4 pack) PI-6603 C (4 pack)

Each pack contains 4 alkaline batteries.
Batteries AA (4 pack) D (4 pack) C (4 pack) PI-6601 PI-6602 PI-6603
Alligator Clip Leads

EM-8634 (10 pack)
Use these 30 cm long Alligator Clip Leads for almost any application from hooking up instruments to bread boarding circuits. They come in sets of 10: two each of yellow, white, red, green and black.
Alligator Clip Leads (set of 10) EM-8634
230
Energy Hydrogen Fuel Cells
Fuel Cell Tutorial Set

SE-8837
This complete fuel cell tutorial kit includes everything needed to study the operation of fuel cells. Students cover the metal base-plate with templates from the tutorial book. These act as guides to which students attach the magnetically mounted components. Solar cells, fuel cells, gas storage tanks and fan can be combined for numerous experiments such as solar car, hydrogen production in a solar hydrogen gas station, air-breathing fuel cell car, solar hydrogen system and reversible fuel cell system. A detailed textbook, Fuel Cell Technology for Classroom Instruction with exercises is included.
Specifications
Electrolyzer Cell 5: 5 cm3/min H2; 2.5 cm3/min O2; 1.16 W Reversible Fuel Cell H2/O2/Air H2/O2 mode: 500 mW H2/Air mode: 150 mW Gas storage: 30 cm3 H2; 30 cm3 O2 Solar module: 2.0 V / 600 mA; 13 cm x 9 cm Battery Box: 4.5 VDC / 0.8 A Power supply: 1.2 A Load (fan): 10 mW Load (car): 150 mW Cable length: 250 mm H x W x D: 140 x 450 x 380 mm Weight: 3.5 kg
Fuel Cell Tutorial Set Includes:

-Reversible Fuel Cell H2/O2/Air: for production of hydrogen and oxygen and conversion of hydrogen to electricity -PEM Electrolyzer Cell 5: for hydrogen and oxygen production -2 Hydrogen/Oxygen Storage Tanks -Solar Cell -Fan: to use as an electrical load -Car: to use as an electrical load -Experimentation Plate with Templates -Power Supply: for use when solar is not available -Battery Box -Connector Cables and Tubing -250 ml Distilled Water -Fuel Cell Technology Textbook -Carrying Case
Template: This template for the Solar Hydrogen Setup shows students how to connect the components. The components mount magnetically to the steel backing plate.
Solar Hydrogen Car Setup: The car can also be powered directly by the solar cell outside in full sunlight.
Solar Hydrogen Setup: Uses solar energy to power the electrolyzer which separates the hydrogen from the oxygen in the water. Then the hydrogen and oxygen are used in the fuel cell to run electricity through the fan.
Fuel Cell Tutorial Set
Hydrogen Gas Station and Fuel Cell Car H2/Air Setup: Students can construct this hydrogen gas station to fill the tanks on the fuel cell car.
SE-8837
www.pasco.com
Energy Hydrogen Fuel Cells
231

SE-8834
Exploded View of Fuel Cell
SE-8834
This fully functional fuel cell can be completely taken apart and then reassembled in working condition. Satisfy your students curiosity about what is inside a fuel cell.
Specifications
Fuel Cell Power Output H2/O2: 600 mW Fuel Cell Power Output H2/Air: 200 mW Dimensions: 56 x 42 x 50 mm Weight: 60 g
Required (Hydrogen Fuel Source): Electrolyzer 10 Solar Cell or Power Source
SE-8836 SE-8838 SE-8839
Hydrogen Fuel Supply This electrolyzer supplies Electrolyzer 10 hydrogen by separating

SE-8836
the hydrogen from water. It requires a power source: Either a solar cell or an AC power adapter (see below) Includes: Double-cell PEM electrolyzer with water tanks, hydrogen and oxygen tanks
Fuel Cell 10-Stack

SE-8835
This stack of 10 fuel cells can be used as a 2-Watt power source. Cells can be demounted to meet lower power needs. The voltage of each cell can be monitored.
Specifications
Power 10 Cells: 2 W Dimensions: 60 x 175 x 70 mm Weight: 430 g
Specifications
Hydrogen Production: 10 cm3/min Oxygen Production: 5 cm3/min Power: 2.33 W Dimensions: 200x180x120 mm
Solar Cell
SE-8838
Power Supply
SE-8839
Fuel Cell 10-Stack Required (Hydrogen Fuel Source): Electrolyzer 10 Solar Cell or Power Source Recommended to Measure Voltage: ScienceWorkshop or PASPORT Interface Voltage Sensor PASPORT Voltage/Current Sensor
SE-8835
SE-8836 SE-8838 SE-8839
This solar cell outputs 4 V at 350 mA in full sunlight. Used to power the Electrolyzer. Dimensions: 13X9 cm.
Electrolyzer 10 Solar Cell Power Source
This power supply plugs into line voltage and outputs 5 VDC at 3 A. Used to power the Electrolyzer when sunlight is not available.
SE-8836 SE-8838 SE-8839
CI-6503 PS-2115
p. 59 p. 34
232
Energy Hydrogen Fuel Cell

Fuel Cell Hydrogen Storage Tank Fan
Hydrogen Fuel Cell

SE-8573
A hydrogen fuel cell is a clean and efficient way of storing energy and generating electricity. With this Hydrogen Fuel Cell, students see a real-world example of cutting-edge energy technology. Electricity from the solar panel is used in the process of electrolysis to split water into oxygen and hydrogen. The hydrogen is used as fuel in the fuel cell. The process that takes place in the fuel cell is the opposite of electrolysis: the hydrogen is combined with oxygen to make water and produce electricity. In this demonstration, the electricity produced by the fuel cell is used to operate a fan. The fuel cell has an efficiency of about 50%. This apparatus uses Proton Exchange Membrane (PEM) technology. A PEM is a proton-conducting polymer membrane that is covered with a layer of catalyst material on both sides. These 2 layers form the cells cathode and anode. One PEM is used to separate the hydrogen from the water, and a second PEM is used to re-combine the hydrogen with oxygen to make water.
Electrolyzer
Water Solar Cell
4e4e-
Specifications
Dimensions: 15 cm x 53 cm x 18 cm Solar Cell: 2.5 V, 300 mA Fuel Cell Voltage Range: 0.3-0.9 V Fan Power: 20 mW
Hydrogen Fuel Cell Recommended for use with ScienceWorkshop: Voltage Sensor Current Sensor Recommended for use with PASPORT: Voltage/Current Sensor
2H2
2H2 4H+ + 4e-
02 2H20
The fuel cell contains a Proton Exchange Membrane which facilitates energy production.
2H20
4H+ + 4e-+ 02
PEM = Proton Exchange Membrane
SE-8573
CI-6503 CI-6556 PS-2115
p. 59 p. 59 p. 34
Hyrunner Hydrogen Car

SE-7341
A The hydrogen and oxygen accumulate
A Uses Distilled Water as a Hydrogen Source A Top Speed of 20 cm/s A Ready to Drive in Minutes
PASCOs Hyrunner Hydrogen Car is an outstanding example of a promising energy source for the future. The hydrogen fuel cell is an amazing device that combines hydrogen with oxygen to produce water and energy. Hydrogen fuel cells boast an efficiency that is roughly twice that of internal combustion engines. The energy from a fuel cell can be used to do work on any system. In the case of the Hyrunner, the energy is used to move the car across the floor at a maximum speed of 20 cm/s. The Hyrunner is well-constructed, with all components visible for student inspection and a more thorough understanding of its workings.
in their respective tanks. Since there are 2 hydrogen atoms for each oxygen atom in a water molecule, twice as much hydrogen gas is collected. The hydrogen gas collection tank will fill completely in about 2 minutes. A Disconnect the power supply and the Hyrunner is ready to hit the road! Rugged: All components are designed to withstand years of student use.
How it Works
A Place distilled water into the 2 storage
tanks to force any air out of the gas collection chambers. A Next, plug the included power supply into the hydrogen fuel cell. Using the energy from the power supply, the water in the storage tanks is electrolyzed, creating both hydrogen and oxygen gas.
Easy-to-Use: Simply fill with distilled water, plug in the power supply for ten minutes and the Hyrunner is ready to roll. No Methanol Required: The Hyrunner uses distilled water as its hydrogen source instead of methanol. Open Design: Allows students to more easily understand the operation of the hydrogen fuel cell and use sensors to measure efficiencies.
Includes:
Hyrunner Car
Hyrunner
Power Supply
SE-7341
www.pasco.com
Electricity Chaos
233
Electronic Chaos System

SE-8795
A Nonlinear Chaotic Circuit A Demonstration and Laboratory Modes A Connect External Circuits for Analysis
The Electronic Chaos System consists of a nonlinear circuit, the output of which is controlled by setting a variable resistor. As the resistance value is changed, the oscillating output changes from a single period, to two periods, to four periods,...to chaos. There are three output (BNC) connectors and an audio output jack. The system can be operated in three different modes:
Electronic Chaos System: Includes everything required to connect to a computer or oscilloscope.
Features
Demonstration Mode In this mode the internal chaotic circuit runs at frequencies within the audible range (around 300 Hz) and may be connected to a self-powered computer speaker using the speaker jack. The variable resistor is used to take the circuit in and out of chaos. The three BNC connectors can be connected to an oscilloscope or a ScienceWorkshop interface to display the waveforms and phase portraits in real-time. One BNC connector reads the voltage at a particular point in the circuit and the other two are proportional to the first and second derivatives of that voltage. Internal Data-Acquisition Mode In this mode the circuit runs at a lower frequency (around 30 Hz) and the internal analog-todigital system makes measurements of the voltages at a fixed frequency. The data are collected by a computer through the serial connection. The special software for data collection and analysis is provided with the system. In this mode, the external variable resistor is replaced in the circuit with internal digital potentiometers (2000 steps over 80 k) which are controlled by the computer. External Data-Acquisition Mode In this mode, the user builds an external chaotic circuit and connects it to the Electronic Chaos System to use the systems internal digital potentiometers and A/D converter.
The Electronic Chaos System was originated and developed by Ken Kiers, his student David Simons, and other students at Taylor University, with original work by J.C. Sprott at the University of Wisconsin, Madison.
Back view: Ports for connecting external circuits of your own design.
Available Summer 2005
Bifurcation plot: Voltage versus variable resistance, generated using the included software.
Voltage versus Time in Chaotic mode as plotted in DataStudio using the ScienceWorkshop 750 Interface. Phase plots as resistance is changed and the circuit output progresses through period doubling.
Electronic Chaos System can be analyzed using DataStudio and a ScienceWorkshop Interface.
Electronic Chaos System SE-8795
Includes:
Electronic Chaos System Circuit Box Serial Cable for PC BNC-to-banana Adapters (3) 9 VDC Adapter Users Guide with experiments
Recommended: Powered Speakers PS-2538 Either ScienceWorkshop 750 Interface p. 48-52 Or Oscilloscope SB-9591A p. 249
234
Electromagnetism Magnetism
Neodymium Magnets
3/4-inch diameter on an iron base. Field strength can be adjusted between 70 and 7500 Gauss.
Variable Gap Magnet

EM-8641
Adjustment Screws
Gap can be varied between 0.5 cm and 8.9 cm.
A Variable Field Strength (70 - 7500 Gauss) A Great for Induction Experiments
PASCOs Variable Gap Magnet demonstrates difficult ideas such as force on a current-carrying wire, eddy currents, paramagnetism and diamagnetism. Vary the pole separation of this ultra strong lab magnet to provide field strengths from 0.007 to 0.75 Tesla (70 to 7500 Gauss). Its a strong, general purpose lab magnet convenient for experiments in magnetic induction. The neodymium magnets are plastic-coated to prevent chipping. The heavy-duty iron base is stable in 4 different freestanding positions and also mounts on standard 12.7 mm (1/2 in.) rods.
Versatile Iron Base

May be used in 4 freestanding positions or mounted on a threaded rod.
End Flat Pole Pieces Upright Upright Upside Down Upside-down On Side
On
Supplied to provide a more uniform field when needed.
On On end End On side On Side The Variable Gap Magnet may be used in 4 different freestanding positions as well as on a stand.
Upside Down
Variable Gap Magnet (Includes Variable Gap Magnet with Pole Pieces) Magnetic Demonstration System (Includes EM-8641 and EM-8642A, shown below)
EM-8641 EM-8644A
Magnetic Force Accessory

EM-8642A
The Magnetic Force Accessory includes items required to perform 3 demonstrations with the Variable Gap Magnet: 1. Magnetic Damping Swing the solid aluminum paddle through the gap and it stops dead, the motion damped due to eddy currents. Now try the slotted paddles. One swings freely while the other is immediately damped. 2. Diamagnetism and Paramagnetism Diamagnetic and paramagnetic rods are placed in the strong magnetic field of the Variable Gap Magnet.
3. Force on a Current-Carrying Wire Swing the wire through the gap and detect the induced EMF with a galvanometer. Or, pass a current through the wire and watch it move in the magnetic field.
Includes:
3 aluminum paddles (solid, slotted, closed slotted) Glass rod Aluminum rod Wire swing Special mounting rod
Magnetic Force Accessory Required: Power Supply (18 V DC, 5A) or Mini-Generator Base and Support Rod EM-8642A
(a)
(b)
SE-9720A p. 247 SE-8645 ME-9355 p. 238 p. 185
The diamagnetic glass rod (figure a) aligns transverse to the field; the paramagnetic (figure b) aluminum rod aligns with the field.
www.pasco.com
Electromagnetism Magnetism
235
Induction Wand
EM-8099
AC/DC Motor (Accessory to Variable Lab Magnet)

SE-8657
Permanent Magnet Motor

SE-8658A
The SE-8657 Motor Accessory is an electromagnet designed as an armature that will rotate when placed in a magnetic field and connected to an AC or DC power supply. The Motor Accessory can transform:
A The EM-8641 Variable Gap Magnet into
a DC and a synchronous AC motor and generator. Students can explore the relationships between motor speed, voltage and AC frequency, as well as armature direction, rotation and polarity. a universal motor. Students learn the relationships between current and magnetic field direction the effects of voltage, AC current frequency and DC voltage changes on motor speed.
The SE-8658A Permanent Magnet Motor teaches principles involved in the operation of DC and synchronous AC motors, as well as AC and DC power generation. Open construction permits students to trace the wiring and relate motor performance to basic laws of electromagnetism. A few seconds and no additional parts are required to reverse the armature and change from a DC split-ring commutator to AC slip rings. Powerful ceramic field magnets and ample windings give excellent performance with minimal current.
The Induction Wand is a rigid pendulum with a coil at the bottom end, connected to the banana terminals at the other end. A through-hole allows the pendulum to be connected to a Rotary Motion Sensor (page 21,54) (not included), for detailed investigations of induction, as the coil is swung through a magnetic field.
A The SF-8616 Coils and Cores Set into
Experiments
All experiments with the Motor Accessory can be performed with either a Digital Function Generator or with the ScienceWorkshop 700 or 750 Interface and the Power Amplifier. Motor Accessory with the SF-8616 Coils and Cores Set
Experiments
This motor will operate with simple flashlight cells or a function generator/ amplifier, but it is designed to take advantage of the features of DataStudio. Photogates can measure the motors speed as frequency, voltage and current are varied. Powering the motor with the CI-6552A Power Amplifier permits control from the computer keyboard.
The energy of the pendulum decreases with each pass of the coil through the magnet. The energy dissipated in the resistor is obtained from the area under a power versus time plot. For more information, see page 358.
Includes:
Armature Brushes Mounting Rod
AC/DC Motor Accessory SE-8657 Permanent Magnet Motor SE-8658A
Includes:
Wand with screw Resistive load
Induction Wand
EM-8099
Required: Digital Function Generator/Amplifier PI-9587C p. 250 or ScienceWorkshop 750 with Power Amplifier p. 48-50 Variable Gap Magnet EM-8641 p. 234 Basic Coil Set SF- 8616 p. 240
Required: Digital Function Generator/Amplifier PI-9587C or ScienceWorkshop 750 with Power Amplifier
p. 250
p. 48-50
236
Energy Generator
Energy Transfer Generator

ET-8771
Energy Transfer Flywheel Accessory

ET-8773
The Flywheel Accessory is attached to the Generator (ET-8771) See photo below left, to demonstrate the storage of rotational kinetic energy. The solid aluminum disk (6.3 cm diameter, 80 g mass) keys into the shaft of the Generator to prevent slipping. A thread attached to a hanging weight easily wraps around the built-in pulley. ET-8773 Flywheel Accessory has a built-in pulley and a spiral pattern on the label to show rotational motion.
A ransfers gravitational potential energy to electrical energy T A pen design: 19 mm neodymium magnet can be seen O spinning between the two Coils A Real-Time computer measurement of output power
Coil Transparent Case Rod Clamp
Magnet
Energy Transfer Flywheel Accessory ET-8773
Power Output
3-Step Pulley
PASCOs Energy Transfer Generator demonstrates the conversion of gravitational potential energy into electrical energy as a falling weight turns a magnet between 2 coils. The open design permits easy identification of the essential parts of the generator. The supplied lamp or load resistor can be plugged into the output banana jacks. A Voltage/Current Sensor can be used to measure the generated current, voltage and power. By wrapping the string around different sized steps on the 3-step pulley, the generator will spin at different speeds. The smaller the pulley radius, the slower the weight falls and the greater percentage of the potential energy is converted to electrical energy. The AC power generated by spinning the shaft by hand easily lights the included red-green LED. The LED goes from red to green, indicating the direction of the current.
Required: Energy Transfer Generator ET-8771
Shown using optional ET-8773 Flywheel

As the hanging mass falls, rotational kinetic energy is stored in the flywheel, and converted to electrical energy.
Energy Transfer Generator Gearing

ET-8775
Use the Generator Gearing with the Energy Transfer Generator to create a measurable power output with a few turns of the hand. Simply connect the gearing to the same rod stand as the generator and stretch the drive belt over the two pulleys. Use the LED on the generator or voltage and current sensors to monitor the output.
Includes:
Generator with 3-step pulley Red-Green LED mounted on plug 100-ohm load resistor mounted on plug Spool of thread
The built-in rod clamp is used to mount the generator on a rod stand.
Energy Transfer Generator Recommended: Flywheel Accessory Hydro Accessory Hooked Mass Set Large Rod Base Steel Rod (90 cm) No Bounce Pad ET-8771
Includes:
Generator Hand Crank Disc Built-in Rod Clamp Drive Belt (2)
ET-8773 ET-8772 SE-8759 ME-8735 ME-8738 SE-7347
p. 237 p. 195 p. 184 p. 184 p. 193
Energy Transfer Generator Gearing
ET-8775
Required: Energy Transfer Generator ET-8771 Large Base and Support Rod ME-9355 Recommended for use with PASPORT: Xplorer or Xplorer GLX p. 8-14 Voltage/Current Sensor PS-2115
Required for use with PASPORT: Voltage/Current Sensor PS-2115 p. 34
www.pasco.com
Energy Generator
237
Energy Transfer Hydro Accessory

ET-8772
Energy Transfer Wind Turbine

ET-8783
A emonstrates Hydroelectric D Power Generation A pen Design Gives View of Spinning O Turbine and Water Stream A alling Water Lights an LED F
Attach this clear propeller to the Energy Transfer Generator for a complete wind energy turbine. Students will better understand the process of electrical energy production from wind after using the turbine.
The Hydro Accessory is used with the Energy Transfer-Generator (ET-8771) to demonstrate how falling water generates electricity. The gravitational potential energy of the water is converted into electrical energy as the falling water turns the turbine. The water can be supplied using the optional Water Reservoir (ME-8594). The water that has passed through the turbine is caught in a beaker and measured to determine the total mass that has fallen. The water nozzle size and angle can be adjusted to optimize performance. By changing the height of the Water Reservoir, different efficiencies are achieved. Power generated by the Wind Turbine is measured using the Xplorer GLX, and the wind speed is measured using the PS-2174 Weather/Anemometer Sensor (see page 44). The resulting data, in the graph below, shows that power generated by a wind turbine, depends on the cube of the wind speed.
Includes:
Turbine housing Plastic turbine (4 cm diameter) Water nozzles (5) Tubing (2-meter long) Plastic hose clamp Screw driver for attaching Hydro Accessory to Generator
Energy Transfer Hydro Accessory Required: Energy Transfer Generator Recommended: Water Reservoir Large Rod Base Steel Rod (90 cm) Three-Finger Clamp 1000 ml Beaker (6 pack)
Power data as water falls from the reservoir through the turbine.
ET-8772
Includes:
ET-8771 ME-8594 ME-8735 ME-8738 SE-9445 SE-7288 p. 193 p. 184 p. 184 p. 186 p. 182
Fan and mounting hardware

Energy Transfer Wind Turbine Required: Energy Transfer Generator ET-8783
ET-8771
238
Electromagnetism Generators
Hand-Crank Generator
EM-8090
A Heavy-Duty geared generator A Durable aluminum crank arm with free-turning plastic handle A Output up to 25 Watts
This generator produces up to 12 Volts with a sturdy handle, designed to be cranked by hand. When used to power the light bulbs on the Series/ Parallel Circuit board (sold separately), students can feel the difference in effort required for lighting one bulb, 2 bulbs or no load.
Hand-Crank Generator Recommended: Series/Parallel Circuit EM-8090
EM-8677
Mini Generator
SE-8645
Motor/Generator Kit
CI-6513
Investigate the efficiency of electrical to mechanical energy conversion as the motor lifts a hanging mass. The precision DC motor is coupled to a ball-bearing windlass by a 10:1 mechanical advantage belt drive. The motor will lift masses up to 1.5 kg. The Motor/Generator can be powered with most DC power supplies, however it is designed for use with the Power Amplifier (CI-6552A) and a Voltage Sensor. Motor/Generator shown with optional photogate to measure the rotational speed.
SE-8645 Mini Generator with the recommended accessories: EM-9099 Light bulb and Stand SE-8626 1 Farad Capacitor The Mini Generator produces up to 6 volts DC for basic experiments in electricity, electromagnetism and electrolysis. It replaces the usual power supply with a device that students can see, operate and understand.
Includes:
Precision DC Motor Low Friction Pulley/Drive System Sturdy Base with Built-in Table Clamp
Mini Generator Mini Generator Experiment Manual Recommended: Capacitor (1 Farad ) Lightbulb and Stand Replacement Bulb #50, 7.5 V, 0.22 A
SE-8645 SE-8646 Motor/Generator Kit Required: SE-8626 EM-9099 Voltage Sensor Hooked Mass Set CI-6503 SE-8759 CI-6552A p. 59 p. 195 p. 50 p. 48 CI-6513
Input power and energy for the motor are compared to the output power and energy for the generator.
Power Amplifier 750 Interface
www.pasco.com
Electromagnetism Induction
239
Ring Launcher
EM-8661
A Shoots Ring 2 Meters High A Improved Design with Thermal Shutoff A Inexpensive, Classic Demonstration
In this classic demonstration of electromagnetic induction, an aluminum ring is propelled straight up a maximum distance of 2 meters. The changing magnetic field from the AC powered coil causes a changing magnetic flux through the aluminum ring. The induced EMF in the ring sets up a current which produces a magnetic field. The induced magnetic field opposes the field of the coil, pushing the ring up. Even though the fields are AC, and changing directions at 60 Hz, the two fields are (nearly) always 180 out of phase due to the induction of the ring. Iron Core
Aluminum Ring
Ring Launcher Accessories

EM-8662
Includes a coil with a bulb that lights by induction when the coil is placed over the launcher core. Also includes three additional rings: one split aluminum ring that will not launch, one copper ring to show the effect of changing materials and one shorter aluminum ring with higher resistance to show that it will not go as high because of decreased induced current.
Specifications
Voltage: 120 VAC, 60 Hz, not available for 220 VAC Fuse: 8 A max. temp. 60 C Aluminum Ring: 2.2 cm ID Launcher Dimensions: 12 x 18 x 30 cm Coil
Rod Clamp
is attached to the back for attaching to a ring stand
Power Indicator Light
Lighting a bulb connected to a coil by induction. The coil and bulb are included in the Ring Launcher Accessories (EM-8662).
Includes:
Coil with light bulb The PASCO Ring Launcher has been optimized to launch the ring higher and maximize safety by enclosing all wiring inside the case. A thermal shutoff switch protects the coil by preventing overheating when the momentary launch switch is held down for a prolonged time. A red light indicates when the thermal switch is activated, and further launches are prohibited until the device cools. Split aluminum ring Short aluminum ring Copper ring
Overheat Light
Launch Switch
Ring Launcher design ideas contributed by Carl Schneider and John Ertel from the U.S. Naval Academy.
Ring Launcher EM-8661 Ring Launcher Accessories EM-8662
240
Electromagnetism Coils
Coils and Cores

Basic Coil Set SF-8616 Complete Coil Set SF-8617
These high-quality coils and laminated iron cores provide an effective introduction to electromagnetic theory. Purchase them individually or as a complete set. The coils are color-coded and each coil is labeled with the number of turns and the direction of the winding. Use them to investigate:
SF-8616 Basic Coil Set

Basic Coil Set SF-8616 1 2 1 1 Complete Coil Set SF-8617 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 Model SF-8609 SF-8610 SF-8611 SF-8612 SF-8613 SF-8614 SF-8615
SF-8617 Complete Coil Set

Description Coil (200 turn) Coil (400 turn) Coil (800 turn) Coil (1600 turn) Coil (3200 turn) U-shaped core E-shaped core
Electromagnetism: Show how the magnetic
field can be increased by increasing the current, by adding an iron core or by using a coil with more turns.
Induction: Pass a magnet through a coil and
detect the resulting electromotive force (EMF) with a galvanometer. Show how the EMF depends on the number of turns in the coil and on the relative velocity of the magnet and coil.
Transformers: Mount coils onto the U-or
E-shaped iron cores to demonstrate mutual inductance and transformer theory. Then connect a load to investigate power transfer. Investigate basic transformer theory with an AC power supply and a voltmeter. Advanced principles require a high power output function generator (Model PI-9587C or PI-9598) and an oscilloscope. For better experiments and demonstrations, use a computer with PASCOs ScienceWorkshop Interfaces.
Using the signal generator capability of the 750 Interface and oscilloscope display of DataStudio, students can investigate transformer theory.
Primary and Secondary Coils

SE-8653
Air Core Solenoid

SE-7585
Transformer theory can be studied with this set of nested coils consisting of an outside coil (length = 11 cm) having 2920 turns, an inner coil (length = 12 cm) having 235 turns, and a removable 0.96 cm diameter soft iron core. The outer coil is large enough (inner diameter = 2 cm) to drop a bar magnet (EM-8604, page 244) through to demonstrate induction.
This air core solenoid has an inner diameter of 5.5 cm and a length of 14.5 cm, allowing ample room to insert an experimental apparatus into its uniform magnetic field. The maximum current of 5 A produces a 125 Gauss magnetic field.
Primary and Secondary Coils
SE-8653
Air Core Solenoid
SE-7585
www.pasco.com
Electromagnetism Coils
241
Field and Detector Coils

2 1
A 5 volt triangle wave (red trace) is applied to the Field Coil, and the induced voltage in the 2000 turn Detector Coil is a square wave (green trace).
500-turn Coil
3 5
Developed for Workshop Physics activities
1. EM-6711 Field Coil: 200 turns of #22 copper wire, 18.6 cm ID, 22.1 cm OD. Max. current 2 A. 2. EM-6723 500 turns of #22 copper wire. Max current 2 A. 3. EM-6712 Detector Coil (400 turn): 400 turns of #28 copper wire. 4. EM-6713 Detector Coil (2000 turn): 2000 turns of #36 copper wire. 5. EM-6714 Bi-color LED Indicator.
For details of experiments using these coils, see Christopher C. Jones, Faradays Law Apparatus for the Freshman Laboratory. Am. J. Phys. 1987; 55(12):1148-1150.
EM-6711 EM-6723 EM-6712 EM-6713 EM-6714
Features
Verify Faradays Law: Verify all aspects of Faradays Law. Qualitative Demonstration: With the EM-6714 Bi-Color
LED Indicator and the EM-8641 Variable Gap Magnet, students can see when a current is induced in the detector coil. With the LED indicator plugged into a detector coil, the LED flashes red or green as the detector coil passes through the magnet.
Field Coil (200 turn) Field Coil (500 turn) Detector Coil (400 turn) Detector Coil (2000 turn) LED Indicator Recommended: Variable Gap Magnet ScienceWorkshop 750 Interface or Low Voltage AC/DC Power Supply and: Digital Function Generator/Amplifier
EM-8641
p. 234 p. 48 p. 248 p. 250
Quantitative Demonstration: PASCOs coils can be used

with a function generator and an oscilloscope, or connected to the ScienceWorkshop 750 Interface.
SF-9584A PI-9587C
Helmholtz Coils
EM-6722 with 200-turn Coils EM-6724 with 500-turn Coils
The Helmholtz Coils consist of two coils mounted on a base to provide a uniform magnetic field between the coils. The base has a slot that allows the coils to be spaced apart at any distance from 3 cm to 20 cm (center-to-center distance). The proper separation for Helmholtz coils (i.e., the radius of the coils) is marked on the base. Two 0.635 cm (0.25 inch) diameter holes between the coils accommodate mounting devices in the uniform magnetic field. This plot shows the magnetic field strength along the axis of Helmholtz coils for 3 different coil separations: the green data is the magnetic field with the coils separated at the proper distance (the radius of the coils).
Helmholtz Coils (200-turn Coils) Helmholtz Coils (500-turn Coils) Helmholtz Coil Base (without coils) EM-6722 EM-6724 EM-6715
242
Electromagnetism Force on Current -Carrying Wires
Basic Current Balance

SF-8607
A easure Force vs. Current, Wire M Length, Magnetic Field and Angle A Use a Gram Balance to Measure Force
A current-carrying wire in a magnetic field experiences a counter intuitive force that is transverse to both the wire and to the direction of the magnetic field. With the SF-8607 Basic Current Balance, students can perform quantitative investigations into the interaction between a current-carrying wire and a magnetic field. Vary the wire length (L), the current (I), and the magnetic field (B), and then measure the resulting force (F). Add the SF-8608 Current Balance Accessory Kit, and students can also determine how the angle (q) between the wire and the magnetic field affects the force. With this addition, all the relevant variables can be analyzed:
SF-8607 Basic Current Balance:
measuring the force on a current-carrying wire in a magnetic field.
Includes:
4 3 2 1
The Current Balance Accessory Kit

SF-8608
Fm = ILBsin
The Basic Current Balance

One to six magnets are mounted on an iron yoke, which is placed on a gram balance. A conductor is suspended between the magnets. The weight of the magnets and yoke is measured, then a current (0-5 A) is passed through the conductor. The change in the reading of the balance (0-4 grams) measures the force between the conductor and the magnetic field. 1. 2. 3. 4.
3
Iron Yoke (holds magnets) Removable Magnets (six) Six Conductors (1, 2, 3, 4, 6 and 8 cm in length) Mount (for holding/positioning conductors) The Current Balance Accessory Kit completes the Basic Current Balance, allowing the angle between the conductor and the magnetic field to be varied. The experiment is the same as with the Basic Current Balance, but a 10-turn rectangular coil is used. The coil can be turned through a full 180, and a built-in degree scale lets students accurately measure the angle between the coil and the field of the fixed magnet.
Six conductors of different lengths are provided and can be easily changed while maintaining a repeatable position with respect to the magnetic field. The magnetic field is proportional to the number of magnets used.
Basic Current Balance Required: Ohaus Balance Power Supply Base and Support Rod
SF-8607
SE-8725 SF-9584A ME-9355
p. 194 p. 248 p. 185
Typical Experiments
1. 2. 3. 4. Force versus Current Force versus Length of Wire Force versus Magnetic Field Force versus Angle (Current Balance Accessory Kit needed)
Includes
Fixed Magnet with Yoke 10-turn Rectangular Coil
Recommended: Basic Digital Multimeter SE-9786A p. 253 Tesla Meter SF-7579 p. 244
Current Balance Accessory Kit
SF-8608
www.pasco.com
Electromagnetism Magnetic Levitation
243
Magnetic Levitation Demonstration

SE-7339
A Demonstrate Magnetic Levitation A Shipped Ready for Display How it Works

The force of earths gravity pulls the cube magnet downward. Simultaneously, the ceramic ring magnets exert an upward force. Two diamagnetic graphite plates, one above and below, repel either pole of the cube, creating a stable equilibrium.
Lenzs Law Demonstrator

MG-8600
Features
Visually Appealing: Clear plastic bell housing is viewable from 360 degrees. No Setup: Shipped ready to display. Only a minor finger-tight adjustment of the hex nut may be necessary. Easy to Use: Adjust the hex nut manually. No tools necessary to levitate the cube. A hex key is supplied for reassembling the device or making precise measurements. Complete Manual: Ships with a detailed manual including a theoretical explanation, disassembly/reassembly instructions and an experiment with illustrated instructions.
Includes:
A sealed unit (10 cm high) of high purity diamagnetic graphite plates, a gold-plated rare earth levitating magnet and adjustable field magnets. Clear plastic plates (2), Hex key, Complete Manual
Magnetic Levitation Demonstration SE-7339
Magnetic Levitation Accessory

EM-8947
1.5 meter tube
Drop a mass through the 1.5 meter tube. It takes about half a second to drop. Then drop a magnet with an identical mass. It takes over 10 times as long to fall. As the magnet falls, it generates a current in the tube, moving in one direction above the magnet and in the opposite direction below. Both currents obey Lenzs Law and induce magnetic fields that oppose the magnets motion. (Scale included).
Lenzs Law Demonstrator MG-8600
A Determine Lift and Drag Forces on a Permanent Magnet Suspended Over a Spinning Aluminum Disk
Magnet with Added Weight Aluminum Disk
Eddy currents are produced as the aluminum disk spins, creating a magnetic field that repels the magnet. Amount of lift varies with angular velocity of disk. See page 161 for more information.
Motor Drive
Sold separately.
Equilibrium Position
Includes:
Rotating Platform
Sold separately. Aluminum Disk Arm Assembly 45 cm Aluminum Rod Manual (not shown)
Magnetic Levitation Accessory Required: Rotating Platform
EM-8947
ME-8951
p. 160
244
Electromagnetism Magnetism Supplies
Bar Magnets
SE-8604 (2 pack)
Neodymium Magnets
Neodymium magnets are some of the strongest commercial magnets available. Available either bare or with a protective coating to prevent the brittle metal from chipping. Plastic case included.
Plastic Coated EM-8621

19 mm dia. x 10 mm These cylindrical magnets (10 x 50 mm) are small, strong and color-coded for polarity. Plastic case and keeper plates included.
Bar Magnets (2 pack) SE-8604
With Hole EM-9980

13 mm dia. x 10 mm
Without Hole EM-8648A

13 mm dia. x 5 mm
Rotating Magnet Stands

SE-8605 (2 pack)
Neodymium Magnets (2) (Plastic Coated) EM-8621
Hole fits a #2 screw

Neodymium Magnets (4) (with hole) EM-9980 Neodymium Magnets 8) (without hole) EM-8648A
Digital Gauss/Tesla Meter

These clear acrylic stands have lowfriction swivels and can be used with an overhead projector for demonstrations with magnets and charged rods. The agate bearings are smooth and durable. An azimuth scale is molded into each base. Shown with SE-8604 Bar Magnets (not included).
Rotating Magnet Stands (2 pack) SE-8605
Magnetizer
SE-8637
Re-magnetize bar and horseshoe magnets or magnetize iron bars for experiments. Insert a magnet into each cavity and press the button. Three keeper bars are included.
SE-8606B
Alnico Bar Magnets

EM-8620 (2 pack)
A 200 G, 2 kG, 20 kG Full Scale Ranges A Complete, Portable System

This Digital Gauss/Tesla Meter measures from 0-20 kG (0-2 T) in 3 ranges, with 1% accuracy. The function selector dial gives complete control over the calibration and zeroing of the probe. Unique display prompts assist during set-up and display measured results.
Specifications
Coil Current: 100 A peak (min.) Magnetization Field: At least 7 kG peak Operating Voltage: 115/220 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Magnetizer SE-8637
These magnets (150 x 13 mm) are stronger and last longer than iron magnets. They fit a St. Louis motor and the north poles are notched. Case included.
Alnico Bar Magnets (2 pack) EM-8620
Tesla Meter
SF-7579
A 2 Tesla 0
Includes:
Bar Magnets
SE-8687 (2 pack)
These economical Bar Magnets (100 mm x 12 mm) are color coded to distinguish between the north and south poles. Align the similar poles together and watch the magnets repel. Align the opposite poles together and watch them attract.
Bar Magnets (2 pack) SE-8687
Meter unit with transverse probe Zero flux chamber for calibration Carrying case (4) AA batteries
Range
A ange R
Specifications
Ranges (Resolution): 200 G (0.1 G), 2 kG (1 G), 20 kG (10 G), 20 mT (0.01 mT), 200 mT (0.1 mT), 2 T (1 mT) Functions: Auto or manual ranging, min/max hold, push-button calibration and zeroing Accuracy: 1% of reading Display: 31/2 digit LCD; gauss, tesla or ampere-meter readout, switch-selectable
Digital Gauss/Tesla Meter SE-8606B
Autoscaling
A 6-12 Volt DC power supply is required to use the Tesla Meter.
Includes
Tesla Meter with Digital Display Probe (80 mm x 8 mm x 2 mm)
Specifications
Resolution: 0.1 mT (0 200 mT) 1 mT (200 mT 2T) Accuracy: 5% of measurement
Tesla Meter SF-7579
www.pasco.com
Electromagnetism Magnetic Fields
245
2-D Magnetic Field Demonstrator

SF-8602A
Dip Needle
SF-8619
Magnaprobe
SE-7390
The Magnaprobe is a great way to demonstrate the 3-D nature of magnetic fields. The probe features a gimbal-mounted Alnico magnet which is free to move in the x, y and z dimensions. As the probe is brought near a magnetic field, the alnico magnet aligns itself with the field. Use it to investigate the magnetic field around various geometries of magnets or the magnetic fields around common electrical devices. Suggested activities are included with each probe. Magnaprobe is 12 cm long.
Consists of 4 plastic plates, each containing 98 small iron bars, a bar magnet and 4 cardboard disks. Place a magnet above or below this demonstrator. Magnetic field lines are clearly revealed as the iron bars align with the field. Lay the plates together to form a large plate, or stand them on edge to map out a 3-D field. Can be viewed directly or used with an overhead projector.
This rotating compass has durable and almost frictionless bearings. Use it horizontally as a standard compass, or vertically to find the dip angle of the Earths magnetic field. Instruction sheet included.
2-D Magnetic Field Demonstrator SF-8602A
Dip Needle
SF-8619
3-D Magnetic Field Demonstrator

SE-8603
Transparent Compass
SE-8681
Magnaprobe
SE-7390
(Magnet not included) With this 3-D Magnetic Field Demonstrator, the iron filings are suspended in oil in a sealed acrylic container. Insert a magnet into the opening, or two magnets with opposing polarities, and watch the filings line up. View the demonstration directly or with an overhead projector.
3-D Magnetic Field Demonstrator Recommended: Bar Magnets (set of 2) SE-8604 p. 234 or: any magnet, 4-5 cm long, dia. <10 mm SE-8603
Liquid Filled Compasses (5-pack)

EM-8631A
This Transparent Compass provides an economical way to conduct magnetism labs. Includes 20 compasses marked in red with North-South and East-West lines. Students can place several compasses around a bar magnet and draw the magnetic field lines. Each compass has a diameter of 19 mm. 2.5 cm long needle has north end marked in red. This compass is perfect for investigating the magnetic fields around straight wires. 4.5 cm diameter liquid filled plastic case. Contains 5 compasses.
Liquid Filled Compasses (5-pack) Transparent Compass (20-pack) SE-8681 EM-8631A
Replacement part for CASTLE Kits (EM-8624A and EM-8654).
246
Instrumentation Power Supplies

Current, voltage, cycle time. Green LED indicates which measurement has been selected.
DC Power Supply
PI-9877
Power Output
Display Selection
A 1 Amp at 18 VDC A Digital Display A amp or Step Positive R Voltage Up or Down

Provides a current of 1 A at 18 V, with a resolution of 0.01V and typical ripple of 10mV. This DC power supply has added features to cycle the voltage on and off, to ramp the voltage up or down between the maximum and minimum set, and to change the voltage in steps. A positive offset can be introduced so the ramp can start at a voltage other than zero. Minimum period is 0.1 sec (10 Hz) and the maximum period is 999 seconds. The digital display has 4 digits (0.76 cm high) and can display voltage, current, or time. The time is displayed to set the period, duration, or duty cycle. There are both coarse and fine adjustment knobs. As a safety factor, a maximum current and a maximum voltage can be set to protect your students external circuits. The output is voltage regulated but not current regulated. The power supply is connected to AC power using a universal power adapter.
Standard banana jacks allow the DC Power Supply to be easily connected to circuits.
Start/Stop
Choice of steps, ramps, or cycle on and off.
Cycle
Indentations
For stacking during storage.
LED Display
Red LEDs make the display easy to read.
Available Functions:
Sets maximum current, voltage, cycle period.
Amplitude Adjustment
Step Voltage Up
Step Voltage Down from Max to Min
Small and light weight; 12cm x 13 cm x 5.5cm high and approximately 300g.
Includes:
DC Power Supply Cycle On and Off Cycle On and Off with Different Duty Cycles Universal Power Adapter
Ramp Up with Offset
Programmable
DC Power Supply
PI-9877
www.pasco.com
247
Power Supply (18 VDC, 5 A)

SE-9720A
Power Supply (30 VDC, 6 A)

SE-9721A
Triple Output Power Supply

SE-8587
A 0-18 VDC at 0-5 A A Serial and Parallel Operation
A 0-30 VDC at 0-6 A A 0.01% High Regulation
A 0-30 VDC at 0-3 A A igital Voltage & Current D Meters
The SE-9720 has a remote control connector and switch on the rear panel so units can be connected in series or parallel with each other to provide higher voltage, higher current and higher power output.
This medium-size power supply is conservatively designed for long-term stability and durability. Dual display allows for fast checking of both voltage and current.
Specifications
Digital Meter: Voltage or Current Constant Voltage Mode: Output voltage: continuously variable, coarse and fine control; line regulation: 0.01%3 mV; load regulation: 0.01%+3 mV; ripple and noise: 0.5 mV rms at low current, 1 mV rms at high current Constant Current Mode: Output voltage: continuously variable, coarse and fine control; line regulation: 0.02% 3 mA; load regulation: 0.02% 3 mA; ripple and noise: 3 mA rms Power Source: AC 100, 120, 220, 240 V 10%, 50/60 Hz; Protection overload and reverse polarity protected Dimensions: 29 x 13 x 15 cm (5.5 kg)
Power Supply (18 Volt DC, 5 A) SE-9720A
Specifications
Digital Meters: Voltage and Current Constant Voltage Mode: Output voltage: continuously variable, coarse and fine control; line regulation: 0.01% 3 mV; load regulation: 0.01%+3 mV; ripple and noise: 0.5 mV rms at low current, 1 mV rms at high current Constant Current Mode: Output voltage: continuously variable, coarse and fine control; line regulation: 0.02% 3 mA; load regulation: 0.02% +3 mA; ripple and noise: 3 mA rms Power Source: AC 100, 120, 220, 240 V 10%, 50/60 Hz; Protection overload and reverse polarity protected Dimensions: 34 x 26 x 15 cm (11.5 kg)
Power Supply (30 Volt DC, 6 A) SE-9721A
This power supply offers adjustable voltage output (0-30 V), adjustable current output (0-3 A) and 2 independent constant voltage outputs (5 V and 12 V). Digital displays of both current and voltage allow students to easily gather data. Features overload and shortcircuit protection.
Specifications
Digital Meters: Voltage and Current Constant Voltage Mode: Output voltage: continuously variable; line regulation: 0.05%10 mV; load regulation:0.05%+10 mV; ripple and noise: 0.5 mV rms Constant Current Mode: Output voltage: continuously variable, line regulation: 0.05%+10 mA; load regulation: 0.05%+10 mA; ripple and noise: 3 mA rms Power Source: AC 110/220 VAC, 50/60 Hz Dimensions: 29 x 13 x 15 cm (5.5 kg)
Triple Output Power Supply
SE-8587
Variable Transformer
SE-7351
Student Power Supply (18 VDC, 3 A)

SE-8828
Specifications
Digital Meters: Voltage and Current Constant Voltage Mode: Output voltage: continuously variable; line regulation: <0.01%3mV; load regulation: <0.01%2mV; ripple and noise: <0.5mV rms Constant Current Mode: Output current: continuously variable; line regulation: <0.2%3mA; load regulation: <0.2%3mA; ripple and noise: <3mA rms Power Source: AC 110/220 VAC, 60/50 Hz Dimensions: 24 x 11 x 15.4 cm (3 kg)
Student Power Supply 18-volt SE-8828
The Powerstat Variable Transformer is designed for heavy-duty use. Rotation of the knob delivers any output voltage in the range of 0 to 140 Volts. Operating characteristics make it ideal for laboratory, testing and other applications requiring a portable source of variable AC voltage. This variac provides up to 140 V at 10 Amps. 110 VAC power only.
Variable Transformer SE-7351
A 0-18 VDC at 0-3 A A onstant voltage C or current A Short-circuit protected A urrent limiting C A ow noise/ripple L
This high quality, compact power supply provides the DC voltage and current levels necessary for most introductory student labs.
248
High Voltage Power Supply

SF-9585A
Kilovolt Power Supply

SF-9586
Low Voltage AC/DC Power Supply

SF-9584A
A 0 - 50 VDC at up to 50 mA A 0 - 500 VDC at up to 50 mA A 2 - 7 VAC at up to 3 A
A 0 - 6 kVDC A 6.3 VAC, 2 A Filament Source
A 0-24 VDC at 0-10 A A 2-24 VAC at up to 6 A A Short-Circuit Proof
A versatile and reliable supply for electron physics and other experiments requiring medium to high voltages at relatively low currents. The 50 and 500 VDC outputs are independently variable, providing up to 50 mA, and the output displays can be switch-selected to read voltage and current in either range. A separate set of output terminals provides 2, 4, 5, 6 and 7 VAC at up to 3 A, a convenient source for electron tube filaments. Note: The positive terminal of the 50-volt supply is internally connected to the negative terminal of the 500-Volt supply.
This Kilovolt Power Supply is a stable and reliable source of very high potentials for electron tubes, electrostatics, the Millikan Oil Drop experiment, etc. The output is well regulated for repeatable results and current limited for safety. (The maximum current varies from 2 mA at lower voltages to 0.1 mA at the full voltage output.) The 6 kV output is center-tapped, providing simultaneous and symmetrical outputs up to 3 kV. A built-in meter reads the output potential, and 6.3 VAC is provided for heating the filaments of electron tubes.
This rugged, general purpose supply provides the voltages most commonly needed with plenty of current for almost any experiment. Use it for experiments in electricity, electronics, even electromagnetism. The SF-9584A provides steady, low-ripple power essential for accurate experimental results. DC voltage (0-24 V) and current (0-10 A) can be controlled with easy-to-use knobs on the front panel. AC power is adjustable from 2 to 24-V in 2-V increments. AC is also shortcircuit proof; just press the reset button after an overload. No need to search for a fuse. Two digital displays show voltage and current.
Specifications
Current: 0.1 mA at 6 kV differential (3 kV each side), 1.8 mA at 4 kV differential (2 kV each side) Ripple: Less than 1% Line Regulation: Less than 1% output change for 10% input change Meter Scale: 0-6.5 kV Power Source:115/220 VAC, 50/60 Hz Dimensions: 21 x 29 x 11 cm (8 x 12 x 4 in.)
Kilovolt Power Supply SF-9586
Specifications
Ripple: Less than 0.1%, 1 digit Line Regulation: <1% at 98-130 V (line voltage) Load Regulation: <1% at 0-100% load Displays: Digital readouts 0-50 V, 0-500 V, 0-50 mA (switch-selectable) Power Source: 115/220 VAC, 50/60 Hz Dimensions: 21 x 29 x 11 cm (8 x 12 x 4 in.)
High Voltage Power Supply
Specifications
DC Voltage: 0-24 V DC Current: At 0-12 V, 10 A maximum. At 12-24 V, linearly decreasing from 10 A to 6 A, dependent on voltage setting Meter: Digital display (volts/amps); 0-25 V, 0-10 A DC Ripple: <25 mVpp or less than 0.1% at maximum voltage and current Line Regulation: <0.1% at 98-130 V (line voltage) Load Regulation:<0.2% measured between terminals at maximum current AC Output 2 to 24 V in 2-V increments; current up to 6 A unregulated Power Source: AC 115/220 VAC, 50/60 Hz Dimensions: 21 x 29 x 11 cm (8 x 12 x 4 in.)
Low Voltage AC/DC Power Supply
SF-9585A
SF-9584A
www.pasco.com
Instrumentation Oscilloscopes
249
20 MHz Dual Trace Oscilloscope

SB-9591A
Specifications:
Vertical Deflection: Deflection Factor: 5 mV/div to 5 V/div in 10 calibrated steps (1-2-5 sequence) with variable control Magnification: 5x increase in sensitivity of selected range (provides 1 mV to 1 V/div) Accuracy: 3% at CAL position: 5% at D CAL position for 5x gain Bandwidth (referD enced to 5 divisions at 50 kHz) DC to 25 MHz (at 3 dB); DC to 10 MHz (at 3 dB) on 1 mV/div range Rise Time: Approximately 18 ns Input Impedance: 1 M shunted by 25 pF 10 pF Max. Input Voltage: 400 VDC + AC peak Operating Modes: CHA, CHB, DUAL (ALT or CHOP) and ADD Chop Frequency approx. 500 kHz Channel B Polarity waveform inversion selectable Horizontal Deflection: Triggered Operation: Sweep Time: 0.2 s to 0.1 ms/div; 20 steps in 1-2-5 sequence with variable control Magnification: x10 (provides sweep expansion to 10 ns/div) Accuracy: 3% at CAL position except D 6% on 0.2 s and 20% on 0.1 ms (add 3% when using x10 magnifier) Trigger Holdoff Time-adjustable to longer than 5 times full-width sweep length on all ranges
Features
Dual Channel: Allows two variables to be monitored on the y-axis simultaneously X-Y Operation: Displays one variable on the y-axis and the other on the x-axis Built-in Calibration Source Algebraic Add and Subtract: For differential measurements Two 10:1 probes are included, along with a detachable power cord, spare fuse, schematic diagrams and parts list.
X-Y Operation: Inputs: Channel A: x-axis; channel B: y-axis Sensitivity: Same as channel A and channel B deflection factor switch setting on corresponding axis Frequency Response: DC to 1 MHz (at -3 dB) Phase Shift: Less than 3 at DC to ~100 kHz Trigger: Source: CHA, CHB, LINE and EXT Coupling/Sensitivity: AUTO 100 Hz-30 MHz: 1.5 div (int.); 0.1 V p-p (ext.) NORM DC-30 Mhz: 1.5 div (int.); 0.1 V p-p (ext.) TV-V 20 Hz-1 kHz: 0.5 div (int.); 0.05 V p-p (ext.) TV-H 1 kHz-100 kHz: 0.5 div (int.); 0.05 V p-p (ext.) Slope Normally +; pull TRIG LEVEL control for - External Input: Input Impedance: 1 M , 30 pF Maximum Input Voltage: 300 V (DC + AC peak)
20 MHz Dual Trace Oscilloscope Replacement Supplies: Oscilloscope Probe
SB-9591A
SB-9648
Digital Storage/Analog Oscilloscope

SB-9699B
Specifications Digital Mode

Operating Modes: Storage: 2048 x 8 bits/channel (2K per channel direct sampling, 1K per channel equivalent time sampling) Vertical Resolution: 1 in 256, approximately 25 steps/div Horizontal Resolution: 1 in 2048, approx. 200 samples/div Sampling Rate: 10 M samples/sec to 4 samples/sec, reduced in proportion to time base; direct sampling at >10 s/div; equivalent time sampling at <5 s/div Time Base Expander: For storing slow events; expand time base from 1 sec/div to 50 sec/div in 1-2-5 sequence for time base steps >10 ms/div Equivalent Time Sampling Bandwidth: 20 MHz for repetitive waveforms Linear Interpolation: Smooths digital trace Display: Roll: Continuously updates data and display Refresh: Updates at each triggered sweep Hold: freezes trace on both channels Save CH2: Freezes channel 2 trace Pre-trigger Storage: single shot events, switchable to 0 or 50% Output Plotting: Output Jacks: Rear panel (0.2 V/div, 2 V max) Sweep Rate: 1/10 of time base setting Pen Lift Output: output jack on rear panel; TTL high, pen up; TTL low, pen down LED Indicators: Trigger (green), arm (red), pen down (red)
Analog Mode
Operating Modes: Single trace: Channel 1 or 2 Dual trace: Alternate or chop Algebraic Sum or Difference X-Y: 5 mV/div to 5 V/div on each channel, DC to 2 MHz (-3 db), phase difference approximately 3 at 50 kHz Vertical Amplifiers (both channels) Sensitivity: 5 mV/div to 5 V/div in 1-2 5 sequence, 10 steps; vernier provides continuous adjustment between steps, increasing max sensitivity to 1 mV/div Accuracy: 3% Input Impedance: 1 M 2%; 25 pF 10 pF Freq. Response: DC to 20 MHz at 5 mV to 5 V/div (calibrated), DC to 10 MHz at 1 mV/div (uncalibrated) Rise Time: Approximately 18 ns Polarity Reversal: Channel 2 only Max. Input Voltage: 400 V (DC + AC peak) Max. Undistorted Amplitude: 4 divisions (DC to 20 MHz); 8 divisions (DC to 10 MHz) Sweep System: Speed: 0.1 s/div to 0.5 s/div in 1-2-5 sequence, 21 steps; vernier provides continuous adjustment between steps Accuracy: 3% Magnifications: 10x Trigger Coupling: AC, TV H/HF TV V DC/LF , Trigger Sensitivity: 0.5 div (internal); 500 mV (external) OTHER: CRT 8 x 10 div, rectangular with internal graticule (1 div = 1 CM)
Features
Dual Channel: Allows two variables to be monitored on the y-axis simultaneously Analog Operation: Excellent for general purpose oscilloscope experiments Digital Storage: Capture, replay and analyze fast transients and one-shot events at the touch of a button The SB-9699B Digital Storage/Analog Oscilloscope comes complete with two 10:1 probes, a spare fuse and an instruction manual.
Digital Storage/Analog SB-9699B Oscilloscope Replacement Supplies: Oscilloscope Probe SB-9648
250
A A A A
Instrumentation Function Generator

Available Fall 2008
Function Generator
PI-8127
Improved Design 0.001 Hz to 100 kHz 10 Volts at 1 Amp Digital Display
Frequency Selection
Waveform Selection Menu Activation
Replacement for Digital Function Generator, PI-9587C (no longer available)
LCD displays frequency, voltage, current, menus, and instructions.
Voltage Adjust/ Menu Item Selection
Power Button Standby push-button enables/ disables output voltage

The Function Generator outputs sine, square, triangle, positive and negative ramps with a frequency range of 0.001 Hz to 100 kHz, in addition to DC. Its powerful output, 1 Amp at 10 Volts, makes it useful for driving speakers, string vibrators, and circuits. The LCD display is used to show readouts of frequency, voltage, or current. Also, features are selected through menus displayed on the LCD.
Resolution Selection Buttons
Output Jacks
Output Current/Voltage Maximum: The maximum current or maximum voltage can be set using the menu. This is useful when the instructor needs to limit the voltage applied to a light bulb. Offset Voltage: Any waveform may be offset with a DC voltage ranging from -10 V to +10 V, provided the peak voltage does not exceed 10 V. Available Waveforms: A Sine A Triangle A Square A Positive Ramp A Negative Ramp A DC
Specifications:
Input Power Source: 15 V @ 1.6 A AC/DC Adapter Voltage Output: 10 V @ 1 A, 5 mV Adjustment Resolution Frequency Range: DC to 100 KHz with 2 Ranges (0.001 to 100 Hz; 0.001 to 100 kHz) Frequency Resolution: 0.001 Hz for the 0.001 to 100 Hz range; 1 Hz for the 0.001 to 100 kHz range. Maximum Current/Voltage: Programmable Offset Voltage: 10 V, 5 mV Resolution Waveforms: Sine, Triangle, Square, Positive Ramp, Negative Ramp, DC External Voltage Input: 10 V Maximum Trigger Output: TTL Compatible; BNC jack on back of unit Display: LCD Graphics Monochrome Display, 128 x 64, with Two-Level Backlight Displays: Frequency, Waveform, Voltage, Current, Offset Voltage, Maximum Current/ Voltage (Not all simultaneously) Special Display Mode: Large digits for frequency
Function Generator Available Fall 2008 PI-8127
Features
LCD Readout: The LCD displays frequency, voltage, current, waveform, and menus. For viewing demonstrations, there is a Large Digits Mode which displays the frequency in large digits. The backlight has two levels, low and high, selectable using the menu. The low backlight is useful in dark rooms. Frequency/Range Selection: There are two ranges, 0.001 Hz to 100 Hz and 1 Hz to 100 kHz, selected using the range push-button switch (integrated with the frequency knob). Output Standby: Pushing the standby button disables the output without changing settings.
www.pasco.com
Instrumentation Function Generators/Decade Boxes
251
Wide Range Function Generator

SB-9549A
This function generator is similar to the Basic Function Generator, but it provides a wider frequency range and greater output voltage.
Decade Resistance Box

PI-9588
Heavy-duty Voltmeter
SF-9568A
Specifications
Ranges: 0.2 Hz to 5 MHz in seven ranges, (1 count) Waveforms: - sine (distortion <1% below 100 kHz) - square (2% symmetry, 50 nS max rise and fall time) - triangle (98% linearity below 100 kHz, 95% above 100 kHZ Outputs: - 20 Vp-p no load, 10 V p-p max into 50 load - continuously variable, 20 dB range with 20 dB step - DC offset: 10 V (no load), 5 V (50 load) - TTL/CMOS-compatible pulse Sweep: external voltage-controlled oscillator, 0-10 V signal can produce 100:1 frequency change Power Source: 115/220 VAC, 50/60 Hz Accessories: BNC to insulated clips
Wide Range Function Generator SB-9549A
Resistance is plainly displayed with this six-decade resistance box since a rotary switch selects the resistance within each decade. With 1% accuracy and 1 Watt dissipation it will accommodate most student experiments.
The Voltmeter has three ranges and is switch-selectable to measure AC or DC voltages.
Specifications
DC Ranges: 0 to 3 V/15 V/30 V AC Ranges: 0 to 3 V/15 V/30 V Accuracy: 2% Sensitivity: 10 k /V
Heavy Duty Voltmeter SF-9568A
Specifications
Resistance: 0 to 1, 111, 110 in 1 increments Accuracy: 1.0% 0.1 Power Dissipation: up to 1 Watt
Decade Resistance Box PI-9588
Heavy-duty Ammeter
SF-9569A
The Ammeter has three ranges and is switch-selectable to measure AC or DC values. All ranges are overload-protected up to 15 amps.
Decade Capacitance Box

SE-8689

SE-7122
Specifications
DC Ranges: 0 to 50 mA/500 mA/5 A AC Ranges: 0 to 50 mA/500 mA/5 A Accuracy: 2% Max Volt Drop: 0.23 V
Heavy Duty Ammeter SF-9569A
Heavy-duty Galvanometer
SF-9500A
This Decade Capacitance Box supplies 5 decades of capacitance from 100 pF to 11.111 F in 100 pF steps. Add or subtract capacitance with slide switches. Three color-coded binding posts provide reliable connections. This Decade Resistance Box delivers seven decades of resistance from 1 Ohm to 11,111,110 Ohms in 1 Ohm steps. Add or subtract resistance values with slide switches. Three color-coded binding posts provide reliable connections.
A push-to-read switch protects the galvanometer during hookup by shunting the current through an equivalent resistor.
Specifications
Accuracy: 5% Maximum Voltage: 50 VDC
Specifications
Accuracy: 1% Power Dissipation: up to 0.3 Watt
Specifications
DC Ranges: 50 A/500 A/5 mA Internal Resistance: 1.5 k /170 /17 Accuracy: 2%
Heavy Duty Galvanometer SF-9500A
Decade Capacitance Box
SE-8689
SE-7122
252
Instrumentation Meters
Analog Multimeter
SB-9623B
True RMS Multimeter

SB-9599B
This multimeter combines true RMS AC measurements with a builtin IR thermom eter. Large 1 digits with backlighting make reading measurements easier. Audible and visual alerts signal incorrect test lead connections for the selected measurement.
Digital LCR Meter

SE-8792
Increase precision of experimental results by measuring induc tance, capacitance and resistance accurately. Quickly check dissipation factors for capacitors and 1/Q for inductors before labs to ensure components are of good quality. This lightweight, handheld digital multi meter is easy to use and accurate. Test leads are included, along with a battery, a protective holster and a manual.
A Voltage, Current and Transistor Gain/Leakage A irrored Scale M (no parallax) A Diode/Fuse Protected
For trends and rates of change, nothing beats a good analog multimeter. This highquality multimeter measures DC and AC voltages up to 1200 VDC, cur rents from 0 to 12 A and transistor gain and leakage. It comes complete with test leads, batteries and an instruction manual.
Features
Noncontact IR thermometer measures surface temperature of objects difficult to reach or unsafe to contact Input fuse protection with audible and visible warning signals Auto power off, Data Hold True RMS AC measurements Type K thermometer, Capacitance, Frequency and Duty Cycle
Features
Accuracy: 1% or better on most ranges Easy to Use: Pushbutton selection for all measurements Digital Display: 41/2 digit backlit LCD Built-in Tilt Stand: Convenient tabletop use Built-in RS232: With optional Windows compatible software
Includes Specifications
DC Voltage: 0 to 300 mV, 3 V, 12 V, 30 V, 300 V, 1200 V; 3% of full scale; 20 k /volt sensitivity AC Voltage: 0 to 6 V, 30 V, 120 V, 300 V, 1200 V; 4% of full scale; 10 k /volt sensitivity DC Current: 0 to 50 A, 2.5 mA, 25 mA, 250 mA, 10 A; 3% of full scale Resistance: 02000 , 020 k , 0200 k , 02 M ; 3% of full scale Transistor Leakage: 0 to 150 mA, 15 mA, 150 mA; 5% of scale arc Transistor Gain: 0 to 1000 measured on hFE scale; 3% of scale arc Meter: Jeweled pivots, 60 mV full scale, 8.9 cm long mirrored scale Overload Protection: Fuse and diode protected Batteries: two 1.5V AA, one 9V (included)
Analog Multimeter SB-9623B
Test Leads Tilt Stand Holster Bead Wire Temp Probe 9V Battery
Specifications
Inductance: 2000.0 H, 20.000 mH, 200.00 mH, 2000.0 mH, 20.000 H, 200.00 H, 20.000 H ( 0.7% rdg + Lx/10000 + digit) Capacitance: 2000.0 pF 20.000 nF 200.00 , , nF 2000.0 nF 20.000 F 200.00 F 2000.0 , , , , F ( 0.7% rdg + 5 digit) Resistance: 20.000 , 200.00 , 2.0000 k, 20.000 k, 200.00 k, 2.0000 M, 20.000 M ( 0.5% rdg + 8 digit) Power: 9 V alkaline battery (included) Accessories: Test leads (2), alligator clips (2), protective holder
Digital LCR Meter Windows Software with Cable SE-8792 SE-8791
Specifications
Display Counts: 4000 counts, backlit Accuracy: +/ 0.3% DC/AC Voltage: 0.1 mV to 600 V DC/AC Current: 0.1 A to 20 A Resistance: 0.1 to 40 M Capacitance: 0.01 nF to 100 F Frequency: 0.001 Hz to 10 MHz Temperature (Type K): 20 C to 750 C Temperature (Infrared): 20 C to 270 C Display: 4 digits with backlighting Power: 9V battery (included)
True RMS Multimeter SB-9599B
Student Power Supply, 18-volt

SE-8828
A A A A
Constant voltage and current Short-circuit protected Current limiting Low noise/ripple
This high quality, compact power supply provides the DC voltage and current levels necessary for most introductory student labs. Its a great way to provide constant voltage to simple circuits and save on batteries.
Student Power Supply 18-volt SE-8828
www.pasco.com
Instrumentation Meters
253
Basic Digital Multimeter

SE-9786A
General Purpose Digital Multimeter

SE-9589A
Precision Digital Multimeter, Component Tester and Thermometer

SB-9631B
This basic meter includes all functions and ranges needed for most introductory lab work.
This durable, general purpose meter is recommended for general use in the student lab.
Features
20 Amp range Backlit display with 25 mm digits Soft rubber boot for drop protection Builtin tilt stand Type K thermometer built in for surface or air measurements Auto power off saves battery life
Specifications
DC Voltage: 200 mV, 2 V, 20 V, 200 V, 1000 V; (0.5% +1 digit) 10 M input impedance AC Voltage: 200 mV, 2 V, 20 V, 200 V; (1% + 4 digits) 750 V; (1.5% + 4 digits) 10 M input impedance DC Current: 200 A, 2 mA, 20 mA, 200 mA; (1% + 1 digit) 10 A; (2% + 3 digits) AC Current: 200 A, 2 mA, 20 mA, 200 mA; (1.5% + 4 digits) 10 A; (2.5% + 4 digits) Resistance: 200 ; (1% + 3 digits) 2 k , 20 k , 200 k , 2 M ; (1% + 1 digit) 20 M ; (3% + 1 digit) 2 G ; (5% 10 dig its) + 10 digits Additional Functions diode test, logic probe, audible continuity test Display: 31/2 digit LCD, 17 mm high digits, polarity indication, low battery indication Power: 300hour life on 9V alkaline (battery included) Overload Protection: On all ranges
An excellent general purpose multi meter. Features highaccuracy overload protection on all ranges and a builtin digital thermometer. It also has 10 A current ranges for use in electromagnetic experiments. It can measure capacitance and transistor gain (hFE).
Specifications
DC Voltage: 200 mV, 2 V, 20 V, 200 V, 1000 V; (0.5% + 1 digit) 10 M input impedance AC Voltage: 200 mV, 2 V, 20 V, 200 V; (1% + 4 digits) 750 V; (1.5% + 4 digits) 10 M input impedance DC Current: 200 A, 2 mA, 20 mA, 200 mA; (1% + 1 digit) 2 A, 10 A; (2% + 3 digits) AC Current: 200 A, 2 mA, 20 mA, 200 mA; (1.2% + 4 digits) 2 A, 10 A; (2% + 4 digits) Resistance: 200 ; (1% + 3 digits) 2 k , 20 k , 200 k , 2 M ; (0.8% + 1 digit) 20 M ; (3% + 3 digit) Capacitance 2 nF 20 nF 200 nF 2 F 20 F; (3% + 10 , , , , digits) Temperature: 4 to 1400 F 4 F to 900 F; 2.0% reading + 4 F 900 F to 1400 F; 3.0% reading + 4 F Additional Functions: Diode test, transistor hFE, audible continuity test, foldout stand Display: 31/2 digit LCD display, 17 mm high digits, polarity indication, low battery indica tion Drop Resistant Power 200hour life on 9V alkaline (battery included) Test leads, temperature probe and battery are included.
Precision Digital Multimeter Replacement Supplies: Thermocouple Probe SB-9631B
Specifications
DC Voltage: 0.1 mV to 600 V with 0.5% accuracy AC Voltage: 1 mV to 600 V with 0.3% accuracy DC Current: 0.1 A to 20 A AC Current: 0.1 mA to 20 A Resistance: 0.1 to 20 M Additional Functions: Input fuse protec tion, audible and visible misconnection sig nals, data hold freezes display reading Display: 31/2 digit display with 25 mm dig its, polarity indication, low battery indication Power: 9V battery (included)
General Purpose Digital Multimeter
SE-9589A
Basic Digital Multimeter
SE-9786A
SB-9632
254
Waves and Sound Ripple Tank
Ripple Tank System

WA-9899
A Completely Redesigned System A More Affordable A Integrated strobe/ripple generator simplifies operation A Foam beach design dramatically reduces reflections from walls A Silent operation
PASCO has completely redesigned its Ripple Tank System to make it easier to use, more reliable, and more affordable. The strobe and rippler are controlled by the same unit and a new feature makes it possible to introduce a small frequency difference between the strobe and the rippler to make the waves appear to move slowly. A simple switch changes the phase of the two ripplers from 0 to 180 degrees. The rippler uses voice coil actuators for precise and silent operation. The frequency range (1.0 Hz to 50.0 Hz) includes those important low frequencies that make refraction more prominent. The LED digital frequency readout can be seen in low lighting. The rippler has knobs to easily adjust the dipper depth and the amplitude of the dipper stroke. The new light source is a white LED which remains cool during operation and produces a bright, clear wave pattern. The light can be used as a strobe or in steady mode.
Cool running, produces bright, clear, wave patterns (includes rod)
White LED Strobe
Ripple Generator
Producing interference pattern with two point sources
Sloped Foam Beach

Eliminates reflections
Ripple Tank
Base and Rod

(not included)
Detachable Legs
A Speed of Wave Propagation A Superposition of Waves A Effects of Varying Water Depth A Reflection, Refraction and Diffraction
Viewing Screen Point Sources

(3 sizes) (included)
Plane Wave
and multiple source
Curved Reflector
Diffraction Barriers
Refractors
Convex, Concave and Trapezoid
Digital Frequency Readout
Phase
Depth Control
Amplitude
Frequency (1-50 Hz)
The yellow convex lens focuses the plane water waves. The waves show a pronounced refraction due to the abrupt change in depth of the water over the plastic lens.
Ripple Arms (shown with Point Source)
Strobe Control
Level Control
www.pasco.com
Waves and Sound Ripple Tank
255
Ripple Tank
WA-9897
Refraction occurs at the boundaries of this rhomboid shape. The Doppler Effect is clearly demonstrated by moving the dipper. In this picture the movement is downward.
Includes:
Tank with legs Projection Mirror and Screen Strobe Mounting Rod Refractors (convex, concave, rhomboid) Curved Reflector Diffraction Barriers (2 long, 1 short, 1 mini) Plastic Storage Box for components Specifications given at left
Ripple Tank WA-9897
Surfactant Drainage tube (30 cm) with clamp 1 liter Plastic Beaker Pipette Clear Plastic Ruler Water Resistant Storage Box for Entire System
Diffraction Barriers are used to create a double slit to show interference. The barriers can be changed to adjust the slit width and slit separation.
Specifications
Ripple Tank (WA-9897)
Viewing Area: 34 cm x 34 cm Usable Tank Depth: 1 cm Drain Tube: 30 cm long Projection Screen: 35.6 cm x 38.8 cm wide Acrylic Mirror: 49.8 cm x 38.8 cm wide Light Source Support Rod: 46 cm long Water Resistant Storage Box: 64 cm x 52 cm x 17 cm
Ripple Generator/Light Source

WA-9896
Specifications
Ripple Generator/Light Source (WA-9896) Voice Coil Actuator Frequency Range: 1.0 to 50.0 Hz with 0.1 Hz Resolution Light Source: Strobe or Steady, 5 W White LED Digital LED Display: Frequency/Delta Adjustable Delta Frequency Between Ripple Generator and Strobe: 45% frequency setting in steps of 9% Phase Switch: 0 or 180 degrees Depth, Tilt and Amplitude Adjustment Controls Power Supply: 15 VDC at 1.5 A with On/Off Switch Rippler Case Dimensions: 10.5 cm x 16.3 cm x 3.9 cm
Includes:
Ripple Generator/Strobe driver with Power Adapter LED Strobe Assembly Specifications given at left
Ripple Tank Generator/Light Source WA-9896
Plane Wave Generator with multi-point dippers Point Sources (3 sizes)
Includes:
Ripple Tank WA-9897 (complete components list at right) Ripple Generator/Light Source WA-9896 (complete components list at right) Water Resistant Storage Box included (64 cm x 52 cm x 17 cm)
Ripple Tank System Required: Large Rod Base 90 cm Rod Replacement: Ripple Tank Replacement Set WA-9899 ME-8735 ME-8738 WA-9898 p.184 p.184
Ripple Tank Replacement Set

WA-9898
Includes:
Plastic Storage Box for Components Dippers Pipette Foam Beach Refractors Curved Reflector Diffraction Barriers
Specifications given at left

Ripple Tank Optics WA-9898
256
Waves and Sound Mechanical Waves

Power Inputs
Drive String Vibrators coil with included power supply, Sine Wave Generator or 750 Interface.
String Vibrator
WA-9857
Clamping
Convenient for clamping the String Vibrator to the tabletop or any other edge. Holes allow permanent mounting to a surface.
A Great Tool for Mechanical Wave Demonstrations U A ses Magnetic Field to Drive Flexible Tongue I A ncludes Constant Frequency Power Supply
Stainless Steel Tongue
Tough enough for student use; stacking posts allow several units to be vertically stacked for storage.
Custom Plastic Case
Flexible metal strip mounted to a powerful neodymium magnet; includes a hole for connecting string or wave cord.
For mounting on either a horizontal or vertical rod. Provides good circulation of air around coil.
Built-in Rod Clamps
Air Vents
The String Vibrator transforms mechanical wave demonstrations to hands-on activities that every lab group can easily perform. Featuring an elegant design with no motors or speakers, the String Vibrator allows students to study the fundamental characteristics of mechanical waves including wave speed, frequency, wavelength, amplitude, interference and resonance.
Powering the String Vibrator

Constant Frequency Power Supply: Use the included power supply to create waves at a constant 60 Hz frequency. By changing the tension, various standing wave patterns can be created.
How it Works
A neodymium magnet fastened to the stainless steel tongue is free to move within a coil. By supplying AC current to the coil, an alternating magnetic field is created which vibrates the magnet and tongue.
Power the String Vibrator by plugging the included power supply into the wall outlet. The waveform is varied by changing the tension in the elastic Wave Cord. Sine Wave Generator: Use this versatile device to drive the String Vibrator over a range of amplitudes and frequencies (0-800 Hz). A special mode allows the Sine Wave Generator to learn the fundamental frequency and scan through each of the resonant frequencies. See the page 257 for more details. 750 Interface: The String Vibrator can also be powered by the 750 Interface (CI-7650) directly or by using the Power Amp (CI-6552A).
Includes
By varying the amplitude and frequency of the AC signal, standing waves are created in the vibrating string. String Vibrator Unit Constant Frequency Power Supply (60 Hz) Wave Cord (not shown) (3 meters)
String Vibrator Recommended: Sine Wave Generator WA-9867 WA-9857
A Standing Wave Patterns: Students learn about constructive and
destructive interference by studying these waveforms
A Mechanical Wave Characteristics: Wave speed, string density,

frequency, amplitude and wavelength can all be examined
www.pasco.com
257
Sine Wave Generator

WA-9867
Power Output
Standard banana jacks allow the Sine Wave Generator to be easily connected to other devices
A Sine Wave Output up to 800 Hz I A deal for Driving Speakers and Wave Drivers A A uto-Scan of Resonant Frequencies
LED Display
Use these buttons to store a frequency increment and scan through a frequency range by this increment.
Frequency Increments
Vary the amplitude of the sine wave. Red LEDs make the display easy to read with 0.1 Hz resolution. The Sine Wave Generator is an effective tool for generating waves with speakers or wave drivers. It enables users to change both the frequency (0-800 Hz) and amplitude of the sine wave output. Both fine and coarse frequency controls are included and the digital display features a 0.1 Hz resolution. In addition, the generator can learn the fundamental frequency for a particular configuration. Students can observe the quantum nature of standing wave patterns as the Sine Wave Generator jumps from one resonant frequency to the next.
Amplitude
Change the frequency by 1 Hz or 0.1 Hz increments.
Frequency Adjustment
A Wave Patterns in Strings: The Sine Wave
Generator can drive the following: String Vibrator (WA-9857) Economy Wave Driver (WA-9854) Mechanical Wave Driver (SF-9324)
A Resonant Frequencies in Air: Use the

generator with the Open Speaker (WA-9900) and Economy Resonance Tube (WA-9495) to produce easily audible standing waves in air.
Features
Custom Plastic Case: Designed to withstand student use; includes angled rubber feet for ease of use and rear rod clamp for additional mounting options. Cases are also stackable for easy storage. Digital Display: Frequency is displayed with 0.1 Hz resolution using red LEDs. Frequency Adjustment: Adjust the frequency of the output with either the fine (0.1 Hz) or coarse (1 Hz) knobs. The knobs include a smart scan feature so they change frequency more quickly when continuously turned. Amplitude Adjustment: Change the voltage of the sine wave signal. Learn Frequency: The Sine Wave Generator will store a frequency increment, then cycle through the selected frequency range by the increment automatically; very useful for resonance demonstrations or activities. is used to mount the generator on a standard rod.
Built-In Clamp
Includes:
Sine Wave Generator Power Supply
Sine Wave Generator Recommended: String Vibrator Economy Wave Driver Mechanical Wave Driver Open Speaker Economy Resonance Tube
WA-9867
WA-9857 WA-9854 SF-9324 WA-9900 WA-9495
p. 256 p. 258 p. 260 p. 259 p. 259
Clearly demonstrate various standing wave patterns.
258
Economy Wave Driver

WA-9854
A Economical Tool for the Study of Mechanical Waves A Includes Constant Frequency Power Supply A Can Also be Driven with PASCOs Sine Wave Generator or 750 Interface
Using the Sine Wave Generator, the frequency and amplitude of the Economy Wave Driver can be varied to facilitate the study of standing wave patterns. The Economy Wave Driver is an inexpensive yet effective solution for hands-on experiments on the properties of mechanical waves. It includes everything students need to generate and analyze standing wave patterns in strings.
Sine Wave Generator

WA-9867
The Sine Wave Generator is an excellent tool for generating waves with speakers or wave drivers. It allows both the frequency (0-800 Hz) and amplitude of the sine wave output to be changed. Both fine and coarse frequency controls are included and the digital display features a 0.1 Hz resolution. In addition, the generator can learn the fundamental frequency for a particular configuration. Students can observe the quantum nature of standing wave patterns as the Sine Wave Generator jumps from one resonant frequency to the next. For more information on its full capabilities, see page 257 .
How it Works
A molded plastic post is attached directly to the cone of the speaker and the wave cord is fed through the groove on the top of the post. The two ends of the cord are tied off or held with suspended masses. Using the included power supply, students can drive the speaker at a constant 60 Hz and vary the tension to create standing wave patterns. The Economy Wave Driver can be used with any function generator which outputs 0 7 Volts and 0.3 0.6 Amps. The operating frequency for the driver is 0 90 Hz.
Includes
5 Sub Woofer Speaker with Wave Driver Post Elastic Cord (3 meters) (not shown) Power Supply (60 Hz)
Economy Wave Driver WA-9854
Wave Driver Post

WA-9870 (2-pack)
A Study the effect of tension on resonance A Using the Sine Wave Generator or 750
while powering the wave driver at a constant frequency (60 Hz) and amplitude Interface, vary the frequency and amplitude of the wave driver to discover the relationship between frequency and resonance wave patterns The Wave Driver Post can also be purchased separately for use with existing 5 1/4 speakers. Actual diameter is 3 1/4 (8.3 cm).
Wave Driver Post (2 pack) WA-9870 Sine Wave Generator WA-9867
www.pasco.com
Waves and Sound Sound
259
Demonstrate Acoustic Resonance

Economy Resonance Tube
WA-9495
Directly measures length of air column for open and closed tube.
Metric Scale
Nested Tubes
Stand
Students will have no difficulty hearing resonant frequencies from this tube. Two nested cardboard tubes allow the length of the air column to be easily varied, and the inner tube contains a removable end-cap to change from a closed to an open tube. The length of the resonating column can be read directly off the metric scale for both open and closed operation.
Closed tube (with end cap in place)
Open tube (with end cap removed) The removable end-cap on the inner tube allows the air column to act as either an open or a closed tube.
Open Speaker
WA-9900
Features a high-quality, 13.3 cm woofer mounted on a sturdy base with standard banana jack inputs. The Open Speaker is not enclosed inside a case, making it perfect for resonance experiments.
Shown in use with the Open Speaker (WA-9900) and the Sine Wave Generator (WA-9867)
WA-9495 Includes:
Outer Tube (length 1.3m; diameter 0.15m) Inner Tube (Includes measuring tape and removable end-cap) Tube Stands (2)
Economy Resonance Tube Shown in use with: Open Speaker Sine Wave Generator WA-9495
Specifications
Frequency Response: 75 - 8000 Hz Impedance: 8 ohms Input Power: 60 watts (max)
Open Speaker WA-9900
WA-9900 WA-9867
p. 257
260
Mechanical Wave Driver

SF-9324
A Drive Any Wave Experiment at Specified Frequencies A Variable Amplitude A Tough and Versatile
SF-9324
8 Impedance
About the Wave Driver

Wave Drivers have a basic function; to provide variable-frequency, variable-amplitude mechanical vibrations for the lab. This simple function has endless applications: Driving waves on strings and wires Vibration modes of plates (Chladni) Resonances of wire loops (Bohr atom model) Vibration modes of springs Resonance of anything that vibrates.
Features
Frequency Response: From 0.1 to 1000 Hz with an amplitude of approximately 5 mm up to about 50 Hz. Mounts Vertically or Horizontally: Designed to sit upright on a table, on its side or mounted on a 12.7 mm (1/2 inch) rod. Driving Signal Required: Requires a function generator with a minimum of 8 V@0.5 A. An accurate measurement of frequency is necessary for quantitative resonance experiments. A Variety of Accessories Available: The following pages describe several accessories for the Wave Driver.
Powering the Wave Driver

Different PASCO products can be used to power the Wave Driver: the Digital Function Generator; or the Power Amplifier combined with the ScienceWorkshop 750 Interface. PI-9587C
Mechanical Wave Driver
SF-9324
Required: Banana Plug Patch Cord SE-9751 p. 229 and one of the following function generators: Sine Wave Generator WA-9867 p. 257 Digital Function Generator PI-9587C p. 250 Power Amplifier II CI-6552A with ScienceWorkshop 700 or 750 Interface p. 50
CI-6552A
WA-9867
p. 48-50
Equivalent function generator providing up to 1 A to an 8 impedance
www.pasco.com
261
Mechanical Wave Driver Accessories

Chladni Plates Kit
WA-9607
Metal Resonance Strips

SF-9404
These resonance strips demonstrate standing waves, harmonics and the relationship between length, frequency and resonance.
Longitudinal Wave Spring

WA-9401
Using the Longitudinal Wave Spring accessory, it is easy to demonstrate and visualize the nodes and antinodes of longitudinal waves. Unstretched length is 13 cm.
In the early nineteenth century, Ernst Chladni added another dimension to wave experiments by sprinkling sand on a thin plate and using a violin bow to induce vibrations. The sand collected along the nodal lines of the wave patterns painted clear and beautiful pictures of the various modes of vibration. The Chladni Plates Kit and a Wave Driver allow continuous vibrations to be produced at measurable frequencies. Students can determine the resonant frequencies of the plates and examine the modes of vibration at any frequency. The Chladni Plates Kit includes a 24 cm x 24 cm square plate, round plate, 0.8 kg of extra-fine sand and a sand shaker. The round plate can be vibrated about its center or an offset point to investigate both symmetric and asymmetric modes of vibration.
Investigate the unique resonant frequencies of the SF-9404 Metal Resonance Strips.
Metal Resonance Strips SF-9404
Resonance Wire Loop

SF-9405
Longitudinal waves can be easily demonstrated with the WA-9401 Longitudinal Wave Spring.
Longitudinal Wave Spring WA-9401
Violin Chladni Plate

SE-7319
Use this wire loop (29 cm diameter) to introduce Bohrs quantum atom using a classical model.
This 40 cm-long plate is shaped like a standard violin. Place sand on the plate and excite with either a violin bow or wave driver. Includes a standard banana jack connector for use with the Mechanical Wave Driver (SF-9324).
Violin Chladni Plate SE-7319
Chladni Plates Kit
WA-9607
Resonance Wire Loop
SF-9405
262

1
Sonometer System
WA-9757
A Investigate Waves on a Wire C A ontrol Length, Tension, Density and Driving Frequency O A bserve and Measure the Waveforms on an Oscilloscope
Uses Standard Guitar Strings
They come in a variety of linear densities and can be changed in seconds.
The WA-9757 Sonometer with Driver/Detector Coils includes:

1. Base with magnetic mounting strip, sounding board, tensioning lever and wire positioning screw 2. 10 Solid Steel Wires 2 each of 0.245, 0.356, 0.432, 0.508 and 0.559 mm diameter 3. Driver and Detector Coils 4. BNC-to-Banana Plug Adapter (not shown used to connect to ScienceWorkshop interface) 5. Instruction Manual and Experiment Guide (not shown)
Magnetic Mounts
The 2 movable bridges and the Driver/ Detector Coils mount magnetically to the base, so setup is easy and components stay put.
Slotted Tensioning Lever
Adjust the tension quickly and accurately using a single hanging mass (1-2 kg). Vary the tension instantly by factors of 2, 3, 4 or 5.
Experiments
Using a PASCO computer interface to monitor the detector signal makes it easier to measure and document the relationship between wave amplitude and frequency. Use the Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) mode for a more sophisticated analysis of wave behavior on a string. The Sonometers immediate audio feedback from the vibrating string combined with DataStudios sophisticated analysis techniques adds reality to advanced concepts.
Driver Coil
Use a function generator to drive the wire at set frequencies.
Built-in Millimeter Scale

Determine lengths quickly and easily.
Detector Coil
Monitor frequency and amplitude at any point on the wire with an oscilloscope or computer.
Equipment Required:
Sound Box
ScienceWorkshop 500, 700 or 750 Interface CI-6552A Power Amplifier (ScienceWorkshop 700 or 750 only) or PI-9587C Function Generator to drive the Sonometer CI-6503 Voltage Sensor to monitor the detector Students can hear the sound of the plucked or driven wires.
With the classic sonometer, students can investigate waves on a wire by adjusting the wire tension and length and listening to the difference in tone when the wire is plucked or bowed. It is a useful demonstration, but is only qualitative. With the PASCO Sonometer and the Driver/Detector Coils, students can vary the density, tension and length of the wire, adjust the driving frequency and examine the resulting waveform in full detail on an oscilloscope or computer interface. This is all done quantitatively. Features include a slotted tensioning lever, magnetic mounts, builtin scale and a sound box. This oscilloscope display shows the ouput signal generated from the power amplifier (red trace) and the input signal from the detector coil (green trace). The output frequency is 55 Hz. This FFT display shows a fundamental frequency of 400 Hz for a plucked sonometer string.
In the Laboratory
The included Sonometer Manual contains a discussion of the theory of waves on a stretched string, and student-ready experiments for investigating the resonant modes of a stretched string and for measuring velocity of wave propagation on a string.
Sonometer System Sonometer (No Coils) Sonometer Driver/Detector Coils (pair)
WA-9757 WA-9611 WA-9613
Driver Coil
Detector Coil
60 cm
Guitar String
Bridge
Tensioning Lever
Sonometer
100.0 Hz
1 kg
Channel 1 (Detector Coil) Frequency Generator Oscilloscope Channel 2 (Driver Coil)
The PASCO Sonometer measuring resonant modes on a stretched string.
Required: Slotted Mass Hanger SE-8703A Slotted Mass Set SE-8704A ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface Voltage Sensor CI-6503 Dual Trace Oscillosope SB-9591A Digital Function Generator/Amplifier PI-9587C or Power Amplifier II CI-6552A (for ScienceWorkshop 700 or 750 Interface only)
p. p. p. p. p. p.
195 195 48-52 59 249 250
p. 50
www.pasco.com
Waves and Sound Sound
263
Resonance Tube
WA-9612
Built-in Metric Scale
Movable Piston
Makes it easy to measure tube length and microphone position.
Push in the piston to adjust the tube length.
A nvestigate Sound Waves in a Closed or I Open Tube A bserve Waveforms on an Oscilloscope O A ovable Piston and Microphone M
This Resonance Tube brings the same advantages to longitudinal wave experiments that PASCOs Sonometer brings to transverse wave experiments. Drive the speaker with a function generator to create stable wave patterns at specified frequencies. Then connect an oscilloscope or ScienceWorkshop computer interface to the microphone to examine the waveforms in detail. The 90 cm long, clear plastic tube is simple and rugged.
Musical Instrument Holes

A pair of holes in the tube let students investigate the effects of closed and open holes in musical instruments. When performing other experiments, the holes can be covered with the included slip rings.
Built-in Speaker/ Microphone Assembly Movable Microphone

Position the microphone at the edge of the tube or use the probe to position it anywhere inside the tube. Easily locate all the nodes and antinodes of a standing wave pattern. Setup is easy. A function generator is used to drive the speaker.
Two methods of investigating wave patterns:
Movable piston
with a movable piston and fixed microphone...
This DataStudio FFT display shows the frequency spectrum for a sound above 600 Hz recorded by the Resonance Tubes microphone.
Microphone on probe rod
with a fixed piston and movable microphone.
Includes:
1. 90 cm Acrylic Tube with mounting stand and built-in millimeter scale 2. Piston and Rod for adjusting tube length 3. Miniature Microphone 4. Microphone Probe Rod for examining the waveform inside the tube 5. Speaker Assembly 6. Two holes with slip ring covers 7. BNC-to-Banana Plug Adapter (not shown used to connect to ScienceWorkshop interface) 8. Instruction Manual and Experiment Guide (not shown)
Resonance Tube Required for use with ScienceWorkshop: ScienceWorkshop 750 Interface Voltage Sensor Power Amplifier II Required for use without sensors: 20 MHz Dual Trace Oscilloscope Digital Function Generator/Amplifier Replacement Supplies: Replacement Speaker
The oscilloscope display shows 2 traces: the green trace is the output signal from the Resonance Tubes microphone, and the red trace is the output signal from DataStudios Signal Generator.
WA-9612
Equipment Required:
ScienceWorkshop 700 or 750 Interface CI-6552A Power Amplifier (ScienceWorkshop 700 or 750 only) or PI-9587C Function Generator to drive the Resonance Tube CI-6503 Voltage Sensor to monitor the detector
(for ScienceWorkshop 700 or 750 Interface only)
CI-6503 CI-6552A
p. 48-50 p. 59 p. 50
SB-9591A PI-9587C WA-9662
p. 249 p. 250
264
Waves and Sound WAVEPORT
Software
Single User CI-6872D Site License CI-6874D
A No sensors required A Uses computer sound card to generate and record sound A Intuitive, yet powerful analysis tools
In the Sound Analyzer mode, the computer listens to sound through a microphone. The waveform and the FFT of the frequencies comprising the sound are displayed. In this case, a student was singing a note centered on 280 Hz.
Using the hand icons, students can change the frequency, wavelength, and phase of sound waves. In this case, the sum of the waves is shown and beats can be seen and heard. Never before have students had the opportunity to learn about waves and sound in such an interactive manner. WAVEPORT engages students senses, allowing them to see, hear and feel sound waves. WAVEPORT software uses only the internal sound capability of the computer, so no additional equipment is necessary. WAVEPORT also enables students to collect and analyze sound waves. Using an external sound source or a favorite music CD, students can see the changes in the sound waves as they change the input sound. Students can whistle into the computer microphone and observe the waveform on the screen. Next, they can change the pitch of their whistle and see the changes in the waveform. WAVEPORT allows students to directly manipulate a waveform to see, feel and hear the effects of their manipulations. Students can change the frequency of the waveform by dragging an intuitive icon across the screen. As the students change the frequency on the screen, they can hear the changing sound waves from the computers speakers! All data created in WAVEPORT can easily be exported into DataStudio for more detailed analysis.
In the Piano mode, students can relate pressing piano keys to the notes they hear and the waveform they see.
Each WAVEPORT CD includes:

WAVEPORT Software Six DataStudio Workbooks: - Sound Creator Tutorial - Creating Sound - Constructive/Destructive Interference DataStudio Lite WAVEPORT may be purchased as a single copy for use with one computer or as a Site License for use on all computers in a high school or college/university department.
WAVEPORT Software (Single User) WAVEPORT Software (Site License) CI-6872D CI-6874D
- Sound Analyzer Tutorial - Beat Frequency - Capturing Sound
WAVEPORT Computer Requirements

Windows: Windows 95, 98 or 2000 NT 4.0, XP Free RAM: 8 MB (16 MB preferred), CD-ROM drive, hard disk (20 MB free) Macintosh: System 7 or higher, Free RAM: .5 8 MB (16 MB preferred), CD-ROM drive, hard disk (20 MB free)
www.pasco.com
Waves and Sound Transverse Waves
265
Complete Wave Motion Demonstrator

SE-9600
Single Section Wave Motion Demonstrator

SE-9601
A Produces Slow-Moving, High-Amplitude Transverse Waves A Demonstrates All Basic Wave Phenomena
SE-9600 Complete Wave Motion Demonstrator: in three sections. The high-amplitude, slow-moving waves provide a fascinating introduction to basic wave phenomena. The PASCO SE-9600 Complete (Transverse) Wave Motion Demonstrator allows mechanical waves to be created to demonstrate the behavior and properties common to many types of waves. Three Wave Sections: Each section has rods of different lengths, allowing reflection and transmission demonstrations. - Section 1 is 92 cm long with 46 cm rods. - Section 2 is 92 cm long with 23 cm rods. The resulting wave velocity is about three times as fast. - Section 3 is 46 cm long with rods that vary exponentially from 46 cm to 23 cm. This section acts as an impedance-matching unit. Yellow Rod Tips: Easy viewing and highlights wave motion. Folds for Compact Storage Easy Setup
Complete Wave Motion Demonstrator SE-9600
The SE-9601 Single Section Wave Motion Demonstrator: A-frame design collapses for easy storage.
How It Works
A series of steel rods is attached at their centers to a torsion wire. When a rod is displaced and released, a wave propagates along the rod. Velocity depends on the torsion constant of the wire and the moment of inertia of the rods.
Includes:
Section 1 (46 cm long rods) Length of section: 92 cm Clamp for rigid termination Dash Pot for liquid damping
Features
2.3 Meters Long: Plenty of room to watch the wave develop and interact.
Single Section Wave Motion Demonstrator
SE-9601
Matter Model
ME-9825A
Longitudinal Waves
A ynamic Model of Solid D Materials A xcellent Visualization of E Wave Motion A asily Assembled into a E Variety of Configurations
Students can investigate wave properties including reflection, wave speed, and standing waves. See page 175 for more information on Matter Model.
Transverse Waves
Includes:
Atoms (40) Heavy springs (60) (350 N/m spring constant) Light springs (60) (70 N/m spring constant) Long Springs (60) Nuts (30) (for increasing the atom mass) Brass rod (1)
Matter Model
ME-9825A
266
Waves and Sound Wave Media
Demonstration Wave Spring

WA-7334
Double-Length Slinky
SE-8760
Elastic Wave Cord

SE-9409
The Demonstration Wave Spring is ideal for illustrating mechanical wave properties such as frequency, wavelength and interference. Because its not as stiff as the Snakey (below), the Demonstration Wave Spring provides a different medium in which to study waves. Two hooks on either end allow students to stretch this spring to a length of 8 meters. It has a diameter of 2.3 cm and an unstretched length of 80 cm.
The Slinky is an excellent tool for demonstrating transverse and longitudinal wave phenomena. This Double-Length Slinky is twice as long as a traditional slinky, allowing students to create well-defined wave pulses and standing wave patterns. The tension in the Slinky is very low, causing wave pulses to travel slowly throughout its length.
This highly visible elastic cord can be used to set up standing transverse waves. Or, pluck it to watch wave propagation. Approximately 3 mm diameter and 90 meters in length.
Elastic Wave Cord SE-9409
Double -Length Slinky
SE-8760
Glow String (2 pack)

SE-8690
Clear standing wave patterns can easily be created.
Digital Stroboscope
SF-9211
A -300 Flashes per Second 1 (18,000 RPM) A igital Frequency Readout D A right: A Xenon flash B tube with a 14 cm wide reflector
Demonstration Wave Spring WA-7334
This string glows in the dark after being exposed to light. Use it to demonstrate wave motion, including resonance and standing wave patterns. Two rolls are included, totaling over 15 meters of string.
Snakey
SE-7331
Glow String forming a standing wave using PASCOs String Vibrator WA-9857, Sine Wave Generator WA-9867 and a UV Light Source SE-7228. See page 303 for more information on UV Light Source.
The extra-long metal spring is ideal for the study of mechanical waves. The Snakey has an unstretched length of 80 centimeters. Pull the convenient end loops more than 7 meters apart to demonstrate transverse, longitudinal and standing waves.
Snakey SE-7331
See page 188 for more information.
Digital Stroboscope
SF-9211
SE-8690
www.pasco.com
Waves and Sound Tuning Forks
267
TM
Resonance Boxes
Resonance Box (Single) SE-7344 Sympathetic Resonance Box Set SE-7345
Ideal for use with

TM
Tuning Fork Set

SE-7342
(b)
Ideal for use with
(a)
Resonance boxes are great instruments for amplifying sound from a tuning fork. These boxes are constructed from hardwood and feature an A4 tuning fork mounted directly to the box. Use WAVEPORT software to measure the sound waves and beat frequencies created by these resonance boxes.
The tuning fork has long been the tool of choice for helping students understand the relationship between wave frequency and pitch. These high-quality aluminum tuning forks are both rugged and economical. The set includes 8 forks representing a full octave of frequencies, a soft protective case and a rubber mallet.
Note
C D E F G
Frequency
256 Hz 288 Hz 320 Hz 341.3 Hz 384 Hz 426.7 Hz 480 Hz 512 Hz
SE-7342
Resonance Box (Single)

Hardwood resonance box with a 256 Hz A4 tuning fork (a)
Sympathetic Resonance Box Set

Hardwood resonance box with a 256 Hz A4 tuning fork (a) Hardwood resonance box with an adjustable tuning fork (b)
Resonance Box Sympathetic Resonance Box Set Recommended: WAVEPORT Software
SE-7344 SE-7345
A B C
Tuning Fork Set
CI-6872D
Chime Set
SE-9081
Ideal for use with

TM
Adjustable Tuning Fork

SE-7343
The Chime Set features 3 chimes which produce easily heard tones at 1750, 2650 and 3500 Hz. The highest frequency chime is one octave above the lowest frequency chime. Use WAVEPORT software to analyze the sound waves from the Chime Set. Length of bars (1.2 cm diameter): 17 cm, 14.4 cm, 12.4 cm. .7
Use the Adjustable Tuning Fork to demonstrate how to change the frequency of a tuning fork. Includes a 240 Hz tuning fork and 2 adjustable masses. The adjustable masses can be moved up and down to change the pitch. Conveniently labeled notches allow an entire octave from C to B to be produced.
Adjustable Tuning Fork SE-7343
Chime Set
SE-9081
268
Waves and Sound Doppler
Doppler Rocket
WA-9826
Demonstrate Waves and Doppler Ripple Tank System

WA-9899
Pascos Ripple Tank is perfect for demonstrating waves that students can actually see! Vary the amplitude and frequency, and use the built-in strobe to stop the waves or make them appear to move slowly. Students can investigate speed of wave propagation, superposition of waves (interference), reflection, refraction and diffraction. In the photo below, the Doppler Effect is demonstrated by rotating the Ripple Generator on its stand, causing the single point source dipper to move though the water.
A xperience the Frequency Shift of E Sound Waves A Easily Generate High Velocity Motion A Rugged Construction
O-rings
Remove easily to change battery
Skinned Foam Body
Protects buzzer during impact
Pass rope through to fly horizontally
Rope Tube
Flying Horizontally A set of 2 ropes can be passed through the center of the unit. This allows students to use the included handles to propel the Doppler Rocket across the room at high velocities. The unit is guided by the ropes. Students hear the change in pitch as the Doppler Rocket flies past them.
The Doppler Effect is clearly demonstrated by moving the dipper. In this picture the movement is downward.
Ripple Generator
Producing wave pattern for single point source
Cool running, produces bright, clear, wave patterns
White LED Strobe
The Doppler Rocket combines the elements of a toy with an audio Doppler shift to create an educational experience students wont forget. The Doppler Rocket emits a true, sinusoidal sound waveform at a constant frequency of approximately 620 Hz. The circuit and speaker are housed in skinned foam that protect the unit during normal impacts. The circuit is powered by a 9V battery. As the Doppler Rocket passes the students, they hear a noticeable shift in frequency. Velocities of 10 m/s can be easily achieved, resulting in a 20 Hz shift in frequency.
Water covered glass plate
Ripple Tank
Includes:
Doppler Rocket Rope (30 meters) Handles (4) Handle Cushions (4) Battery (9 Volt)
Doppler Rocket
WA-9826
Ripple Tank System
WA-9899
p. 254-255
www.pasco.com
Waves and Sound
269
Slide Whistles (4 pack)

SE-8686
Ideal for use with
TM
Acoustics Demonstration Disc

SE-9410
Ideal for use with
TM
Digital Sound Level Meter

SE-9761C
These brightly colored whistles are a great tool for demonstrating the relationship between tube length and pitch. Students blow into the mouthpiece and change the length of the tube by pulling the piston handle. As the length of the tube is increased, the frequency of the whistle varies from approximately 1500 Hz to a minimum of 500 Hz.
A 9 Aural 3 Demonstrations A igh-Quality Compact Disc H

Between the physics of sound and the appreciation of a Bach fugue lies the fascinating field of psychoacoustics. The basic question is simple: What is the relationship between physical vibrations in the air and the sounds we perceive? The high-quality digital compact disc provides 39 aural demonstrations that introduce the key elements of human sound perception. Each demonstration highlights a particular aspect of human hearing.
A ompact, Easy to Use C A ersatile Measurements V A 1.5 dB Accuracy

The Digital Sound Lever Meter provides greater accuracy and more sophisticated measuring capabilities than an analog meter.
SE-9410 Acoustics Demonstration Disc:
Slide Whistles (4 pack)
SE-8686
39 aural demonstrations introduce students to the fascinating field of psychoacoustics.
Sound Tubes (4 pack)

SE-8692
Investigate:
Frequency analysis and critical bands Sound pressure, power and loudness Masking Pitch Timbre Beats, combination tones, distortion and echoes Biaural effects
Acoustics Demonstration Disc SE-9410
Features
Easy push button operation Wide range; 40 to 130 dB Large 3-1/2 digit display Variable response rate The Digital Sound Level Meter comes ready-to-use with a built-in microphone and 9 Volt battery.
Required: Compact Disc Player (Headphones required for biaural demonstrations)
Physics Pholk Songs

SE-7130
This CD features clever songs that can be added to lectures to help students learn physics and bring a touch of humor to class. Songs include: Pool Table Physics Lab Rap Bricklayers Song The Elements by Tom Lehrer, To Sir Isaac and more...
Physics Pholk Songs SE-7130
Specifications
Ranges: 40 to 130 dB Accuracy: 1.5 dB Frequency Range: 31.5 Hz to 8 kHz Frequency Weighting: A and C Time Weighting: Fast and Slow Auxiliary Outputs: AC conditioned, 0.707 V rms Display: 3-1/2 digit LCD Power: 9 V battery (included)
When students spin these tubes over their heads the tube produces an audible tone similar to that produced by blowing across the mouth of a bottle. As the tube is spun faster, the resonant frequency increases. Five different frequencies can be achieved. Four tubes of various colors are included.
Sound Tubes (4 pack) SE-8692
Digital Sound Level Meter
SE-9761C
270
Light and Optics Basic Optics System
Basic Optics System

OS-8515C
A Geometric and Ray Optics A Concave and Convex Lenses A Concave/Convex Mirror
PASCOs Basic Optics System is easy-to-use, affordable, and ruggedly designed. Large 50 mm diameter optics components are mounted in protective holders that snap directly onto the aluminum track, and are easy to slide and position. Built-in metric tape makes measurements of image and object distances quick and accurate for both lenses and mirrors. The versatile Light Source doubles as a table-top ray box, for studies in reflection, refraction, color addition, and Snells Law. All the components (except the track) fit in the included custom foam storage box. Four 50 mm diameter Lenses Adjustable Lens Holder
Use your own lenses (from 19 mm to 75 mm in diameter) or choose from our lens sets.
White plastic screen snaps into the optics bench and the position of the screen can be read directly on the bench scale.
Viewing Screen
+100, +200, +250, -150 mm lenses are mounted in protective holders.
50 mm diameter plastic mirror with reflective surface on both sides. Includes half-screen upon which the image is focused.
Concave/Convex Mirror
Ray Optics Kit
Optics Bench (1.2 m) Ray Table

Two-piece construction allows the table to be rotated for studying Snells Law or the Law of Reflection. Includes D-shaped acrylic lens.
Concave/convex lenses, concave/convex/plane mirrors, acrylic rhomboid for prism spreading of white light and refraction experiments, hollow lens for teaching the lensmakers equation. Includes storage tray which can also be used as a water tank for the hollow lens.
The lenses, mirrors, light source, and screen snap into this rugged aluminum extrusion. The metric tape makes position measurements easy.
Half Screen with image Mirror
Ray Table in use showing both the Reflected and Refracted rays.
Components from the Ray Optics Kit showing Refraction and Reflection.
Light Source: Has a lighted crossed arrow target with metric scale for focusing images through lenses or using with the concave mirror.
www.pasco.com
Light and Optics Basic Optics System

Versatile Light Source: Has a crossed arrow target, a point light source for inverse-square law experiments, and acts as a ray box for table-top ray optics experiments. Red-green-blue rays are also available for color addition experiments.
271
Basic Optics Components and Accessories:

System Components
pg 272-273
Lens Sets
pg 274 Rotate the selector knob to choose between rays (1, 3 or 5) or the primary color mask.
The primary color mask allows experiments in color addition using components from the Ray Optics Kit.
System Accessories
pg 275-277
Human Eye Model Basic Optics System Experiments Included:

1. Color Addition 2. Prism 3. Reflection 4. Snells Law 5. Total Internal Reflection 6. Convex and Concave Lenses 7. Hollow Lens 8. Lensmakers Equation 9. Apparent Depth 10. Reversibility 11. Dispersion 12. Focal Length and Magnification of a Thin Lens 13. Focal Length and Magnification of a Concave Mirror 14. Virtual Images 15. Telescope 16. Microscope 17. Shadows pg 278-279
Basic Optics System Storage Box:

All components (except the track) fit in the custom foam box. There are additional slots for accessory lenses. (See page 274)
Diffraction
pg 280-281
Includes:
1.2 m Optics Bench Basic Optics Light Source 50 mm diameter glass lenses in holder +100 mm, -150 mm, +200 mm,+250 mm Adjustable lens holder
Basic Optic System
Concave/Convex mirror with screen Ray Optics Kit Ray Table with D-shaped lens Viewing Screen Storage Box
OS-8515C
Dynamics Track Optics

pg 285
272
Light and Optics Basic Optics Components
Basic Optics Light Source

OS-8470
A One, Three or Five Parallel Rays A Three Primary Color Source A Crossed Arrow Object and Point Source
The Basic Optics Light Source is an excellent source for a variety of optics experiments. A single 10-watt quartz-halogen bulb provides bright, easy-to-see illumination without a lot of heat. By turning the box to a different side, it becomes a: 1. rossed Arrow Object with Metric Scale. Ideal for showing C images, focal point and magnification. 2. right Point Source. The very small filament of the halogen B bulb provides an excellent point source for experimenting with shadows or the Inverse Square Law. 3. hree Primary Colors Source. The red, green and blue filters T provide 3 rays of light which are easily combined with a lens for color mixing. 4. , 3 or 5 Ray Source. Just rotate the knob on front of the light 1 source to vary the number of rays produced.
Rotate the selector knob to choose between rays (1, 3 or 5) or the primary color mask.
The Basic Optics Light Source provides a point source and an extremely bright crossed arrow target.
Use free standing or easily clip directly to Basic Optics Track.
The primary color mask allows experiments in color addition using components from Ray Optics Kit (OS-8516A).
Basic Optics Light Source OS-8470
Concave/Convex Mirror Accessory

OS-8457
Half Screen with image Mirror
A 50 mm Diameter A 100 mm Focal Length A Plastic Mirror

This double-sided convex/concave plastic mirror is mounted in a lens holder for easy placement on the Basic Optics Track. The Accessory also includes a half screen that allows light to pass through on one side, and an opaque screen on the other half to focus the real image formed by the concave mirror.
Includes:
Concave/Convex Mirror Half Screen
Concave/Convex Mirror Accessory OS-8457
www.pasco.com
Light and Optics Ray Optics
273
Ray Optics Kit

OS-8516A
Storage Tray
Doubles as water tank for Hollow Lens
Rhomboid acting as a prism to separate white light.
Hollow Lens
Acrylic Lenses
Mirror
Acrylic Rhomboid
Ray Optics Kit includes two lenses and a 3-sided mirror.
The storage tray is used to create a hollow air filled convex lens. Note that the rays diverge.
Includes:
Double Convex Lens Double Concave Lens Rhomboid
Triangular mirror accessory with concave, convex and plane reflective surfaces Hollow lens to fill with a liquid or use as an air lens.
Ray Optics Kit
OS-8516A
Ray Table
OS-8465
A ngle of Reflection A S A nells Law T A otal Internal Reflection
The Ray Table provides an excellent viewing surface for ray optics. The table can be rotated about its axis to quickly change the incident angle of the ray. The resulting angles of reflection and refraction are easily measured directly off the polar grid printed on the table. The (included) acrylic cylindrical D lens simplifies the experiment by having the rays bend at only one surface. Investigate Snells Law for both cases of rays either entering or leaving the acrylic.
Includes:
Table D-shaped Lens
Ray Table
OS-8465
274
Light and Optics Lenses
Ground Glass Lenses (set of 6)

SE-9013
General Quality Lens Sets

38 mm Diameter Mixed Lens Assortment
SE-7580
This set of 6 lenses is made of polished glass with ground edges, and comes in a wooden storage box. Contains the following lens types: double convex, plano convex, convex concave, double concave, plano concave, concave convex. Let students experiment with a range of lens types.
38 mm Diameter Lens Assortment SE-7580
50 mm Diameter Lens Assortment

SE-7581
This set of 6 lenses is made of polished glass with ground edges, and comes in a wooden storage box.
Focal Length (mm) +1000 +300 +150 Description double convex double convex double convex Focal Length (mm) -1000 -200 -150 Description double concave double concave double concave
These precision ground glass lenses provide a useful range of focal lengths. Each lens has a 50 mm diameter small enough for easy mounting, yet large enough for effective viewing. The set of 6 comes in a convenient storage box.
Focal Length 500 mm 333 mm 167 mm Description concave convex plano convex double convex Focal Length -167 mm -333 mm -500 mm Description double concave plano concave convex concave
50 mm Diameter Lens Assortment
SE-7581
50 mm Diameter Convex Class Sets

These class sets each contain 6 identical 50 mm diameter lenses made of polished glass with ground edges, and come in a wooden storage box.
100 mm Focal Length Class Set SE-7582 200 mm Focal Length Class Set SE-7583
Ground Glass Lenses (set of 6)
SE-9013
Lens Holder Set

OS-8522
75 mm Diameter Convex Class Set

SE-7584
These holders for the Basic Optics System are an excellent way to permanently mount 50 mm diameter lenses.
Lens Holder Set (2 pack) OS-8522
This class set contains 4 identical 75 mm diameter 200 mm focal length lenses made of polished glass with ground edges. Shipped in a cardboard box with thermoform packing.
75 mm Diameter Class Set SE-7584
Adjustable Lens Holder

OS-8474
The Adjustable Lens Holder for the Basic Optics System is designed for use with lenses and mirrors with diameters between 19 mm and 75 mm. Place the lens or mirror in the holder and adjust the three arms to hold the component. A set screw in each adjustable arm ensures the mirror or lens will remain in place. The holder snaps into the Basic Optics Track and is designed to position all mirrors and lenses at the same height as the rest of the Basic Optics System components.
Adjustable Lens Holder OS-8474
Actual view through the lens of the magnified image of the pencil.
Build a telescope or microscope: Shown with 1.2 m Basic Optics Track OS-8508
www.pasco.com
Light and Optics Basic Optics Accessories
275
Lens Sets
Basic Optics Geometric Lens Set (Set of 2)

(+200, +100 mm) OS-8456
Basic Optics Viewing Screen

OS-8460
Concave Mirror Accessory

OS-8532
Accessory Lens Set (Set of 2)

(+250, -150 mm) OS-8519
Each lens is mounted in a lens holder for protection and easy storage. The lens holder clips directly to the Basic Optics track.
Basic Optics Geometric Lens Set (set of 2) Accessory Lens Set (set of 2) OS-8456 OS-8519
This white plastic screen is used with Basic Optics systems. The screen snaps into the optics bench and the position of the screen can be read directly on the bench scale. Also fits the Dynamics Track Optics Carriages (OS-8472 on page 285) for use with a Dynamics Track.
The OS-8532 Concave Mirror is made of glass and has a 50 mm focal length. Using the crossed arrow object of the light source, students will shine the light through the open section of the halfscreen onto the concave mirror. The light rays will reflect off the mirror and form a partial image on the screen. Students can use the Lensmakers Equation to verify the focal length of the mirror.
Basic Optics Viewing Screen OS-8460
Concave Mirror Accessory
OS-8532
Basic Optics Spares Kit

OS-8510
The Basic Optics Spares Kit includes many of the small parts which are sometimes lost after student use. Also includes two replacement bulbs for the Light Source. Suitable for all versions of the Basic Optics System (OS-8515). All parts are organized in a plastic case for easy storage.
Includes:
2 10W bulb for Basic Optics Light Source OS-8470 or OS-8517A 8 6-32 1 1/2 screw for the Basic Optics Light Source OS-8517A 6 3/8 screw for optics accessories 4 3/8 brass thumbscrew for optics track brackets 8 1/4-20 1/2 nylon thumbscrew 20 1/4-20 square nut 6 nylon washers 6 nylon washers 4 1/4-20 9/16 round steel thumbscrew 4 6 4 4 4 6 15 1/4-20 3/8 round steel thumbscrew 6-32 5/8 round steel thumbscrew 6-32 3/8 round steel thumbscrew 4-40 5/16 round steel thumbscrew 6-32 3/16 round steel thumbscrew Replacement rubber feet for optics bench replacement rubber feet for Basic Optics Light Source OS-8517A 4 replacement screws for Basic Optics Light Source OS-8470 1 Plastic Storage Box
Spares Kit Basic Optics OS-8510
276
Aperture Accessories
OS-8524
Photometer
OS-8520
PASCOs Photometer is an easily understood, nonelectronic device that allows students to measure relative light intensities. By looking through the eyepiece, students can see if the 2 fluorescent disks, each receiving light from an opposite side of the photometer, are equal in intensity. Students can verify the Inverse Square Law.
Aperture Disk
Simulate the compound lens system of a camera using the Aperture Disk. Simply snap the disk onto one face of a lens. The disk offers 6 different f-number settings for controlling the amount of light that reaches the viewing screen. Aperture Diameter (mm) 25.0 17.7 12.5 8.8 6.3 4.4
IA
IB
The f-number is designated as f /#, where # equals the focal length of the lens, f, divided by the diameter of the aperture, D. (Example uses a +100 mm lens.)
-Number /4 / 5.6 /8 / 11 / 16 / 22
Photometer
Spherical Aberration Attachments

Do the center and outside parts of a lens focus light differently? With the Spherical Aberration Attachments, students will be surprised by the answer. Simply snap the attachments onto a lens from the Basic Optics System and compare the image distance for each attachment.
View through Photometer for the case that IA > IB
Includes:
Photometer S et of polarizers and an accessory holder Disk of neutral density filters 25, 50, 75 and 100% transmittance
Photometer OS-8520
The Peripheral Mask passes light through the center only.
Polarizer Set
OS-8473
This accessory set includes two polarizer disks and an optics holder. Rotate the polarizers relative to one another to view the effect on light intensity. Peripheral Mask shown mounted on +250 mm lens.
OS-8524 Polarizer Set OS-8473
The Center Mask passes light through an outside ring.
Includes:
Aperture Disk and holder Spherical Aberration Attachments
Aperture Accessories
www.pasco.com
277
Polarization Analyzer
OS-8533A
Students can confirm Malus Law of Polarization by using the Polarization Analyzer with the Basic Optics System. All components mount directly to PASCOs OS-8515B Basic Optics Bench. The Rotary Motion Sensor is used to measure the angle between the two polarizing disks. The Light Sensor measures the intensity of light which passes through both polarizers.
Optics Benches
Diode Laser
First Polarization
60 cm Optics Bench
OS-8541
The short optical bench is for experiments (such as polarization and spectrophotometry) that do not require the full 1.2 meter bench.
Polarization Analyzer Rotary Motion Sensor High Sensitivity Light Sensor

Shown with OS-8541, 60 cm track.
120 cm Optics Bench

OS-8508
This optics bench is used for lens and mirror experiments, inverse-square law, and diffraction/interference experiments. If you want a bench longer than 120 cm, use the Optics Bench Connectors (OS-8538) shown below.
60 cm Optics Bench 120 cm Optics Bench OS-8541 OS-8508
As the polarizer is rotated, the intensity of the light varies as the square of the cosine of the angle between the 2 polarizers.
See page 350 for complete experiment.
Optics Bench Connectors

OS-8538
Includes:
Polarizer Disks (2) Polarizer Holder Aperture Bracket A ccessory Holder with Mounting Bracket Accessory Holder for Aperture Bracket Retarder Disk
Polarization Analyzer OS-8533A Required for use with PASPORT: Rotary Motion Sensor PS-2120 Light/High Sensitivity Sensor PS-2176 Basic Optics System OS-8515C Diode Laser OS-8525A PASPORT Interface
Optics Bench Connector

The OS-8538 Optics Bench Connectors are designed to couple 2 Basic Optics Benches together. The connectors slide into the T-slot on either side of the Basic Optics Bench. Includes 2 connectors.
Optics Bench Connectors OS-8538
p. 21 p. p. p. p. 32 270 281 8-16
278
Light and Optics Optics of the Human Eye

Blind Spot Retina
3 positions for near-sighted, far-sighted and normal vision Simulates retina attachment point
Human Eye Model

OS-8477
Plastic Eyeball
A Classic Eye Model at an Affordable Price A -dimensional Working Model 3 of the Human Eye Features
Holds water to simulate Crystalline Eye Lens the vitreous humor Interchangeable lenses to focus on near and far objects. Additional slots for pupil and asymmetric lens
Working Model of the Human Eye: Two lenses are used to form images on the retina. Sealed tank holds water to simulate the vitreous humor. Size and orientation of the illuminated object can be easily measured. Study the Optics of Normal Vision and Vision Correction: Use the included plastic lenses to create images for normal vision, far-sightedness, near-sightedness and astigmatism. Additional lenses are placed in front of the eye to correct for vision problems. Fixed Corneal Lens and Interchangeable Crystalline Lens: The crystalline lens is surrounded by water (vitreous humor). By changing the crystalline lens, the eye can focus on both near and far objects. Moveable Retina: 3 positions to demonstrate near-sightedness, far-sightedness and normal vision. Variable Pupil Size: Students can observe the change in brightness and clarity of the image as the pupil size is reduced.
Eyeglass Lens Slots Corneal Lens

Fixed glass lens Change to correct vision
Pupil Aperture
The Eye Model can image any illuminated picture, or use with the Basic Optics System and Eye Model Bracket shown on page 279.
Includes:
Molded Plastic Eyeball Plastic Lenses (2 sets of 6) Use the Pupil Aperture to reduce the pupil size, or to change the shape to a cats eye. Pupil Aperture Retina Screen Experiment Manual Included
Specifications
Focal Lengths in Air of Plastic Lenses: +62 mm (+16d), +120 mm (+8.3d), +400 mm (+2.5d), -1000 mm (-1.0d), -128 mm (-7 .8d) cylindrical, +307 mm (+3.26d) cylindrical Corneal Lens Focal Length in Air: +140 mm (+7 .1d) Dimensions: 15 cm x 17 cm x 10 cm high
Human Eye Model Recommended: Basic Optics Light Source Human Eye Replacement Set (includes lenses, screen and pupil) Optics Caliper (set of 5)
OS-8477
OS-8470 OS-8476 OS-8468
p. 272
p. 279
www.pasco.com
Light and Optics Optics of the Human Eye
279
Eye Model Bracket

OS-8469
Basic Optics Light Source
Image on retina screen of crossed-arrow target
The OS-8469 Bracket allows the Human Eye Model (OS-8477) to be used with the Basic Optics System (OS-8515). The bracket holds the Eye Model securely on the track at the correct optical height.
Built-in scale
Simplifies distance measurements on the optics track.
The illuminated crossed-arrow target on the Basic Optics Light Source makes the perfect object. Easily measure object and image distances, as well as the size of the object and image for calculations of magnification.
Includes:
Bracket Two 1/4-20 thumb screws with nuts Eye Model and Bracket shown with a telescope made using two Adjustable Lens Holders (OS-8474) and accessory lenses (see page 275). Students can see the image through the telescope with their own eyes, and then place the Eye Model on the track and see the same image projected on the retina screen.
Eye Model Bracket Shown in use with Basic Optics System Human Eye Model OS-8469 OS-8515C OS-8477
Optics Caliper
OS-8468
A low in the Dark Tips G A aterproof W

This lightweight plastic caliper is perfect for measuring images in the dark. Simply span the object and then use a scale to measure the distance. For approximate measurements, use the built-in cm scale on the calipers.
The tips of the caliper glow in the dark: Activate with an incandescent or UV lamp.
OS-8468
SE-7228
p. 303
Use the Optics Caliper to measure image sizes in the Human Eye Model. Glow-in-thedark tips activated using a UV light source.
280
Light and Optics Diffraction

Aperture Bracket High Sensitivity Light Sensor Rotary Motion Sensor
Sensor-Based Diffraction System

OS-8452
A Single-Slit Diffraction A Double-Slit Interference A Real-Time Intensity Graphs

Multiple-Slit Set
Single-Slit Set
Red Diode Laser
Linear Translator
Optics Bench
The Sensor-Based Diffraction System enables students to scan many diffraction and interference patterns during one lab period. They can study the differences caused by changing the slit width, slit separation, and number of slits. And, with the addition of the Green Diode Laser, they can study the difference caused by changing the wavelength.
Computer scan of a single-slit and double-slit having the same slit width.
How It Works
Scanning with the Linear Translator In this unique scanning system, the diffraction pattern is scanned using a light sensor attached to a Rotary Motion Sensor. As the wheel on the Rotary Motion Sensor is rotated by hand, the Rotary Motion Sensor moves along a gear rack (called the Linear Translator). Students make the association between the diffraction pattern they see and the real-time graph of the light intensity versus position. The DataStudio computer scan of an interference pattern is shown above a photograph of the actual laser pattern. The pattern was produced with a double-slit, having a slit width 0.08 mm and slit separation 0.50 mm.
Easy Laser Alignment The laser beam can be aimed through the slits using two thumb screws. Once the beam is aligned, either the laser or the slits can be removed from the optics bench and returned to the bench without re-aligning the beam. Change slits in the dark without re-aligning everything. The slit wheels eliminate the frustration of trying to change the slits in a darkened room. Simply rotate to the next positive click to lock a different slit into position. The alignment of the disk only has to be done once; thereafter all the slits on that wheel will be in aligned.
Includes:
Light Sensor Aperture Bracket
Red Diode Laser Diffraction Slits Linear Translator Aperture Bracket Optics Bench
OS-8525A OS-8453 OS-8535 OS-8534A OS-8508

OS-8452 CI-6504A CI-6538 p. 48 or p. 52 PS-2176 PS-2120 pages 8-16 OS-8458 p. 282
Sensor-Based Diffraction Light Sensor Rotary Motion Sensor ScienceWorkshop Interface Required for use with PASPORT: High Sensitivity Light Sensor Rotary Motion Sensor PASPORT Interface Recommended:
Required for use with ScienceWorkshop:
Linear Translator
Green Diode Laser
www.pasco.com
281

OS-8453
Double-Slit Diffraction Pattern
A Vacuum Deposited Chromium on Glass A Single-Slit and Double-Slit Wheels

OS-8453 includes two slit wheels with holders designed to match the height of the slits to the height of the diode laser. All components clip directly to the Optics Bench from the OS-8515C Basic Optics System. The slit wheels eliminate the frustration of trying to change the slits in a darkened room. To change the slit being illuminated by the laser, the slit wheel is simply rotated to the next positive click to lock another slit into position.
Single-Slit Diffraction Pattern
4 Slit Diffraction Pattern
The Multiple-Slit wheel includes four double slits, a set of four multiple slits having the same slit width and separation (2, 3, 4, and 5 slits), four slit comparisons, and a variable double slit. 3. The Single-Slit wheel includes four single slits of different widths, two circular apertures, one line/slit comparison, one opaque line, a variable width slit and four patterns.
4.
2. 1. The comparisons have two slits illuminated by the same laser beam, so that the patterns can be viewed side by side. 1. 2 slit and 3 slit comparison 2. Different slit widths 3. Different slit separation 4. Single slit and Double slit
The Circular Diffraction pattern has the same dimensions for both the dots and the holes.
The diffraction geometry represents the structure of the Square and Hex pattern.
Simply rotate the wheel to select the desired slit. Each position locks into place making it easy to use, even in the dark.
Green Diode Laser
OS-8458
Add a second wavelength with the new Green Laser.
Includes:
Single-Slit Wheel with holder Multiple Slit-Wheel with holder

OS-8453 OS-8515C p. 270
Green Diode Laser
OS-8458
Recommended: Basic Optics System
282
Light and Optics Diffraction Green Laser

These unique diode lasers take the frustration out of aligning the laser beam with the diffraction slits because the horizontal and vertical positions of the beam can be adjusted by turning the thumb screws on the back of the laser. With the addition of the new Green Diode Laser, you can demonstrate the effect of changing wavelength on the diffraction and interference patterns. At left, a red laser beam was passed through a double slit. Then the Red Diode Laser was replaced by the Green Diode Laser by simply pulling the Red Laser off the optics track and clipping the Green Laser into its place. The recorded patterns from red and green lasers show clearly that the longer wavelength (red) is spread out more than the green.
Diode Laser Basic Optics

OS-8525A (Red) OS-8458 (Green)
Specifications
Output Power: <1 mW Wavelength: 650 nm (OS-8525A) 532 nm (OS-8458) Power Supply: 9-V adapter (included)
Diode Laser Red Diode Laser Green OS-8525A OS-8458
Linear Translator
OS-8535
Aperture Bracket
OS-8534A
The Aperture Bracket acts as a mask for a light sensor. The wheel is rotated to select different size slits, defining the spatial resolution. Narrow slits are used to scan diffraction patterns having fine detail. Wider slits are used to let in more light when scanning dimmer patterns. The diffuser selection is used for inverse square law experiments.
The Linear Translator transforms a Rotary Motion Sensor into a linear motion device. The toothed rack of the Linear Translator fits into the slot in the side of the Rotary Motion Sensor. As the Rotary Motion Sensor pulley is rotated by hand, the Rotary Motion Sensor moves along the rack. See page 280 for more information.
Specifications
Resolution for Rotary Motion Sensor: 0.055 mm (CI-6538) 0.020 mm (PS-2120) Maximum Travel: 20 cm Rotary Motion Sensors Not Included
Linear Translator OS-8535
Rotate the wheel to select the aperature.
Optics Bench (120 cm)

OS-8508
This is the optics bench included in the OS-8515C Basic Optics system.
Optics Bench (120 cm) OS-8508
Specifications Includes:
Aperture Bracket with Screen Handle Accessory Holder
Aperture Bracket OS-8534A
6 Slits: From 0.1 mm to 1.5 mm width Open Aperture: No reduction in intensity Screen Aperture: 10% transmittance Diffuser
www.pasco.com
283
Diffraction Optics Kit

OS-8531
Add this kit to the Basic Optics System to allow the investigation of a wide variety of diffraction slit patterns. The following patterns are included on the two slit accessory disks: Single Slit Pattern (a = 0.04 mm)
A A A A A A
Single Slit (Four variations) Variable Width Single Slit Double Slit (Four variations) Multiple Slit (3,4,5) Single Slit/Double Slit Comparison Variable Spacing Double Slit
Diffraction Pattern
Double Slit Pattern (a = 0.08 m, b = 0.05 mm)
4-Slit Pattern (a = 0.04 mm, d = 0.125 mm)
Diode Laser
Includes:
Diode Laser (OS-8525) Slit Accessories (OS-8523)
Slit Accessory
Snaps into position on the bench for automatic slit alignment with laser. Rotate disk to select a different pattern.
Diffraction Optics Kit
OS-8531
Optics Caliper
OS-8468
This light-weight plastic caliper is perfect for measuring interference and diffraction patterns in the dark. Glow-in-the-dark tips are activated using an incandescent or UV lamp. See page 269 for more information.
Slit Accessories Basic Optics

OS-8523
Two Slit Accessory disks offer a variety of single and multiple slits for diffraction experiments. The 2 accessory disks come mounted to lens holders. Just rotate the disk for a wide range of diffraction patterns. The slit patterns automatically align with the laser. Includes Users Guide with experiments. Slit wheels are constructed using a photographic process. Single-slit Disk 4 single slits, 2 circular apertures, 1 line/slit comparison, 4 two-dimensional diffraction patterns, variablewidth slit (0.02-0.20 mm), 1 opaque line. Multiple-slit Disk 4 double slits, 4 multiple slits (2, 3, 4 or 5 slits), 4 single/ double-slit comparisons, variable double-slit (slit separation 0.125-0.75 mm).
OS-8468
SE-7228
p. 303
Slit Accessories Basic Optics
OS-8523
284
Light and Optics Basic Optics Systems

OS-8515C OS-8546B OS-8548B
PASCO Optics Systems

Basic Optics System Basic Optics System II Computer-Based Optics System II
Computer-based Optics System II OS-8548B Basic Optics System II OS-8546B Basic Optics System OS-8515C
These optics systems provide a wide range of optics laboratories from the very basics of ray tracing to quantitative measurement of blackbody radiation.
7 10
6
Basic Optics System OS-8515C
22
12 21 11
Basic Optics System II OS-8546B
13
14*
15
16
17
18
19 20
Computer-based Optics System II OS-8548B Computer-based Optics System II OS-8548B Basic Optics System II OS-8546B Basic Optics System OS-8515C
Basic Optics System (OS-8515C)

Page
277 275 275 272 273 273 274 275 272
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. *14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22.
1.2 m Optics Bench OS-8456 Geometric Lens Set (+100, +200 mm lens) OS-8460 Viewing Screen OS-8470 Basic Optics Light Source OS-8516A Ray Optics Kit OS-8465 Optics Table (for ray experiments) OS-8474 Adjustable Lens Holder OS-8519 Accessory Lens Set (+250, -150 mm lens) OS-8457 Convex/Concave Mirror Accessory O12-09900A Experiment Manual and Storage Box
1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Includes the lenses and mirrors required for geometrical and ray box optics. Experiment manual and storage box included.
Basic Optics System II

(OS-8546B)
Adds to the Basic Optics System a wider assortment of lenses and mirrors plus components for polarization, interference and diffraction.
OS-8524 Aperture Accessories (for studying -stop settings) OS-8525A Diode Laser OS-8523 Slit Accessories OS-8520 Photometer (with polarizers) CI-6504A Light Sensor (for interference experiments) CI-6604 High Sensitivity Light Sensor (for spectrophotometry) CI-6538 Rotary Motion Sensor CI-6630 Broad Spectrum Light Sensor OS-8544 Prism Spectrophotometer Kit OS-8537 Spectrophotometer Accessory Kit OS-8535 Linear Translator OS-8533A Polarization Analyzer
276 281 282 276 58 58 54 58 296 294 280 277
Computer-Based Optics System II (OS-8548B)

Adds to the Basic Optics System II a wider assortment of lenses and mirrors plus components for prism and grating spectrophotometers. Additionally the sensors to allow a computer to record and analyze data from diffraction, interference, polarization and Inverse-Square Law experiments are included.
Basic Optics System Basic Optics System II Computer-Based Optics System II OS-8515C OS-8546B OS-8548B
*14. Not included with OS-8548B. NOTE: The computer-based systems include the necessary sensors for the experiments but not the necessary ScienceWorkshop Interface (500 or 750). See pages 48-52.
www.pasco.com
Light and Optics Dynamics Track Optics
285
Dynamics Track Optics Kit

OS-8471A
A Makes your Dynamics Track into an optical bench A Use with 1.2 or 2.2 meter Dynamics Tracks A Expandable with Basic Optics System components
The PASCO Dynamics Track Optics Kit includes specially designed slides (carriages) that snap on the dynamics track. PASCO Basic Optics components attach directly to the carriage for positioning anywhere on the track. Choose from a wide range of optics components to expand your system. See pages 270 to 273 for more information.
Dynamics Track Optics Kit Includes:

A Basic Optics Light Source (Point, Luminous Object, Rays, and Primary Colors) A Two Adjustable Lens/Mirror Holders A Geometric Lens Set (+100 mm, +200 mm, and -150 mm focal length lenses) A Viewing Screen A Three Optics Carriages
Dynamics Track Optics Carriage

OS-8472
The Dynamics Track Optics Carriages are designed to snap onto the PASCO Dynamics Track. Basic Optics components attach directly to the carriages for positioning anywhere on the track.
Includes:
Carriages (3)
Dynamics Track Optics Kit
OS-8471A
Dynamics Track Optics Carriage
OS-8472
286
Light and Optics Introductory Optics System
Introductory Optics System

OS-8500
A Complete and Comprehensive System A 22 Experiments From Basic Ray Optics to Multiple-Slit Diffraction A Easy Setup Magnetic Mounting
70 cm Optics Bench Rotating Ray Table High-Intensity Light Source
The special line filament makes images and diffraction lines bright and sharp. Features a built-in power supply and a knob for adjusting the filament position. Table mounts magnetically on the bench, at a slight angle, for bright, sharp rays. Measurements are easy: theres a polar grid on one side of the table and both a polar and rectangular grid on the other. This tough aluminum bench has 2 built-in metric scales, one on each side, and magnetic pads for attaching the light source, component holders and ray optics table.
Calibrated Polarizers Ground Glass Lenses and Mirror Diffraction Scale, Grating and Slits
Produce sharp images and mount in recessed plastic holders for protection.
Two polarizers rotate through 360 in 2 increments.
The system includes a diffraction grating and diffraction plate with 10 diffraction apertures (single, double and multiple slits, plus random and ordered arrays).
Full Range of Components

Includes a parallel ray lens, slit mask, universal mirror and other components needed for a full range of optics experiments.
Color Filters
Investigate color mixing.
Virtual Image Locators
Calibrated Variable Aperture
A Comprehensive and SelfContained Optics System

This Introductory Optics System includes both a ray table and an optics bench. It includes everything needed for a complete course in introductory optics. It will take students through reflection, thinlens theory, color theory, polarization, interference, diffraction and optical instruments. The manual includes 22 quantitative experiments.
Help locate virtual images and determine their magnification.
Investigate the relationship between aperture and depth of field.
Features
Magnetic Mounting: Components mount magnetically to the optics bench and ray table, yet are easily aligned and repositioned. Fully-Illustrated Manual: The 22 copyready experiments provide a thorough and orderly introduction to both elementary and more advanced optics experiments. Full Range of Components: No improvising or buying additional equipment. Built-In Scales: Built-in scales are convenient and provide accurate results.
Typical Experiments
With Teachers Guide and Sample Data. 1. Introduction to Ray Optics 2. The Law of Reflection 3. Image Formation in a Plane Mirror 4. The Law of Refraction 5. Optical Reversibility 6. Dispersion and Total Internal Reflection 7. Converging Lens Image and Object Relationships 8. Light and Color 9. Two-Slit Interference 10. Polarization 11. Image Formation: Concave Mirrors 12. Image Formation: Spherical Mirrors 13. Image Formation: Cylindrical Lenses 14. Spherical Lenses: Spherical and Chromatic Aberration, Aperture Size, Depth of Field 15. The Diffraction Grating 16. Single-Slit Diffraction 17. General Diffraction 18. Introduction to Optical Instruments 19. The Projector 20. The Magnifier 21. The Telescope 22. The Compound Microscope
Designed for the Introductory Lab

In many ways, the requirements for a good introductory system are even more stringent than for more advanced equipment. The equipment must be easyto-use and durable, and the experiments must be substantive, yet conceptually straight-forward. With these requirements in mind, we incorporated the following features into our Introductory Optics System:
Introductory Optics System OS-8500
www.pasco.com
Light and Optics Introductory Optics System
287
Lenses and Mirrors
Diode Laser Intro. Optics

OS-8528A
Support bracket automatically aligns laser with Introductory Optics or Advanced Optics components.
The OS-8500 Introductory Optics System comes in a fitted box for convenient storage.
These ground-glass lenses and silver coated front-surface glass mirrors are mounted in recessed plastic holders to protect the optical surfaces.
Double Concave (-22 mm) Double Convex (+18 mm) Double Convex (+48 mm) Double Convex (+127 mm) Plano Convex (+252 mm) Mirror, Flat Advanced Optics Concave Mirror (-25mm) Advanced Optics OS-9131 OS-9132 OS-9133 OS-9134 OS-9135 OS-9136 OS-9137
Component List for Introductory Optics System

Each system contains a complete set of the following components: Optics bench 70 cm extruded aluminum bench with magnetic surface Incandescent light source high-intensity; built-in power supply Instruction and experiment manual with 22 experiments The following components are included and can be purchased separately Product # Diffraction Set Introductory Optics OS-8480 Diffraction plate (ten patterns) single slits, double slits, multiple slits, crossed slits and circular apertures Diffraction grating Diffraction scale for measuring maxima and minima Color Filter Set Introductory Optics Color filters red, green and blue Polarizer Set Introductory Optics Polarizers (two) with degree scales OS-8481 OS-8482
This versatile, inexpensive Diode Laser can be placed on the Introductory Optics bench. The metal stand adheres to the magnetic strip and automatically aligns the laser beam with each systems diffraction accessories. Easy set-up makes it ideal for diffraction or other general laser experiments.
Component Carrier
OS-9107
Mounts magnetically to the Optics Bench and components mount magnetically to the carrier. The aperture is 22 mm x 22 mm.
Specifications
Output Power: <5 mW Wavelength: 660-680 nm Power Supply: 9 VDC, 500 mA adapter (included)
Diode Laser Intro. Optics OS-8528A
Component Carrier Advanced Optics
OS-9107
Mirror Set Introductory Optics OS-8483 Mirror front surface, concave (50 mm F.L.) Mirror three-sided (plane, concave, and convex) Slit Set Introductory Optics OS-8484 Slit plate and mask for producing up to seven rays Variable aperture for investigating depth of field Virtual image locators (two) Screen/Target Set Introductory Optics OS-8485 Crossed arrow target for determining image orientation and magnification Viewing screen with metric scale for measuring images Virtual image locator Rotating Base Set Introductory Optics OS-8486 Ray Table degree scale, mm grid and component holder Component Set Introductory Optics OS-8487 Component holders (three) attach magnetically to the bench 75 mm Lens Introductory Optics OS-8488 Spherical lens ground glass, mounted in plastic carrier for protection (75 mm F.L.) 150 mm Lens Introductory Optics OS-8489 Spherical lens ground glass, mounted in plastic carrier for protection (-150 mm F.L.) 150 mm Lens OS-8490 Spherical lens ground glass, mounted in plastic carrier for protection (150 mm F.L.) Parallel Ray Lens Introductory Optics OS-8491 Parallel ray lens for producing parallel rays for ray tracing Cylindrical Lens Introductory Optics Cylindrical lens for ray tracing OS-8492
Electroformed Diffraction Slits
Slit Accessory Intro. Optics

OS-8529
These slits are extremely sharp (5 micron tolerance), producing diffraction patterns superior to those produced by traditional film emulsion slits. Four slides are available, each providing 4 patterns.
Complete Slit Set Advanced Optics OS-9165 Four slides. Slide 14 single slits: widths 0.02, 0.04, 0.08, 0.16 mm Slide 24 sets of double slits: slit widths 0.04 and 0.08 mm; slit spacing 0.25 and 0.5 mm Slide 34 sets of multiple slits: 2, 3, 4, 5 slits; all widths 0.04 mm, all spaced 0.125 mm Slide 4Apertures: 2 circular apertures 0.04, 0.08 mm dia.; 1 array of triangular apertures (equilateral); 1 array of square apertures. Single/Double Slits Advanced Optics Slides 1 and 2 only. OS-9179
The two accessory disks come mounted on L -brackets that sit on the Introductory Optics bench. Perfect for use with the OS-8528 Diode Laser. Just rotate the disk for a wide range of diffraction patterns. The slit patterns automatically align with the laser.
Single-slit Disk
4 single slits - 2 circular apertures - 1 line/slit comparison - 4 two-dimensional diffraction patterns - variable-width slit (0.02-0.20 mm) -1 opaque line
Multiple-slit Disk
4 double slits - 4 multiple slits (2, 3, 4 or 5 slits) - 4 slit comparisons - variable double slit (slit separation 0.125-0.75 mm)
See page 282 for more details.

Slit Accessory Intro. Optics OS-8529
288
Light and Optics Demonstrations
Ray Optics Laser System

SE-8506
Lens Plus Set

SE-7578
A No Need to Dim the Lights A Wide Variety of Optical Components A Templates Simulate Real-World Optical Devices
Add this additional lens set to extend the use of the Ray Optics Laser System or Laser Ray Box. Components were chosen to demonstrate the effect of both positive and negative optical devices.
Includes:
The laser rays are focused in front of the retina by the myopic lens used with the human eye template. This demonstrations optics set uses a Laser Ray Box which has bright, welldefined rays because it uses lasers rather than an incandescent light source. The Laser Ray Box projects 5 parallel laser beams onto any flat surface. It contains five 1 mW diode lasers (wavelength 635 nm). The laser beams are spread out into clearly visible lines by cylindrical lenses inside the box. The ray box has a magnetic back for mounting on any steel board. The unit is powered by an included AC adapter. This exceptional optics set includes 6 magnetically-backed templates that have guidelines showing where to put components to perform different demonstrations, including: The laser rays are redirected by the converging lens and focused on the film of the camera template. Biconcave Air Lens Biconcave Glass Lens Biconvex Air Lens Biconvex Glass Lens Optical Air Prism Equilateral Optical Glass Prism R ectangular Optical Glass Prism (2 piece) Square Glass Planar Parallel Plate R ectangular Glass Planar Parallel Plate (2 piece) Planar Mirror (2 piece)
Lens Plus Set SE-7578
Includes:
Laser Ray Box Laser Ray Mask Double-convex lenses (4) Double-concave lens Plano-concave lens D lenses (4.5 cm and 7 cm radius) (2) .5 Plane, convex and concave mirrors Right-angle prism Rectangle (6 cm x 10 cm) Optical Fiber (2 cm x 20 cm) Templates (6) Steel white board (56.5 cm x 41.5 cm) Most components are 10 cm tall and 1.7 cm thick.
Visible Ray Optics Set

SE-9767
A A A A A
Modeling the human eye and eyeglasses How a camera works Two types of telescopes Spherical aberration Refraction and reflection
Each component has a magnetic backing for mounting on any steel board.
Students can see the light rays as they pass through these unique 20 mm thick acrylic components. Refraction and internal reflection are easily observed.
Specifications for Laser Ray Box

Dimensions: 11 cm x 6 cm x 2 cm Laser Ray Separation: 1.8 cm Power Adapter: 3 VDC, 300 mA (included) The included protractor template can be used to demonstrate refraction.
Ray Optics Laser System Laser Ray Box (only) SE-8506 SE-8505
Each set comes in a convenient case and includes:

Double Convex lens: 50 mm focal length Double Concave lens: 50 mm focal length Plano-Convex lens: 100 mm focal length Prism: 120, 90, 90, 60
Visible Ray Optics Set SE-9767
www.pasco.com
Light and Optics Demonstrations
289
Blackboard Optics Systems

Basic Magnetic System SE-9193 Basic Suction System SE-9194
A Versatile Magnetic System A Magnetic or Suction Mounting A Large Components
With this unique system, optics diagrams are transformed into working demonstrations. All components and light sources mount right on the blackboard. Instead of ray diagrams, students observe the interactions of actual light rays.
Carrying Case
The basic system stores neatly in the included hardwood carrying case.
Large Acrylic Components
(5 cm thick and 20 cm high) Durable and easy to use.
Systems Available
Basic Blackboard Optics Systems include: Ray projector (2) Holder for projector (2) Clamping bar, 13-inch (2) Clamping bar, 15-inch (1) Plano-convex lens (1) Plano-concave lens (1) Semi-circular lens (1) Rectangular block (1) Prism, right angle (1) Plane mirror (2) Curved mirror, double (1) Projector lamp, spare (1) Cushioned storage cabinet (1) Note: A power supply, such as the SE-9197 AC Transformer, is required and must be ordered separately. See Order Information on this page.
High-intensity Light Sources
For clearly visible rays, both inside and outside the components. Adjust the sliding apertures for thin rays of light or divergent cones.
Versatile Mounting Brackets

Components can be rotated without moving the brackets.
Magnetic or Suction Mounting
Magnetic mounting, for steelbacked blackboards, or suction mounting for any blackboard.
The Blackboard Optics Accessories include: (not shown)

Multiple-ray projector w/spare lamp 2 prisms: flint glass, equilateral Projection screen w/holder R eplica grating w/holder (6000 lines/cm) Color filters (3) and polarizers (2) Double slit 3 lenses: plano-convex (2); plano-concave
The Blackboard Optics System with Accessories includes:

Basic Blackboard Optics System Blackboard Optics Accessories
Basic Blackboard Optics System: Magnetic Mount SE-9193 Suction Mount SE-9194 Blackboard Optics Accessories: Magnetic Mount SE-9195 Suction Mount SE-9196 Blackboard Optics System with Accessories: Magnetic Mount SE-9198 Suction Mount SE-9199 Required: (for Blackboard Optics) AC Transformer (110V version only) SE-9197 or Equivalent supply providing up to 100 watts at 12 VAC Replacement Bulbs: for Single Ray Projector (12 V, 35 W) SE-9406A for Multiple Ray Projector (12 V, 55 W) SE-9407 Note: Blackboard not included. Suction mounts should be used on blackboards without metal backings.
Demonstrations
B asic System primary demonstrations:
Reflection
Law of Reflection Virtual Images Focal Lengths Real Images
Basic System with Accessories additional demonstrations:

Advanced
Focal Lengths: Double Convex and Double Concave Lens Real Image Formation: Double Convex Lens Nearsighted/Farsighted The Telescope The Microscope Spherical Aberration Dispersion: Prisms and Gratings 2 Slit Interference
Lenses
Focal Lengths Virtual Images Thick Lens Optics
Refraction
Law of Refraction Rectangular Block Critical Angle Total Internal Reflection Reversing Prism Angle of Minimum Deviation
290
Light and Optics Ray Box & Pinhole Viewer
Ray Box
SE-9474
Ray Box Component Set

SE-9476
Pinhole Viewer
OS-9498A
Image of lamp through Pinhole Viewer.
A Bright, Sharp Ray Optics A ne, Three or Five O Parallel, Convergent or Divergent Rays A Rugged and Reliable
The Ray Box is the standard light source for ray optics experiments. It is easy to use, extremely durable and the rays are bright enough to be seen clearly, even in a relatively bright room. Just plug it in, turn it on and rotate the adjustable screen to produce 1, 3 or 5 pencil-thin rays, or a single wide beam. A sheet of white paper makes a great experimental surface. The rays are clearly visible, and both rays and component positions can be traced onto the paper. The included manual describes 15 basic experiments that can be performed using the Ray Box, Ray Box Component Set, Ray Box Color Filter Set and a prism.
Includes:
2 lenses double concave and double convex 3 mirrors flat, concave and convex Cushioned plastic storage case
Ray Box Color Component Set
The Pinhole Viewer is built around the classic experiment using cardboard tubes. Students can easily and clearly view the images created by a pinhole.
How It Works
SE-9476
Ray Box Color Filter Set

SE-9475
The viewer includes a pair of nested tubes with a translucent screen on the end of the inner tube. Foil circles are placed around the end of the outer tube and held secure with an O-ring. A small pinhole is created in the foil and the viewer is ready to use. By sliding the inner tube relative to the outer tube, the image distance and size can be changed. Image distance can be easily measured using the measuring tape mounted on the inner tube.
The flat Ray Box and flat components mean the lab bench quickly becomes the experimental surface.
Tabletop Design
A Study the relationship between pinhole

size and focus
A Observe the effects of multiple pinholes A Discover the magnification equation

which applies to pinholes, lenses and mirrors
Includes:
Outer Tube - 37 cm long, 11 cm dia. Inner Tube with Translucent Screen Foil Circles (100) O-rings (5)
Pinhole Viewer OS-9498A
Includes:
Amber Lucite filter w/stand White Plexiglas filter w/stand Slotted screens (2)
Hollow Lens
OS-8511
Adjustable Ray Slits
Quickly adjust the number of rays to fit the experiment.
Cellophane color filters (7 cm sq: red, blue, pink, purple, green, .62 orange, yellow) Cushioned plastic storage box
Ray Box Filter Set SE-9475
Ray Box
SE-9474
Recommended: Equilateral Prism
The Hollow lens allows students to investigate the effect of different liquids on the index of refraction. In addition, students can fill only 1 or 2 of the compartments to experiment with compound lenses.
Hollow Lens OS-8511
SE-9021A
p. 293
www.pasco.com
Light and Optics Optics Components & Accessories
291
Color Filters
SE-9360
Basic Diffraction Grating Set

SE-9357
High-Quality Gratings
300 lines/mm 600 lines/mm SE-9359 SE-9358
Seven filters in glass-covered 35 mm slides. Colors include red, green, blue, magenta, peacock blue, yellow and purple. Filters can be used in projectors and ray boxes and are excellent for color mixing and color perception demonstrations.
Color Filters (set of 7) SE-9360
A For Qualitative Demonstrations
Three diffraction gratings on a single slide: 100, 300 and 600 lines/mm. By looking at spectral light sources, students can study the relationship between line spacing and angle of diffraction. The low cost means each student can use one during lecture demonstrations.
Basic Diffraction Grating Set SE-9357
Polarizing Sheets (2 pack)

OS-9477
The 300 lines/mm replica grating is strongly blazed in the first through fifth orders, while the 600 lines/mm grating is strongly blazed in the first order. They have excellent resolving power and produce bright, sharp spectral lines for spectrometer labs or for projecting spectra in lecture demonstrations.
High-Quality Gratings 300 lines SE-9359 600 lines SE-9358
Diffraction Gratings
SE-9361
Digital Light Meter

Two large polarizing sheets for easily visible classroom demonstrations. Show how the intensity of transmitted light varies with the angle between the 2 sheets, or investigate stress patterns by viewing plastic objects (not included) between crossed polarizers. Two 23 x 25 cm sheets included.
Polarizing Sheets (2 pack) OS-9477
SE-9087A
This set of 4 glass-mounted diffraction replicas are excellent for introductory student work. Four line spacings are provided: 80, 100, 300 and 600 lines/mm. Excellent for quantitatively studying the relation between line spacing, angle of diffraction and wavelength. Each grating is 21 x 35 mm.
Diffraction Gratings (set of 4) SE-9361
Polarizer
OS-9109
Optics Bench Couplers

OS-9142
2 cm
Calibrated Polarizer Advanced Optics OS-9109 (HN-32) calibrated in 2 degree increments
Connect 2 Optics Benches together for a two meter long bench. The couplers keep the benches in alignment.
Optics Bench Couplers (2 pack) Advanced Optics OS-9142
This handheld Digital Light Meter measures light intensity from 0-50,000 lux in three ranges (2000; 20,000; 50,000 from 1 lux). A precision selenium photovoltaic cell is built-in, providing high accuracy (to 5%) and a fast sampling time (0.4 seconds). To measure light intensities, turn the switch to the desired range, then read the result on the large digital display (13 mm high digits). Zero adjustment is automatic, and the display lets students know if the intensity exceeds the range setting. Read the result in lux or in footcandles (0 to 5000 Fc). In addition to the digital readout, the meter provides an analog output that can be used to drive a strip chart recorder or other voltage measuring device. Powered by 9 Volt battery (included).
Digital Light Meter SE-9087A
292
Light and Optics Mirrors
Demonstration Mirrors
Convex Mirror
SE-7574
Concave Mirror
SE-7573
Reflect View
SE-8699
The Reflect View is a unique plane mirror that is both reflective and transparent. By placing an object on one side of the mirror, students can locate the position of the virtual image by looking through the mirror. This position will coincide with the location where the reflected light rays from the object appear to converge. Students will better understand virtual image formation and location after using the Reflect View.
The reflection of the yellow car appears to be behind the mirror next to the blue car. Extra large mirrors are a great way to teach students about image formation. Watch the amazement on their faces as they observe a real image hanging in space before their eyes (produced by the concave mirror). Use the convex mirror to demonstrate why they are used for security purposes in many retail establishments. The mirrors combine large size and a sturdy stand for ease of use during demonstrations. Each silver-backed, non-aluminized mirror measures 60 cm in diameter with a 75 cm focal length. Unique clamp on stand allows mirror to be adjusted to any angle.
Includes:
Four reflect view mirrors (9 cm X 15 cm) Cars not included
Reflect View (4 pack) SE-8699
Virtual and real images are formed with these large, curved mirrors.
Demonstration Convex Mirror
SE-7574
Demonstration Concave Mirror
SE-7573
www.pasco.com
Light and Optics Mirrors and Prisms
293
Discover Reflection Kit

SE-8803
The Discover Reflection Kit includes everything to perform a variety of reflection experiments. The plane mirror is plastic to avoid the chipping which accompanies glass mirrors and the sturdy stand holds the mirror perpendicular to the surface. The corkboard provides a reusable surface for inserting pins during experiments.
Equilateral Prism
SE-9021A
Law of Reflection Students place a pin in the corkboard and view the image of the pin. Light rays are drawn from the pin to the mirror and finally to the position of their eye. This is repeated for several different viewing positions. For each reflected light ray, a normal line is drawn at the surface of the mirror. Students use a protractor to measure the angle of incidence and angle of reflection to determine that they are always equal. Field of Vision Students place a pin in the corkboard and move their eye to the left or right side of the mirror. They trace light rays to illustrate the furthest position the image of the pin can be seen. This is repeated for the other side of the mirror and the area in between these two light rays is the field of vision.
This high-quality glass prism is 30 mm on a side and 50 mm long.

Equilateral Prism SE-9021A
Right Angle Prism

SE-9022A
This Right Angle Prism is 50 mm long with 23 x 32 mm sides, and made of high-quality optical glass.
Right Angle Prism SE-9022A
Includes
Plane mirror with stand (15 cm x 15 cm) Corkboard (22 cm x 28 cm) Colored pins
Discover Reflection Kit SE-8803
Achromatic Prism Pair

SE-9333
Plane Mirror (2 pack)

SE-8804
These mirrors are excellent for many reflection demonstrations. The mirrors are constructed of plastic to avoid chipping on the edges. Each mirror measures 15 cm x 15 cm.
Plane Mirror (2 pack) SE-8804
Top View of Achromatic Prism Pair A beam of white light can be broken up into its constituent colors, and the colored light can be recombined to produce the original white beam of light. Use these prisms to demonstrate dispersion, to show that white light is actually a mixture of colored lights, and to demonstrate that materials with different indices of refraction can be used to practically eliminate chromatic aberration.
Specifications
White Dispersion
All colors emerge parallel no dispersion
Material: Optical glass Shape: Isosceles Length: 45 mm (long side) Angles: 20, 80, 80 for one, and 40, 70, 70 for the other
Achromatic Prism Pair SE-9333
294
Light and Optics Spectrophotometer
Educational Spectrophotometer
Educational Spectrophotometer Accessory Kit
OS-8537 OS-8539
Educational Spectrophotometer System

A Analyze and Graph Spectral Lines A xplore Relationship Between Angle, Wavelength and Intensity E A Versatile and Inexpensive
PASCOs Educational Spectrophotometer teaches basic optical principles and allows quantitative measurements rivaling those of more expensive units. When the Spectrophotometer is used with DataStudio, students can explore the relationship between angle, wavelength and intensity and graph the spectral lines from discharge tubes. Lines from mercury, sodium, helium, neon, krypton and argon can be plotted even the lines of the Balmer series in hydrogen can be detected. Students can also analyze the transmission characteristics of filters, chemical solutions and even the absorption spectrum of a leaf. Few instruments can be used to teach so many aspects of science.
Rotating Light Sensor Arm and Table
The arm can rotate 360 degrees. As the arm rotates, the edge of the circular table drives the Rotary Motion Sensor. The arm angle can be resolved to 15 seconds of arc.
Collimating Slits
Set of 5 slits ranging from 0.1-1.5 mm.
Collimating Lens
100 mm focal length, 50 mm dia. coated lens.
Focusing Lens
100 mm focal length, 50 mm dia. coated lens.
CI-6604 High-Sensitivity Light Sensor
Diffraction Grating
High-quality, 600 lines/mm grating strongly blazed in the first order.
Provides full-scale, switch-selectable ranges of approximately 5, 0.5 and 0.05 lux (full aperture). Spectral Response: 3201100 nm.
Aperture Bracket with Light Sensor
Allows selection of aperture slits from 0.1 to 1.5 mm in 6 steps. The 0.1 mm slit, when used with a 600 lines/mm grating, permits resolution to 1.5 nm.
Sensor is coupled to the rotating table via a friction rim drive. Resolves to 15 arc seconds.
www.pasco.com
Light and Optics Spectrophotometer
295
Typical Spectrum Graphs
Educational Spectrophotometer Components

Teachers that already own a PASCO Interface and the OS-8515A Basic Optics System should purchase the OS-8537 Accessory Kit and any additional equipment needed from the list below.
5 2
Mercury Spectrum in the Second Order
4
Mercury Spectrum in the First Order
3 7
8 10 9
The left graph shows 3 lines of the Balmer series for hydrogen. A second scan, with a 10X increase in sensitivity, shows an additional line in the violet (410 nm).
The Spectrophotometer Accessory Kit includes:
1. Spectrophotometer Table 2. Rotating Arm 3. Collimating Slits and Lens 4. Focusing Lens 5. Diffraction Grating and Holder 6. od Stand Mounting Brackets R (not shown)
The Spectrophotometer System includes:

Incandescent light transmitted through a green leaf. Helium Spectrum Note: The open design of this spectrophotometer accessory is ideal for education. It is not intended for industrial or research applications.
Educational Spectrophotometer System OS-8539 Required for use with ScienceWorkshop: ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface p. 48-52 Spectral Sources p. 299 For adjusting height of optics bench to your light source: Large Rod Stand (2) ME-8735 p. 184 45 cm Rod (2) ME-8736 p. 184
1-6 above and 7-10 below. 7. Optics Bench (60 cm) 8. CI-6538 Rotary Motion Sensor 9. CI-6604 High-Sensitivity Light Sensor 10. OS-8534 Aperture Bracket
Educational Spectrophotometer Accessory Kit OS-8537 Required for use with ScienceWorkshop: Basic Optics System OS-8515C p. 270 ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface p. 48-52 Spectral Sources p. 299 Rotary Motion Sensor CI-6538 p. 54 High-Sensitivity Light Sensor CI-6604 p. 58 Aperture Bracket OS-8534 p. 280
296
Light and Optics Polarization/Blackbody
Brewsters Angle Accessory

OS-8170
Prism Spectrophotometer Kit

OS-8544
A Polarization by Reflection A Brewsters Angle A Fresnels Law of Reflection A Snells Law

Light Sensor Analyzing Polarizer Acrylic Lens
A High-Quality Prism A Light Sensor Senses Into Infrared A Blackbody Light Source
Slits Polarizer Laser
OS-8544 Prism Spectrophotometer Kit mounted on the OS-8539 Spectrophotometer System.
Broad Spectrum Light Sensor
Blackbody Light Source

Brewsters Angle is measured using a computer. It is then used to calculate the index of refraction of the reflecting material. Incandescent bulb provides a continuous spectrum, 6-V DC.
Prism
Dense flint glass, 60 degrees.
Detail of prism spectrum.
When light reflects off a nonconducting material, the reflected light is partially polarized. The amount of polarization depends on the incident angle and the index of refraction of the reflecting material. The incident angle that gives maximum polarization is called Brewsters Angle. Light from a diode laser (wavelength = 650 nm) is reflected off the flat side of an acrylic semi-circular lens. The reflected light passes through a polarizer and is detected by a Light Sensor. The angle of incidence is measured by a Rotary Motion Sensor mounted on the Spectrophotometer table. The intensity of the reflected polarized light versus incident angle is graphed to determine the angle at which the light intensity is a minimum. This is Brewsters Angle, which is used to calculate the index of refraction of acrylic.
The classic textbook diagram of the intensity versus wavelength blackbody curves can be produced with real data. In this graph, the peak wavelength in the blackbody curve shifts as the source temperature is lowered. One of the basic phenomena that led to the development of quantum mechanics was the spectral curve seen from a blackbody. Using this prism spectrophotometer, students can scan the spectrum of a blackbody, plot the intensity versus wavelength and change the temperature of the blackbody to see the shift in the peak wavelength. This spectrophotometer uses a prism to disperse the light instead of a diffraction grating. This allows the infrared to be seen without overlapping the second order visible spectral lines. The Infrared Sensor has a linear response to all wavelengths within its range, so the actual intensity of the light in the blackbody spectrum is detected and there is no need to calibrate the intensity. Designed to be used with the OS-8539 Spectrophotometer System described on pages 294-295. See Blackbody Radiation Experiment on page 347 .
Developed using original ideas from P.J. Ouseph, Professor of Physics at University of Louisville, KY: Polarization of Light by Reflection and the Brewster Angle by P.J. Ouseph, Kevin Driver, and John Conklin, Am. J. Phys. 69, 1166 (2001). The intensity (% of total reflected) of the reflected polarized light as a function of the incident angle. See Brewsters Angle Experiment on page 352.
Includes:
Prism, Mount and IR Filter (OS-8543) Blackbody Light Source (OS-8542) DataStudio Experiment Setup CD
Prism Spectrophotometer Kit OS-8544
Includes:
Acrylic semi-circular lens Lens platform Polarizers with holder (2) Analyzing polarizer
Brewsters Angle Accessory OS-8170 Required: Educational Spectrophotometer System OS-8539 p. 294-295 Diode Laser Basic Optics OS-8525A p. 281
OR components of the system may be ordered separately: Blackbody Light Source OS-8542 Prism Mount OS-8543 Required for use with ScienceWorkshop: Broad Spectrum Light Sensor Spectrophotometer System Power Supply (18V DC, 5A) or ScienceWorkshop 750 Interface and Power Amplifier Replacement Supplies: Replacement Bulbs (10 pack) CI-6630 OS-8539 SE-9720A p. 58 p. 294 p. 247 p. 48-52 SE-8509
www.pasco.com
Light and Optics Spectrometer
297
Student Spectrometer
SP-9268A
A Wide Aperture Optics A Precision Vernier Resolves 1 Minute of Arc A Durable and Precise
Collimator Custom Prism/Grating Table
High-quality, large-aperture optics with a 6 mm long slit of adjustable width. The collimator can be independently focused, leveled and aligned. Threaded holes and engraved reference lines for accurate component placement.
Telescope Precision Ground Bearings

The main bearings are ground as a single unit, so the movement is exceptionally smooth with virtually no backlash. This is essential for precise positioning.
High-quality, large-aperture optics plus a 15x Ramsden eyepiece with a crosshair graticule. The telescope can be independently focused and aligned.
Durable Construction Dense Flint Glass Prism with holder Vernier Scale Magnifier
For precision measurements For reading the Vernier Scale
Heavy aluminum castings provide a stable base for delicate measurements and ensure longterm durability.
Chemists use it to determine the constituents of molecules, astronomers use it to determine the constituents of stars and physicists use it to investigate the structure of the atom not bad for an instrument for which few people can name the inventor (David Alter, with some important later enhancements by Joseph von Fraunhofer). PASCO offers this high-quality spectrometer that allows students to perform accurate prism and grating spectrometry. High-quality, large-aperture optics produce sharp spectral images, while precision machining allows for precise rotation and accurate measurement. The Student Spectrometer is most popular in upper division labs, where precision and durability are equally important.
Features
Resolution to 1 Minute of Arc: The 127 mm diameter, precision-engraved degree plate is complemented by 2 precisionengraved verniers, one on each side of the instrument for convenient reading. Wider Aperture Optics: 32 mm wide apertures on the telescope and collimator provide more light for brighter and sharper images. Rack and Pinion Focusing: On both the telescope and the collimator. Focusing is easier and more precise. Rotatable Table: For greater flexibility in measurements. Turn the table by hand for coarse adjustments. Use the fine lead screw for delicate adjustments. The Vernier Scale resolves angle measurements within 1 minute of arc.
Student Spectrometer Recommended: Spectral Light Sources
SP-9268A
p. 298-299
298
Light and Optics Spectral Light Sources
Emission Spectrometer System for Xplorer GLX

PS-2635
Periodic Table of Elements

SE-7251
Spectrum of Hydrogen as seen on the Xplorer GLX screen. The Smart Cursor can be used to measure the wavelengths of the peaks.
95 cm
A ses Ocean U Optics Red Tide Spectrometer
Light from a Hydrogen tube is sampled using the fiber optics cable connected to the Ocean Optics Spectrometer. The Spectrometer is plugged into the USB port on the Xplorer GLX.
127 cm
This simple form of the periodic table provides the basic information for each of the elements. Information includes element atomic number, atomic weight, element symbol, name and maximum valence electrons for each period. The chart is printed on high quality laminated card stock and can be marked on with a dry erase marker or grease pencil. Metal strips are included at the top and bottom to hold the chart flat; the top strip includes two hanging tabs.
Periodic Table of Elements SE-7251
Solar Spectrum Chart

SE-7338
The Xplorer GLX controls the Ocean Optics Red Tide Spectrometer which detects the spectrum using a 2048 pixel CCD linear array. The Xplorer GLX does a full sweep in less than 1 second. See page 11 for the Absorption Spectrometer System.
Specifications
28 cm
71 cm
This Solar Spectrum Chart highlights the visible portion of the spectrum showing prominent Fraunhofer lines. Includes a historical background of solar absorption spectra.
Solar Spectrum Chart SE-7338
Includes:
Ocean Optics Red Tide Spectrometer Fiber Optics Cable, USB Cable License key for Ocean Optics GLX feature set
Emission Spectrometer System for Xplorer GLX Required: Xplorer GLX PS-2635
Spectrum Chart
SE-7336
The continuous nature of the electromagnetic spectrum is often difficult for students to understand. The Spectrum Chart clearly displays all of the regions of the spectrum, from cosmic rays to long-wave radio. Complete with full-color enumerated examples, the Spectrum Chart visually displays emission or bright line and absorption spectra.
Spectrum Chart
PS-2002
p. 8
Spectroscope
SE-8688
The rugged, Stainless Steel design of this spectroscope means durability. Turn the dial to adjust the slit width and slide the eyepiece back and forth to focus the spectrum.
Spectroscope SE-8688
107 cm
71 cm
SE-7336
www.pasco.com
Light and Optics Spectral Light Sources
299
Sodium and Mercury Light Sources

OS-9287B OS-9286A Sodium Mercury
Spectral Tube Power Supply and Mount

SE-9460
This system is easy-to-use and inexpensive, with a variety of safety features that make it suitable for beginning labs. Mount any of the 8 different spectral tubes into the power supply and turn it on. The 26 cm long tubes are capillary-thin over the middle 10 cm, providing sharp, bright spectra.
A Long Lamp Life R A ugged and Reliable C A an be Used by 2 Groups Simultaneously

With a good spectral light source, students can investigate energy levels using a spectrometer or qualitatively examine the atomic fingerprints through an optical slit. PASCOs light sources are the toughest, most reliable light sources available for the student lab, providing clean, high-intensity spectral light.
Low-Pressure Sodium Light Source

This Low-Pressure Sodium Light Source has an output intensity of approximately 6 candela/cm2, with better than 99.5% of the visible output concentrated in the 5889 and 5895 angstrom spectral lines. Slight impurities (1% neon and argon) are added to the sodium gas to improve operating efficiency. Lamps provide 10,000+ hours of troublefree operation. The light ports are 3.2 cm in diameter and are 22.5 cm high. This light source is supplied fully operational with built-in power supply, housing and lamp. Operating voltage is 115/220 VAC, 50/60 Hz.
Features
Student Safety: The tubes mount from the front of the supply and snap into molded sockets that fully enclose the conductive ends. The all-metal case is electrically grounded. Spectral Tube Safety: A current limiting transformer protects the tubes. A protective shield also helps safeguard the tubes, while blocking unwanted ambient light for clear viewing. Power Requirements: 115/220 VAC, 50/60 Hz. SE-9460 Power Supply and Mount
Spectral Tube Power Supply SE-9460
Mercury Vapor Light Source

With a rated output of 100 watts and 3000 lumens of light in the mercury spectrum, this source provides sufficient intensity for almost any experiment. The outer glass envelope attenuates the undesirable ultraviolet radiation. The lamps provide 24,000+ hours of trouble-free operation. The light ports are 3.2 cm in diameter and are 22.5 cm high. This light source is supplied fully operational with built-in power supply, housing and lamp. Operating voltage is 115/220 VAC, 50/60 Hz.
Spectral Tubes
A rgon A K A rypton C A arbon Dioxide M A ercury H A elium N A eon H A ydrogen W A ater Vapor
These spectral tubes are designed for use in the SE-9460 Spectral Tube Power Supply and Mount.
Low-Pressure Sodium Light Source Mercury Vapor Light Source Replacement Supplies: Replacement Lamp - Sodium Light Source (for OS-9287B only) Replacement Lamp - Mercury Light Source (for OS-9286A only)
OS-9287B OS-9286A
526-034 526-018
Spectral Tubes: Argon Carbon Dioxide Helium Hydrogen Krypton Mercury Neon Water Vapor
SE-9463 SE-9464 SE-9462 SE-9461 SE-9465 SE-9466 SE-9467 SE-9468
300
Light and Optics Interferometry
Introductory Michelson Interferometer

OS-8501
A Micrometer-Controlled Mirror Movement A Precision, Front-Surface Optics A Good Quality, Low Price
This Introductory Michelson Interferometer is a precision interferometer for the introductory lab. Its easier to use, more compact and less expensive than PASCOs advanced interferometer (see page 301). Its capable of measuring the wavelength of monochromatic light with an accuracy of better than 5%. The Michelson Interferometer can also be used for making precise measurements of the index of refraction of air.
The Introductory Michelson Interferometer provides precision interferometry at an economical price (laser and screen not included).
Diffraction Pattern
May be viewed nearby or, if a laser is used, can be projected on a wall for a classroom demonstration.
Laser or Spectral Light Source

(Not included)
Taut-Band Mirror Suspension

For minimal backlash
Moveable Mirror
Front surface aluminized mirrors
Precision Lever Arm
Permits 5% accuracy on wavelength measurement
Beam Splitter
Features
Smooth Mirror Movement: Uses a taut-band mirror movement similar to PASCOs more expensive interferometer, providing smooth movement with minimal backlash. Built-in Micrometer: Measures mirror movement to a fraction of a micron. Easy Setup: Especially easy with a laser and a PASCO Optics Bench. If a laser is unavailable, a spectral light source can be used. Complete Manual: Manual includes illustrated set-up instructions, a detailed discussion of basic Michelson interferometry plus 2 copy-ready experiments (measure the wavelength of monochromatic light, and measure the index of refraction of air).
(50% transmittance)
Fixed Mirror
Two-axis adjustable mirror for easy alignment
Base Plate
Fine Pitch Micrometer Screw
Heavy 9.5 mm thick aluminum
Optics Bench
Note: While the interferometer is designed to be used with the Optics Bench of the OS-8500 Introductory Optics System, or the OS-9103 Optics Bench of the Advanced Optics System, it can also be used without the PASCO Optics Bench.
Hand Operated Vacuum Pump

OS-8502
Hand Operated Vacuum Pump with Gauge
Includes:
Viewing Screen
Michelson Interferometer Gas Cell Collimating Lens (18.4 mm focal length) Lens Holder Storage Case
Beam Splitter
Laser
M2 (Movable Mirror) M1 (Fixed Mirror)
Manual
Introductory Michelson Interferometer OS-8501 R ecommended: Mini Laser w/Bracket OS-8514 p. 304 Hand Operated Vacuum Pump w/Gauge OS-8502
Shown above: OS-8502 Hand Operated Vacuum Pump with Gauge (required for measuring the index of refraction of air using the Introductory Michelson Interferometer).
Hand Operated Vacuum Pump OS-8502
Beam-splitting schematic for a basic Michelson Interferometer.
www.pasco.com
Light and Optics Interferometry
301
Precision Interferometer
OS-9255A
A Three Modes: Michelson, Fabry-Perot, Twyman-Green A Large Precision Optics A 5 kg Machined Aluminum Base
No study of interferometry should overlook the historical importance of the Michelson interferometer. Yet in the laboratory, the Fabry-Perot and Twyman-Green interferometers can be more important tools; the first for highresolution spectroscopy, the second for testing and producing optical components with aberrations that can be measured in fractions of a wavelength. The PASCO Interferometer is a highprecision, movable-mirror interferometer that can be used to perform Michelson, Fabry-Perot and Twyman-Green interferometry. Mirrors are attached with thumbscrews, so its easy to set up and change configurations. The PASCO Interferometer can be ordered in a variety of systems. The OS-9255A Basic Interferometer can be operated in either the Michelson or FabryPerot modes. The Complete Interferometer Systems also contain components for the Twyman-Green mode and a vacuum pump for the refractive index of air experiment. The Systems Component List shows the contents of each system.
Larger Optics
3.2 cm (1 1/4).
2 parallel, partially reflecting mirrors create clear, widely spaced interference fringes.
Fabry-Perot Interferometry:
Flat to 1/4 wavelength.
Precision Optics
Heavy-Duty Base
5 kg ensures excellent stability.
Smooth Mirror Movement
No friction or backlash.
The OS-9255A Interferometer in Michelson mode. Add the Accessories Kit (included in the Complete Interferometer) to: Demonstrate that cross-polarized beams will not interfere Measure lens irregularities in Twyman-Green Mode
A. OS-9258B B. OS-9257A Complete Interferometer System with Laser Complete Interferometer System without Laser
Measure the indices of refraction for air and glass. The indices of refraction for usersupplied materials can also be measured. Note: The fitted case will hold all components and accessories except the 5 kg base, which must be stored separately.
C. OS-9255A D. OS-9256A Precision Interferometer Interferometer Accessories Kit
Features
Stable: The massive (5 kg) base is machined from a single block of aluminum ensuring extremely stable optics. Smooth Mirror Movement: With the tautband suspension system, theres no starting or stopping friction and virtually no backlash (less than 0.5 micron). Precise Measurements: Mirror control is extremely fine one micron per division of the micrometer head. The mirrors and beam-splitter are flat to 1/4 wavelength to ensure uniform interference patterns. Larger Optics: The 3.2 cm (1 1/4) diameter optics in the PASCO Interferometer produce larger and sharper interference patterns for better experimental results. Complete: The Basic Interferometer includes everything necessary to perform basic Michelson and Fabry-Perot interferometry.
Complete Interferometer System Complete Interferometer System (no laser) Precision Interferometer Interferometer Accessories Kit OS-9258B OS-9257A OS-9255A OS-9256A
Part Number 003-06412 003-03957 003-03956 003-03955 003-05161 OS-9138 OS-9120 OS-9132 003-03958 650-05178 OS-8502 003-05162 OS-9109 OS-9128 003-05160 OS-9133/OS-9132 OS-8514 OS-9172 012-05187
Systems Component List Machined base 5 kg Three-point adjustable mirror Mounted beam-splitter Mounted movable mirror Accessory mounts Viewing screen Advanced Optics Diffuser Advanced Optics Double Convex lens (18 mm) Advanced Optics Compensator lens Fitted case Vacuum pump with gauge Gas cell Calibrated Polarizer Advanced Optics Glass plate Advanced Optics Rotating component holder Twyman-Green lenses Mini laser with bracket Advanced Optics Laser alignment bench Advanced Optics Instruction manual
A 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1
B 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2
C 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 2 1 1 2
302
Light and Optics Microwave
Basic System
WA-9314B
Durable Construction
Microwave Optics
Advanced System
WA-9316
Microwave Accessories
1
Parts are made of Stainless Steel or die-cast aluminum.
Diffraction Slit Hardware Ethafoam Prism with Styrene Pellets

Used for refraction of microwaves.
Magnetic Mounting
All components mount magnetically.
Built-in degree and millimeter scales.
Long-Arm Goniometer
Rotating Mounts
The transmitter and receiver rotate through a full 360.
Receiver with a Built-In Amplifier 18 cm High Mounts
Gunn Diode Transmitter
A stable, low-voltage source of linearly polarized microwaves (10.5 GHz; 15 mW).
Variable sensitivity ensures clear data.
Minimize tabletop reflections.
The Microwave Optics Advantage

The large 3 cm wavelength makes it easy to understand and visualize electromagnetic wave interactions. Interference and diffraction slits are several centimeters wide, and polarizers are slotted sheets of Stainless Steel.
The WA-9314B Basic Microwave Optics System includes:

Gunn Diode Transmitter with mounting stand Receiver with built-in amplifier and mounting stand Goniometer with fixed and rotatable arms and degree scale Fixed-arm assembly for interferometer experiments Component holders: two standard, one rotating Rotating table Reflectors: two full reflectors (metal), two partial reflectors (wood) Polarizers (two) Diffraction slit hardware Prism (Ethafoam) with styrene pellets AC adapter Laboratory manual with 12 experiments
1. A-9315 Microwave Accessory W Package (included in the WA-9316 Advanced System) Includes a polyethylene panel for measuring Brewsters angle and a simulated crystal for Bragg diffraction experiments. The crystal is a cubic lattice of 100 metal spheres in a 5 x 5 x 4 array, mounted in plastic foam. 2. WA-9319 Microwave Detector Probe Investigate the nodes and antinodes in standing wave patterns with this microwave probe. It plugs directly into the receiver. 3. A-9318 Microwave Transmitter W Modulator Modulate a microwave signal to demonstrate microwave communication. Includes a built-in signal generator (0.4 to 4 kHz) as well as a microphone for voice and music modulation. The signal can be detected with the microwave receiver, but an oscilloscope is needed to view the signal, or an amplifier and speaker to hear it.
How It Works
The heart of the Microwave Optics System is the Gunn Diode Transmitter and receiver. The transmitter is a low voltage source of linearly polarized microwaves (10.5 GHz; 15 mW). The receiver can detect and measure the intensity of the microwaves at various positions beyond the transmitter. The receiver has a built-in amplifier as well as a variable sensitivity scale, ensuring accurate data for even the lowest intensity measurements.
The WA-9316 Advanced Microwave Optics System includes:

WA-9314B Basic Microwave Optics System WA-9315 Microwave Accessory Package
Basic Microwave Optics System Advanced Microwave Optics System WA-9314B WA-9316 Microwave Accessory Package WA-9315 Microwave Detector Probe WA-9319 Microwave Transmitter Module WA-9318 Required for Transmitter Modulator: Audio Amplifier Open Speaker 20 MHz Dual Trace Oscilloscope WA-9900 p. 259
Recommended: Themicrowavetransmitterandreceiverassembliesmaybepurchasedseparately: Microwave Transmitter WA-9801 Microwave Receiver WA-9800 Microwave Mounting Stand (two needed) WA-9802
SB-9591A p. 249
www.pasco.com
Light and Optics UV Light Source
303
UV Beads
SE-8796

SE-8690
UV Light Source
SE-7228
Before (left) and after (right) being exposed to UV Light. UV-Sensitive beads are pale while indoors, but change color instantly when exposed to UV radiation. Each bead is created with a pigment which changes color as the UV energy is absorbed. As the UV radiation is removed, the beads will return to their pale white color. This process can be repeated many thousands of times. Each package includes over 200 beads.
UV Beads SE-8796
This stretchy string glows in the dark after being exposed to light. Use it to demonstrate wave motion, including resonance and standing wave patterns. Two rolls are included, totaling over 15 meters of string.
UV Filters
SE-8797
This set of two plastic discs look identical, however one disc absorbs ultraviolet radiation (UVA and UVB) while the other doesnt. Use the discs with UV Beads (SE-8796) or our UV Sensors (see pages 33 and 58). Glow String forming a standing wave using PASCOs String Vibrator WA-9857, Sine Wave Generator WA-9867 and a UV Light Source SE-7228.
Glow String (2 pack) SE-8690
This compact, easy-to-use ultraviolet lamp is ideal for educational use. Two independent lamps are included in one unit. The lamp includes two switches allowing the shortwave and longwave UV to be turned on individually. Each wavelength produces 4 Watts. Each lamp window 10 cm X 2.4 cm.
UVA Accessory Kit

CI-9792
The UVA Accessory Kit includes 5 different materials that block ultraviolet radiation. Use the UV Light Source with Glow String (SE-8690) or UV Beads (SE-8796).
UV Light Source SE-7228
A UV Light Source illuminates the UV beads under two types of filters.
Includes:
Two Filters
Includes:
Glass plate Fluorescent plate Phosphorescent plate UV-film Plastic film Storage canister All plates are 95 x 70 mm.
UV Filters
SE-8797
UVA Accessory Kit
CI-9792
304
Light and Optics Lasers
X-Y Adjustable Diode Laser

OS-8526A
This versatile, inexpensive Diode Laser is designed to mount on a rod stand. The laser assembly can rotate 360 degrees. Easy set-up makes it perfect for refraction investigations or other general laser experiments.
Mini Laser w/Bracket

OS-8514
Modulated Laser (1.5 mW)

SE-9449
A Higher Power A urable D A odulated M

This laser has 2 advantages over the other lasers: 1. .5 mW: The extra power makes laser 1 experiments and demonstrations brighter (and often easier). Especially useful for holography. A shorter exposure time can be used to minimize problems with vibrations. 2. odulation: Connect a microphone M or TV camera to this laser, and students can transmit voice or video signals through the laser beam to a distant receiver. Or use this laser as a laser stroboscope for timing. Note: Additional equipment, not available from PASCO, is required for laser communication experiments.
Shown mounted on a PASCO Laser Alignment Bench. (see below) This 0.5 mW Helium Neon Laser is ideal for use with the PASCO Advanced Optics System. It includes a mounting bracket that attaches to the PASCO magnetic optics bench and permits adjustment of the laser beam in the X and Y Axes. The aperture has a 15.8 mm (5/8) receptacle for mounting beam spreaders or spatial filters. An AC adapter is included but the unit can be powered with any power source providing 0.7 A at 12 VDC.
Two knobs allow independent adjustment of horizontal and vertical alignment of the laser beam.
Specifications
Output Power: <5 mW Wavelength: 660-680 nm Power Supply: 9 VDC, 500 mA adapter (included)
X-Y Adjustable Diode Laser OS-8526A
Specifications
Output: 0.5 mW min. - 632.8 nm Polarization: Random Power: 115/220 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Mini Laser with Bracket OS-8514
Green Laser Pointer

SE-8805
A Push Button Switch A rilliant Color B
Specifications
Laser Alignment Bench

OS-9172
Use this green diode laser for a wide variety of optics demonstrations and experiments.
38 c
Specifications
Source: Laser Diode Power: 5 mW max (class IIIa) Beam Dia: Approx. 15 mm at 10 meters Beam Visibility: 500 meters Battery: Alkaline AAA (2 included) Dimensions: 151 mm x 13.5 mm
Green Laser Pointer SE-8805
This Laser Alignment Bench connects to the Optics Bench with the included couplers. It leaves the full one-meter length of the Optics Bench free for experimental work.
Laser Alignment Bench OS-9172
Modulation Range: 85-100% of full power Input Signal Frequency: 50 Hz-600 kHz (3 dB); video signals of higher bandwidth may also be accepted Audio: Miniature phone jack accepts audio input signals at 100 mV peak-to-peak and 60 k impedance Video: BNC connector accepts video input signals at 1 V peak-to-peak and 8 k impedance Transmission Range: Effective up to several hundred feet; with a good collimator and detector, transmissions up to several thousand feet are possible Video: Black and white TV can be transmitted, but the bandwidth is not broad enough to produce the full resolution of commercial TV Power: 115 VAC, 60 Hz (not available in 220 V)
1.5 mW Modulated Laser
SE-9449
www.pasco.com
Light and Optics Communication Kits
305
Fiber Optics Communication Kit

SE-8794
Laser Communication Kit

SE-8793
A Demonstrate Light Propagation in Optical Fibers A ransmit and Receive Optical Data T A ncludes Experiment Manual I
A Transmit Both Audio and Video over Laser Beam A ransmit Voice using Microphone T A aser Included L
A laser is modulated by a microphone, audio oscillator, or video player. The modulated beam is received on the other side of the room and the signal emitted out of a speaker or television.
VCR Laser Modulator
TV
Laser Beam Receiver
Laser
This kit has transmitter and receiver boards and several modules to connect to these boards to transfer optical data through fiber optics cables. The modules included are: analog transmitter and receiver, digital transmitter and receiver, transmitter set with microphone, receiver set with amplifier and speaker, a frequency generator, RS232 signal converter receiver and transmitter. The kit also includes a special holder for the optical fibers, special emery cloths for preparation of the fibers, multimeter, equipment for Tyndalls light guiding experiment, force plates, bending cylinders, jacketed and not jacketed fibers, power sources, and a users guide. Also included is a Windows CD user guide and video tutorials.
Fiber Optics Communication Kit SE-8794
Both Video & Audio: A video tape is played to modulate the laser beam and the laser signal is received and displayed on a television set.
Red Laser Pointer

SE-9716B
Speak into a microphone and your words are transmitted over the laser beam to the speakers.
A Push-Button Switch A nexpensive I

This Red Diode Laser Pointer is an inexpensive, easy-to-use light beam for a multitude of demonstrations and experiments in optics.
Included:
Laser Transmitter (Diode Laser 635 nm, 1 mW) Laser Receiver Microphone Speaker Adjustable Transmitter Holder Adjustable Receiver Holder Power Source: 230VAC/110VAC or 12VDC Compact Plastic Case
Specifications
Source: Laser diode Power: 5 mW max. (class IIIa) Wavelength: 645 nm (red) Beam Dia.: Approx. 8 mm at 5 meters Beam Visibility: Up to 50 m Battery: Alkaline AAA (2 included) Battery Life: Approx. 1 1/2 hours continuous Dimensions: 143 mm x 12.7 mm
Laser Pointer SE-9716B
Laser Communication Kit
SE-8793
306
Fundamental Constants Electron Charge
Millikan Oil Drop Apparatus

AP-8210
A obel Prize-Quality Physics in the Student Lab N I A onization Source for Changing Droplet Charge M A easures the Charge of an Electron to Within 3%
The Millikan Oil Drop Experiment is one of the most popular experiments in undergraduate physics for several reasons:
A The experimental principle is straight-forward and easy to understand A It measures a fundamental atomic constant using a method that won its
originator, Robert Millikan, the Nobel Prize
The Millikan Apparatus mounted on a rod stand for easy, eye-level viewing.
A The observation of the effects of one or more electrons upon oil drops in an electric
field provides a striking demonstration of the quantized nature of electricity
Specifications
Maximum Plate Voltage: 500 VDC Lamp: 5 watts, 12 volts Reticle Line Separation: 0.5 mm major divisions 0.1 mm minor divisions Plate Spacing 7 mm .62 Plate Diameter 60 mm
Plate Voltage Connectors
Connect a power supply to charge the plates inside the chamber.
Plate Charging Switch
Thermistor Connectors
Attach an ohmmeter to monitor chamber temperature. A thermistor is embedded in the bottom plate of the chamber.
Allows the operator to charge the plates to either polarity or ground the plates. The switch box is separate to minimize vibration.
Chamber Lever Positions Ionization ON
Bright 5-Watt Halogen Lamp

Combined with a convex lens and heat reflecting mirror, the droplet illumination system delivers maximum light and minimal heat to the droplet area.
Introduces a thorium source into the chamber for changing droplet charge.
Lamp Adjustment Screws Spray Position

Allows air to be displaced when oil droplets are sprayed into chamber.
Position the lamp filament to be focused precisely on the area where the droplets are viewed.
Ionization OFF
Bubble Level
Prevents ionization source from affecting the droplets.
Bulls-eye level makes sure apparatus is level.
Droplet Viewing Chamber
Rod Stand Mounts and Screws
Unique design minimizes droplet drift due to heat from droplet illumination and outside air currents.
Designed to mount on PASCOs Large Rod Stand. Allows the apparatus to be used at eye level.
Includes
Millikan Oil Drop Apparatus with switch Non-volatile Oil and Atomizer 12 VAC Lamp Power Adapter
Millikan Oil Drop Apparatus Required: Basic Digital Multimeter (2) High Voltage Power Supply
Thermistor Resistance Table

A convenient table provided for quick conversion of resistance values to Celsius.
Viewing Scope
30X, bright-field, erect-image microscope with focusing ring.
AP-8210
Reticle Focus
Focusing Wire
Separate reticle focus and precision etching provide sharp, easy-to-view grid lines with 0.5 mm major and 0.1 mm minor divisions.
When placed in the chamber, the focusing wire: 1) Allows the lamp to be aligned so the light illuminates the center of the chamber. 2) Allows the eyepiece to be focused on the center of the chamber.
SE-9786A p. 253 SF-9585A p. 248
Clear droplet observation and low droplet drift are essential for success with Millikans classic experiment. PASCOs apparatus uses a pre-aligned optical system and special condenser to achieve these conditions. Accuracy in the Oil Drop Experiment depends on the students ability to accurately measure all the variables involved: plate voltage, plate separation, time and distance of droplet rise and fall, temperature, oil density, etc. Extreme care taken in the design and manufacture of this unit ensures that the students best efforts will be rewarded with more accurate results. Typically, a careful student can achieve results within 3% or less of the accepted value.
Recommended: For mounting unit at eye level on a standard lab table: Large Rod Base ME-8735 p. 184 45 cm Steel Rod (2) ME-8736 p. 184 Complete System: Charge of an Electron
EX-9929
p. 359
VideoFlex SE-7227B-110 NTSC SE-7227B-220 PAL
www.pasco.com
Microscopes
307
VideoFlex Microscope
SE-7227B-110 NTSC SE-7227B-220 PAL
The Ken-A-Vision VideoFlex Microscope is an ideal way to demonstrate Millikans experiment to an entire classroom. Connect the microscope to a computer or television, adjust the eyepiece, and students can view Millikans experiment as it occurs.
ProScope HR USB Microscope

SE-7386A
A A A
Display magnified video images Take snapshots or record movies Record time-lapse photography
Ken-A-Vision Microscope shown ready for use with the Millikan Apparatus (inset).
The durable and lightweight ProScope HR is perfect for any age. Students can test their skills as crime scene investigators or marvel at a larger than life view of the microscopic world. USB powered so it goes where your laptop goes. The ProScope HR includes scope, 50X lens, and USB Shot software.
Includes
VideoFlex Microscope 3.7 m Video Cable Power Supply 28 mm Microscope Eyepiece Adapter Instruction Sheet
Oil drops viewed through the VideoFlex Microscope.
Specifications
Magnification: 50:1 (or greater) Resolution: 500 TV lines Sensitivity: 1.5 lux Lens: 8 mm, focus from 0.64 cm to infinity Gooseneck: 63.5 cm full motion, flexible TV System: NTSC Standard or PAL White Balance: Electronic Iris Computer Compatible: RCA or S-video connectors; Composite or Super VHS Video; 110 and 220 VAC versions are available
VideoFlex Microscope SE-7227B-110 NTSC SE-7227B-220 PAL
Experiment Ideas:
Analyzing Soil Samples Chemical Changes Color Theory Comparing Animal and Plant Cell Structure Microbes From a Hay Infusion Micro-Organisms Mineral Matters Mystery Powders Solving Mysteries Using Paper Chromatography Understanding Cell Division
ProScope HR USB Microscope SE-7386A
Recommended: For use with a computer, a video card capable of interpreting raw video input via RCA plugs or S-video input is recommended.
Teacher Resource CD for ProScope HR

SE-7548
This Teacher Resource CD is packed with valuable tips, ideas and more to help you get the most out of your USB microscope. For complete listing of content see www.pasco.com/proscope
ProScope HR Complete Bundle

SE-7394A
Designed for on-site or in-the-lab investigation and analysis. The bundle includes ProScope HR, 4 lenses (1-10x, 50X, 100x and 200X), ProScope Stand, USB Shot software, and carrying case.
ProScope HR Complete Bundle C-mount (optional) SE-7394A SE-7395
Teacher Resource CD
SE-7548
308
Microscopes
Monocular Microscope
SE-8832
Binocular Microscope
SE-8833
A Monocular A Maximum Magnification 400X

This fine quality microscope is economical and simple to use. Objective lenses provide three possible total magnifications: 40X, 100X, and 400X. Course and fine focus adjustment is provided. The iris aperture is continuously adjustable. Viewing head rotates for easy sharing by students or for reverse position viewing. The built-in light source has an on/off switch and a spare bulb and fuse are included.
A Binocular A Mechanical Stage A Maximum Magnification 1000X

This high-powered binocular microscope has a mechanical stage which gives fine control over positioning the specimen. The stage moves smoothly as the course and fine focus knobs are adjusted. The brightness of the illumination can be adjusted to avoid overheating the specimen. Viewing head rotates for easy sharing by students or for reverse position viewing.
Viewing Head Rotates
Eyepiece Lens 10X
Viewing Head Rotates
Eyepiece Lens 10X
Objective Lenses: 4X, 10X, 40X
Metal Construction
Metal Construction Objective Lenses: 4X, 10X, 40X, 100X
Course Focus Adjust 0.65 NA Condenser 20 W Light Source Fine/Course Focus Adjust
Mechanical Stage 1.25 NA Condenser
Fine Focus Adjust
Variable Intensity 20 W Light Source
Specifications
Eyepiece: Acromatic Wide-field 10X Objectives (3): Acromatic 4X, 10X, 40X Specimen Stage: 12 cm x 12 cm with spring mounted clips Aperture: Iris Focusing: Fine and Course Condenser: 0.65 NA Light Source: Tungsten 110 V / 20 W Power: 110 V 50/60 Hz
Specifications
Eyepieces: Acromatic Wide-field 10X Objectives (4): Acromatic 4X, 10X, 40X, 100X (oil immersion) Mechanical Stage: Longitudinal Range: 30 mm Transverse Range: 70 mm Iris Aperture: 2 to 30 mm Diameter Focusing: Fine and Course Condenser: 1.25 NA Abbe Light Source: Brightness control; Tungsten 110 V / 20 W Power: 110 V 50/60 Hz
Includes
Blue Filter Plastic Storage Cover
Monocular Microscope
SE-8832
Binocular Microscope
SE-8833
www.pasco.com
Fundamental Constants Coulombs Law
309
Coulombs Law Apparatus

ES-9070
Built-in Scale
A ccurately Measure Charge, A Force and Distance S A ymmetric Design Minimizes Stray and Mirror Charges M A agnetic Damping for Quick, Accurate Measurements How It Works
A conductive sphere is mounted on the end of an insulating, counterbalanced rod and suspended from a thin torsion wire. An identical sphere is mounted on a calibrated linear track. This second sphere can be positioned at various distances from the first. When the conductive spheres are charged, the force between them is proportional to the twist of the torsion wire that is required to bring the balance back to its equilibrium position. Beginning students can determine the Inverse Square Law in a simple experiment. Advanced students can perform a more sophisticated investigation into all the variables of electrostatic repulsion.
A degree scale on the torsion balance provides accurate measurements of the torsion wires twist angle.
Magnetic Damping
Allows measurements to be made quickly.
Milligram Masses
Built-in Millimeter Scale
Included so determining the torsion constant and verifying its linearity can be part of the experiment.
Vary Charge Accurately Insulated Track
The calibrated track is designed to minimize mirror charges which can significantly affect results.
A third conductive sphere, identical to the experimental spheres, is included for reducing the charge on one or both spheres by fixed ratios. This method is quick and accurate.
All conductive parts are symmetrical, so errors due to mirror charges are practically nonexistent.
Symmetric Construction
Additional Equipment
To perform a basic experiment, the conductive spheres can be charged with a piezoelectric gun, or by contact with a charged rod. This allows the Inverse Square Law to be verified with reasonable accuracy. However, for more accurate and thorough investigations, we strongly recommend the following (see the ordering information for recommended equipment):
Specifications
Torsion Balance: Torsion Assembly: 38 mm dia. conductive sphere on 12 cm rod with counterbalance vane Torsion Wire: equals 10-6 Newtons/degree Degree Plate: 1 increments Magnetic Damping: dampens oscillations for quick measurements Calibrated Linear Track: Sphere: 38 mm dia. conductive sphere Range of Movement: 350 mm in 1 mm increments Material: phenolic (to minimize mirror charges) Miscellaneous Equipment: Charging Probe: 17 cm long plus 1.5 m cable; banana plug connector; 200 internal resistance Calibration Masses: 50 mg (1), 20 mg (2) Conductive Sphere on Insulating Thread: for reducing charge by fixed ratios Spare Torsion Wire: 3 m Shipping Information: Size: 28 x 38 x 61 cm (11 x 15 x 24 in.) Weight: 9.5 kg, 21 lbs
A A Kilovolt Power Supply, which
Actual data of the angle (force) vs. distance.

Coulombs Law Apparatus Recommended: Kilovolt Power Supply Basic Electrometer Faraday Ice Pail Charge Producers Complete System: Coulombs Law
provides a fixed and repeatable charge. The charge can be refreshed before each measurement, which practically eliminates errors due to leakage currents. Pail, for accurate measurement of the charge on the spheres (required only if you wish to measure the Coulomb Constant).
ES-9070
A An Electrometer and a Faraday Ice
SF-9586 ES-9078 ES-9042A ES-9057B EX-9930
p. p. p. p.
238 208 209 209
p. 342
310
Fundamental Constants Charge-to-Mass Ratio of the Electron

SE-9625
Built-In 15 cm Radius Helmholtz Coils
Provide a highly uniform magnetic field within the tube. Since the coils are built-in, proper alignment is assured.
Complete e/m System e/m Apparatus

SE-9638
Illuminated, Mirrored Scale
A Sharp, Clearly Visible Electron Beam L A ighted, Mirrored Scale Eliminates Parallax Errors T A ube Rotates for General Study of Electrons in a Magnetic Field
Eliminates parallax errors and allows accurate measurement (1 mm), even in a dark room.
Hood (not shown)
Experiments can be performed in a lighted room.
In 1897 J. J. Thomson showed that , the mysterious cathode rays were actually negatively charged particles he had discovered the electron. In the same year he measured the charge-to-mass ratio of the electron, providing the first measurement of one of the fundamental constants of the universe. The PASCO e/m Apparatus reproduces one version of Thomsons landmark experiment, providing an accurate measurement of the charge-to-mass ratio of the electron. And, since the electron tube can be rotated through 90 degrees, students can also make a more general study of the behavior of electrons in a magnetic field.
Rotatable Tube
Bright, Highly Focused Beam
The electron beam is easy to see, for accurate measurements and clearly visible demonstrations.
The tube rotates through a full 90 angle. Experiments can be expanded into a more general investigation of charged particles moving in a magnetic field.
Clearly Labeled Front Panel
All power supply and meter connections are clearly labeled. Banana plug terminals make setup easy.
The SE-9625 Complete e/m System includes:
How It Works
A large, helium-filled electron tube is mounted between a pair of Helmholtz coils. The tube contains an electron gun, which generates a focused beam of electrons. A measured current is applied to the Helmholtz coils so that the magnitude of the magnetic field within the electron tube can be calculated. A measured accelerating potential (V) is then applied to the electron gun. The magnetic field (B) deflects the electron beam in a circular path with a radius (r) that is measured using the illuminated mm scale. From these measured values, the charge-to-mass ratio of the electron is calculated: e/m = 2V/B2r2. (The details of the calculations are fully described in the manual.)
SE-9638 e/m Apparatus, power supplies and connecting cables to measure the charge-to-mass ratio of the electron. Note: The tube used in this system is filled with helium-gas. As with all such tubes, the helium will gradually out-gas, giving the tube a finite life. Because of this, the tube will need to be replaced from time to time. Do not buy replacement tubes until needed, since they may out-gas while sitting on the shelf.
Complete e/m System Required: Digital Multimeter (2) e/m Apparatus
SE-9625 SE-9786A SE-9638 p. 253
Complete System Includes:

SE-9638 e/m Apparatus SF-9584A Low Voltage Power Supply SF-9585A High Voltage Power Supply SE-9750 SE-9751 Red Patch Cords Black Patch Cords
Required: Low Voltage Power Supply SF-9584A High Voltage Power Supply SF-9585A Digital Multimeters (2) SE-9786A Red Patch Cords SE-9750 Black Patch Cords SE-9751 or equivalent power supplies providing: Helmholtz Coil Voltage 6-9 VDC at 3 A, ripple <1% Filament voltage Nominal 6.3 VDC or VAC Acceleration Potential 150-300 VDC Replacement Supplies: e/m Tube SE-9646
p. p. p. p. p.
248 248 253 229 229
www.pasco.com
Fundamental Constants Universal Gravitation Constant
311
Gravitational Torsion Balance

AP-8215
A Measure the Universal Gravitational Constant in a Single Lab Period A A djustment and Locking Mechanisms Decrease Lab Set-up Time A Torsion Band Easily Replaced
Following Cavendishs classic design, PASCOs Gravitational Torsion Balance combines features that significantly improve ease of set-up, durability of the Torsion Band and the quality of results.
Torsion Band Height Adjustment Zero Adjust Thumbscrew and Knob
Center the pendulum bob arms horizontally within the case by loosening the thumbscrew (left) and slightly turning the knob (right).
Features
Fast, Accurate Alignment Proper alignment remains a critical component to successful measurement of G. The AP-8215 enables optimum alignment in several ways:
Raise or lower the pendulum from atop the unit. The highly sensitive band (1 replacement included) can be easily installed.
Torsion Band and Pendulum Assembly
A View the pendulum bobs position through a mirror in the units

central shaft. Use the leveling screws in the cast iron base to accurately center the bob.
Grounding Screw
Attach a grounded wire to remove electrostatic charges.
A The Equilibrium Adjustment knob and the mechanical advantage

of the pulley and belt mechanism make fine adjustment of the equilibrium position easy.
Use the clear plastic shield for set-up and demonstration. Perform the experiment using the aluminum shield with optical glass window (not shown) to reduce electrostatic charges.
Clear Shield
A Easily adjust pendulum height with a single screw. A The smooth action of the rotating large lead ball support ensures
that the balls can be moved easily without disturbing the motion of the small lead balls.
Easy Torsion Band Replacement The PASCO Torsion Band is stiffer and stronger than bands in other units, but the band will break at some time. Attachment clips mounted to the replacement band (one is included with the balance) allow easy band replacement with a screwdriver in less than 10 minutes. Complete Manual (not shown) The Instruction Manual and Experiment Guide contains illustrated instructions for setting up and performing the measurements, plus an explanation of the theory and mathematics necessary to understand the results.
A mirror is used to sight up the center shaft, providing a simple method to properly center the pendulum in the housing.
Leveling Sight
Leveling Screw
Includes
Torsion Balance Assembly ME-8735 Large Rod Stand One Extra Torsion Band Manual
Gravitational Torsion Balance Required: x-y Adjustable Diode Laser 45 cm Steel Rod Large Table Clamp AP-8215
Specifications
Torsion Band: Beryllium copper ribbon, 26 cm long with a cross section of 0.0178 x 0.15 mm Small Masses: 2 lead balls of 38 g each (fixed); 7 mm radius .5 Large Masses: 2 lead balls of 1.5 kg each; 32 mm radius Period of Oscillation: 8 minutes (approx.) Accuracy: 5% (approx.)
OS-8526A ME-8736 ME-9472
p. 304 p. 184 p. 186
Replacement Supplies: Torsion Bands (2 pack) Gravitational Torsion Balance AP-8218 Universal Gravitational Constant Experiment EX-9908 p. 364
312
Fundamental Constants Speed of Light
Complete Speed of Light Apparatus OS-9261A Basic Speed of Light Apparatus OS-9262
A Classic Foucault Method Accurate to 5% A 1-15 Meter Path Length A Tabletop or Hallway Experiment
Power Supply and Rev/Sec Readout Alignment Guides Two Lenses and Mounts Measuring Microscope 0.5 m W Laser
Fixed Mirror Rotating Mirror
Two Polarizers and Mount Optics Bench

D
Beam Splitter
L2
Beam Splitter BS S L1
FM Fixed Mirror
Laser
How It Works The Foucault Method

1. hefirstobservationismadewhenthe T rotatingmirrorisnotrotating.Lightfrom aHe-Nelaserisfocusedtoapointat SbylensL1.LensL2ispositionedso thattheimageofSisreflectedfromthe rotatingmirror(RM)andfocusedonto thefixedmirror(FM).Thefixedmirror reflectstheimagebackontotherotating mirror,whichinturnreflectsthelightback throughthelensestoreformthepoint imageatS.However,thelightalsopassesthroughabeamsplitter(BS),which formsamirrorimageatS,whereitcan beobservedwiththemicroscope. 2. hesecondobservationismade T whentherotatingmirrorisrotating. Sinceittakesafiniteamountoftime forthelighttotraversethedistance (D),betweenthefixedandrotatingmirrors,therotatingmirrorisinaslightly differentpositionwhenthelightreturns afterreflectingoffthefixedmirror.This producesadisplacementintheposition ofS,whichcanbemeasuredwiththe microscope.
RM Rotating Mirror B A
S' Microscope
Speed of Light Apparatus Schematic 3. hedisplacementofSbetweenthefirst T andsecondobservations(DS)isproportionaltothetransittimeofthelight overthedistanceD,andtotheangular velocityoftherotatingmirror.Withavery straightforwardcalculation,thespeedof light(c)canbecalculated:
Complete Speed of Light Apparatus OS-9261A Basic Speed of Light Apparatus OS-9262
Includes all items needed for this experiment.
Includes the OS-9263A High Speed Rotating Mirror, microscope/beam splitter, and an X-Y alignable mirror.
c=
4 AD2 (D + B) S
= otationalspeedoftherotating R
mirror. A,DandBarenotedinthediagramabove.
Required with Basic Apparatus: Optics Bench (1 m) OS-9103 p. Laser Alignment Bench OS-9172 p. Mini Laser with Bracket OS-8514 p. Lens, 48 mm F .L. OS-9133 p. Lens, 252 mm F .L. OS-9135 p. Calibrated Polarizers (2) OS-9109 p. Component Carriers (3) OS-9107 p. High Speed Rotating Mirror OS-9263A
277 304 304 287 287 291 287
The OS-9263A High Speed Rotating Mirror is available separately for do-it-yourself experiments.
Speed of Light Experiment
EX-9932
p. 363
www.pasco.com
Fundamental Constants Speed of Light
313
Laser Speed of Light System

AP-8586
A Easy Set-up A Accurate Results A Low Cost

TheLaserSpeedofLightSystemisa lowcost,yeteffectivemethodofmeasuringthespeedoflight.Whileitdoesnot duplicatetheclassicFoucaultMethod, itseaseofuseallowseverystudentthe opportunitytoperformtheexperiment.
How It Works
Afunctiongeneratorisusedtomodulatethelightfrom thelaserat3MHz.Thislightisthenreflectedfromamirror andfocusedontoalightreceiver.Anoscilloscopeisusedto observethemodulatedlight,andthephaseofthesignalis notedasthebaselinevalueforphase. Themirrorismovedback,increasingthedistancethatthelighttravels.Sinceittakesmore timeforthelighttotravelfromthelasertothesensor,thephaseofthesignalontheoscilloscopeincreases.Thephaseateachsuccessivemirrorpositionisrecordedandcomparedto thebaselinevalue.Themirrorismovedbackseveralmoretimestogetareasonablenumber ofdatapoints.Foreachmirrorposition,theadditionalpathlength(d)isgraphedversusthe phasedifference(t).
Function Generator Initial Mirror Position 1/2 d
Laser
Light Sensor Mirror Oscilloscope
Includes:
DiodeLaser +127mmLens LightReceiver StainlessSteelMountingPads(4) ConcaveMirror CoaxialCableRCAmaletoBNCmale CoaxialCable .5mmphoneplugto 3 BNCmale CoaxialCableBNCmaletomale
Laser Speed of Light System Required: Wide Range Function Generator Tape Measure (30 m) Standard Photo Tripod 60 MHz Oscilloscope AP-8586 SB-9549A SE-8712A

A linear fit is applied to the data, and the slope of the fit represents d/t, or the speed of light.
ComponentCarrier(2) LaserAlignmentBench
314
Fundamental Constants Electron Spin
Complete ESR System SE-9636 Basic ESR System SE-9635

PASCOs ESR Systems allow students to perform the following:
A Verify electron spin resonance A Measure the gyromagnetic ratio A ignal amplitude and line width S versus resonant frequency
The SE-9634 ESR Probe Unit
Electron Spin Resonance (ESR) provides intriguing information about the internal structure of atoms. A paramagnetic substance is placed in a constant magnetic field and then subjected to a second magnetic field that is oscillating at an RF frequency. When the RF frequency resonates with the energy difference between the spin states of the electrons in the test substance (hf = E), energy is absorbed. Resonance is observed by noting the impedance change in the oscillatory circuit. To facilitate measurements, the constant magnetic field is slowly modulated (60 Hz). As the intensity of the constant field varies, the frequency required for resonance also varies. The RF oscillator need only be tuned to within a certain range in order to locate the point of resonance. A dual trace oscilloscope is used to simultaneously show the modulated magnetic field and the point of ESR absorption from the RF circuit. A digital frequency meter measures the RF frequency, and the value of the magnetic field can be calculated from the current in the coils. With these measurements, the magnetic dipole of the electron is readily determined.
The SE-9636 Complete ESR System: all you need to add is a dual trace oscilloscope, DC ammeter and connectors.
The Basic ESR System
Complete ESR System Required: Dual Trace Oscilloscope Basic Multimeter
SE-9636
SB-9591A SE-9786A
p. 249 p. 253
Complete ESR System Includes:

ESR Probe Unit with 3 plug-in probe coils provides variable RF oscillations from 15 to 150 MHz Control Unit to power both the Probe Unit and Helmholtz coils, and to provide digital readout of the RF frequency Helmholtz Coils to provide a constant magnetic field (2) Test Substance (DPPH) Saddle Bases to mount Probe Unit and coils (3) Instruction Manual The SE-9635 Basic ESR System Identical to the Complete ESR System, except the Control Unit is replaced with a simple adapter for controlling input and output to the RF oscillator. A low voltage AC/DC supply for the Helmholtz coils, a power supply (12 V) for the Probe Unit, a digital frequency counter and a dual trace oscilloscope must be supplied.
Basic ESR System SE-9635 Required: The two items mentioned above, plus: Power Supply (for coils) SF-9584A p. 248 (10 V @ 3 A DC, 0-4 @ 1 A AC) Power Supply to provide 12-15 VDC for the Probe Unit Digital Multimeter SB-9599B p. 252 Capacitors (1000 F 25 V and 0.1 F) , Potentiometer (100 ) The Probe Unit and Adapter may be purchased separately. ESR Probe Unit SE-9634 ESR Adapter SE-9637
www.pasco.com
Atomic/Nuclear Cloud Chamber
315
Diffusion Cloud Chambers

SE-7944A SE-7943 12 cm Diameter Chamber 15 cm Diameter Chamber
A No Dry Ice Required A iew Cosmic Rays V A uilt-in Illumination B

The Diffusion Cloud Chamber is used to view high energy alpha particles, lower energy beta particles, and electrons produced by gamma rays interacting with gas molecules.
Larger Chamber now available!
Particle tracks are visible from radioactive particles given off by the Pb-210 source at the center. The dense straight tracks are produced by alpha particles and the fainter, crooked tracks are produced by beta particles.
How It Works
The bottom of the chamber is cooled by circulating ice water through the base and further cooling it to -35C with a Peltier device. Alcohol placed in the chamber wicks up the inside chamber lining where it evaporates in the warmer region of the chamber and diffuses downward. The alcohol vapor is then cooled near the chamber bottom and becomes super saturated. As energetic alpha and beta particles from a radioactive source pass through the alcohol vapor, the vapor condenses, forming droplets which appear as tracks in the strong chamber cross-lighting.
Features
Uses ice water instead of dry ice Water circulation pump Built-in high voltage (~800V) power supply for clearing the chamber of unwanted ions Powered by 12V DC power adapter Built-in LED Lamps for illuminating the particle trails
Includes:
Cloud Chamber 12 VDC Power Adapter (6 A) Water Circulation Pump 2 Rubber Hoses Extraction Pipette Source Holder and Stopper High Voltage Connection Cable SpecTech Coupon for Pb-210 Source Needle
Diffusion Cloud Chamber Large Diffusion Cloud Chamber Required: Ice Water Recommended: Pb-210 Replacement Radioactive Needle Source SE-7945 SE-7944A SE-7943
Specifications
12 VDC Power Adapter (6 A) Water Circulation Pump: 120 V/ 60Hz, 3 W, 180 liter/hr Built-in High Voltage Source: ~800 VDC with 108 protection resistor Rubber hoses: 0.25 ID (6.4 mm ID), 60 cm long High Voltage Connection Cable: 22 cm long, Banana plug to ring lug 8 Amber LEDs
316
Atomic/Nuclear GM Systems
Intermediate Nuclear Laboratory System

SN-7900 (Win/Mac)
A Macintosh, Windows or Stand-Alone Option C A omplete System
1 2
3 4 Includes:
1. SN-7902 Radiation Counter with RADEM and LABLINK software and manual 2. SN-7970A G-M Probe (35 mm) and stand 3. USB Cable 4. SN-8111A Calibrated Absorber Set (20) 5. SN-7972 Radioactive Sources (5) 6. wo CDs with installation instructions T and nuclear science experiments
3 6 5
Sensitive G-M Probe

PASCOs most sophisticated stand-alone G-M System, providing a wide range of experiments with alpha, beta and gamma radiation. Includes a versatile scaler, a G-M Tube with a mount and trays, and a full set of radioactive sources and absorbers.
Computer Compatibility
The bi-directional LABLINK software allows full control of the Radiation Counter from the computer. LABLINK provides real-time display of a simulated analog ratemeter with auto-ranging, digital ratemeter in CPM or CPS, count, elapsed time, preset count, preset time, acquisition time and run number. Data is loaded into spreadsheetcompatible files.
A uitable for alpha, beta and gamma S

radiation detection.
A Rugged nd Versatile Mount: Made of a
sturdy plastic for years of rugged use. It comes with one sample holder and 10 shelf positions.
Advanced Scaler/Timer
The SN-7902 Radiation Counter is a versatile, general purpose Scaler/Timer. Its advanced electronics and solid-state circuitry make it perfect for serious investigations of nuclear science.
Large Variety of Absorbers

With this set of 20 absorbers, you can easily investigate the effects of increasing absorber thickness and of different absorber materials. The SN-8111A Absorber Set includes 4 lead, 10 aluminum sheets, 2 polyethylene, 2 plastic and 2 aluminum foil absorbers, ranging from 5 mg/cm2 to 7200 mg/cm2.
Features
Preset Timing and Counting Intervals: (in seconds) 1-9, 10-90, 100-900, 1K-9K, 10K-90K, 100K- 900K. Intervals are selected using the Preset switch. Digital Display: Bright 6-decade digital readout uses extra-large LEDs for clear readout in most ambient light conditions. Built-in Power Supply: 0 to 1200 volts for the G-M Probe.
Five Radioactive Sources

The five sources included in the system require no licensing. Shown below are the isotopes, activity, half-life and type of radiation. Main screen display from LABLINK software.
Intermediate Nuclear Laboratory System USB SN-7900 Recommended for use with Serial Port: Serial Cable (Win) SN-7956 Required: Isotope Generator Kit SN-7995A
1. Po-210: 2. Sr-90: 3. Co-60: 4. Tl-204: 5. Cs-137:
0.1 Ci, 138 days, 0.1 Ci, 28.6 years, 1 Ci, 1 Ci, 5 Ci,
5.27 years, , 3.78 years, , 30.2 years, ,
www.pasco.com
Atomic/Nuclear Multi-Channel Analyzer
317
Advanced Nuclear Spectroscopy System, USB

SN-7901B (Win/Mac)
A Sophisticated Spectroscopy System M A ulti-channel Analysis W A indows or Macintosh*
3 4
5
Designed for spectroscopy applications, the Integrated Computer Spectrometer offers complete support for standard scintillation detectors together with multi-channel scaling for decay and time-related studies. The multi-channel analyzer contains many advanced features, including computer-controlled amplifier and high voltage for G-M tubes, upper- and lower-level discriminators, data memory and a comprehensive software package.
Specifications
Hardware: Physical: Interface card or box includes pre-amplifier, amplifier, detector high voltage, 1024 channel analyzer with data memory, LLD and ULD ADC: Wilkinson-type with 80 MHz clock and computer selected conversion gain of 256, 512 or 1024 channels High Voltage: 0-1280 volts, 1 mA maximum Amplifier: Preamplifier/amplifier combination. Computer controlled coarse/ fine gain from x2 to x1000 Modes: MCA for pulse height analysis, or MCS for half-life decay or other time-related studies Software: Energy Calibration: 2-point linear or 3-point quadratic converts cursor position reading directly to energy units Computer Display: Vertical scale adjusts from 32 to 16 M and LOG display. Horizontal 1024 channels with expansion down to 128 channels ISOMATCH: Isotope library text file with peak markers and labeling for overlaying on spectrum for quick isotope identification. Library may be edited and expanded.
Features
Variable Voltage: A regulated high voltage of 0 to 1280 V is supplied with computer control (1 mA maximum, 5 V increments). Amplifier: On-board combination preamplifier/amplifier for use with scintillation detectors and PMTs. Complete Computer Control: When used in MCA mode, the software provides complete computer control of all features including preset live/real- time, preset count, unlimited regions-of-interest and centroid, gross and net area calculations. Multiple Memory Buffers: In addition to on-board hardware data memory, the spectrometer provides three software memory buffers for holding spectra. A background spectrum may be collected over a long counting period and stored in the background buffer. Peak Labeling: With ISOMATCH, an isotope library file, users can quickly identify peaks by superimposing characteristic isotope emission lines over their spectrum. Isotope and energy information are also provided.
Includes:
1. Universal Computer Spectrometer, USB 2. NaI (TI) Scintillation Probe 3. Gamma Sources (8) 4. Connection Cables 5. nstallation, Instruction and Experiment I CDs (2)
Main screen display for computer Spectrometer.
*Runs as classic application on Mac OS X.
Advanced Nuclear Spectroscopy System USB SN-7901B
318
Atomic/Nuclear Radiation Counters
G-M Probe with Sample Holder

SN-7970A
Radiation Counter
SN-7902 (Win/Mac)
Nuclear Experiments with ScienceWorkshop Computer Interfaces

Geiger-Muller Tube
SN-7927A
Using a specialized microcontroller, many of the features previously found only in multiple products are now combined in PASCOs Radiation Counter. The classic nuclear scaler function has been extended to include a timer, preset counter, digital ratemeter with alarm, computer interface and battery power for field applications. The alarm level may be set to any preselected value. A Geiger-Muller tube is available for use with PASCOs ScienceWorkshop 750 or 500 interface. The SN-7927A Geiger-Muller Tube can also be used with any PASPORT interface with a Digital Adapter. Easy portability makes them ideal alpha, beta and gamma radiation detectors.
Similar to the Student G-M Tube except that its larger, 35 mm diameter window provides excellent photon efficiency for detecting low activity samples. The SN-7970A G-M Probe has a 200 s dead time. Contains 10 shelf positions and is designed to accommodate the larger G-M Probe. The probe can be removed from the holder and comes with a standard BNC connector cable.
Features
Preset Scaler/Timer Large 6-digit LED display Computer Programs: For Win and Mac computers, LABLINK offers full computer control of all functions including preset count, preset time, count rate in CPM or CPS, alarm level, start, stop, reset, data transfer and high-voltage setting. Includes USB Cable
Specifications
Mica Window: 2 mg/cm2 Probe Dimensions: 11.25 x 3.5 cm (4.5 x 1.4 in.) OD, excluding connector Operating Voltage: 900 V, 150-V plateau
G-M Probe SN-7970A
Specifications
High Voltage: 0-1200 V, digitally selectable in 25-volt increments Software: RADEM: Runs on Win and Mac computers including CGA, EGA, VGA, SVGA and Hercules LABLINK: Requires EGA or VGA graphics Dimensions: 31 x 21 x 12 cm (12 x 8 x 4.5 in.)
Typical histogram of Counts per Time for ScienceWorkshop nuclear sensors.
Specifications
Sensitivity: Beta, gamma, alpha Count Detection: Audio signal Window Thickness: 1.5 to 2 mg/cm2, mica Gas Filling: Neon, Argon and Halogen Starting/Operating Voltage for tube: 450 VDC/500 VDC Dead Time: 90 s
Radiation Counter, USB
SN-7902
Required for use with Serial Port: Serial Cable (Win) SN-7956 Geiger-Muller Tube SN-7927A
www.pasco.com
Atomic/Nuclear Gamma Spectroscopy
319
High Sensitivity Gamma Spectrometer System

SE-9764
Particle Detector
SE-9782
Typical Experiments
1. Measurement of a Gamma-Ray Spectrum and Basic Training in gamma spectroscopy 2. The Absorption of Gamma Radiation by different materials 3. The Efficiency of the Nal Detector (Measurement of the activity of a K-40 solution) 4. The Half Life of Pb-214 5. Measurement of Cesium Activity (with the aid of an efficiency curve) 6. Measurement of Cesium Activity (simpler method) 7 Compton Scattering . 8. X-ray Fluorescence
Includes:
Detector Unit Two GDM sample rods including metal grid, mounting for thin film alpha/beta sources and lead shield. Two Frames for absorbers and Light Shielding Case. This particle detector adds alpha beta detection capability to the SE-9764 Spectrometer System.
Includes:
Detector Unit and Multi-Channel Analyzer WinDAS Software RS232 Cable and USB-Serial Converter User Guide with teacher notes and 8 experiment descriptions 7 empty Sample Containers
Typical Experiments
1. Stopping power of air for alpha particles 2. Determination of thickness of an aluminum foil 3. Study of beta particles and conversion electrons
A Complete College-level Gamma Spectrometer System

This system is a complete scintillation spectrometer with a one-inch lead shield and all electronics for connection to any PC with an RS232 or USB interface. The system has been developed for optimal performance in nuclear spectroscopy. Add the Particle Detector, SE-9782, to form a complete system for teaching and understanding the different types of nuclear radiation.
High resolution: High sensitivity:

A sensitive detector provides a resolution of 1 Bq for a 60 mL Cs-137 sample measured over 1 hour (67% confidence level). A resolution of <100 keV for 5 MeV alpha particles is obtained without vacuum, using the recommended sources.
Number of counts 1000 Collection time
Specifications
Hardware: Detector Unit: 2 x 2 NaI detector with PM-tube (<7 .5% resolution), HV-supply and lead shield container Multi-Channel Analyzer: Amplifier, 1024 channel 50 MHz Wilkinson ADC, Discriminator, Microprocessor Card, RS232 Interface and Power Supply. Complies with EMC directives for CE marking. Software: Data acquisition software for Windows 95/NT/98/ME/2000/XP (95/NT does not support USB). Includes routines for automatic recording and calculation of Cs-134/137 and radon gas activity. Customer needs to supply approximately 18 kg of lead pellets (1-1.5 mm dia.). Contact PASCO for information about calibration or other radioactive sources.
Features:
Modes: PHA, MCS and serial collection of several spectra Smoothing: Adjustable non-destructive smoothing function. Calibration: Energy calibration manually or from data files. Show nuclide: Showing peaks belonging to a given nuclide from a nuclide library. The nuclides and energies can be stored in an editable ASCII file that can be controlled directly from the software.
High Sensitivity Gamma Spectrometer System SE-9764 Recommended: Particle Detector SE-9782
800
600
400
200
0 0 100 200 300 400 Channels
Alpha spectrum from an GDM Am-241 source. The source-todetector distance is about 1 cm.
Collection time
Number of counts 600
Beta spectrum from a GDM Cs-137 source.
500
400
300
200
100 0 0 100 200 300 400 Channels
Specifications
Ortec Ultra silicon detector Resolution: Alpha <15keV, beta <7keV Panel-mounted switch for alpha or beta mode Connection: Directly to the Multi-Channel Analyzer of the SE-9764 Spectrometer System.
Particle Detector SE-9782
320
Atomic/Nuclear Radioactive Sources
Radioactive Sources and Supplies

The following sources are mounted in 2.5 cm diameter sealed plastic disks and require no licensing. Shown below are the isotopes, activity, half-life and types of radiation (alpha-, beta-, gamma-).
Gamma Sources
SN-7949A
Isotope Generator Kit (Barium-137 m)

SN-7995A
Radioactive Sources
SN-8110
1. Po-210 0.1 Ci 2. Sr-90 0.1 Ci 3. Co-60 1 Ci

Radioactive Sources (set of 3)
138 days 28.6 years 5.27 years

SN-8110
1. Co-60 1 Ci 5.27 years , 2. Na-22 1 Ci 2.60 years +, 3. Mn-54 1 Ci 313 days 4. Cs-137 0.25 Ci 30.2 years , 5. Ba-133 1 Ci 10.5 years 6. Cd-109 1 Ci 464 days 7. Co-57 1 Ci 270 days 8. UNKNOWN: mixture of Cs-137 and Zn-65 for student testing. Cs-137 is 0.25 Ci or lower.
Gamma Sources (set of 8) SN-7949A
This Cs-137/Ba-137 m Isotope Generator is used to demonstrate the properties of radioactive decay. Based on the original Union Carbide patented design, it offers exceptional performance, ease-of-use and safe operation. Each generator contains 10 Ci of Cs-137 , which represents one Exempt Quantity, making it free from specific State and Federal licensing. The generator can produce up to 1000 small aliquots of the short-lived Ba-137m isotope with a half-life of 2.6 minutes. Each generator is supplied with 250 mL of eluting solution (0.9% NaCl in 0.04M HCl). The parent isotope Cs-137 with a halflife of 30.1 years beta decays (94.6%) to the metastable state of Ba-137m. This further decays by gamma emission (662 keV) with a half-life of 2.6 min. to the stable Ba-137 element. During elution, the Ba-137m is selectively milked from the generator, leaving behind the Cs-137 parent. Regeneration of the Ba-137m occurs as the Cs-137 continues to decay, re-establishing equilibrium in less than 1 hour. Approximately 30 minutes after elution, the residual activity of the Ba-137m sample has decayed to less than one thousandth of its initial activity, making it safe for disposal. When used with the eluting solution supplied, bleed through of the parent Cs-137 is less than 50 Bq/mL, affording a long working life. Each kit is supplied with the generator, syringe, tube, 250 mL of solution and a storage case.
Isotope Generator Kit SN-7995A
G-M Resolving Time Set Radioactive Sources

SN-7972A SN-9798
1. Po-210 0.1 Ci 2. Sr-90 0.1 Ci 3. Tl-204 0.25 Ci 4. Co-60 1 Ci 5. Cs-137 0.25 Ci

Radioactive Sources (set of 5)
138 days 28.6 years 3.78 years 5.27 years 30.2 years
SN-7972A
, ,
This set is used for determining the resolving time of GM counters. It consists of 3 half-discs: 2 of 5 microcuries of Tl-204, plus a third with no activity. The count-rate of each half-disc plus the blank (to maintain constant geometry) is measured, and then both active half-discs are combined for a measurement with high count-rate. The counting loss is calculated by adding the rates from each halfdisc and comparing the result to the countrate with both.
G-M Resolving Time Set SN-9798
Individual Sources
Absorbers
SN-8111A
Po-210 Sr-90 Tl-204 Co-60 Cs-137 Cs-137 Tl-204
0.1 Ci 0.1 Ci 1 Ci 1 Ci 5 Ci 0.25 Ci 0.25 Ci
138 days 28.6 years 3.78 years 5.27 years 30.2 years 30.2 years 3.78 years
, , ,
SN-9085 SN-9796 SN-9797 SN-9794 SN-9795 SN-7942 SN-7941
This set of 20 calibrated absorbers includes 4 lead, 2 plastic, 10 aluminum sheets, 2 polyethylene and 2 aluminum foil absorbers. Absorbers vary in density from 5 mg/cm2 to 7200 mg/cm2.
Absorbers (set of 20) SN-8111A
Planchets
SN-9799
These disposable planchets are useful for holding isotope samples produced by the Isotope Generator.
Planchets (100 pack) SN-9799
www.pasco.com
Experiments
321
PASCO Experiments
The following pages present classic experiments in physics performed with PASCO apparatus. Everything is included in the experiment; apparatus, sensors (when needed), accessories, and manuals. Interfaces, where indicated, should be ordered separately.
Experiment List
Mechanics
Hookes Law ____________________________________________322 Newtons Laws ________________________________________323 Sliding Friction ________________________________________324 Centripetal Force _______________________________________325 Variable-g Pendulum ____________________________________326 Projectile Motion _______________________________________327 Ballistic Pendulum ______________________________________328 Conservation of Momentum _____________________________329 Impulse ________________________________________________330 Archimedes Principle ___________________________________331 Rotational Inertia _______________________________________332 Conservation of Angular Momentum _____________________333 Torsional Pendulum _____________________________________334 Universal Gravitational Constant_________________________335 Large Amplitude Pendulum______________________________336 Driven Damped Harmonic Oscillations ___________________337 Chaos __________________________________________________338 Conservation of Energy _________________________________339 Conservation of Energy II _______________________________340 Materials Stress Strain _________________________________341
Thermodynamics
Experiment Solutions:
PASCO Experiments include the physics equipment and sensors needed for students to learn the concepts of each experiment.
Integrated Equipment and Sensors:

PASCO physics equipment is designed to integrate seamlessly with PASCO sensors, so measuring quantities is always easy.
Ideal Gas Law __________________________________________342 Electrical Equivalent of Heat _____________________________343 Ratio of Specific Heats __________________________________344 Heat Engine Cycles _____________________________________345 Cavity Radiation ________________________________________346 Blackbody Radiation ____________________________________347
Waves, Light, and Optics

Vibrating String_________________________________________348 Mechanical Waves ______________________________________349 Polarization of Light_____________________________________350 Interference and Diffraction of Light ______________________351 Brewsters Angle________________________________________352 Atomic Spectra _________________________________________353
Experiment Resource CD Included with each experiment:

AExperiment Manual: A detailed
experiment manual is included with each kit to ensure student success. An electronic version is included for modification by the teacher. are included for each experiment. These files contain all the displays, calculations and analysis tools needed for the experiment. Use these files with students or as an instructors tool.
Electricity and Magnetism

Resistivity ______________________________________________354 Ohms Law ____________________________________________355 LRC Circuit _____________________________________________356 LRC Resonance _________________________________________357 Faradays Law __________________________________________358 Charge of an Electron ___________________________________359 Magnetic Force on Wires ________________________________360 Magnetic Fields of Coils _________________________________361 Earths Magnetic Field ___________________________________362 Speed of Light __________________________________________363 Coulombs Law _________________________________________364
ADataStudio File: DataStudio files
Experiment Resource CD May be purchased separately:

Experiment Resource CD EX-9922C
322
Experiments
Hookes Law
EX-9947 ScienceWorkshop EX-9951 PASPORT
Concepts: A elationship between Force R and Spring Deformation A nvestigate both Spring Compression I and Extension
The slope of the Force vs. Stretch graph is known as the spring constant. Various springs of different construction are included, each having a different spring constant.
Method
In this experiment, students use a Force Sensor to measure the force exerted to either compress or extend various springs. The stretch or compression of the spring is measured directly from a meter stick. The manual sampling feature of DataStudio allows students to save measurements of force for each of the chosen deformations of the spring. Once the data is collected, students can easily create a Force vs. Stretch (or Compression) graph by dragging their table of data to the Graph icon. The slope of this graph is known as the spring constant, while the vertical intercept is the initial loading force. Various springs of different construction are included, so students can better understand the physical meaning of the spring constant.
PASCO Advantage
The Force Sensor allows students to take direct measurements of force for each compression or elongation of the spring. This is superior to using a hanging mass to apply a force, since students dont have to convert from mass to force. In addition, students are applying the forces to the springs and will have a better kinesthetic feel for the amount of force being applied in each case.
Real-time force measurements are collected as the spring is compressed.
Experiment Includes:
EX-9947 ScienceWorkshop
EX-9951 PASPORT ME-9866 PS-2104 ME-9376B 003-05809 003-05808 SE-8695 Hookes Law (ScienceWorkshop) Hookes Law (PASPORT) Required for use with ScienceWorkshop: ScienceWorkshop 500, 700 or 750 Interface Required for use with PASPORT: PASPORT Interface EX-9947 EX-9951
Demonstration Spring Set ME-9866 Force Sensor CI-6746 Universal Table Clamp ME-9376B Heavy Spring Bumper 003-05809 Light Spring Bumper 003-05808 Four-Scale Meter Stick SE-8695 Hookes Law Experiment Manual DataStudio Files for Hookes Law Experiment DataStudio Lite Software
p. 48-52
p. 8-14
www.pasco.com
Experiments
323
Newtons Laws
Concepts: A Newtons First Law (Inertia) A Newtons Second Law (F = ma) A Newtons Third Law (Fab = -Fba)
Students can effectively study Newtons Second Law with a Dynamics System, Force Sensor and Motion Sensor.
Method
Students use this collection of equipment to discover or experimentally determine all three of Newtons Laws. Newtons First Law Students use a Motion Sensor to collect data for various sliding, rolling and hovering objects. Using the data and their observations, students better understand that an objects motion will not change unless acted upon by an external net force. Newtons Second Law Students use a Force Sensor and Motion Sensor with PASCOs Dynamics System to discover the relationships between force, mass and acceleration. Newtons Third Law Using two Force Sensors, students prove that forces between objects are equal in magnitude yet opposite in direction. These experiments include both tug-of-war exercises and collisions between cars.
PASCO Advantage
Using this set of equipment and probeware, students will better understand all three of Newtons Laws. The integration between the probeware and equipment helps students focus on the physics of each experiment. Force vs. acceleration data for the PAScar as it experiences changing net force.
EX-9941 PASPORT ME-6955 PS-2104 PS-2103 SE-7335 ME-8574 ME-9448A ME-9348 SE-8050 Newtons Laws (ScienceWorkshop) Newtons Laws (PASPORT) Required for use with ScienceWorkshop: ScienceWorkshop 500, 700 or 750 Interface Required for use with PASPORT: PASPORT Interface p. 48-52 EX-9940 EX-9941
PAScar Dynamics System ME-6955 Force Sensor (2) CI-6746 Motion Sensor CI-6742 Hover Puck SE-7335 Discover Friction Accessory ME-8574 Smart Pulley with Clamp ME-9448A Mass and Hanger Set ME-9348 Physics String SE-8050 Newtons Laws Experiment Manual DataStudio File for Newtons Laws Experiment DataStudio Lite Software
p. 8-14
324
Experiments
Sliding Friction
Concepts: A Relationship between Frictional Force and Normal Force A Coefficients of Friction (Kinetic and Static)
Method
In this experiment, students use a Force Sensor to discover frictional forces and their effect on the motion of an object. In addition, the coefficients of friction for various surface combinations can be empirically determined. Using DataStudio, a graph is created which displays the force vs. time for the friction tray in real-time. A friction tray is pulled from rest using a Force Sensor until it moves with constant velocity for a few seconds. The maximum force on the graph is the maximum static frictional force. The force applied to the tray during constant velocity motion is equal to the kinetic frictional force. The tray mass is then varied to discover the relationship between these two frictional forces and the normal force on the tray. The experiments can be repeated for felt, cork and plastic surfaces.
Students pull the friction tray from rest to a constant velocity to measure both static and kinetic friction.
PASCO Advantage
The Force Sensor allows students to collect data that is often shown only as a sketch in a textbook. Both static and kinetic frictional forces can be identified and easily measured using DataStudio software. In addition, the effect of these frictional forces on the motion of an object is more clearly understood.
The peak of the graph represents the maximum static frictional force. Once the friction tray begins to move, the kinetic frictional force is evident on the graph.
Students create a graph of frictional force vs. normal force to find the coefficients of static and kinetic friction.
Sliding Friction (ScienceWorkshop) Sliding Friction (PASPORT) Required for use with ScienceWorkshop: ScienceWorkshop 500, 700 or 750 Interface Required for use with PASPORT: Pasport Interface EX-9938 EX-9939
EX-9939 PASPORT ME-8574 PS-2104 648-04636 SE-8050
Discover Friction Accessory ME-8574 Force Sensor CI-6746 500 g Cart Masses (4) 648-04636 Physics String SE-8050 Sliding Friction Experiment Manual DataStudio File for Sliding Friction Experiment DataStudio Lite Software
p. 48-52
p. 8-14
www.pasco.com
Experiments
325
Centripetal Force
Concepts: A Relationship between Radius and Centripetal Force A Relationship between Mass and Centripetal Force A Relationship between Linear/Rotational Velocity and Centripetal Force
The Centripetal Force Experiment allows students to discover the relationships between centripetal force, mass, velocity and radius. The force and velocity are directly measured with sensors and the mass and radius can easily be changed. The rotating arm features a groove with 2 captured masses along its length. One of the masses is free to move along the length of the groove. The free mass is connected to a small cable that runs under a pulley in the center of the arm and up to a Force Sensor. A ball-bearing swivel is used to ensure the cable does not tangle as the arm rotates. The other mass is placed the same distance from the center as the free mass; thereby balancing the arm. A flag attached to the bottom of the fixed mass passes through the photogate once per revolution, allowing DataStudio to calculate the angular and tangential velocity of the mass.
Experimental values of mass, velocity and radius can be changed to examine their effect on centripetal acceleration.
PASCO Advantage
The graph illustrates the quadratic relationship between centripetal force and velocity. The Force Sensor and Photogate allow accurate and repeatable measurements of force and velocity. Key variables (mass, radius and velocity) can be easily changed to discover their relationship to centripetal force.
Centripetal Force (ScienceWorkshop) Centripetal Force (PASPORT) equired for use with ScienceWorkshop: R ScienceWorkshop 500, 700 or 750 Interface DataStudio Software Required for use with PASPORT: PASPORT Interface DataStudio Software EX-9925 EX-9926
EX-9926 PASPORT ME-8088 PS-2104 ME-9498A PS-2159 ME-8735 ME-8738 SE-9442 ME-8736 SE-8587
Centripetal Force Apparatus ME-8088 Economy Force Sensor CI-6746 Photogate Head ME-9498A not required Digital Adapter Large Rod Stand ME-8735 90 cm Steel Rod ME-8738 Multi Clamp SE-9442 45 cm Steel Rod ME-8736 Triple Output Power Supply SE-8587 Centripetal Force Experiment Manual DataStudio File for Centripetal Force Experiment DataStudio Lite Software
p. 48-52 p. 72-73
p. 8-14 p. 72-73
326
Experiments
Variable-g Pendulum
Concepts: A Period of a Simple Pendulum A ffect of Decreasing g on the Pendulum Period E A Large Amplitude Period A hape of Displacement, Velocity and S Acceleration Curves for Large Amplitude
This experiment explores the dependence of the period of a simple pendulum on the acceleration due to gravity and on the length and amplitude of the pendulum. A simple rigid pendulum consists of a 35 cm long lightweight (28 g) aluminum tube with a 150 g mass at the end, mounted on a Rotary Motion Sensor. The pendulum is constrained to oscillate in a plane tilted at an angle from the vertical. This effectively reduces the acceleration due to gravity because the restoring force is decreased. The period of the pendulum is measured using a Rotary Motion Sensor and the period function in DataStudio.
The Adjustable Angle Clamp makes it easy to adjust the angle from zero to 90 degrees, thus varying g from 9.8 m/s2 to zero.
The period of the Variable-g Pendulum is plotted as a function of the angle of inclination to show the dependence of the period on g.
PASCO Advantage
The rigid pendulum can be assumed to be a simple pendulum: The actual period is approximately 99% of the period of a simple pendulum of the same length.
Large Rod Base 45 cm Steel Rod Variable-g Pendulum Accessory Pendulum Accessory Rotary Motion Sensor Variable-g Pendulum Experiment Manual DataStudio Files for Variable-g Pendulum Experiment DataStudio Lite Software
ME-8735 ME-8736 ME-8745 003-05971 CI-6538
Variable-g Pendulum Experiment Kit Required for use with ScienceWorkshop: ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface DataStudio Software
EX-9904
p. 48-52 p. 72-73
www.pasco.com
Experiments
327
Projectile Motion
EX-9948
Concepts: A ndependence of x and y Motion I A uzzle Velocity vs. Time of Flight M A Angle vs. Horizontal Range Method
In this series of experiments, students use a projectile launcher to better understand the kinematics and dynamics of projectile motion. Since measurements for these experiments involve single point measurements of time or velocity, the Smart Timer is the ideal timing instrument.
Muzzle Velocity vs. Time of Flight

Students fire the projectile at three different velocities from the same height. The Photogate and Time of Flight Accessory are used to measure the time of flight at each muzzle velocity. Students are surprised to find that time of flight is not related to muzzle velocity at 0 launch angle.
Angle vs. Horizontal Range

The angle of launch is varied and the horizontal range measured for each angle. Students produce a graph of angle vs. horizontal range. The angle of maximum range can then be found. This experiment is conducted for two cases:
A Projectile is fired from a higher vertical position than its

landing position
The Photogate and Time of Flight Accessory are used with the Mini Launcher to measure both muzzle velocity and time of flight.
A Projectile is fired from the same vertical position

as its landing position Students are asked to use the kinematics equations to predict the horizontal range given a launch angle and muzzle velocity. Carbon paper and a bulls-eye can then be used to test their hypothesis.
PASCO Advantage
PASCO projectile launchers are designed for repeatable and accurate launches. In addition, photogates and other accessories are designed to work seamlessly with our projectile launchers. These features allow student predictions and calculations from the kinematics equations to be empirically verified.

Mini Launcher Smart Timer Time-of-Flight Accessory Photogate Head (2) Photogate Bracket Universal Table Clamp Carbon Paper Metric Measuring Tape Projectile Motion Experiment Manual DataStudio Files for Projectile Motion Experiment DataStudio Lite Software
ME-6825 ME-8930 ME-6810 ME-9498A ME-6821 ME-9376B SE-8693 SE-8712A
Students can use their data to determine which launch angle produces the maximum horizontal range.
Projectile Motion
EX-9948
328
Experiments
Ballistic Pendulum
EX-9959 PASPORT
Concepts: A Modern Approach to a Classic Experiment A View Graph of Entire Pendulum Swing A Conservation of Momentum A Conservation of Energy
PASCOs Rotary Motion Sensor is the heart of this modern approach to a classic physics experiment. The Mini Launcher (ME-6825A) fires a steel ball into the foam catcher of the Ballistic Pendulum Accessory (ME-6829) mounted on the Rotary Motion Sensor. The Rotary Motion Sensor measures the angular displacement of the pendulum and it is plotted in real-time in DataStudio. There is no need to catch the pendulum at its maximum height because the angle is continously measured. Using the analysis tools in DataStudio, students can find the maximum angle. Using Conservation of Momentum and Conservation of Energy, students can determine the initial speed of the ball as it leaves the projectile launcher. The initial speed of the ball is confirmed by using two photogates to time the flight of the ball for a short distance.
Two photogates are mounted at a fixed distance apart on the Projectile Launcher to measure the initial speed of the ball
The ball is shot into a foam catcher at the end of a pendulum. The pendulum is mounted on a Rotary Motion Sensor to record the entire swing.
The times between photogates and the calculated speeds for multiple trials are shown in this table.
Rotary Motion Sensor Mini Launcher Photogate Heads (2) Photogate Mounting Bracket Digital Adapter Mini Launcher Ballistic Pendulum Large Table Clamp Steel Rod Ballistic Pendulum Experiment Manual DataStudio Files for Ballistic Pendulum Experiment DataStudio Lite Software PS-2120 ME-6825A ME-9498A ME-6821A PS-2159 ME-6829 ME-9472 ME-8736
This graph of the angle of the pendulum versus time is plotted in real time in DataStudio. The maximum angle is displayed in the graph legend.
Ballistic Pendulum Required: PASPORT Interface DataStudio Software EX-9959
p. 8-16 p. 72-73
www.pasco.com
Experiments
329
Conservation of Momentum
EX-9901
Cart velocities are recorded using 2 Rotary Motion Sensors connected to the carts by string wrapped around pulleys. The moving cart rotates the pulley on the Rotary Motion Sensor, recording the carts position with a resolution of 0.4 mm.
Concepts: A Conservation of Momentum in Elastic and Inelastic Collisions A Kinetic Energy not Conserved in Inelastic Collisions A Kinetic Energy Temporarily Stored as Magnetic Potential Energy During Elastic Collisions Using Magnetic Bumpers
The total momentum and total energy of carts undergoing elastic and inelastic collisions are measured. The values before and after the collisions are compared to verify that momentum is conserved in all collisions while energy is only conserved in elastic collisions. Elastic and inelastic collisions are performed with 2 dynamics carts of different masses. Magnetic bumpers are used in the elastic collision and Velcro bumpers are used in the completely inelastic collision. In both cases, momentum is conserved. Cart velocities are recorded using 2 Rotary Motion Sensors connected to the carts by string wrapped around pulleys. This measurement method adds very little friction to the experiment and, since the velocities are continuously monitored, any deceleration due to friction can be measured. A real-time graph of velocity versus time is obtained for each cart, clearly showing when the collision occurred. This enables the student to determine the cart velocities immediately before and after the collision. The kinetic energy before and after the collision is also studied. Kinetic energy is not conserved for inelastic collisions. It is also demonstrated that kinetic energy momentarily decreases during the elastic collision and then returns to the original value after the collision. A real-time graph of velocity versus time is obtained for each cart, clearly showing when the elastic collision occurred.
PASCO Advantage
The magnitude and direction of the velocity of each cart is recorded continuously throughout the collision, eliminating the problem in older methods, of positioning photogates too close or too far from the point of collision. The top graph of the total momentum for the 2-cart system (as calculated in DataStudio) shows no change throughout the elastic collision. The total kinetic energy, shown in the bottom graph, momentarily decreases during the collision because energy is stored as magnetic potential energy.
Conservation of Momentum Required: ScienceWorkshop 750 interface DataStudio Software EX-9901
2.2 m PAScar Dynamics System Dynamics Track Mount (2) RMS/IDS Adapters (2) Rotary Motion Sensors (2) Conservation of Momentum Experiment Manual DataStudio File for Conservation of Momentum Experiment ME-6956 CI-6692 ME-6569 CI-6538
p. 48-52 p. 72-73
330
Experiments
Impulse
EX-9902
Concepts: A Impulse: Change in Momentum A Impulse: Area Under a Force Versus Time Curve A Different Shaped Force Curves for Elastic and Inelastic Collisions
The impulse of a collision is determined by 2 methods. In this experiment, the impulse on a cart is determined in two ways, by measuring the change in velocity and by finding the area under a force versus time curve. A cart runs down a slightly inclined track and collides with a Force Sensor equipped with either a clay bumper, spring bumper or magnetic bumper. To determine the change in momentum (impulse), the speeds before and after the collision are recorded with a photogate. The photogate is also used to trigger the beginning of data collection for the Force Sensor. To confirm the impulse, the force versus time is plotted and the impulse is determined by finding the area under the curve. Different shaped curves of force versus time are obtained for the different bumpers. The spring and magnetic bumpers result in nearly elastic collisions while the clay produces a completely inelastic collision. The area under the clay force curve is half the area under the spring or magnetic force curves because the cart does not rebound in the clay collision. Close-up of magnetic bumper.
PASCO Advantage
Since DataStudio is capable of having start and stop conditions, force data can be collected at a high rate during the collision, showing the force in great detail without a lot of extraneous data before and after the collision. The data collection starts when the cart passes through the photogate and ends after a set amount of time.
1.2 m PAScar Dynamics System Force Accessory Bracket IDS Photogate Bracket Photogate Head Force Sensor Picket Fence Impulse Experiment Manual DataStudio File for Impulse Experiment ME-6955 CI-6545 ME-9806 ME-9498A CI-6537 648-06817
Impulse Required:
EX-9902
The force versus time is shown for 3 different bumpers: Clay bumper in green, spring bumper in blue and magnetic bumper in red.
ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface DataStudio Software
p. 44-48 p. 72-73
www.pasco.com
Experiments
331
Archimedes Principle
EX-9909
Concepts: A Archimedes Principle A Density A Buoyant Force

Archimedes Principle states that the buoyant force on a submerged object is equal to the weight of the fluid that is displaced by the object. The buoyant force on several objects is measured by weighing the water displaced by a submerged object. The buoyant force is also determined by measuring the difference between the objects weight in air and its apparent weight in water. Some of the objects have the same density, some have the same volume and some have the same mass. The density of each object is measured and the dependence of the buoyant force on density, mass and volume is explored. The buoyant force is measured by weighing the water displaced by the object.
The mass and volume are measured to determine the dependence of the buoyant force on mass, volume and density.
PASCO Advantage Experiment Includes:

Density Set Overflow Can Rod Base 45 cm Steel Rod Physics String Triple-Beam Balance Stainless Steel Calipers 1000 ml Beaker 100 ml Beaker 50 ml Graduated Cylinder Archimedes Principle Experiment Manual ME-8569 SE-8568 ME-8735 ME-8736 SE-8050 SE-8707 SF-8711 SE-7288 SE-7287 SE-7289
The provided objects have related volumes, masses and densities to demonstrate that only the volume of water displaced affects the buoyant force.
Archimedes Principle (Balance)
EX-9909
332
Experiments
Rotational Inertia
Concepts: A Rotational inertia of a ring and a disk A Torque
In this experiment, the rotational inertias of a ring and a disk are determined by applying a torque to the object and measuring the resulting angular acceleration. A known torque is applied to the pulley on the Rotary Motion Sensor, causing a disk and ring to rotate. The resulting angular acceleration is measured using the slope of a graph of angular velocity versus time. The rotational inertia of the disk and ring combination is calculated from the torque and the angular acceleration. The procedure is repeated for the disk alone to find the rotational inertias of the ring and disk separately.
The rotational inertia of the ring and disk is calculated from the angular acceleration obtained from the slope of this angular velocity versus time graph.
A known torque is applied to the ring and disk by the weight hanging over the pulley. The rotational inertia of the ring and disk are determined from the resulting angular acceleration. The procedure is repeated for the disk alone.
PASCO Advantage
Friction can be neglected in this compact setup. The Rotary Motion Sensor is a versatile tool which can be used in a variety of other experiments.
EX-9936 ScienceWorkshop ME-8735 ME-8738 CI-6691 ME-9348 CI-6538
EX-9942 PASPORT ME-8735 ME-8738 CI-6691 ME-9348 PS-2120
Rotational Inertia (ScienceWorkshop) Rotational Inertia (PASPORT) Required for use with ScienceWorkshop: ScienceWorkshop 500, 700 or 750 Interface DataStudio Software Required for use with PASPORT: PASPORT Interface DataStudio Software
EX-9936 EX-9942
Large Rod Base 90 cm Steel Rod Mini-Rotational Accessory Drilled Mass & Hanger Set (5 g resolution) Rotary Motion Sensor Rotational Inertia Experiment Manual DataStudio File for Sliding Friction Experiment DataStudio Lite Software
p. 48-52 p. 72-73
p. 8-14 p. 72-73
www.pasco.com
Experiments
333

EX-9960 PASPORT
Concepts: A Conservation of Angular Momentum During Collisions A Easy Determination of Before and After Points A Calculation of Energy Lost During Collision
The study of conservation of angular momentum during collisions is easy and fast using this system based on the Rotary Motion Sensor. The angular velocity of the spinning disk is graphed in real-time as a non-rotating ring is dropped onto it. It is easy to measure the rotational speeds just before and after the collision since the entire collision is visible in the graph. The rotational inertias of the ring and disk are calculated using the mass and dimensions of each. Then the total angular momentum before the collision is compared to the total angular momentum after the collision to show that it does not change. The total kinetic energy before and after the collision is calculated to show the amount of energy lost during the inelastic collision.
A disk is dropped onto a rotating disk. Since the disks are identical, the angular velocity decreases by half.
Rotary Motion Sensor Rotational Accessory Balance Calipers Large Rod Stand 45 cm Long Steel Rod Conservation of Angular Momentum Experiment Manual Xplorer GLX Files for Conservation of Angular Momentum DataStudio Lite Software PS-2120 CI-6691 SE-8723 SF-8711 ME-8735 ME-8736 Experiment
As a nonrotating ring is dropped onto a rotating disk, the angular velocity decreases to about 1/6th of its initial value since the ring has a large rotational inertia compared to the disk.
Conservation of Angular Momentum Required: PASPORT Interface
EX-9960
p. 8-16
334
Experiments
Torsional Pendulum
Concepts: A A A A Period of a Torsional Pendulum Rotational Inertias of a Disk, Ring and Point Masses Torque Torsional Spring Constant
To determine the torsional spring constant, a torque is applied by pulling with a Force Sensor.
The period of a Torsional Pendulum is measured and compared to the theoretical value. The torsional pendulum consists of a torsion wire attached to a Rotary Motion Sensor with an object (a disk, ring or a rod with point masses) mounted on top of it. The period of oscillation is measured from a plot of the angular displacement versus time. To calculate theoretical period, the rotational inertia is determined by measuring the dimensions of the object. The torsional spring constant is determined from the slope of a plot of force versus angular displacement. The dependence of the period on the torsional constant and the rotational inertia is explored by using different diameter wires and different shaped objects.
The torsional pendulum uses a Rotary Motion Sensor to record the oscillations.
The torsional spring constant is determined from a plot of torque versus angular displacement.
PASCO Advantage
The period of the torsional pendulum is determined from a plot of angular displacement versus time. To determine the torsional spring constant, the force versus angular displacement graph is quickly and easily obtained by pulling with a Force Sensor on a string wrapped around the Rotary Motion Sensor pulley.
Torsional Pendulum (ScienceWorkshop) Torsional Pendulum (PASPORT) Required for use with ScienceWorkshop: ScienceWorkshop 500, 700 or 750 Interface DataStudio Software Required for use with PASPORT: PASPORT Interface DataStudio Software EX-9903 EX-9943
EX-9903 ScienceWorkshop ME-6694 ME-8735 ME-8736 CI-6691 CI-6538 CI-6537
EX-9943 PASPORT ME-6694 ME-8735 ME-8736 CI-6691 PS-2120 PS-2104
Torsion Pendulum Accessory Large Rod Base 45 cm Steel Rod Mini-Rotational Accessory Rotary Motion Sensor Force Sensor Torsional Pendulum Experiment Manual DataStudio File for Sliding Friction Experiment DataStudio Lite Software
p. 48-52 p. 72-73
p. 8-14 p. 72-73
www.pasco.com
Experiments
335
Universal Gravitational Constant

EX-9908
Concepts: A Measure the Universal Gravitational Constant A Recreate Cavendishs Historical Experiment
In the Universal Gravitational Constant Experiment, students measure the attractive force between 2 sets of lead spheres. Using this force, the mass of each sphere, and the separation of the spheres, the universal gravitational constant can be determined. The attraction between a pair of small lead spheres and a pair of larger lead spheres is measured by the torsion of a beryllium ribbon. The large spheres are placed close to the small spheres and allowed to equilibrate. A laser is reflected from a mirror on the beryllium ribbon and shown on a screen or wall. The large spheres are then rotated through an angle to produce torque on the ribbon. The mirror rotates with the ribbon, thus the laser reflection on the screen or wall is displaced. The displacement of the laser reflection is measured and an optical lever calculation is used to find G . The large lead balls are rotated to produce a torque on the beryllium torsion band. The angular displacement of the band causes the reflected laser beam to be displaced, which is used to calculate G.
Top View
reflected beam (from mirror)
laser
screen with scale
Side View
PASCO Advantage Experiment Includes:

Gravitational Torsion Balance X-Y Adjustable Diode Laser 45 cm Steel Rod Large Table Clamp Universal Gravitational Constant Experiment Manual AP-8215 OS-8526A ME-8736 ME-9472 PASCOs Gravitational Torsion Balance features a rugged torsion band that rarely needs to be replaced. If the band fails it can be replaced using a screwdriver in less than 10 minutes. In addition, a U-shaped groove in the housing allows students to damp the oscillation of the small lead balls, reducing measurement time from hours to minutes. Finally, an equilibrium adjustment knob on the top of the unit allows the angle of the mirror to be easily adjusted.
Universal Gravitational Constant EX-9908
336
Experiments
Large Amplitude Pendulum

Concepts: A Low Amplitude Approximation for the Pendulum Period A Large Amplitude Period A Shape of Displacement, Velocity and Acceleration Curves for Large Amplitude
This experiment explores the dependence of the period of a simple pendulum on the amplitude of the oscillation. Also, the displacement, velocity and acceleration for large amplitude are plotted versus time to show the difference from the sinusoidal motion of low amplitude oscillations. A rigid pendulum consists of a 35 cm long lightweight (28 g) aluminum tube with a 75 g mass on each end. The center of the tube is mounted on a Rotary Motion Sensor. One of the masses is slightly closer to the center than the other mass, so the pendulum will oscillate slowly. Students will have time to view the motion of the pendulum while also watching the real-time graph of displacement, velocity and acceleration versus time. The period is measured as a function of the amplitude of the pendulum and compared to theory.
The rigid pendulum can be displaced 180 degrees and has a long period because of the offset masses.
The pendulum period is plotted versus amplitude. Graphs of angular displacement, velocity and acceleration versus time are displayed for a pendulum oscillating with large amplitude.
PASCO Advantage
DataStudio has a period function which can be plotted versus the amplitude in real-time as the pendulums oscillation damps out. The pendulum is initially displaced almost 180 degrees and then, as the amplitude decreases because of friction, the period is automatically recorded as a function of amplitude.
Large Amplitude Pendulum Required: ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface DataStudio Software p. 48-52 p. 72-73 EX-9905
Large Rod Base ME-8735 45 cm Steel Rod ME-8736 Pendulum Accessory 003-05971 Rotary Motion Sensor CI-6538 Large Amplitude Pendulum Experiment Manual DataStudio File for Large Amplitude Pendulum Experiment
www.pasco.com
Experiments
337
Driven Damped Harmonic Oscillator

Concepts: A Resonance Curves for an Oscillator: Amplitude vs. Frequency A Resonant Frequency A Period of a Pendulum A Effect of Magnetic Damping on Shape of Resonance Curve A Phase Difference Between Oscillator and Driver at Low, Resonant and High Frequencies
In this experiment, the resonance of a driven damped harmonic oscillator is examined by plotting the oscillation amplitude versus frequency for various amounts of damping. The oscillator consists of an aluminum disk with a pulley connected to 2 springs by a string. The angular positions and velocities of the disk and the driver are recorded as a function of time using 2 Rotary Motion Sensors. The amplitude of the oscillation is plotted versus the driving frequency for different amounts of magnetic damping. Increased damping is provided by moving an adjustable magnet closer to the aluminum disk.
Magnetic Damping
Disk
Springs Driver
This graph shows the resonance curves (amplitude vs. frequency) for 3 different settings of magnetic damping.
Rotary Motion Sensors (2) CI-6538 Mechanical Oscillator/Driver ME-8750 Chaos/Driven Harmonic Accessory CI-6689A Large Rod Base ME-8735 120 cm Steel Rods (2) ME-8741 45 cm Steel Rod ME-8736 Multi-Clamps (2) SE-9442 Braided Physics String SE-8050 Power Supply (18V DC, 5 A) SE-9720 Banana Plug Cord Red (5 pack) SE-9750 Power Amplifier II CI-6552A Driven Damped Harmonic Oscillations Experiment Manual DataStudio File for Driven Damped Harmonic Oscillations Experiment The magnetically damped oscillator is driven by a sinusoidal mechanical driver.
PASCO Advantage
The combination of DataStudio and the 750 Interface has the power to sweep through the driver frequencies and the capability to plot the amplitude versus the driver frequency in real-time.
Driven Damped Harmonic Oscillator Required: ScienceWorkshop 750 Interface DataStudio Software EX-9906
p. 48 p. 72-73
338
Experiments
Chaos
Concepts: A Nonlinear Oscillator A Chaotic Motion A Phase Space A Poincare Plot

The chaotic behavior of a driven nonlinear pendulum is explored by graphing its motion in phase space and by making a Poincare plot. These plots are compared to the motion of the pendulum when it is not chaotic. The oscillator consists of an aluminum disk connected to 2 springs. A point mass on the edge of the aluminum disk makes the oscillator nonlinear. The frequency of the sinusoidal driver can be varied to investigate the progression from predictable motion to chaotic motion. Magnetic damping can be adjusted to change the character of the chaotic motion. The angular position and velocity of the disk are recorded as a function of time using a Rotary Motion Sensor. A realtime phase plot is made by graphing the angular velocity versus the displacement angle of the oscillation. The Poincare plot is also graphed in real-time, superimposed on the phase plot. This is achieved by recording the point on the phase plot once every cycle of the driver arm as the driver arm blocks a photogate.
A graph in phase space and a Poincare plot are obtained to study the chaotic motion of this nonlinear oscillator.
This phase plot (angular velocity versus displacement angle) shows the first few cycles of chaotic movement of the oscillator.
Large Rod Base 120 cm Steel Rod (2) 45 cm Steel Rod Multi Clamp (2) Chaos/Driven Harmonic Accessory Mechanical Oscillator/Driver Power Supply (18 V DC, 5A) Rotary Motion Sensor Photogate Head Basic Digital Multimeter Banana Plug Cord-Red (5 Pack) Chaos Experiment Manual DataStudio File for Chaos Experiment ME-8735 ME-8741 ME-8736 SE-9442 CI-6689A ME-8750 SE-9720 CI-6538 ME-9498A SE-9786A SE-9750 The Poincare plot (in orange) shows the pendulums velocity versus position once per revolution of the driver. The grey background is the phase plot.
PASCO Advantage
DataStudio can graph the motion in phase space and superimpose the Poincare plot in real-time, showing students how the motion in phase space relates to actual motion of the oscillator.
Chaos Required: ScienceWorkshop 750 Interface DataStudio Software p. 48 p. 72-73 EX-9907
www.pasco.com
Experiments
339
Conservation of Energy
EX-9935
Concepts: A Conservation of Energy A Centripetal Acceleration A Apparent Weight

In this experiment, the Law of Conservation of Energy is verified by measuring the potential and kinetic energies for a car traveling over hills and loops on a curved track. A car is started from rest on a variety of tracks (hills, valleys, loops, straight track). The speed of the car is measured at various points along the track using a photogate connected to a Smart Timer. The potential energy is calculated from the measured height and the kinetic energy is calculated from the speed. The total energy is calculated for 2 points on the track and compared. The height from which the car must be released from rest to just make it over the loop can be predicted from conservation of energy and the centripetal acceleration. Then the prediction can be tested on the roller coaster. If the car is released from the top of the hill so it easily makes it over the top of the loop, the speed of the car can be measured at the top of the loop and the centripetal acceleration as well as the apparent weight (normal force) on the car can be calculated. Conservation of energy for a car going over hills.
Conservation of energy shows that the final speeds of these two cars are the same even though the red car takes much less time than the yellow car to reach the end of the track.
Roller coaster loop demonstrates conservation of energy.
Complete Roller Coaster System Photogate Heads (2) Smart Timer Conservation of Energy Experiment Manual ME-9812 ME-9498A ME-8930
PASCO Advantage
The Roller Coaster can be configured in many ways. The white board background is convenient for writing calculations or making marks for measuring heights. The PASCO Roller Coaster differs from conventional roller coaster toys in 3 ways: A Speed and height of the Roller Coaster car can be easily measured A Loss of energy due to friction is generally only about 5% A Cars will withstand repeated drops to the floor
Conservation of Energy EX-9935
The different speeds of each of 3 linked cars as they go over the loop are measured using a photogate.
340
Experiments
Conservation of Energy II
EX-9961 PASPORT
Concepts: A Potential energy of a falling ball A Kinetic energy of a falling ball A Use different size balls to change friction
A ball is dropped from rest and its height and speed are recorded using a Motion Sensor. The balls potential energy and kinetic energy are calculated at various points during the balls fall.
As the ball falls, its height and speed are recorded and displayed in DataStudio. The total energy of the ball is examined throughout the fall to determine if there is any change. Balls of different sizes are used to vary the amount of air friction so that students can see that energy is not conserved when friction is appreciable.
PASCO Advantage
The Discover Freefall System allows students to drop different types of balls from rest with a simple push of the button. Even plastic balls can be dropped from the electromagnet by using washers taped to the ball to stick it to the magnet. The Drop Box can be mounted on a rod stand or suspended from the ceiling using the built-in magnetic mount. Dropping from the ceiling gives the ball more time to reach higher speeds, making friction more of a factor.
Motion Sensor PS-2103A Discover Freefall System ME-9889 Large Rod Base ME-8735 45 cm Rod ME-8736 120 cm Rod ME-8741 Multi-Clamp SE-9442 Motion Sensor Guard SE-7256 Mass Balance SE-8707 Conservation of Angular Momentum Experiment Manual Xplorer GLX Files for Conservation of Angular Momentum Experiment DataStudio Lite Software
The height and speed of the ball at various points during the fall are used to calculate the potential energy and the kinetic energy.
Conservation of Energy II Required: PASPORT Interface
EX-9961
p. 8-14
www.pasco.com
Experiments
341
Materials Stress Strain

Concepts: A Stress A Strain A Youngs Modulus A Yield Point
Method
In this experiment, students test a variety of materials by stretching them until failure under the tensile load. The sample is placed in the holder and firmly held on both ends. By turning the hand crank, the sample is stretched in one dimension. During the stretching, the Force Sensor measures the applied force through the 5 to 1 lever arm. This allows the maximum allowable force in the experiment to be 250 N. Simultaneously, the Rotary Motion Sensor measures the stretch of the sample real-time. Using DataStudio software, the stress and strain can be calculated and graphed versus one another. The slope of the stressstrain graph in the elastic region is known as Youngs Modulus. The transition between elastic and plastic deformation is known as the Yield Point; this point can be easily determined from the DataStudio graph.
PASCO Advantage
Students experience the tensile failure of various materials and collect critical measurements real-time with PASCO probeware. DataStudio graphs and calculations are created to extend student understanding of materials science. The compact size of the StressStrain Apparatus makes it ideal for any laboratory or classroom setting. Youngs Modulus for steel is determined using a linear curve fit on the elastic portion of the curve.
EX-9928 PASPORT AP-8214 PS-2104 PS-2120 SF-8711
Materials Stress-Strain (ScienceWorkshop) Materials Stress-Strain (PASPORT) R equired for use with ScienceWorkshop: ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface DataStudio Software Required for use with PASPORT: PASPORT Interface DataStudio Software
EX-9927 EX-9928
Stress-Strain Apparatus AP-8214 Force Sensor CI-6746 Rotary Motion Sensor CI-6538 Stainless Steel Calipers SF-8711 Materials Stress-Strain Experiment Manual DataStudio File for Materials Stress-Strain Experiment DataStudio Lite Software
p. 48-52 p. 72-73
p. 8-16 p. 72-73
342
Experiments
Ideal Gas Law

Concepts: A Ideal Gas Law A Boyles Law A Gay-Lussacs Law

The temperature, volume, and pressure of a gas are measured simultaneously to show that they change according to the Ideal Gas Law. Two special cases of the Ideal Gas Law are also examined: Constant volume (Gay-Lussacs Law) and constant temperature (Boyles Law). A syringe is used to vary the volume at constant temperature. A sphere of constant volume is immersed in different temperature water baths to show the change in pressure.
T For the Ideal Gas Syringe (shown above) the slope of the Volume vs. graph equals nR. P
PASCO Advantage
The Ideal Gas Syringe and Absolute Zero Sphere have a thermistor with small mass that responds quickly to temperature changes. For the Absolute Zero Apparatus (shown at left) which has constant volume, the pressure versus temperature graphs have different slopes corresponding to different number of moles in the container.
Ideal Gas Law (ScienceWorkshop) Ideal Gas Law (PASPORT) Required for use with ScienceWorkshop: ScienceWorkshop 500, 700 or 750 Interface Required for use with PASPORT: USB Link (2), Xplorer (2), PowerLink, or Xplorer GLX EX-9950 EX-9954
EX-9954 PASPORT TD-8596 TD-8595 740-183 not needed not needed PS-2146
Ideal Gas Law Syringe TD-8596 Absolute Zero Apparatus TD-8595 Plastic Containers (3L, 2 pack) 740-183 Pressure Sensor CI-6532A Thermistor Temperature Sensor CI-6527A Pressure/Temperature Sensor not needed Ideal Gas Law Experiment Manual DataStudio File for Sliding Friction Experiment DataStudio Lite Software
p. 48-52
p. 8-14
www.pasco.com
Experiments
343
Electrical Equivalent of Heat

EX-9962 PASPORT EX-9963 Xplorer GLX
Concepts: A Hand-Cranked Generator provides tactile experience A Power is plotted as work is done A See the temperature rise
Nothing reinforces the relationship between mechanical work and heat better than hand cranking a generator to produce electricity and electrically heating water. With the PASCO Hand Crank Generator, Calorimeter and the Xplorer GLX to measure temperature and voltage, turns a qualitative demonstration into a quantitative experiment. The student cranks the generator by hand, causing a current to flow through the heating resistor. The dissipated heat warms the water in the calorimetry cup. The amount of electrical energy used to heat the water is equal to the area under the power versus time curve. The amount of heat delivered to the water can be calculated using the increase in temperature and the mass of the water. The comparison of the electrical energy to the heat results in a value for the number of Joules in a calorie.
PASCO Advantage
Students see an immediate response in the water temperature as soon as they start to crank the generator. The size and design of PASCOs calorimetry cup gives accurate results because little heat is lost or gained from the environment during the short time required to heat the water.
Energy Transfer-Calorimeter Hand Crank Generator Voltage/Current Sensor Fast-Response Temperature Probe
EX-9962 PASPORT
EX-9963 Xplorer GLX
ET-8499 ET-8499 EM-8090 EM-8090 PS-2115 PS-2115 Included with PS-2135 (Incl. with GLX) Xplorer GLX Not required Temperature Sensor PS-2125 (Not required for GLX) for Xplorer GLX Mass Scale SE-8707 SE-8707 Electrical Equivalent of Heat Experiment Manual DataStudio File for Electrical Equivalent of Heat Experiment DataStudio Lite Software
The top graph displays the power output from the generator and the bottom graph the increase in temperature. The amount of electrical energy used to heat to the water is determined by finding the area under the power versus time curve.
Electrical Equivalent of Heat (PASPORT) Electrical Equivalent of Heat (Xplorer GLX) Required: PASPORT Interface/Xplorer GLX DataStudio Software
EX-9962 EX-9963
p. 8-14 p. 72-73
344
Experiments
Ratio of Specific Heats

EX-9910 ScienceWorkshop EX-9969 PASPORT Concepts: A Cp/Cv for a Gas A Ruchhardts Method of Measuring the Ratio of Specific Heats A Adiabatic Process
In this experiment, the ratio of specific heat capacities for air is determined using Ruchhardts Method of measuring the period of oscillation of the piston in a cylinder filled with air. A cylinder is filled with air and a Pressure Sensor is attached. The piston is plucked by hand and allowed to oscillate. The oscillating pressure is recorded as a function of time and the period is determined. The ratio of specific heat capacities is calculated using the period of oscillation, according to Ruchhardts method. The piston oscillations are started by plucking it by hand.
The pressure oscillates after the piston is plucked by hand.
A plot of the position of piston versus the square of the period shows that the period increases as the gas volume increases. The slope of the line is related to the ratio of specific heats (Cp /Cv) and is different for the two gasses.
PASCO Advantage
Since the oscillations are plotted, it is easy to accurately measure the period of oscillation.
Ratio of Specific Heats (ScienceWorkshop) Ratio of Specific Heats (PASPORT) R equired for use with ScienceWorkshop: ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface DataStudio Software Required for use with PASPORT: PASPORT Interface DataStudio Software EX-9910 EX-9969
EX-9969 PASPORT
Heat Engine/Gas Law Apparatus TD-8572 TD-8572 Large Rod Stand ME-8735 ME-8735 45 cm Steel Rod ME-8736 ME-8736 Low Pressure Sensor CI-6534A Dual Pressure Sensor PS-2181 Ratio of Specific Heats Experiment Manual DataStudio Files for Ratio of Specific Heats Experiment DataStudio Lite
p. 48-52 p. 72-73
p. 8-16 p. 72-73
www.pasco.com
Experiments
345
Heat Engine Cycle

EX-9911 ScienceWorkshop Concepts: A Heat Engine Efficiency A Isothermal Processes A Isobaric Processes A Ideal Gas Law
A P-V diagram is generated as a heat engine is taken through a cycle. From this diagram, the heat added to the gas and the work done by the engine are measured to determine the efficiency of the engine. This actual efficiency is compared to the theoretical maximum efficiency. The heat engine consists of air inside a cylinder which expands when an attached can is immersed in hot water. The expanding air pushes on a piston and does work by lifting a weight. The heat engine cycle is completed by immersing the can in cold water, which returns the air pressure and volume to the starting values.
The actual efficiency is determined for a heat engine which lifts a weight as heat is added to the gas.
The cycle is performed as follows: 1. With the can in the cold bath, the 200 g mass is placed
on the platform.
2. The can is moved from the cold bath to the hot bath. 3. The 200 g mass is removed from the platform. 4. The can is moved from the hot bath to the cold bath.
The change in pressure is measured with a Low Pressure Sensor. The change in piston height is measured by the attached string over the Rotary Motion Sensor pulley. The change in volume is calculated by multiplying the change in piston height by the piston cross-sectional area.
Heat Engine/Gas Law Apparatus TD-8572 Large Rod Base ME-8735 90 cm Steel Rod ME-8738 Rotary Motion Sensor CI-6538 Temperature Sensor CI-6605 Low Pressure Sensor CI-6534A Plastic containers (3 L, 2 pack) Thread Mass Hanger (5 g) Drilled Mass (10 g) Drilled Mass (20 g) Slotted Mass (200 g) Heat Engine Cycle Experiment Manual DataStudio File for Heat Engine Cycle Experiment
Graph of Pressure versus Piston Position
PASCO Advantage
This operating heat engine shows how a difference in temperature can be used to do work. Each part of the cycle is easily identifiable and the actual efficiency as well as the maximum possible efficiency can be easily determined.
Heat Engine Cycle equired: R ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface DataStudio Software
EX-9911
p. 48-52 p. 72-73
346
Experiments
Cavity Radiation
The surface of the cube is scanned with 2 different Light Sensors (visible and infrared).
Concepts: A hermal Radiation from Different Colored T Surfaces A Cavity Radiation

The amounts of thermal radiation from different colored surfaces and a cavity, all at the same temperature, are compared. An aluminum cube has sides that are black, white, polished aluminum and matte aluminum with a hole. The cube is heated to approximately 90oC and an Infrared Light Sensor is moved across the face with the hole in it to show that the hole emits more infrared radiation than the surrounding surface. A Rotary Motion Sensor on a Linear Translator keeps track of the light sensor position and the light intensity versus position is plotted. The scan in the visible spectrum is made with a Light Sensor to confirm that the hole is darker than the surrounding surface. Also, the intensity of radiation from the different colored surfaces is compared.
In the infrared part of the spectrum, the hot cavity is surprisingly brighter than the surrounding matte aluminum surface.
PASCO Advantage
The temperature of the cavity is controlled by the 750 Interface and measured using a Thermistor Temperature Sensor, which reads in degrees rather than resistance, eliminating confusion about the resistance decreasing as the temperature increases. The temperature is used to calculate the theoretical wavelength of maximum intensity emitted by the cavity.
Thermal Cavity Banna Plug Cord-Red (5 Pack) 60 cm Optics Bench Linear Translator Aperture Bracket Light Sensor Infrared Sensor Rotary Motion Sensor Thermistor Temperature Sensor Power Amplifier II Cavity Radiation Experiment Manual DataStudio File for Cavity Radiation Experiment TD-8580 SE-9750 OS-8541 OS-8535 OS-8534 CI-6504A CI-6628 CI-6538 CI-6527A CI-6552A
In the visible part of the spectrum, the cavity is darker than its surroundings, as expected.
Cavity Radiation Required: ScienceWorkshop 750 Interface DataStudio Software EX-9912
p. 48 p. 72-73
www.pasco.com
Experiments
347
Blackbody Radiation
EX-9920 ScienceWorkshop Concepts: A Blackbody Spectrum A eak Wavelength Versus P Temperature
The continuous blackbody spectrum is scanned using a prism spectrophotometer.
The classic blackbody spectrum of light intensity versus wavelength is obtained for a light bulb and the shift in the peak wavelength is demonstrated for different bulb temperatures. The spectrum of an incandescent light bulb is scanned by hand using a prism spectrophotometer, which measures relative light intensity as a function of angle. A Broad Spectrum Light Sensor is used with a prism so the entire spectrum from approximately 400 nm to 2500 nm can be scanned without the overlapping orders caused by a grating. The wavelengths corresponding to the angles are calculated using the equations for a prism spectrophotometer. The relative light intensity can then be plotted as a function of wavelength as the spectrum is scanned, resulting in the characteristic blackbody curve. The intensity of the light bulb is reduced, reducing the temperature, and the scan is repeated to show how the curves nest with a shift in the peak wavelength. The temperature of the bulbs filament can then be measured indirectly by determining the resistance of the bulb from the measured voltage and current. From the temperature, the theoretical peak wavelength can be calculated and compared to the measured peak wavelength. Note: Results are qualitative and suitable for introductory classes only. Classic textbook diagram of the intensity versus wavelength blackbody curves can be produced with real data. In this graph, the peak wavelength in the blackbody curve shifts as the source temperature is decreased.
Prism Spectrophotometer Kit Optics Bench (60 cm) Educational Spectrophotometer Accessory Kit Aperture Bracket Broad Spectrum Light Sensor Rotary Motion Sensor Voltage Sensor Power Amplifier II Replacement Bulb (10 Pack) Banana Plug Cord-Black (5 Pack) Blackbody Radiation Experiment Manual DataStudio File for Blackbody Radiation Experiment OS-8544 OS-8541 OS-8537 OS-8534 CI-6630 CI-6538 CI-6503 CI-6552A SE-8509 SE-9751
PASCO Advantage
The light bulb is powered by the ScienceWorkshop 750, making it easy to change its temperature by changing the voltage across the bulb. All the complex calculations for the angle-to-wavelength conversion are stored in the set-up file supplied for DataStudio.
Blackbody Radiation Required: ScienceWorkshop 750 Interface DataStudio Software EX-9920
p. 48 p. 72-73
348
Experiments
Vibrating String
EX-9964 Xplorer GLX Concepts: A nvestigate Standing Waves I A ull String to Adjust Number P of Segments A ary Frequency of Vibration V
Study standing waves in a string by varying the driver frequency and keeping the number of segments constant. The unusual approach in this version of the experiment is that the students actually provide the tension in the string by pulling directly on the force sensor. This is particularly instructive because the students get a feel for how the tension must change to vary the number of segments. Rather than hanging more weight over a pulley, the students must pull harder to achieve a smaller number of segments. This helps them remember the relationship between tension and wavelength. The Xplorer GLX and Power Amplifier control the frequency and amplitude of the sine waves applied to the String Vibrator. As the frequency is gradually increased (in 10 Hz increments), the student pulls on the Force Sensor to adjust the tension for resonance with the string vibrating in two segments. Using the Manual Sampling Mode, on the Xplorer GLX, each discrete measurement is recorded, and a graph of force vs. frequency is created in real-time. To analyze the data, the GLXs built-in calculator is used to create a graph of force vs. the square of the frequency (shown at right). The slope of the resulting straight line is used (along with the length of the string) to calculate an experimental value for the strings density. A graph of force vs. the square of the frequency shows a linear relationship. The slope of this line is related to the length and density of the string.
String Vibrator WA-9857 Physics String SE-8050 GLX Power Amplifier PS-2006 Force Sensor PS-2104 C-clamp (small) SE-7286 Patch Cords SE-9750 Tape Measure SE-8712A Vibrating String Experiment Manual Xplorer GLX Files for Vibrating String Experiment DataStudio Lite
PASCO Advantage
The string tension is measured directly with a Force Sensor, enabling students to feel the force required to obtain a certain number of segments. Set-up and execution of this experiment is extremely easy because no connection to a computer is necessary. All data analysis can be performed on the Xplorer GLX and the results can be printed directly to a variety of HP USB printers.
Vibrating String Required: Xplorer GLX
EX-9964
p. 8
www.pasco.com
Experiments
349
Waves
EX-9952 Concepts: A Speed of Waves in a String A Speed of Sound in Air A Resonance in Strings and Air Columns A Harmonics
Standing waves in strings and air columns are studied. Using a sine wave generator to drive a string vibrator, the driving frequency, length, density, and tension of the string are varied to explore standing waves in strings and to determine the speed of the wave. For the sound waves in the air column, a speaker is used to drive a resonance tube. The driving frequency and the length of the tube are varied for both open and closed tubes. The relationship between resonant frequency modes and tube length is determined for closed versus open tubes.
String Vibrator Sine Wave Generator Open Speaker Economy Resonance Tube Elastic Wave Cord Physics String Yellow Braided Cord Drilled Mass and Hanger Set Universal Table Clamp (2) Adjustable Angle Clamp Super Pulley Pulley Mounting Rod 45 cm Rod (2) Banana Plug Cord Set, Red Waves Experiment Manual DataStudio Lite Software (for graphing) WA-9857 WA-9867 WA-9900 WA-9495 SE-9409 SE-8050 699-067 ME-8967 ME-9376B ME-8744 ME-9450 SA-9242 ME-8736 SE-9750
Graphs of the square of the frequency versus the hanging mass for two different types of strings have different slopes corresponding to different string densities.
PASCO Advantage
The frequency of the vibration of the string is not limited to the line frequency so the frequency can be varied, as well as the length and the tension.
Waves
EX-9952
350
Experiments
Polarization of Light
EX-9917A ScienceWorkshop EX-9958 PASPORT
Concept: A Malus Law of Polarization

A laser beam passes through two polarizers to a Light Sensor.
In this experiment, Malus Law of Polarization is verified by showing that the intensity of light passed through 2 polarizers depends on the square of the cosine of the angle between the 2 polarization axes. Laser light (peak wavelength = 650 nm) is passed through 2 polarizers. As the second polarizer (the analyzer) is rotated by hand, the relative light intensity is recorded as a function of the angle between the axes of polarization of the 2 polarizers. The angle is obtained using a Rotary Motion Sensor coupled to the polarizer with a drive belt. The plot of light intensity versus angle can be fitted to the square of the cosine of the angle.
PASCO Advantage
Laser light is used in this experiment because its wavelength is more completely extinguished by the crossed polarizers.
EX-9917A ScienceWorkshop
EX-9958 PASPORT
As the polarizer is rotated, the intensity of the light varies as the square of the cosine of the angle between the 2 polarizers.
Polarization of Light (ScienceWorkshop) Polarization of Light (PASPORT) R equired for use with ScienceWorkshop: ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface DataStudio Software Required for use with PASPORT: PASPORT Interface DataStudio Software EX-9917A EX-9958 p. 48-52 p. 72-73 p. 8-16 p. 72-73
Polarization Analyzer Optics Bench (60 cm) Rotary Motion Sensor Light Sensor High Sensitivity Light Sensor Diode Laser Polarization of Light Experiment Manual DataStudio Files for Polarization of Light DataStudio Lite
OS-8533A OS-8541 CI-6538 CI-6504A OS-8525A Experiment
OS-8533A OS-8541 PS-2120 PS-2176 OS-8525A
www.pasco.com
Experiments
351
Interference and Diffraction of Light

EX-9918 ScienceWorkshop EX-9956 PASPORT Xplorer GLX
Concepts: A Two-Slit Interference A ingle-Slit Diffraction S A ultiple-Slit Minor Maxima M A lit Versus Line Diffraction S
Interference and diffraction patterns from laser light passing through various single-slits and multiple-slits are scanned and plotted in real-time. These patterns are then examined for similarities and differences. The distances between the central maximum and the diffraction minima for a single slit are measured by scanning the laser pattern with a Light Sensor and plotting light intensity versus distance. Also, the distances between interference maxima for 2 or more slits are measured. These measurements are compared to theoretical values. Differences and similarities between interference and diffraction patterns are examined. The laser interference pattern is scanned by hand with a Light Sensor on a Linear Translator.
A GLX scan of double-slit interference pattern and single-slit diffraction pattern. The double slit and the single slit have the same slit width.
A computer scan of a doubleslit interference pattern (slit width 0.08 mm and slit separation 0.50 mm) is shown above a photograph of the actual laser pattern.
PASCO Advantage
Since the Linear Translator tracks the position of the Light Sensor, it is not necessary to move the Light Sensor at a constant speed. The intensity versus distance graph is plotted in real-time, showing the connection between the intensity pattern and the actual laser pattern. Adjustment of the slit size on the Light Sensor mask gives the resolution required to see detail in the interference patterns.
EX-9956 PASPORT
1.2 m Optics Track OS-8508 OS-8508 Diode Laser OS-8525A OS-8525A Slit Accessories OS-8523 OS-8523 Light Sensor CI-6504A PS-2176 Rotary Motion Sensor CI-6538 PS-2120 Aperture Bracket OS-8534 OS-8534 Linear Translator OS-8535 OS-8535 Interference and Diffraction of Light Experiment Manual DataStudio File for Interference and Diffraction of Light Experiment
Interference and Diffraction of Light (ScienceWorkshop) Interference and Diffraction of Light (PASPORT Xplorer GLX) equired for use with ScienceWorkshop: R ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface DataStudio Software Required for use with PASPORT: PASPORT Xplorer GLX DataStudio Software
EX-9918 EX-9956
p. 48-52 p. 72-73
PS-2002
p. 8 p. 72-73
352
Experiments
Brewsters Angle
Concepts: A Polarization by Reflection A rewsters Angle B
A Fresnels Law of Reflection A nells Law S
Brewsters angle is measured and used to calculate the index of refraction of the reflecting material.
Brewsters angle is determined by finding the angle at which no light is transmitted through the analyzing polarizer. In this experiment, light is partially polarized when reflected off a nonconducting surface and Brewsters angle is measured. Light from a diode laser is reflected off the flat side of an acrylic semi-circular lens. The reflected light passes through a polarizer and is detected by a Light Sensor. The angle of reflection is measured by a Rotary Motion Sensor mounted on the Spectrophotometer table. The intensity of the reflected polarized light versus reflected angle is graphed to determine the angle at which the light intensity is a minimum. This is Brewsters Angle, which is used to calculate the index of refraction of acrylic.
Developed using original ideas from P.J. Ouseph, Professor of Physics at University of Louisville, KY: Polarization of Light by Reflection and the Brewster Angle by P.J. Ouseph, Kevin Driver, and John Conklin, Am. J. Phys. 69, 1166 (2001).
PASCO Advantage
The angle and the relative light intensity are measured by computer, increasing the experiments precision.
Brewsters Angle (ScienceWorkshop) Brewsters Angle (PASPORT) Required for use with ScienceWorkshop: ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface DataStudio Software Required for use with PASPORT: PASPORT Interface DataStudio Software
EX-9965 PASPORT OS-8170 OS-8537 OS-8541 PS-2120 PS-2176 OS-8534 OS-8525A
EX-9919 EX-9965
Brewsters Angle Accessory OS-8170 Spectrophotometer Accessory Kit OS-8537 Optics Bench (60 cm) OS-8541 Rotary Motion Sensor CI-6538 High Sensitivity Light Sensor CI-6604 Aperture Bracket OS-8534 Diode Laser OS-8525A Brewsters Angle Experiment Manual DataStudio Files for Brewsters Angle Experiment DataStudio Lite Software
p. 48-52 p. 72-73
p. 8-16 p. 72-73
www.pasco.com
Experiments
353
Atomic Spectra
Concepts: A Hydrogen Balmer Series H A elium Spectrum A ercury Doublet M
The Balmer spectral lines of Hydrogen are scanned.
The wavelengths of the discrete lines of the atomic spectra of various gases are measured using a grating spectrophotometer. The atomic spectra of Hydrogen, Helium and Mercury are scanned by hand using a grating spectrophotometer, which measures relative light intensity as a function of angle. From the resulting graph, the wavelengths of the spectral lines are determined by measuring the angle from the central maximum to each line. First and second order lines are examined. The spectrum of Sodium (the Sodium doublet cannot be resolved) is used to calibrate the diffraction grating. The wavelengths of the spectral lines are compared to the accepted values and, in the case of Hydrogen, the electron orbit transitions corresponding to the lines are identified.
The 3 brightest lines of the Balmer series for Hydrogen. A scan with the Light Sensor set on a higher sensitivity reveals a violet line which cannot be seen in this scan.
Spectrophotometer System Small Tripod Base and Rod (2) Low Pressure Sodium Light Source Mercury Vapor Light Source Spectral Tube Power Supply and Mount Hydrogen Spectral Tube Helium Spectral Tube Atomic Spectra Experiment Manual DataStudio File for Atomic Spectra Experiment OS-8539 SE-9451 OS-9287B OS-9286A SE-9460 SE-9461 SE-9462 Helium Spectrum
PASCO Advantage
The open construction of the spectrophotometer allows the entire spectrum to be seen while the intensity versus angle is graphed in real-time.
Atomic Spectra Required: ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface DataStudio Software
EX-9921
p. 48-52 p. 72-73
354
Experiments
Resistivity
EX-9966 Xplorer GLX
Concepts: A Relate Resistance to Wire Length A Determine Resistivity of Different Materials

Discover the relationship between the resistance of a wire and its length, diameter, and the resistivity of the metal. The GLX Power Amplifier produces a 10 second voltage ramp, resulting in a varying current through a straight wire. The current is measured directly by the Power Amplifier, and the voltage drop over the selected section of wire is measured by the Galvanometer Sensor. A graph of voltage drop vs. current is created, and the slope of the line is the resistance of the length of wire. The resistance is plotted versus the length of the wire and the slope of the resulting straight line is used to determine the resistivity. GLX Power Amplifier is designed to work with the Xplorer GLX to provide AC/DC power. In this application, the ramp function is used to sweep through the voltages.
The Resistance Apparatus has a slide wire probe to easily change the measured length of the wire, and utilizes a four wire hook-up to accurately measure the voltage drop. It comes with 4 different brass wire diameters and 4 other wire materials.
PASCO Advantage
The Resistance Apparatus has a slide-wire probe to easily change the measured length of the wire, and utilizes a four-wire hook-up to accurately measure the voltage drop. The Xplorer GLX Amplifier makes it possible to scan the voltages, allowing more time to examine wires made of different metals and having different diameters.
Resistance Apparatus GLX Power Amplifier Galvanometer Sensor Patch Cords Resistivity Experiment Manual Xplorer GLX Files for Resistivity Experiment DataStudio Lite Software EM-8812 PS-2006 PS-2160 SE-9750
The resistances of various lengths of the 0.0813 cm diameter brass wire are determined, and a graph of resistance vs. wire length is made. The slope of this graph along with the diameter of the wire gives a resistivity of 7.2 x 10 -8 m for the brass material.
Resistivity Required: Xplorer GLX EX-9966 p. 8-14
www.pasco.com
Experiments
355
Ohms Law
Concepts: A Compact Design A elationship between Voltage and Current R A ses Capacitor as a Variable Voltage Source U Method
In this experiment, students simultaneously measure both current and voltage for a simple DC circuit. The relationship between current and voltage is explored for a 10 resistor, 33 resistor, and a light bulb. Prior to performing the Ohms Law experiment, students study the characteristics of a capacitor by recording current and voltage measurements during both the charging and discharging cycles. Once the function of a capacitor is better understood, the capacitor is used as a variable voltage source during the Ohms Law experiment. The relationship between current and voltage is studied for each resistor and the light bulb to determine their similarities and differences.
Voltage across and current through the light bulb are measured real-time as the capacitor discharges.
PASCO Advantage
Using a capacitor as a variable voltage source allows the experiment to be easily repeated for several loads. Students can view the voltage vs. current graph real-time which allows them to see the relationship unfold before their eyes. Furthermore, the tangent tool on the DataStudio graph enables students to easily determine resistance of the light bulb at any instant. The included AA batteries charge the capacitor, and thus no other power supply is needed. The relationship between voltage and current varies for different electrical components. The resistance of the light bulb filament increases with temperature.
EX-9949 ScienceWorkshop EM-8678 CI-6503 CI-6556 not needed PI-6601 SE-7123
EX-9953 PASPORT EM-8678 not needed not needed PS-2115 PI-6601 SE-7123 Ohms Law (ScienceWorkshop) Ohms Law (PASPORT) Required for use with ScienceWorkshop: ScienceWorkshop 500, 700 or 750 Interface Required for use with PASPORT: PASPORT Interface EX-9949 EX-9953
Charge/Discharge Circuit Voltage Sensor Current Sensor Voltage-Current Sensor AA Batteries Short Patch Cords Ohms Law Experiment Manual DataStudio Files for Ohms Law Experiment DataStudio Lite Software
p. 48-52 p. 8-14
356
Experiments
LRC Circuit
Concepts: A LC Oscillations A nductive, Capacitive and Resistive AC Circuits I A RC Resonant Frequency L

The response of a series LRC circuit is examined at driving frequencies above, below and at the resonant frequency. First, a square wave voltage is applied to an LC circuit and the period of oscillation of the voltage across the capacitor is measured and compared to the theoretical value. Then three AC circuits are examined: A sinusoidal voltage is applied individually to a resistor, a capacitor and an inductor. The amplitude of the current and the phase difference between the applied voltage and the current are measured in each of the 3 circuits to see the effect each component has on the current. Finally, a sinusoidal voltage is applied to an inductor, resistor and capacitor in series. The amplitude of the current and the phase difference between the applied voltage and the current are measured and compared to theory.
The 750 Interface supplies AC voltage to an LRC series circuit.
PASCO Advantage
The ScienceWorkshop 750 interface with DataStudio serves as both signal generator and 5-channel storage oscilloscope. The phase differences between the source voltage, current and the voltages across the inductor, resistor and capacitor can be viewed simultaneously.
The oscilloscope display in DataStudio is used to simultaneously display the voltages across the inductor, capacitor and resistor, as well as the source voltage and current.
AC/DC Electronics Laboratory Voltage Sensors (3) Banana Plug Cord (30 cm, Set of 8) LRC Circuit Experiment Manual DataStudio File for LRC Circuit Experiment DataStudio Lite Software EM-8656 CI-6503 SE-7123
LRC Circuit Required: ScienceWorkshop 750 Interface DataStudio Software EX-9915
p. 48 p. 72-73
www.pasco.com
Experiments
357
LRC Resonance
EX-9967 Xplorer GLX
Concepts: A lot Resonance Curves for LRC P Series Circuit A xamine Differences When R and L E Are Changed A hase Difference vs. Driving P Frequency
To study the resonance curve for a series LRC circuit, the Xplorer GLX Power Amplifier is used to automatically scan through the driving frequencies while simultaneously measuring the response current. The amplitude of the current is plotted versus frequency and the resonant frequency is determined. The value of the resistance is changed to see how the resonance curve changes. Using the scope mode of the Xplorer GLX, the phase difference between the driving voltage and the resulting current is measured at low frequency, resonant frequency, and high frequency, and compared to theory. The CI-6512 RLC Circuit Board is perfect for studying introductory AC Circuit Theory. Vary all parameters, including resistance, capacitance, and even the inductance of the coil by using the included iron core. GLX Power Amplifier is designed to work with the Xplorer GLX to provide AC/DC power for heat, sound, vibration, and electronic studies. Adjust Waveform, Frequency, Voltage Amplitude, DC Offset and more, directly from the GLX.
The RLC Circuit Board is powered using the Xplorer GLX to control the output of the Xplorer GLX Power Amplifier.
Use the built-in calculator on the GLX to automatically sweep the output frequency of the Power Amplifier through the desired range.
The scope mode of the Xplorer GLX is used to measure the phase difference between the driving voltage and the current at various frequencies.
RLC Circuit Board GLX Power Amplifier Patch Cords LRC Resonance Experiment Manual Xplorer GLX Files for LRC Resonance Experiment DataStudio Lite Software CI-6512 PS-2006 SE-7123
The graph shows the resonance curves for two different resistance values, with a 100 F capacitor and the 8.2 mH coil (without iron core). The theoretical resonance frequency for these values is 176 Hz.
LRC Resonance Required: Xplorer GLX
EX-9967
p. 8
358
Experiments
Faradays Law of Induction

EX-9914 ScienceWorkshop EX-9957 PASPORT (with computer or stand-alone GLX)
Concepts: A Magnetic Flux F A aradays Law of Induction L A enzs Law C A onservation of Energy E A lectrical Power
A voltage is induced in a coil swinging through a magnetic field. Faradays Law and Lenzs Law are examined and the energy dissipated in a load resistor is compared to the loss of energy of the coil pendulum. A rigid pendulum with a coil at its end swings through a horseshoe magnet. A resistive load is connected across the coil and the induced voltage is recorded using a Voltage Sensor. The angle is measured with a Rotary Motion Sensor, which also acts as a pivot for the pendulum. The induced voltage is plotted versus time and angle. The power dissipated in the resistor is calculated from the voltage and the energy converted to thermal energy is determined by finding the area under the power versus time curve. This energy is compared to the loss of energy determined from the amplitude and speed of the pendulum. Faradays Law is used to estimate the magnetic field of the magnet from the maximum induced voltage. Also, the direction of the induced voltage as the coil enters and leaves the magnetic field is examined and analyzed using Lenz Law.
A voltage is induced in a coil swinging through a magnetic field.
Plot of voltage versus time.
PASCO Advantage
The energy of the pendulum decreases with each pass of the coil through the magnet. The energy dissipated in the resistor is obtained from the area under a power versus time plot. The DataStudio calculator calculates energy and power using the voltage and angle data. The induced voltage and the calculations are plotted in real-time as the coil swings through the magnet.
Faradays Law of Induction (ScienceWorkshop) EX-9914 Faradays Law of Induction (PASPORT) EX-9957 Required for use with ScienceWorkshop: ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface DataStudio Software
EX-9957 PASPORT
Induction Wand EM-8099 Variable Gap Magnet EM-8641 Large Rod Base ME-8735 45 cm Steel Rod (2) ME-8736 Multi-Clamp SE-9442 Voltage Sensor CI-6503 Magnetic Field Sensor CI-6520A Rotary Motion Sensor CI-6538 Faradays Law Experiment Manual DataStudio File for Faradays Law Experiment
EM-8099 EM-8641 ME-8735 ME-8736 SE-9442 PS-2115 PS-2162 PS-2120
p. 48-52 p. 72-73
Required for use with PASPORT (with computers or stand-alone GLX): PASPORT Interface p. 8-14 DataStudio Software (if used with computers) p. 72-73
www.pasco.com
Experiments
359
Charge of an Electron
EX-9929
Concepts: A Accurately Measure the Charge of a Single Electron A Recreate Robert Millikans Historical Experiment
Small droplets of oil are introduced into a chamber where an electric field of known strength is present. Using the viewing scope and a stopwatch, the velocity of a falling oil droplet is measured and recorded. Next, the electric field in the chamber is increased, causing the oil droplet to move upward. This allows the measurement of the force on the droplet and, ultimately, the charge of the droplet. By measuring the charge of several different oil droplets, the smallest difference in charge between them can be equated to the charge of an electron.
Easy Cleaning
The condenser system easily disassembles for cleaning and inspection.
PASCO Advantage
PASCOs Charge of an Electron Experiment features a 30X, bright-field, erect-image microscope for clear viewing of the oil droplets. The droplet viewing chamber utilizes a special condenser to minimize droplet drift typically caused by droplet illumination and outside air currents. An ionization source allows the droplet charge to be changed.
Condenser Housing Minimum Electric Field Distortion
Prevents additional droplets from entering the chamber once the experiment has started.
Droplet Hole Cover
A 0.5 mm diameter droplet entry hole in the top capacitor plate has a negligible effect on the electric field.
Polished surfaces on the plate spacer minimize absorption of light (and heat) through the chamber walls.
Polished Surfaces
Millikan Oil Drop Apparatus Basic Digital Multimeter High Voltage Power Supply Large Rod Base 45 cm Steel Rod (2) Banana Plug Cord-Red (5 Pack) Banana Plug Cord-Black (5 Pack) Charge of an Electron Experiment Manual AP-8210 SE-9786 SF-9585A ME-8735 ME-8736 SE-9750 SE-9751
Ionization Source
The Thorium-232 alpha source can be activated by the switch on the side of the chamber. The source allows the charge on the oil droplets to be changed. Condenser Assembly
Charge of an Electron EX-9929
Electrical Connection
Electrical connection to the top plate.
360
Experiments
Magnetic Forces on Wires

EX-9933
Concepts: A Relationship between: Force and Current, Force and Length of Wire, Force and Magnetic Field Strength, Force and Angle
2
1. Fixed Magnet with Yoke 2. 10-turn Rectangular Coil (with a built-in degree scale)
1. 2. 3. 4.
Iron Yoke (holds magnets) Removable Magnets (six) Six Conductors (1, 2, 3, 4, 6 and 8 cm in length) Mount (for holding/positioning conductors)
4 3 2 1
Magnets are mounted on an iron yoke and placed on a balance (resolution of at least 0.01 g). One of the conducting paths is suspended between the magnets. The balance is used to measure the mass of the magnets and yoke prior to any current passing through the conducting path. Current is then passed through the conducting path, producing a force. The change in reading on the balance can be converted to find the magnetic force between the conductor and magnetic field. Conductors of different length are included to measure the effect of length on magnetic force. Magnetic field can be varied by changing the number of magnets in the yoke. The power source is used to change the current supplied to the conductor. The Current Balance Accessory includes all the components needed to test the effect of angle on magnetic force.
Graph illustrates the direct relationship between magnetic field and magnetic force.
Basic Current Balance Current Balance Accessory Ohaus Cent-o-Gram Balance Low Voltage AC/DC Power Supply Large Base and Support Rod Banana Plug Cord-Red (5 pack) Banana Plug Cord-Black (5 pack) Magnetic Forces on Wires Experiment Manual
Magnetic Forces on Wires EX-9933
PASCO Advantage
PASCOs Magnetic Force in Wires Experiment allows students to study the key variables (conductor length, current, magnetic field strength and angle) that affect magnetic force.
SF-8607 SF-8608 SE-8725 SF-9584A ME-9355 SE-9750 SE-9751
www.pasco.com
Experiments
361
Magnetic Fields of Coils

Concepts: A Magnetic Fields of: Single Coil Helmholtz Coils Inside a Solenoid
The magnetic field of Helmholtz coils is measured as a function of distance along the perpendicular axis.
This plot shows the magnetic field strength along the axis of Helmholtz coils for 3 different coil separations: The green data is for coils with the proper separation (the coil radius), the orange data is for the coils too close together and the blue data is for the coils too far apart.
The dependence of the magnetic field strength of currentcarrying coils on the distance from the coil along the perpendicular axis is determined and compared to the theoretical curve. In addition, the effect of varying the coil separation on the shape of the magnetic field between the Helmholtz coils is examined. The magnetic fields of various coils are plotted versus position as the Magnetic Field Sensor is passed through the coils, guided by a track. The position is recorded by a string attached to the Magnetic Field Sensor that passes over the Rotary Motion Sensor pulley to a hanging mass. It is particularly interesting to compare the field from Helmholtz coils at the proper separation of the coil radius to the field from coils separated at less than or more than the coil radius. The magnetic field inside a solenoid can be examined in both the radial and axial directions.
The magnetic field inside a solenoid is measured in the radial and axial directions.
Helmholtz Coil Base EM-6715 Field Coil (200 Turn) (2) EM-6711 Primary and Secondary Coils SE-8653 Banana Plug Cord-Red (5 pack) SE-9750 Banana Plug Cord-Black (5 pack) SE-9751 60 cm Optics Bench OS-8541 Dynamics Track Mount CI-6692 Hooked Mass Set SE-8759 Small Base and Support Rod (2) SE-9451 Optics Bench Rod Clamps (2) OS-8479 DC Power Supply SE-9720 Digital Multimeter SE-9786A Magnetic Field Sensor CI-6520A Rotary Motion Sensor CI-6538 Magnetic Field of Coils Experiment Manual DataStudio File for Magnetic Fields of Coils Experiment
The olive green curve is the measured magnetic field versus distance along the perpendicular axis of a single coil. The orange theoretical curve is plotted from an equation.
PASCO Advantage
Using DataStudio curve fit, the theoretical equation for the magnetic field can be plotted on the same graph.
Magnetic Fields of Coils Required: ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface DataStudio Software EX-9931 p. 48-52 p. 72-73
362
Experiments
Earths Magnetic Field

Concepts: A Magnitude of the Earths Magnetic Field D A irection of Earths Magnetic Field D A ip Angle
The magnitude and direction of the Earths magnetic field are measured using a Magnetic Field Sensor mounted on a Rotary Motion Sensor. The Magnetic Field Sensor is rotated through 360 degrees by rotating the Rotary Motion Sensor pulley by hand. The Magnetic Field Sensor is zeroed using the Zero Gauss Chamber, the walls of which are made of a highly permeable material which redirects the magnetic field around the chamber.
The Magnetic Field Sensor is mounted on a Rotary Motion Sensor to measure the magnitude and direction of the Earths magnetic field.
The Earths magnetic field is measured as the Magnetic Field Sensor is rotated 360 degrees in the Earths field.
PASCO Advantage
The sensitive Magnetic Field Sensor combined with the Rotary Motion Sensor enables the measurement of the magnetic field strength as a function of angle from North. It is essentially a computerized compass that can measure both the direction and the magnitude of the field.
Earths Magnetic Field (ScienceWorkshop) Earths Magnetic Field (PASPORT) Required for use with ScienceWorkshop: ScienceWorkshop 500 or 750 Interface DataStudio Software Required for use with PASPORT: PASPORT Interface DataStudio Software EX-9913 EX-9968
Magnetic Field Sensor CI-6520A 2-Axis Magnetic Field Sensor Zero Gauss Chamber EM-8652 Rotary Motion Sensor CI-6538 Dip Needle SF-8619 Large Table Clamp ME-9472 45 cm Stainless (non-magnetic) Steel Rod ME-8736 Adjustable Angle Clamp ME-8744 Angle Indicator ME-9495 Earths Magnetic Field Experiment Manual DataStudio File for Earths Magnetic Field Experiment
PS-2162 EM-8652 PS-2120 SF-8619 ME-9472 ME-8736 ME-8744 ME-9495
p. 48-52 p. 72-73 p. 8-14 p. 72-73
www.pasco.com
Experiments
363
Speed of Light
EX-9932
Concepts: A Determine the Speed of Light in Air A ecreate Foucaults Historical R Experiment
RM Rotating Mirror B
D Beam Splitter BS S L1 FM Fixed Mirror
L2
Laser
S' Microscope A
The Speed of Light Experiment uses laser light and a high-speed rotating mirror to determine this fundamental constant using the Foucault method. Laser light passes through a series of lenses to produce an image of the light source at a measured position. The light is then directed to a rotating mirror, which reflects the light to a fixed mirror at a known distance from the rotating mirror. The laser light is reflected back through its original path and a new image is formed at a slightly different position. The difference between final/initial positions, angular velocity of the rotating mirror and distance traveled by the light are then used to calculate the speed of light in air.
PASCO Advantage
PASCOs Speed of Light Experiment allows students to experimentally measure the speed of light within 5% of the accepted value. In addition, the experiment can be performed on a desktop or in a hallway.
Complete Speed of Light Apparatus Speed of Light Experiment Manual OS-9261A
Speed of Light
EX-9932
364
Experiments
Coulombs Law
EX-9930
Concepts: A Verify the Inverse Square Law: F ~ 1/R2 A Verify the Force/Charge Relationship: F ~ q1q2 A Determine Coulombs Constant: k = 9.0 x 109 Nm2/C2
When an electrostatic force is applied, the torsion wire is twisted to return the balance to equilibrium. The twist of the wire is proportional to the electrostatic repulsion force.
A conductive sphere is mounted on the end of an insulating, counterbalanced rod and suspended from a very thin torsion wire. An identical sphere is mounted on a calibrated linear track and can be positioned at various distances from the first sphere. When the conductive spheres are charged, the force between them is proportional to the twist of the torsion wire that is required to bring the balance back to its equilibrium position. Introductory physics students can determine the Inverse Square Law in a simple experiment, while advanced students can perform investigations into all the variables involved in electrostatic repulsion.
PASCO Advantage
PASCOs Coulombs Law Experiment features a calibrated track designed to minimize mirror charges, which can significantly affect experimental results. In addition, the conducting sphere connected to the torsion wire is magnetically damped. This allows force measurements to be made quickly, reducing the traditional difficulties with leakage currents.
Coulombs Law Apparatus Kilovolt Power Supply Basic Electrometer Faraday Ice Pail Charge Producers and Proof Plane Coulombs Law Experiment Manual DataStudio Lite Software ES-9070 SF-9586 ES-9078 ES-9042A ES-9057B
Electrostatic force is directly proportional to the angle of twist.
Coulombs Law
EX-9930
www.pasco.com
Professional Development
365
Summer Institutes
Learn skills this summer Apply them this fall

PASCO Summer Institutes provide the opportunity to work and learn alongside experienced facilitators and fellow science teachers in a collegial atmosphere.
A Perform a range of hands-on skill-building exercises and classroom-ready

labs, with an exposure to a variety of sensors.
A Gain both a technical competency and insights into teaching with probeware.
Return from the Summer Institute with a solid foundation for effectively integrating PASCO probeware into your science program and with labs your students can use right away.
2008 Summer Workshops

A A A A A A
DataStudio with Probeware Stand-Alone Xplorer GLX with Probeware Physics with Probeware Chemistry with Probeware Biology with Probeware Earth/Environmental Field Studies with Probeware and My World GIS
Become the expert at your school.

Act now to secure your spot at the Summer Institute of your choice.
Every Summer Institute participant receives:

A A A A A
Workshop binder with comprehensive, instructional materials, plus a companion CD Licensed copy of DataStudio software Sampler of PASCO lab activities Access to an online collaborative environment to extend communication and exchange ideas with your Summer Institute colleagues throughout the year Continuing Education Units are available
www.pasco.com/pd
PASCO Professional Development Partners

AAPT
Holbrook Educational Travel provides a variety of field-based learning programs for educators in some of the most compelling locations around the globe. PASCO and Holbrook have partnered to provide programs integrating the learning and use of probeware and GIS in the field.
PTRA
PASCO supports the American Association of Physics Teachers (AAPT) and its Physics Teaching Resource Agents (PTRA) program. The PTRA provides professional development for teachers of physics and physical science.
www.pasco.com/holbrook
www.pasco.com/PTRA
The Geological Society of America offers GeoVentures Field Expeditions exclusively open to educators. Led by an expert geoscience guide, youll experience the majesty of earth science in incredible locations and have the opportunity to incorporate hands-on activities with PASCO technology.
www.pasco.com/GeoVentures
Project WET (Water Education for Teachers) is an international and award-winning water science education program. The Project WET network of coordinators has delivered customized 6-hour water education workshops to over 150,000 teachers across the USA and around the worldand is now integrating PASPORT probeware into its programs.
www.pasco.com/projectwet
366 Professional Development Teaching with PASCO
Professional Development Opportunities

Technology-Centered Programs
A A DataStudio - Probeware with Computers Xplorer GLX- Probeware without Computers
Science-Centered Programs
High School
A A A A Biology Chemistry Earth/Environmental Physics
Middle School
A A A Earth Science Life Science Physical Science
For complete listing of opportunities, visit
www.pasco.com/pd
A
PASCOs professional development team includes over 100 current or former teachers enthusiastic about science teaching. Programs are developed in consultation with our customers, learning technology experts, educational researchers, and science educators.
Learn how to use probeware to teach standards-based science

Your choice of technologies
With Computers
A A Probeware with DataStudio Probeware with the Xplorer GLX
Without Computers
Contact us today!
PASCO Professional Development
800-772-8700 (inside USA) 916-786-3800 (outside the USA) Email: training@pasco.com www.pasco.com/pd
Professional Development
367
PASCO Professional Development and Training...Your way Online In-Person
Learn at your own pace

Free Online Xplorer GLX Tutorials
A A A
Find help when you need it, 24/7 Follow along with each video tutorial Develop skills as you complete short lab investigations
Comprehensive Training
At Your School
A A A A
Work with a PASCO trainer in your science lab using your probeware Learn through an effective mix of demonstrations and hands-on activities Develop skills to create labs or convert your existing labs to take advantage of probeware technology Conduct classroom-ready experiments
Free Online Videos and Tips for Using DataStudio

A A
Discover DataStudio features Learn how to use DataStudio tools to teach complex science concepts through short video demonstrations.
PASCO Summer Institutes

A
Go beyond the essentials with 2 to 5-day programs, selecting from general or sciencespecific Summer Institutes. Learn from an effective mix of demonstrations and hands-on activities Develop essential and advanced skills to take full advantage of teaching science with probeware Bring your favorite traditional labs and convert them to probeware-based labs Continuing Education Units are available
Get Started Quickly

Free Online Training
A A A A
Join our trainers live online for a 1-hour session to help you get started Participate via teleconferencing, text chat, and web video Walk through a lab activity with an experienced PASCO facilitator and collect data Apply your new skills to your own investigation with a trainer standing by to answer your questions
A A A A
www.pasco.com/pd
368
Product Numeric Index

CI-6731.....................63 CI-6732................41,62 CI-6733................41,62. CI-6734................41,62 CI-6735................41,62 CI-6736................41,62 CI-6738.....................62 CI-6739A..................60 CI-6740.....................59 CI-6742A..........54,.120 CI-6746.....................54 CI-6747.....................61 CI-6759A..................51 CI-6869D..................73 CI-6870G..................73 CI-6871G..................73 CI-6872D..........74,.264 CI-6874D..........74,.264 CI-6876.....................75 CI-6877A..................97 CI-6882.....................75 CI-7013...................100 CI-7014...................100 CI-7015...................100 CI-7016...................100 CI-7603.....................81 CI-7604.....................81 CI-7605.....................81 CI-7650................48-50 CI-9784.....................58 CI-9792.............66..303 CI-9841.....................58 CI-9842...............39,.64 CI-9874.....................17 CI-9874.....66,.151,.185 EM-6711.................241 EM-6712.................241 EM-6713.................241 EM-6714.................241 EM-6715.................241 EM-6722.................241 EM-6723.................241 EM-6724.................241 EM-8090.................238 EM-8099.................235 EM-8620.................244 EM-8621.................244 EM-8622.................221 EM-8624A.......224-225 EM-8627.................228 EM-8628.................228 EM-8630.................228 EM-8631A..............245 EM-8632.................229 EM-8634.................229 EM-8641.................234 EM-8642A..............234 EM-8644A..............234 EM-8648A..............244 EM-8652...................66 EM-8654..........224-225 EM-8655.........225,.229 EM-8656.................222 EM-8661.................239 EM-8662.................239 EM-8663.................221 EM-8668.................222 EM-8675.................221 EM-8677.................226 EM-8678.................223 EM-8679.................226 EM-8784.................229 EM-8785.................229 EM-8812.................227 EM-8813.................227 EM-8814.................228 EM-8815.................228 EM-8947.........161,.243 EM-9099.................228 EM-9980.................244 ES-8086..................217 ES-9042A...............219 ES-9043..................217 ES-9057B...............219 ES-9059B...............219 ES-9060..................220 ES-9070..................309 ES-9077..................219 ES-9078..................218 ES-9079..................219 ES-9080..................218 ET-8499...................214 ET-8593...................209 ET-8770...................197 ET-8771...................236 ET-8772...................237 ET-8773...................236 ET-8774...................223 ET-8775...................236 ET-8779...................196 ET-8781...................196 ET-8782...................198 ET-8783...................237 EX-9901..................329 EX-9902..................330 EX-9903..................334 EX-9904..................326 EX-9905..................336 EX-9906..................337 EX-9907..................338 EX-9908..................335 EX-9909..................331 EX-9910..................344 EX-9911..................345 EX-9912..................346 EX-9913..................362 EX-9914..................358 EX-9915..................356 EX-9917A...............350 EX-9918..................351 EX-9919..................352 EX-9920..................347 EX-9921..................353 EX-9922C................321 EX-9925..................325 EX-9926..................325 EX-9927..................341 EX-9928..................341 EX-9929..................359 EX-9930..................364 EX-9931..................361 EX-9932..................363 EX-9933..................360 EX-9935..................339 EX-9936..................332 EX-9938..................324 EX-9939..................324 EX-9940..................323 EX-9941..................323 EX-9942..................332 EX-9943..................334 EX-9947..................322 EX-9948..................327 EX-9949..................355 EX-9950..................342 EX-9951..................322 EX-9952..................349 EX-9953..................355 EX-9954..................342 EX-9956..................351 EX-9957..................358 EX-9958..................350 EX-9959..................328 EX-9960..................333 EX-9961..................340 EX-9962..................343 EX-9963..................343 EX-9964..................348 EX-9965..................352 EX-9966..................354 EX-9967..................357 EX-9968..................362 EX-9969..................344 EZ-2331....................93 EZ-2332....................93 EZ-2333....................93 EZ-2334....................93 EZ-2336....................93 EZ-2337....................93 EZ-2338....................93 EZ-2339....................93 EZ-2340....................93 EZ-2341....................93 ME-1234.................192 ME-1235.................192 ME-6569.................123 ME-6616.................111 ME-6617...................69 ME-6663...................67 ME-6664...67,.122,.131 ME-6666.................122 ME-6694.................169 ME-6743...........66,.120 ME-6755.................107 ME-6756.................107 ME-6757.................107 ME-6800.................138 ME-6801.................138 ME-6807.................152 ME-6810...55,.137,.145 ME-6812...................21 ME-6814.................143 ME-6815........120,.143,. . 163 ME-6819.................183 ME-6821A..............145 ME-6822.........145,.191 ME-6825A..............139 ME-6827.................141 ME-6828.........114,.116 ME-6829.................144 ME-6830.................142 ME-6831.................142 ME-6833.................174 ME-6834.................174 ME-6836.................139 ME-6838...........55,.137 ME-6842.................155 ME-6843.................113 ME-6844.................155 ME-6847.................113 ME-6853.................140 ME-6854.................140 ME-6855.................148 ME-6950.................106 ME-6951.................106 ME-6952.................116 ME-6953.................108 ME-6954.................108 ME-6955.................104 ME-6956.................104 ME-6957.................109 ME-6958.................108 ME-6959.................162 ME-6960.................105 ME-6960.................108 ME-6961.................105 ME-8088.................165 ME-8089.................164 ME-8091.................157 ME-8093.................146 ME-8569.................182 ME-8574.................115 ME-8594.................193 ME-8598.................178 ME-8734.................130 ME-8735.................184 ME-8736.................184 ME-8738.................184 ME-8741.................184 ME-8744.................187 ME-8750.................114 ME-8751.................114 ME-8752...........67,.157 ME-8930................121,. . 134-135 ME-8932.................135 ME-8949.................146 ME-8950A.......158-159 ME-8951.................160 ME-8952.................160 ME-8953.................160 ME-8955.................162 ME-8957.................162 ME-8960.................172 ME-8961.................173 ME-8963.................173 ME-8966.................180 ME-8968........145,.167, . 191 ME-8970.................154 ME-8971.................109 ME-8972.................109 ME-8973...........68,.118 ME-8975.................146 ME-8976.................184 ME-8977.................184 ME-8978.................185 ME-8979.................195 ME-8997...................70 ME-8998...........66,.109 ME-8999.........109,.156 ME-9204B........67,.137 ME-9207B.......55,.132,. . 137 ME-9215B......121,.136 ME-9239.................125 ME-9259A.........55,.67,. . 137 ME-9283.........121,.132 ME-9284.........121,.132 ME-9299A..............149 ME-9341.................171 ME-9355.................185 ME-9376B..............187 ME-9377A................67 ME-9403A..............136 ME-9426.................130 ME-9429B..............104 ME-9430.................107 ME-9435A..............108 ME-9447.................147 ME-9448A......109,.151 ME-9450.................151 ME-9452A..............104 ME-9454.................107 ME-9457.................115 ME-9458.................108 ME-9471A..............122 ME-9472.................187 ME-9481.........117,.179 ME-9485.................110 ME-9486.................112 ME-9487.................112 ME-9488.................113 ME-9490.................105 ME-9491.................111 ME-9495.................109 ME-9496.................111 ME-9497.................116 ME-9498A........55,.151 ME-9559.................193 ME-9595.................117 ME-9774.................167 ME-9781.................110 ME-9805...................67 ME-9806...................67 ME-9810.................109 ME-9811.................128 ME-9812.................128 ME-9813.................128 ME-9814.................128 ME-9815.................128 ME-9817.................128 ME-9819...........67,.137 ME-9821.................167 ME-9823.................109 ME-9825A......175,.265 ME-9827.................156 ME-9829.................175 ME-9830.................175 ME-9837.................166 ME-9838.................126 ME-9845.................129 ME-9849.................183 ME-9858.................129 ME-9859.................141 ME-9864.........145,.191 ME-9865.................145 ME-9866.................154 ME-9868.................145 ME-9869.................111 ME-9872.........145,.191 ME-9873.................186 ME-9875.................190 ME-9876.................190 ME-9878.................126 ME-9884...........68,.118 ME-9885A........68,.118 ME-9886.................108 ME-9887.................175 ME-9889.................133 ME-9890.........133,.191 ME-9891.................150 ME-9892.................144 ME-9893.................140 MG-8600................243 OS-8170..................296 OS-8452..................280 OS-8453..................281 OS-8456..................275 OS-8457..................272 OS-8458..................282 OS-8460..................275 OS-8465..................273 OS-8468..........189,.279 OS-8469..................279 OS-8470..................272 OS-8471A...............285 OS-8472..................285 OS-8473..................276 OS-8474..................274 OS-8476..................278 OS-8477...........278-279 OS-8480..................287 OS-8481..................287 OS-8482..................287 OS-8483..................287 OS-8484..................287 OS-8485..................287 OS-8486..................287 OS-8487..................287 OS-8488..................287 OS-8489..................287 OS-8490..................287 OS-8491..................287 OS-8492..................287 OS-8500...........286-287 OS-8501..................300 OS-8502..................300 OS-8508..........277,.282 OS-8510..................275 OS-8511..................290 OS-8514..................304 OS-8515C.......270-271,. . 284 OS-8516A...............275 OS-8519..................275 OS-8520..................276 OS-8522..................274 OS-8523..................283 OS-8524..................276 OS-8525A...............282 OS-8526A...............304 OS-8527A...............140 OS-8528A...............287 OS-8529..................287 OS-8531..................283 OS-8532..................275 OS-8533A...............277 OS-8534A...............282 OS-8535..................282 OS-8537...........294-295 OS-8538..................277 OS-8539...........294-295 OS-8541..................277 OS-8542..................296 OS-8543..................296 OS-8544..................296 OS-8546B...............284 OS-8548B...............284 OS-9103..................312 OS-9107..................287 OS-9109..................291 OS-9131..................287 OS-9132..................287 OS-9133..................287 OS-9134..................287 OS-9135..................287 OS-9136..................287 OS-9137..................287 OS-9142..................291 OS-9165..................287 OS-9172..................304 OS-9179..................287 OS-9255A...............301 OS-9256A...............301 OS-9257A...............301 OS-9258B...............301 OS-9261A...............312 OS-9262..................312 OS-9263A...............312 OS-9286A...............299 OS-9287B...............299 OS-9477..................291 OS-9498A...............290 PI-6601...................229 PI-6602...................229 PI-6603...................229 PI-8117.......25,.67,.137 PI-8127...................250 PI-9588...................251 PI-9877...................246 PK-9023..................220 PK-9025..................220 PK-9026..................220 PK-9031B...............220 PM-8761.................189 PS-2000....................14 PS-2001....................15 PS-2002......................8 PS-2005A.................16
AP-8210..................306 AP-8213...........176-177 AP-8214...........176-177 AP-8215..................311 AP-8216...........176-177 AP-8217..................177 AP-8218..................311 AP-8586..................313 CA-6426....................79 CA-6427....................79 CA-6436....................79 CA-6437....................79 CA-6782B.................82 CA-6783B.................82 CA-6787....................83 CA-6788....................85 CA-6789....................84 CA-6912A.................86 CA-7600C.................82 CA-7601C.................82 CA-7602A.................86 CI-6400.....................52 CI-6460.....................69 CI-6461.....................56 CI-6462.............24,.223 CI-6499.....................61 CI-6503.....................59 CI-6504A..................58 CI-6506B..................64 CI-6507A..................61 CI-6512...................226 CI-6513...................238 CI-6514A..........50,.208 CI-6516.....................66 CI-6520A..................60 CI-6525.....................57 CI-6526.....................57 CI-6527A..................57 CI-6531A..................63 CI-6532A..................56 CI-6534A..................56 CI-6535.....................64 CI-6537.....................54 CI-6538.....................54 CI-6539A..................64 CI-6541.....................43 CI-6542.....................62 CI-6543B..................64 CI-6545.............68,.118 CI-6549.....................29 CI-6552A..................50 CI-6555.....................59 CI-6556.....................59 CI-6558.....................56 CI-6559.....................63 CI-6561.....................61 CI-6562.....................60 CI-6604.....................58 CI-6605A..................57 CI-6611.....................53 CI-6620...............38,.64 CI-6628.....................58 CI-6630.....................58 CI-6685.....................59 CI-6688.....................70 CI-6689A................170 CI-6690...........162,.173 CI-6691...................168 CI-6692...................123 CI-6716.....................41 CI-6717................41,62 CI-6718.....................51 CI-6719.....................51 CI-6727................41,62 CI-6728................41,62 CI-6729.....................60 CI-6730A..................63
www.pasco.com
Product Numberic Index

PS-2006....................10 PS-2100....................14 PS-2102....................40 PS-2103A.........18,.120 PS-2104....................19 PS-2106A.................32 PS-2107....................26 PS-2108....................43 PS-2109....................30 PS-2110....................43 PS-2111....................38 PS-2112....................36 PS-2113A.................46 PS-2114....................26 PS-2115....................34 PS-2116A.................40 PS-2117....................42 PS-2118....................22 PS-2119....................23 PS-2120....................21 PS-2121....................40 PS-2122....................45 PS-2124....................44 PS-2125....................28 PS-2126....................43 PS-2128............22,.119 PS-2129....................38 PS-2130....................45 PS-2131....................29 PS-2132....................35 PS-2133....................39 PS-2134....................30 PS-2135....................29 PS-2136....................23 PS-2137............37,.153 PS-2138..................153 PS-2140....................31 PS-2141............20,.153 PS-2142............20,.153 PS-2143....................28 PS-2146....................27 PS-2147....................41 PS-2148....................33 PS-2149....................33 PS-2150....................33 PS-2151....................45 PS-2152....................39 PS-2153....................29 PS-2154A.................44 PS-2157....................29 PS-2158....................65 PS-2159....................65 PS-2160....................34 PS-2162....................36 PS-2164....................27 PS-2165....................13 PS-2168....................31 PS-2169....................46 PS-2170....................41 PS-2174....................44 PS-2175....................11 PS-2175....................47 PS-2176....................32 PS-2179...............46,93 PS-2181....................26 PS-2189....................19 PS-2193....................35 PS-2500....................17 PS-2505....................75 PS-2508....................75 PS-2509....................45 PS-2510....................45 PS-2511....................45 PS-2516............22,.119 PS-2517....................13 PS-2518....................38 PS-2521A.................89 PS-2522....................39 PS-2525....................29 PS-2526....................13 PS-2527....................13 PS-2528....................13 PS-2529....................13 PS-2530....................14 PS-2535....................12 PS-2536....................13 PS-2537....................12 PS-2538....................13 PS-2539....................13 PS-2540....................13 PS-2541....................13 PS-2542....................12 PS-2546....................66 PS-2547..................153 PS-2548....................69 PS-2549....................13 PS-2550....................12 PS-2551....................12 PS-2552....................29 PS-2553....................16 PS-2557....................12 PS-2558....................12 PS-2565....................42 PS-2610....................93 PS-2611............37,.152 PS-2635....................11 PS-2635..................298 PS-2642....................11 PS-2655....................89 PS-2661....................94 PS-2662....................94 PS-2663....................94 PS-2664....................87 PS-2665....................87 PS-2666....................87 PS-2667....................90 PS-2668....................90 PS-2669....................90 PS-2670A.................91 PS-2671A.................91 PS-2672A.................91 PS-2673A.................92 PS-2674A.................92 PS-2675A.................92 PS-2680....................77 PS-2681....................77 PS-2682....................77 PS-2684....................88 PS-2688....................12 PS-2699....................88 PS-2706....................95 PS-2717....................95 PS-2759....................89 PS-2794....................15 PS-2806A.................94 PS-2807....................90 PS-2809....................92 PS-2810..................100 PS-2817A............77,98 PS-2819A.................99 PS-2820....................99 PS-2821A.................99 PS-2826A............84,98 PS-2827A...............100 SA-9241..................151 SA-9242..........151,.185 SB-9549A...............251 SB-9591A...............249 SB-9599B...............252 SB-9623B...............252 SB-9631B...............253 SB-9632..................253 SB-9648..................249 SB-9699B...............249 SE-6651..................101 SE-7122..................251 SE-7123..................220 SE-7130..................268 SE-7138..................215 SE-7139..................215 SE-7226..................182 SE-7227B-110........307 SE-7227B-220........307 SE-7228..................303 SE-7231..................216 SE-7232..................216 SE-7233..................216 SE-7251..................298 SE-7252............66,.190 SE-7256....................66 SE-7285..................187 SE-7286..................187 SE-7287..................182 SE-7287..................193 SE-7288..................182 SE-7288..................193 SE-7289..................182 SE-7289..................193 SE-7308A.................89 SE-7316..................182 SE-7317..................213 SE-7319..................261 SE-7331..................266 SE-7334..................266 SE-7335B...............127 SE-7336..................298 SE-7337..................189 SE-7338..................298 SE-7339..................243 SE-7340..................188 SE-7341..................232 SE-7342..................267 SE-7343..................267 SE-7344..................267 SE-7345..................267 SE-7347..................190 SE-7348..................188 SE-7349..................188 SE-7350..................181 SE-7351..................247 SE-7355..................216 SE-7370..................179 SE-7382B.................47 SE-7386A...............307 SE-7389..................127 SE-7390..................245 SE-7394A...............307 SE-7396..................179 SE-7397....................13 SE-7443D.................97 SE-7445D.................97 SE-7526A...............102 SE-7531....................96 SE-7532....................96 SE-7533....................96 SE-7534....................96 SE-7535....................96 SE-7536....................96 SE-7537....................96 SE-7538....................96 SE-7548..................307 SE-7561..................193 SE-7562..................193 SE-7571..................191 SE-7573..................292 SE-7574..................292 SE-7578..................288 SE-7580..................274 SE-7581..................274 SE-7582..................274 SE-7583..................274 SE-7584..................274 SE-7585..................240 SE-7586..................183 SE-7590..................190 SE-7700..................205 SE-7701..................193 SE-7702..................193 SE-7703..................193 SE-7704..................193 SE-7705..................193 SE-7706..................193 SE-7707..................193 SE-7708..................193 SE-7709..................193 SE-7710..................193 SE-7711..................193 SE-7712..................193 SE-7713..................193 SE-7714..................186 SE-7715..................193 SE-7716..................193 SE-7717..................193 SE-7943..................315 SE-7944A...............315 SE-7945..................315 SE-8028A...............111 SE-8050..................190 SE-8505..................288 SE-8506..................288 SE-8562..................203 SE-8568..................182 SE-8573..................232 SE-8575..................203 SE-8576A...............203 SE-8587..................247 SE-8603..................245 SE-8604..................244 SE-8605..................244 SE-8606B...............244 SE-8626..................229 SE-8637..................244 SE-8645..................238 SE-8646..................238 SE-8653..................240 SE-8657..................235 SE-8658A...............235 SE-8681..................245 SE-8683..................157 SE-8684..................200 SE-8685..................150 SE-8686..................269 SE-8687..................244 SE-8688..................298 SE-8689..................251 SE-8690.........190,.266,. . 303 SE-8691..................216 SE-8692..................269 SE-8693..........145,.190 SE-8694A...............131 SE-8695..................189 SE-8696..................131 SE-8699..................292 SE-8700..................102 SE-8702B...............192 SE-8703A...............195 SE-8704A...............195 SE-8705..................195 SE-8707..................194 SE-8708..................194 SE-8712A...............189 SE-8713..................188 SE-8714..................188 SE-8715..................188 SE-8716..................188 SE-8717..................188 SE-8718..................188 SE-8723..................194 SE-8725..................194 SE-8726A...............195 SE-8728..................190 SE-8729..................190 SE-8740..................130 SE-8746..................126 SE-8747..................127 SE-8749..................156 SE-8756A...............194 SE-8757A...............194 SE-8758A...............194 SE-8759..................195 SE-8760..................266 SE-8762..................171 SE-8764..................181 SE-8768..................192 SE-8791..................252 SE-8792..................252 SE-8793..................305 SE-8794..................305 SE-8795..................233 SE-8796..................303 SE-8797..................303 SE-8799..................228 SE-8802..................181 SE-8803..................293 SE-8804..................293 SE-8805..................304 SE-8806..................126 SE-8827..................189 SE-8828..................247 SE-8830..................205 SE-8831..................205 SE-8831..................205 SE-8832..................308 SE-8833..................308 SE-8834..................231 SE-8835..................231 SE-8836..................231 SE-8837..................230 SE-8838..................231 SE-8839..................231 SE-8840..................103 SE-8841..................103 SE-8842..................191 SE-9013..................274 SE-9021A...............293 SE-9022A...............293 SE-9076..................132 SE-9081..................267 SE-9082..................215 SE-9084A...............215 SE-9086A...............215 SE-9087A...............291 SE-9193..................289 SE-9194..................289 SE-9195..................289 SE-9196..................289 SE-9198..................289 SE-9199..................289 SE-9333..................293 SE-9349..................195 SE-9357..................291 SE-9358..................291 SE-9359..................291 SE-9360..................291 SE-9361..................291 SE-9372..................187 SE-9373..................187 SE-9374..................187 SE-9409..........190,.266 SE-9410..................268 SE-9415..................229 SE-9442..................186 SE-9443..........154,.186 SE-9444..................187 SE-9445..................186 SE-9446..................186 SE-9449..................304 SE-9451..................185 SE-9460..................299 SE-9461..................299 SE-9462..................299 SE-9463..................299 SE-9464..................299 SE-9465..................299 SE-9466..................299 SE-9467..................299 SE-9468..................299 SE-9474..................290 SE-9475..................290 SE-9476..................290 SE-9589A...............253 SE-9600..................265 SE-9601..................265 SE-9625..................310 SE-9635..................314 SE-9636..................314 SE-9638..................310 SE-9716B...............305 SE-9717..................180 SE-9718..................180 SE-9719..................182 SE-9720A...............247 SE-9721A...............247 SE-9750..................229 SE-9751..................229 SE-9756..................229 SE-9760..................193 SE-9761C................268 SE-9764..................319 SE-9767..................288 SE-9769A...............102 SE-9782..................319 SE-9785C................215 SE-9786A...............253 SE-9788..................132 SE-9789..................215 SE-9790..................181 SE-9791..................226 SF-7579..................244 SF-8563..................201 SF-8602A................245 SF-8607..................242 SF-8608..................242 SF-8609..................240 SF-8610..................240 SF-8611..................240 SF-8612..................240 SF-8613..................240 SF-8614..................240 SF-8615..................240 SF-8616..................240 SF-8617..................240 SF-8619..................245 SF-8711..................189 SF-9068..................217 SF-9069..................217 SF-9211..........193,.266 SF-9214..................124 SF-9216..................125 SF-9295..................125 SF-9296..................125 SF-9297..................125 SF-9324..................260 SF-9339..................141 SF-9404..................261 SF-9405..................261 SF-9500A................251 SF-9568A................251 SF-9569A................251 SF-9584A................248 SF-9585A................248
369
SF-9586..................248 SN-7900.................316 SN-7901B...............317 SN-7902.................318 SN-7927A........60,.137,. . 318 SN-7941.................320 SN-7942.................320 SN-7949A...............320 SN-7970A...............318 SN-7971A...............320 SN-7972A...............320 SN-7995A...............320 SN-8109A...............320 SN-8110.................320 SN-8111A...............320 SN-9085.................320 SN-9794.................320 SN-9795.................320 SN-9796.................320 SN-9797.................320 SN-9798.................320 SN-9799.................320 SP-9268A...............297 TD-8497..................208 TD-8513..................212 TD-8550A...............198 TD-8551A...............197 TD-8552..................196 TD-8553..................207 TD-8554A...............206 TD-8555..................207 TD-8556A...............204 TD-8557..................214 TD-8558A...............210 TD-8561..................213 TD-8564..................199 TD-8565..................204 TD-8570A...............208 TD-8572..................202 TD-8578..................211 TD-8579A...............211 TD-8580A...............207 TD-8581..................202 TD-8592..................203 TD-8595..................200 TD-8596..................201 TD-8825..................214 TD-8855..................206 WA-9314B..............302 WA-9315................302 WA-9316................302 WA-9318................302 WA-9319................302 WA-9401........156,.261 WA-9495................259 WA-9607................261 WA-9611................262 WA-9612................263 WA-9613................262 WA-9757................262 WA-9826................268 WA-9854................258 WA-9857................256 WA-9867........257,.258 WA-9870................258 WA-9896................255 WA-9897................255 WA-9898................255 WA-9899.........254-255 WA-9900................259
370
Replacement Parts and Spares Index

Part #
ME-9239 ME-8734 SE-8708 SE-9406A SE-9407 SE-8509 TD-8825 ME-6847 ME-6957 EM-8635 EM-8632 EM-8630 EM-8628 EM-8631A EM-8668 EM-8663 EM-8679 SE-9756 EM-8785 SE-8626 EM-8634 SE-9415 SE-9751 SE-9750 SE-7123 EM-8784 EM-8815 EM-8627 SE-7945
Part For:
Air Track Amusement Park Physics Balance, Ohaus Blackboard Optics Blackboard Optics Blackbody Calorimetry Set, Basic Cart Launcher, Spring Carts CASTLE Kits CASTLE Kits CASTLE Kits CASTLE Kits CASTLE Kits Circuit, AC/DC Electronics Laboratory Circuit, Basic Electricity Circuit, Series/Parallel Circuits Circuits Circuits Circuits Circuits Circuits Circuits Circuits Circuits Circuits Circuits EM-8624A, EM-8622, EM-8654, EM-8656, EM-8678 Cloud Chambers
Part Description
Air Track Riser Block
Page
125 130 194 289 289 296 214 113 109 229 229 228 228 245 222 221 226 229 229 229 229 229 229 229 220 229 228 228 315 61 40 40 40, 60 43
Part For:
Fan Accessory Force Accessory Bracket Force Accessory Bracket Generator, Mini Generator, Mini Goniometer Goniometer Gravitational Torsion Balance Gyroscope Heart Rate Sensor, Exercise Heat Engine Experiment Heat Engine/ Gas Law Apparatus Hookes Law Set Launcher, Mini Projectile Launcher, Mini Projectile Launchers, Large Projectile Launchers, Large Projectile Launchers, Large Projectile Launchers, Large Projectile Launchers, Projectile Launchers, Projectile Light Source, Mercury Light Source, Sodium Mapper, Electric Field Mapper, Electric Field Mapper, Electric Field Matter Model Matter Model Matter Model Mechanical Equivalent of Heat Mechanical Equivalent of Heat Mechanics System, Introductory Microwave System Microwave System Microwave System Motion Sensors Multimeter with Thermometer Optics System, Basic Optics System, Basic Optics System, Introductory
Part #
ME-9869 ME-9884 ME-9885 EM-8814 EM-9099 PS-2138 PS-2547 AP-8218 ME-8961 PS-2518 ME-9559 TD-8581 SE-8749 ME-9872 ME-6836 ME-6822 ME-9864 ME-8968 ME-9865 SE-8693 ME-9868 526-018 526-044 PK-9031B PK-9026 PK-9025 ME-9829 ME-9830 ME-9887 TD-8583 TD-8582 ME-9824 WA-9802 WA-9800 WA-9801 SE-7252 SB-9632 OS-8508 OS-8510 OS-9107
Part Description
Fan Accessory Guard Bumper Accessory Set Magnetic Bumper Set Light Bulb Light Bulb and Stand Goniometer Probe Velcro Straps Grav Torsion Balance Bands Gyro Disk and Mass Replacement Transmitter Belt Container Set, 3 Liter Plastic Heat Engine Accessory Spring Set, Hookes Law Balls, Small Steel Launcher Bracket, Mini Balls, Plastic Balls, Steel Mass Set, Spherical
Page
111 68 68 228 228 153 153 311 172 38 193 202 156 145, 191 139 145, 191 145, 191 145, 167, 191 145 145 145 299 299 220 220 220 175 175 175 197 197 149 302 302 302 66 253 227 275 287
Springs, Accelerometer Mass Set, Ohaus Additional Replacement Bulbs (12 V, 35 W) Replacement Bulbs (12 V, 55 W) Replacement Bulbs for Blackbody Calorimetry Cups Springs, Cart Launcher Replacement Axles (4 pack) Capacitor, 0.1 F 225, Capacitors (0.025 F 2 pack) , Light Bulb Sockets (10 Pack) Light Bulbs (#48, 25 pack) Liquid Filled Compasses (5 Pack) Electronic Components Electronic Components Bulb Alligator Clip Adapters Capacitor Pack Capacitor, 1F Leads, Alligator Clips Patch Cord Kit Patch Cords, Long Black Patch Cords, Long Red Patch Cords, Short Resistor Pack Switch Set Light Bulbs (#14, 25 pack) Radioactive Needle Source, Pb-210 Cuvettes and Caps Replacement Cuvettes/Cap Conductivity Probe, 10x Conductivity Probe, 1x Membrane Replacement Kit
Sights, Projectile Launcher Carbon Paper Plumb Bobs, Projectile Launcher Lamp - Mercury Light Source Lamp - Sodium Light Source Conductive Ink Pen Conductive Paper - No Grid Conductive Paper - with Grid Matter Model Heavy Springs (60) Matter Model Light Springs (60) Matter Model Long Springs (60) Mech Equiv Brush Mech Equiv Cylinder Spring Scale Microwave Mounting Stand Microwave Receiver Microwave Transmitter Coffee Filters Thermocouple Probe 1.2m Optics Track Basic Optics Spares Kit Component Carrier, Optics
Colorimeter CI-6747 SE-8739 Colorimeter, PASPORT PS-2509 Conductivity Sensors 699-06621 Conductivity Sensors 699-06620 Dissolved Oxygen Sensor CI-6541 Dissolved Oxygen Sensor 699-099 Dynamics Track ME-8972 Dynamics Track ME-9495 Dynamics Track ME-9823 Dynamics Track ME-9810 Dynamics Track ME-8999 Dynamics Track ME-8998 Dynamics Track ME-8971 Dynamics Track ME-9807 Dynamics Track ME-9448A e/m Apparatus SE-9646 EKG Sensors CI-6620 Eye Model, Human OS-8476
Replacement Electrode 62 Adjustable Feet (2) 109 Angle Indicator 109 Dynamics Systems Spares Kit 109 Dynamics Track Pivot Clamp 109 Dynamics Track Spring Set 109 Elastic Bumper 109 End Stops (2) 109 Friction Block, Dynamics Track 104 Super Pulley with Clamp 109, 151 e/m Tube 310 EKG Patches 38, 64 Lens Replacement Set, Human Eye 278
www.pasco.com
Replacement Parts and Spares Index

Part For:
Optics System, Introductory Optics System, Introductory Optics System, Introductory Optics System, Introductory Optics System, Introductory Optics System, Introductory Optics System, Introductory Optics System, Introductory Optics System, Introductory Optics System, Introductory Optics System, Introductory Optics System, Introductory Optics System, Introductory Optics System, Introductory Optics System, Introductory Optics System, Introductory Optics System, Introductory Optics System, Introductory Optics System, Introductory Optics System, Introductory Oscilloscope pH Sensors Photogate Photogate Tape Set Photogates Photogates Photogates Photogates Pressure Sensors Resistance Apparatus Resonance Tube Respiration Sensors Ripple Tank Roller Coaster Roller Coaster Roller Coaster Rotary Motion Sensors Rotary Motion Sensors Sensors Sensors, PASPORT
371
Page
39 177 132 29 29 29 29 29 29 45 45 45 216 266 13 13 12 13 12 14 13 12 12 229 229 229 190 188 193 193 190
Part #
OS-8480 OS-8481 OS-8487 OS-8486 OS-8485 OS-9131 OS-9132 OS-9133 OS-9134 OS-8490 OS-8489 OS-8488 OS-8492 OS-8491 OS-9135 OS-8483 OS-9137 OS-9136 OS-8482 OS-8484 SB-9648 699-085 ME-8965 ME-6663 ME-9804 PI-8117 ME-9806 ME-9805 003-05543 EM-8813 WA-9662 CI-9842 WA-9898 ME-9813 ME-9815 ME-9814 CI-6693 ME-8997 CI-9874 PS-2500
Part Description
Diffraction Set, Intro Optics Filter Set, Intro Optics Color Introductory Optics Component Set Introductory Optics Rotating Base Introductory Optics Screen/Target Lens, Double Concave Lens, Double Convex Lens, Double Convex Lens, Double Convex Lens, Intro Optics 150 mm Lens, Intro Optics -150 mm Lens, Intro Optics 75 mm Lens, Intro Optics Cylindrical Lens, Intro Optics Parallel Ray Lens, Plano Convex Mirror Set, Intro Optics
Page
287 287 287 287 287 287 287 287 287 287 287 287 287 287 287 287
Part For:
Spirometer Stress/Strain Apparatus Tape Timer Temperature Array Temperature Probe, Fast Response Temperature Probes Temperature Sensors Temperature Sensors Temperature Sensors Turbidity Sensor Turbidity Sensor Turbidity Sensor Van de Graaff Generator Wave Drivers Xplorer GLX Xplorer GLX Xplorer GLX Xplorer GLX Xplorer GLX Xplorer GLX Xplorer GLX Xplorer GLX Xplorer GLX
Part #
PS-2522 AP-8217 ME-9284 PS-2552 PS-2525 CI-6549 PS-2153 PS-2135 PS-2131 PS-2511 PS-2509 PS-2510 SE-7355 SE-9409 PS-2527 PS-2536 PS-2537 PS-2528 PS-2535 PS-2530 PS-2529 PS-2550 PS-2551 PI-6601 PI-6603 PI-6602 ME-9876 SE-8713 SE-7562 SE-7561 ME-9875
Part Description
Spiometer Mouth Pieces
Replacement Test Coupons (70) Tape Timer Supplies 121, Temp Array Cable Patches, Replacement Adhesive (temperature) Teflon Sensor Covers (10 Pack) Temperature Probe Temperature Probe, Fast Responses Temperature Probe, Skin/Surface 100 NTU Calibration Standard Replacement Cuvettes/Cap Silicone Oil Replacement Belt Cord, Elastic Wave 190, Battery, Xplorer GLX Cable, Xplorer GLX Peripheral Cable, Xplorer GLX Security Cable, Xplorer GLX USB Lanyard, Xplorer GLX Power Adapter, Xplorer Power Adapter, Xplorer GLX Screen Protectors, Xplorer GLX USB Flash Drive Batteries, AA Batteries, C Batteries, D Cord, Yellow Scale, 0.2 N Spring Syringe, Large Syringe, Small Thread, Black
Mirror, Advanced Optics Concave 287 Mirror, Advanced Optics Flat Polarizer Set, Intro Optics 287 287
Slit Set, Intro Optics 287 Oscilloscope Probe 249 pH Electrode 40, 61 Photogate Mounting Stand 160 Photogate Tape (30m) 67 2 Cart Picket Fences 122 Cable, Phone Jack Extender 25, 67, 137 Dynamics Track Photogate Brackets (2) 67 Photogate Stand 67 Replacement Tubing 26, 56 Wires, Resistance Replacement Replacement Speaker 227 263
Respiration Belt 39, 64 Ripple Tank Replacement Set 255 Mini Car Set (3 cars) 128 Roller Coaster Spares Kit 128 Roller Coaster Track (9.1 meters) 128 3-Step Pulley Rotary Motion Spares Kit Sensor Handles PASPORT Extension Cable 21, 54 70 17 17
372
Product & Topic Index

A
Alpha Sources .................................................320 Altimeter/3-axis Accelerometer .....................23 Altitrack ............................................................131 Altitude................................................................23 Ammeters .........................................................251 Amplifier, 750 Power.........................................50 Amplifier, GLX Power .......................................10 Amusement Park Physics..............................130 Amusement Park Physics Handbook ..........130 Analog Adapter, ScienceWorkshop-to-PASport ..................65 Analog Multimeter ..........................................252 Analog NI ELVIS LabVIEW Adapter ...............51 Anemometer/Weather Sensor........................44 Angle Indicator (Dynamics Track) ...............109 Angle Sensor-See Human Arm ....................152 Angular Momentum Experiment, Conservation of ..........................................333 Aperture Accessory (Basic Optics) .............276 Aperture Bracket, Light Sensor ...................282 Archimedes Principle....................................331 Arm Model, PASPORT Human ................37, 152 Atmospheric Pressure Demonstrator .........180 Atmospheric Pressure Sensor See Barometer .......................................46, 63 Atomic Spectra Experiment ..........................353 Atwoods Machine ..........................................151 Avogadro-See Mole Set ................................183 Battery Holders ...............................................228 Battery, Energy Transfer ................................223 Battery, Xplorer GLX .........................................13 Beads, UV .........................................................303 Beakers.....................................................182, 193 Beam, Flexible .................................................150 Beck Angle Mass Hanger .............................195 Bell Jar, Student..............................................181 Bench Connectors, Optics ............................277 Bench Couplers, Advanced Optics ..............291 Bench, 120 cm Optics ............................277, 282 Bench, 60 cm Optics ......................................277 Bench, Optics ..................................................312 Bernoulli Cart Accessory ......................117, 179 Bernoulli-See Venturi .....................................326 Beta Sources ...................................................320 Bicycle Wheel Gyroscope.............................174 Biology Manual ...........................................90, 99 Biology Microscopes .....................................308 Biology Probeware Bundle .............................90 Blackboard Optics System ............................289 Blackbody.........................................................296 Blackbody Light Source.................................296 Blackbody Radiation Experiment .................347 Blower, Air........................................................126 Bluetooth USB Adapter ...................................16 BNC Adapter......................................................59 Bounce/No Bounce Ball Set .........................191 Brachistochrone-See Roller Coaster ..........129 Bracket, Discover Collision .....................68, 118 Breathing Sensor-See Respiration ..........39, 64 Breathing Sensor-See Spirometer ................39 Brewsters Angle Accessory ........................296 Brewsters Angle Experiment .......................352 Broad Spectrum Light Sensor, PASPORT .......................................................33 Broad Spectrum Light Sensor, ScienceWorkshop........................................58 Buggy, Constant Speed .................................111 Bulbs, Replacement for Series/Parallel ............................................226 Bumper Accessory Set ............................68, 118 Bumper Set, Magnetic .............................68, 118 Bumper Stickers .............................................190 Bumper, Elastic .........................................66, 109 Bundles Biology Entry Probeware ............................90 Biology Intermediate Probeware ..............90 Biology Standard Probeware.....................90 Chemistry Entry Probeware .......................91 Chemistry Intermediate Probeware..........91 Chemistry Standard Probeware ................91 Cutnell & Johnson Base .............................79 Cutnell & Johnson Extended......................79 Earth/Environmental Entry Probeware .....92 Earth/Environmental Intermediate Probeware ...............................................92 Earth/Environmental Standard Probeware ...............................................92 Entry 750 Physics .........................................81
A-base Adapter for Rotary Motion ......162, 173 A-base Rod Stand ...........................................184 Aberration, SphericalSee Aperture Access. ...............................276 Absolute Pressure Sensor ........................26, 56 Absolute Zero Apparatus ..............................200 Absorbers, Radiation......................................320 Absorption Spectrometer for Xplorer GLX ...................................................11 AC/DC Electronics Lab Electronic Components .............................222 AC/DC Electronics Laboratory ......................222 AC/DC Motor....................................................235 Acceleration Altimeter Sensor, PASPORT 3-Axis ...........................................23 Acceleration Free Fall ................................ 55, 132, 137, 140 Acceleration Sensor, PASPORT 2-Axis ...........................................22 Acceleration Sensor, PASPORT 3-Axis ...........................................23 Acceleration Sensor, ScienceWorkshop........................................56 Acceleration Tank, Rotational ......................163 Accelerometer Springs..................................130 Accelerometer, Amusement Park ................130 Accelerometer, Visual ..............................22, 119 Accessory Photogate...............................67, 137 Accuracy - See Significant Figures.............183 Achromatic Prism Pair ...................................293 Acid Base See pH Sensor......................40, 61 Acoustics Demonstration Disc .....................268 Acoustics, Sound Sensor ................................64 Activity Based Physics High School CD...........................................101 Adapters, NI Elvis LabVIEW ............................51 Adapters, ScienceWorkshop-to-PASport ..................65 Adiabatic Gas Law Apparatus ......................204 Adjustable Angle Clamp ................................187 Adjustable End Stops .....................................109 Adjustable Feet ...............................................109 Adjustable Lens Holder..................................274 Adjustable Speed Motorized Cart ................110 Advanced Nuclear Spectroscopy System ...............................317 Air Cannon .......................................................179 Air Core Solenoid ............................................240 Air Friction Coin and Feather ........................132 Air Pressure See Barometer .................46, 63 Air Pressure Demo .........................................180 Air Rocket.........................................................131 Air Source, Cordless ......................................126 Air Supply .........................................................125 Air Tracks and Accessories .................. 124-125 AirLink .................................................................16 Alligator Clip Adapters ...................................229 Alligator Clip Leads.........................................229 Alnico Magnets ...............................................244
B
Balance Stand, Force Sensor .........................69 Balance, Current .............................................242 Balance, Equal Arm ........................................146 Balance, Inertial..............................................157 Balances, Electronic ......................................194 Ball Launchers ........................................ 138-139 Ballistic Cart Accessory ................................112 Ballistic Pendulum ..........................................142 Ballistic Pendulum Accessory......................144 Ballistic Pendulum Experiment, PASPORT .....................................................328 Ballistic Pendulum, Catcher Accessory ................... 120, 143, 163 Ballistic Pendulum, Roller Coaster ..............129 Balls...........................................................145, 191 Banana Plugs ..................................................229 Banana-to-Alligator Clip Adapters ..............229 Bar Magnets ....................................................244 Barium-133 .......................................................320 Barium-137m ....................................................320 Barometer, ScienceWorkshop .......................63 Barometer/Low Pressure Sensor, PASPORT .......................................................46 Base, Large Rod ..............................................184 Base, Small A ..............................................184 Base, Support Rod ..........................................185 Basic Electricity ..............................................221 Basic Optics Systems ....................................284 Basic Roller Coaster.......................................128 Batteries ...........................................................229
www.pasco.com

Entry GLX Physics ........................................77 General Science Entry Probeware ...........94 General Science Intermediate Probeware ...............................................94 General Science Standard Probeware ...............................................94 Halliday, Resnick, & Walker Base.............79 Halliday, Resnick, & Walker Extended...................................................79 High School Physics Economy Bundle GLX.............................85 High School Physics Lab GLX ....................84 Human Physiology .......................................88 Intermediate 750 Physics............................81 Intermediate GLX Physics ..........................77 Outdoor Physics Xplorer .............................88 Physics Entry Probeware ...........................87 Physics Intermediate Probeware..............87 Physics Standard Probeware ....................87 Standard 750 Physics ..................................81 Standard GLX Physics .................................77 Buoyant Force See Density Set ................182 Buret Clamp .....................................................186 Burette, 50 ml...................................................193 Cart Launcher ..................................................113 Cart Launcher, Spring ....................................113 Cart, GLX Mobile ...............................................12 Carts and Accessories 2-D Kinesthetic Cart...................................126 Accelerometer, Visual .........................22, 119 Adjustable-Speed Motorized Cart...........110 Angle Indicator ...........................................109 Ballistic Cart Accessory ...........................112 Bernoulli Cart Accessory..................117, 179 Bumper Accessory Kit ........................68, 118 Cart Adapter Accessory .....................66, 120 Cart Damping Accessory ..........................116 Cart Launcher .............................................113 Collision Cart ...............................................107 Constant Velocity Cart ...............................110 Constant-Force Cart .......................... 110-111 Drop Rod Accessory..................................112 Dynamics Cart Tracks ...............................108 End Stops, Adjustable ...............................109 Fan Accessory ............................................111 Fan Cart........................................................110 Feet, Adjustable..........................................109 Friction Accessory, Discover ...................115 Friction Cart Accessory ............................115 GOcar ...........................................................106 Kinesthetic Cart ..........................................127 Magnetic Bumper Set .........................68, 118 Mass Bar .....................................................107 Measurement Systems ..................... 121-123 Mechanical Oscillator/Driver...................114 Motion Sensor ............................................120 Motorized Cart ............................................110 PAScar .........................................................106 Plunger Cart ................................................107 Push/Pull Accessory .................................114 Relative Motion ..........................................108 Super Pulley with Clamp ...................109, 151 Timing Options ............................................121 Tracks ...........................................................108 Wheels, Replacement ...............................109 Case, GLX Storage ............................................12 CASTLE Curriculum Guide .............................224 CASTLE Kit ............................................... 224-225 Catcher Accessory, Mini ...............................143 Catcher Accessory, Projectile ..... 120, 143, 163 Catcher, Projectile ......................... 120, 143, 163 Cavendish Balance.........................................311 Cavity Radiation Experiment .........................346 Center of Gravity-See Stability Model ........146 Cent-O-Gram Balance....................................194 Centripetal Force Accessory (Computer Based) ..................164 Accessory (Rot. Platform).........................160 Apparatus ....................................................165 Demonstration ............................................162 Discovery .....................................................166 Experiment...................................................325 Pendulum .....................................................167 Rotational Tank ...........................................163
373
C
C Clamps.......................................................187 Cable, 8-pin DIN Sensor Extender .................66 Cable, PASPORT Extension .............................17 Cable, PASPORT Temperature Array.............29 Cable, Peripheral for Xplorer GLX..................13 Cable, Phone Jack Extender ............ 25, 67, 137 Cable, Security for Xplorer GLX .....................12 Cable, Xplorer GLX USB ..................................13 Cadmium-109 ...................................................320 Calibration Standard, 100 NTU .......................45 Caliper, Optics .........................................189, 279 Calipers, Vernier..............................................189 Calorimeter Cup ..............................................214 Calorimeter, Energy Transfer ........................214 Calorimetry Set................................................214 Can, Overflow ..................................................182 Cannon, Air ......................................................179 Cans, Radiation ...............................................208 Capacitor Assortment ....................................229 Capacitor Box, Decade ..................................251 Capacitor Circuit .....................................223, 226 Capacitor, 1 Farad ...........................................229 Capacitor, Basic Variable ..............................219 Capacitor, CASTLE Kit ............................ 224-225 Capacitor, Variable .................................217, 219 Capacitors ........................................................229 Carbon Dioxide Sensor, PASPORT .................43 Carbon Dioxide Sensor, ScienceWorkshop .......................................61 Carbon Paper...........................................145, 190 Carnot Efficiency.............................................345 Carriage, Dynamics Track Optics.................285 Cart Adapter Accessory ..........................66, 120 Cart Damping Accessory...............................116
Cesium-137 .......................................................320 Chair, Rotating .................................................174 Chaos Circuit ...................................................233 Chaos Experiment ...........................................338 Chaos, Electronic ............................................233 Chaos/Driven Harmonic Accessory ............170 Charge See Electrometer ...........................218 Charge of an Electron Experiment ...............359 Charge Producers...........................................219 Charge Sensor, PASPORT ...............................35 Charge Sensor, ScienceWorkshop ................59 Charge Set, Discover .....................................217 Charge, Equipotential and Field Mapper ..............................................220 Charge/Discharge Circuit ..............................223 Charge-to-Mass Ratio ...................................310 Charging Station, Xplorer GLX ........................12 Charts ................................................................298 Chemistry Manual.............................................99 Chemistry Probeware Bundles.......................91 Chemistry Sensor..............................................41 Chime Set .........................................................267 Chladni Plate, Violin........................................261 Chladni Plates Kit ............................................261 CI Sensor Voltage Monitor ..............................53 Circuit Components ................................ 228-229 Circuit, Chaotic ................................................223 Circuit, Charge/Discharge .............................223 Circuit, Resistor-Capacitor ............................226 Circuit, RLC.......................................................226 Circuit, Series/Parallel ...................................226 Circuits ...................................................... 221-229 Circular Motion Centripetal Force........................ 160, 163-167 Complete Rotational System ............ 158-159 Demo Centripetal Force ............................163 Discover Rotation Apparatus ...................171 Intro. Rotational Apparatus ......................171 Rotary Motion Sensor ...........................21, 54 Clamp, Pivot .....................................................109 Clamps ...................................................... 186-187 Classroom Density Set ...................................182 Cloud Chamber ................................................315 CO2 Gas Sensor...........................................43, 61 Cobalt ................................................................320 Coffee Filters..............................................66, 190 Coils Air Core Solenoid .......................................240 Coil Base, Helmholtz ..................................241 Coils and Cores Set ...................................240 Detector Coils .............................................241 Field Coil ......................................................241 Helmholtz .....................................................241 Individual .....................................................240 LED Indicator ..............................................241 Primary and Secondary ............................240 Sonometer Driver/Detector ......................262 Workshop Physics Coils ...........................241 Coin and Feather Tube ...................................132 Collision Cart with Mass ................................107
374

Cords, Patch ....................................................229 Cores .................................................................240 Coulombs Law Apparatus.............................309 Coulombs Law Experiment ...........................364 Counter, Radiation ..........................................318 Covers, Temperature Sensor ..........................29 Current Balance ..............................................242 Current Sensor, ScienceWorkshop ...............59 Current Sensor, ScienceWorkshop High ......59 Current Sensor-See Galvanometer ...............34 Current, PASPORT High ...................................35 Current/Voltage Sensor, PASPORT ................34 Cutnell-Johnson .......................................... 78-79 Cuvettes, Colorimeter.......................................40 Cuvettes, Turbidity Replacement ...................45 Dip Needle .......................................................245 Discharge Sphere ...........................................216 Discover Centripetal Force ...........................166 Discover Charge Set ......................................217 Discover Density Set ......................................182 Discover Freefall Accessory.........................140 Discover Freefall System...............................133 Discover Friction Accessory.........................115 Discover Pi Set ................................................183 Discover Reflection Kit ..................................293 Discover Rotation Apparatus........................171 Discover Rotation Platform ...........................174 Dissolved Oxygen Sensor..........................43, 62 Doppler Rocket................................................268 Double Rod Clamp ..........................................186 Driven Damped Harmonic Oscillator Experiment...................................................337 Driver, Mechanical Oscillator .......................114 Driver, Mechanical Wave ..............................260 Drop Counter, PASPORT ..................................42 Drop Counter, ScienceWorkshop ..................61 Drop Rod Accessory ......................................112 Drop Shoot Accessory ...................................141 DVD Sets .................................................. 102-103 DVM...................................................................253 Dynamics Cart Tracks ....................................108 Dynamics Carts ....................................... 106-107 Dynamics System, Classic ............................104 Dynamics System, PAScar ............................104 Dynamics System, PAStrack.........................105 Dynamics System, Super...............................105 Dynamics Track Mount for RMS ..................123 Dynamics Track Optics Kit ............................285
Color Filter Set (for Ray Box) ........................290 Colorimeter, PASPORT .....................................40 Colorimeter, ScienceWorkshop......................61 Colorimeter, Water Quality .........................46,93 Communications Kit, Fiber Optics ................305 Compact Cart Mass ........................................107 Compass, Liquid Filled....................................245 Compass, Transparent ...................................245 Complete Roller Coaster ................................128 Complete Rotational System ................. 158-159 Component Carrier, Intro Optics...................287 Comprehensive Physics Systems ............ 82-83 Computer Interfacing DataStudio Software ............................. 72-73 Nuclear Systems ................................ 316-317 PASport ...................................................... 6-47 ScienceWorkshop.................................. 48-65 Computer Software .................................... 72-75 Computer-Based Diffraction System ...........280 Computer-Based Optics System ..................284 Computer-Based Thermal Expansion ..........211 Concave Mirror Accessory ...........................275 Concave Mirror, Demonstration Size ..........292 Concave/Convex Mirror.................................272 Conceptual Physics DVD ...............................102 Conduction Apparatus, Heat.........................212 Conduction, Thermal ......................................212 Conductive Ink Pen.........................................220 Conductive Paper ...........................................220 Conductive Spheres .......................................219 Conductivity Sensor Probe, 10x .....................60 Conductivity Sensor, PASPORT ......................40 Conductivity Sensor, ScienceWorkshop ......60 Conductivity, Thermal.....................................213 Conservation of Angular Momentum Experiment...................................................333 Conservation of Energy Experiment...........................................339, 340 Conservation of Momentum Experiment...................................................329 Constant Force Cart........................................110 Constant Speed Buggy ..................................111 Constant Velocity Cart See Motorized Cart ....................................110 Constant Velocity Tubes ................................132 Constant Volume Gas Thermometer............200 Constants, Measurement of Charge of an Electron ...............................306 Coulomb Constant ......................................309 Electron Charge/Mass Ratio ....................310 Gyromagnetic Ratio ...................................314 Newtons Gravitational Constant.............311 Permittivity of Free Space ........................309 Speed of Light ..................................... 312-313 Container Set, 3 Liter Plastic ........................193 Convex Mirror, Demonstration Size .............292 Convex/Concave Mirror.........................272, 292 Cord, Elastic Wave .................................190, 266 Cord, Yellow .....................................................190 Cordless Air Source .......................................126
D
Damped Harmonic Motion ............................337 Damping Accessory, Cart ..............................116 Damping Accessory, Magnetic ............114, 116 Data Logging........................................... 8, 14, 52 DataStudio Software ........................................73 DataStudio Training ................................ 365-367 DataStudio Workbooks ....................................75 DataStudio/WAVEPORT ..................... 72-74, 264 DC Power Supply ............................................246 Decade Capacitance Box..............................251 Decade Resistance Box ................................251 Demonstration Centripetal Force Accessory....................................................162 Demonstration Mirrors ..................................292 Demonstration Spring Set .............................266 Demonstrations in Physics............................103 Density Sets .....................................................182 Desktop Electricity Kit ....................................221 Detector Coil ....................................................241 Detector, Particle ............................................319 Detectors, Nuclear .........................................318 Dew Point Sensor .............................................44 Diffraction Gratings........................................................291 High Precision Slits....................................281 Optics Kit .....................................................283 Sensor Based .............................................280 Slits (Basic Optics).............................281, 283 Slits (Intro Optics) ......................................287 Slits, Electroformed ...................................287 Digital Adapter, ScienceWorkshop-to-PASport ..................65 Digital Gauss/Tesla Meter .............................244 Digital Light Meter ..........................................291 Digital Mini-Strobe .........................................193 Digital Multimeters .........................................253 Digital NI ELVIS LabVIEW Adapter ................51 Digital Photogate Timer System ...........121, 136 Digital Sound Level Meter .............................268 Digital Stopwatch ...........................................192 Digital Stroboscope ................................193, 266 Digital Thermometer.......................................215 Diode Laser ..............................................282, 287
E
Earth and Environmental Manual ............92, 99 Earth and Environmental Probeware Bundles ..........................................................92 Earths Magnetic Field Experiment ..............362 Economy Resonance Tube ............................259 Economy Wave Driver ...................................258 Efficiency, Thermal .........................................199 EKG Electrode Patches ..............................38, 64 EKG Sensor, PS .................................................38 EKG Sensor, ScienceWorkshop .....................64 Elastic Wave Cord ..................................190, 266 Elasticity Hookes Law ........................................156, 322 Stress/Strain ............................... 176-177, 341 Electric Field Mapper .....................................220 Electric Launcher, Air Track..........................125 Electric Plume for Van de Graaff .................216 Electric Whirl for Van de Graaff ...................216 Electrical Equivalent of Heat Apparatus.....196 Electrical Equivalent of Heat Experiment ...343 Electricity Kit, Desktop ...................................221 Electricity Lab, Basic......................................221 Electricity/Magnetism Option, Comprehensive .............................................82 Electrocardiogram Sensor ........................38, 64
www.pasco.com

Electroformed Diffraction Slits .....................287 Electrolysis - See Hydrogen Fuel Cell . 230-232 Electromagnetic Ring Launcher ...................239 Electrometer ....................................................218 Electron Charge Millikan Oil Drop ............306 Electron Charge-to-Mass Ratio....................310 Electron Spin Resonance ..............................314 Electronic Chaos System...............................233 Electronics Laboratory, AC/DC .....................222 Electroscope ....................................................217 Electrostatics Materials Kit, Classic ...........217 Electrostatics Systems ........................................ Basic Electrostatics System ....................218 Charge Producers ......................................219 Charge Sensor ........................................35, 59 Conductive Spheres ..................................219 Discover Charge Set..................................217 Electrometer................................................218 Faraday Ice Pail..........................................219 Field Mappers .............................................220 Power Supply..............................................219 Van de Graaff ..............................................216 Variable Capacitor .............................217, 219 Voltage Source ...........................................219 e/m Apparatus .................................................310 Elements, Periodic Table of...........................298 ELVIS Adapters..................................................51 Emission Spectrometer for Xplorer GLX ...........................................11, 298 End Stops, Track .............................................109 Energy Conservation ..............................339, 340 Energy Conversion See Generators ..................................236, 238 See Hydrogen Fuel Cell ..................... 230-232 See Motor Generator Kit ..........................238 See Thermoelectric ...................................198 Energy Systems Battery..........................................................223 Calorimeter ..................................................214 Friction .........................................................197 Generator Gearing .....................................236 Generator, Flywheel ...................................236 Heat Conduction.........................................212 Hydro Accessory........................................237 Solar .............................................................209 Thermal Hammer........................................196 Thermoelectric ...........................................198 Wind Turbine ...............................................237 Engine, Stirling ................................................203 Environmental Probeware Bundles ...............92 Equal Arm Balance .........................................146 Equilateral Prism .............................................293 Equilibrium- See Force Distribution .............146 Equipotential and Field Mapper ...................220 ESR System ......................................................314 Exercise Heart Rate....................................38, 64 Expansion, Thermal ................................ 210-211 Experiments Archimedes Principle ................................331 Atomic Spectra...........................................353 Ballistic Pendulum .....................................328 Blackbody Radiation..................................347 Brewsters Angle ........................................352 Cavity Radiation..........................................346 CD, Experiment Resource .........................321 Centripetal Force........................................325 Chaos............................................................338 Charge of an Electron ...............................359 Conservation of Angular Momentum .....333 Conservation of Energy .............................339 Conservation of Energy II .........................340 Conservation of Momentum .....................329 Coulombs Law ............................................364 Driven Damped Harmonic Oscillations ............................................337 Earths Magnetic Field...............................362 Electric Equivalent of Heat .......................343 Faradays Law .............................................358 Heat Engine Cycles ....................................345 Hookes Law ................................................322 Ideal Gas Law .............................................342 Impulse.........................................................330 Interference and Diffraction of Light ......351 Large Amplitude Pendulum ......................336 LRC Circuit ...................................................356 LRC Resonance ..........................................357 Magnetic Fields in Coils ............................361 Magnetic Forces on Wires .......................360 Newtons Laws ...........................................323 Ohms Law ...................................................355 Polarization of Light ...................................350 Projectile Motion........................................327 Ratio of Specific Heats .............................344 Resistivity.....................................................354 Rotational Inertia........................................332 Sliding Friction ............................................324 Speed of Light .............................................363 Stress Strain ...............................................341 Torsional Pendulum ...................................334 Universal Gravitational Constant.............335 Variable-g Pendulum .................................326 Vibrating Strings .........................................348 Waves ..........................................................349 EXPERT Engineering Program ......................146 Explorations in Physics Lab Manual ...........100 Explorer-See Xplorer ........................................14 Extension Cables.........................................17, 25 Eye Model Bracket .........................................279 Eye Model, Human.................................. 278-279 ezSample Test Kits, Water Quality .................93
375
F
Fabry-Perot Interferometer ................... 300-301 Fan Accessory.................................................111 Fan Accessory Guard.....................................111 Fan Bracket, Multi ..........................................111
Fan Cart ............................................................110 Faraday Ice Pail and Shield ..........................219 Faradays Law of Induction Experiment......358 Fast Response Temp Probe.............................29 Feet, Track ........................................................109 Fence, Picket for Photogate ...................67, 122 Fiber Optics Communications Kit .................305 Field Coil ...........................................................241 Field Mapper Kits ............................................220 Filter Set, Intro Optics Color..........................287 Filter Set, Ray Box Color ................................290 Filters, Coffee.............................................66, 190 Filters, Color .....................................................291 Filters, UV .........................................................303 Flash Drive .........................................................12 Flask, Volumetric .............................................193 Flex Rod ............................................................185 Flexible I-beam ................................................150 Flow Rate, ScienceWorkshop ........................63 Flow Rate/Temperature Sensor, PASPORT .......................................................45 Fluids Atmospheric Pressure Demo ...................180 Bell Jar, Student .........................................181 Bernoulli Cart Accessory..................117, 179 Magdeburg Accessory .............................180 Magdeburg Plates .....................................180 Tornado Tubes ............................................179 Venturi Apparatus ......................................326 Flywheel Accessory, Energy Transfer .........236 Folk Songs, Physics ........................................268 Force Accessory Bracket........................68, 118 Force and Motion Track.................................108 Force Distribution System .............................146 Force Platform Handle Set ..............................69 Force Platform, PASPORT .......................20, 153 Force Platform, PASPORT 2-Axis ...........20, 153 Force Platform, ScienceWorkshop................56 Force Sensor Accessory Bracket ..............................68, 118 Balance Stand ..............................................69 Bumper Accessory Set .......................68, 118 Economy Force Sensor ...............................54 High Resolution ............................................19 Magnetic Bumper Set .........................68, 118 PASPORT .......................................................19 Platform..................................................20, 153 Rocket Engine Test Bracket .......................59 ScienceWorkshop........................................54 Force Sensor Balance Stand ..........................69 Force Table.......................................................147 Four Scale Meter Stick ..................................189 Four-in-One Light SourceSee Basic Optics ........................................273 Freefall See Coin and Feather Tube .........132 Freefall Accessory, Discover ........................140 Freefall Adapter ............................... 55, 132, 137 Freefall Balls Accessory........................133, 191 Freefall System, Discover..............................133
376

GIS Software, My World..................................47 Glassware ........................................................193 Gliders, Air Track ............................................125 Global Positioning Sensor .........................11, 47 Glow String ..................................... 190, 266, 303 GLX Power Amplifier ........................................10 GLX Spectrometer ............................................11 GLX-See Xplorer GLX .........................................8 G-M Probes......................................................318 G-M Resolving Time Set ................................320 G-M Tube/Power Supply (Sensor)......................................... 60, 137, 318 GOcar ................................................................106 GOcar Replacement Wheel/Axle Set .........109 Goniometer Probe...........................................153 Goniometer, PASPORT .............................37, 153 GPS Position Sensor, PASPORT ...............11, 47 GPS/GIS Software, My World.........................47 Graduated Cylinders...............................182, 193 Graph, Match.....................................................95 Graphing See DataStudio ............................73 Gratings, Diffraction .......................................291 Gravitational Torsion Balance ......................311 Gravity Cavendish Torsion Balance ......................311 Experiment...................................................335 Free Fall ............................................... 132-133 Greenhouse Effect ..........................................209 Gyromagnetic Ratio ........................................314 Gyroscope ........................................................172 Gyroscope Disk ...............................................173 Gyroscope Mounting Bracket ......................173 Gyroscope, Bicycle Wheel............................174 Hollow Lens .....................................................290 Hookes Law Spring Set .................................156 Hooked Mass Set............................................195 Hookes Law Experiment ...............................322 Hot Plate ...........................................................205 Hover Puck .......................................................127 Hover Puck Launcher.....................................127 Hovercraft ........................................................126 Hovercraft Blower ..........................................126 Hovercraft Kit ..................................................126 Human Applications of Physics ........... 152-153 Human Arm Model..........................................152 Human Eye Model................................... 278-279 Human Physiology Bundle ..............................88 Humidity Sensor, ScienceWorkshop Relative ........................63 Humidity/Temp/Dew Point Sensor, PASPORT .......................................................44 Hydraulic Jack ................................................181 Hydraulic/Pneumatic System .......................181 Hydro-Electric Generator ..............................237 Hydrogen Car, Hyrunner ................................232 Hydrogen Fuel Cells................................ 230-232 Hyrunner Hydrogen Car .................................232
Freefall Timer ...................................................132 Friction Accessory..........................................115 Friction Accessory, Discover ........................115 Friction Cart Accessory .................................115 Friction Experiment.........................................324 Friction Trays ...................................................115 Friction, Energy Transfer ...............................197 Friction, Magnetic See Cart Damping ..............................114, 116 F-Stops-See Aperture ....................................276 Fuel Cell Tutorial Set.......................................230 Fuel Cell, 10-Stack ..........................................231 Fuel Cell, Dissectible ......................................231 Fuel Cell, Electrolyzer .....................................231 Fuel Cell, Hydrogen.........................................232 Function Generators Computer-based 750 .............................. 48-49 Function Generator ....................................250 Power Amplifier, 750 ....................................50 Power Amplifier, Xplorer GLX ....................10 Sine Wave Generator ........................257, 258 Wide Range.................................................251 Fur, Electrostatics ...........................................219
G
Galvanometer ..................................................251 Galvanometer Sensor, PASPORT ...................34 Gamma Sources..............................................320 Gamma Spectrometer ....................................319 Gamma, Ratio of Specific Heats ..................344 Gas Law ................................................................. Adiabatic......................................................204 Experiment, Ratio of Specific Heats .......344 Ideal ......................................................201, 342 Syringe .........................................................201 Gas Thermometer, Constant Volume ...........200 Gauge Pressure Accessory ..........................181 Gauss Magnetic Field Sensor ...............36, 60 Gauss/Tesla Meter..........................................244 Gearing, Generator .........................................236 Geiger-Mller G-M Tube/Power Supply (sensor).................................... 60, 137, 318 Intermediate Nuclear Lab System ..........316 Probes with Sample Holders ...................318 Resolving Time Set.....................................320 Scaler/Timers ...................................... 316-318 General Science Probeware Bundles ..........94 General Science Sensor, PASPORT ..............31 Generator Gearing, Energy Transfer ...........236 Generator Manual, Mini ................................238 Generator, Energy Transfer ...........................236 Generator, Hand Crank ..................................238 Generator, Hydro-Electric .............................237 Generator, Mini ...............................................238 Generator, Steam ............................................204 Generator, Turbine ..........................................237 Generator/Motor .............................................238 Geometric Lens Set ........................................274
I
I-beam, Flexible ...............................................150 Ice Melting Blocks..........................................213 Ideal Gas Law Apparatus ..............................201 Ideal Gas Law Experiment ............................342 Ideal Gas Law Syringe ...................................201 Impulse See Time Pulse Accessory .........111 Impulse Experiment ........................................330 Induction Faradays Law .............................................358 Lenzs Law ...................................................243 Magnetic Force Accessory ......................243 Magnetic Levitation Accessory...............243 PASCO Coil ..................................................241 Primary and Secondary Coils ..................240 Ring Launcher.............................................239 RLC Circuit ...................................................226 Wand, Induction .........................................235 Induction Wand ...............................................235 Inertia, Rotational .......................... 160, 167, 332 Inertial Balance...............................................157 Infrared Light Sensor .................................33, 58 Infrared Thermometer....................................215 Institutes, Summer.................................. 365-367 Interactive Physics Software .........................97 Interfaces, Computer 500 Interface .................................................52 750 Interface ........................................... 48-49 AirLink ............................................................16 Power Link.....................................................15 USB Link ........................................................14 Xplorer............................................................14 Xplorer GLX .....................................................8
H
Halliday-Resnick ......................................... 78-79 Hammer, Thermal ............................................196 Hand Crank Generator ...................................238 Handbook, Amusement Park Physics .........130 Handle Set, Force Platform .............................69 Handles, Sensor ......................... 17, 66, 151, 185 Heart Rate Sensor, ScienceWorkshop .........64 Heart Rate, PASPORT Exercise ......................38 Heat Conduction Apparatus..........................212 Heat Engine Accessory .................................202 Heat Engine Cycle Experiment .....................345 Heat Engine, Small Piston .............................203 Heat Engine, Stirling .......................................203 Heat Engine/Gas Law Apparatus .................202 Heat Expansion ....................................... 210-211 Heat, Electrical Equivalent of ...............196, 343 Heat, Mechanical Equivalent of ...................197 Helmholtz Coils ................................................241 Hewitt DVD.......................................................102 High Current Sensor ...................................35, 59 High School Xplorer GLX Bundles ........... 84-85 High Voltage Power Supply ..........................248 High Voltage Van de Graaff...........................216 Holbrook Professional Development ...........365
www.pasco.com

Interference and Diffraction Experiment .......................................................351 Interferometer ......................................... 300-301 Intro. Dynamics System ......................... 104-105 Intro. Mechanics System ..............................149 Intro. Optics System .......................................287 Intro. Rotational Apparatus ...........................171 Ion-selective Electrodes............................41, 62 ISE Amplifier ................................................41, 62 Isogenerator Kit (Barium-137m) ...................320 Isotope Generator, Radioactive....................320 Launchers Cart Launcher .............................................113 Electric Launcher, Air Track .....................125 Projectile Launchers ......................... 138-139 Ring ..............................................................239 Spring Cart ..................................................113 LCR Meter, Digital ...........................................252 Leads Patch Cords .....................................229 Leaf Blower......................................................126 LED Indicator for Coils ...................................241 Lens Holders ....................................................274 Lens Plus Set ...................................................288 Lens Replacement Set, Human Eye.............278 Lens Set, Accessory.......................................275 Lens Set, Basic Optics Geometric ...............275 Lens Set, Ray Box ...........................................290 Lens, Hollow ....................................................290 Lenses ...............................................................274 Lenses, Intro Optics........................................287 Lenzs Law Demonstration ............................243 Leslies Cube ....................................................206 Levels ................................................................190 Levitation, Magnetic...............................161, 243 Light Bulb Sockets ..........................................228 Light Bulbs .......................................................228 Light Meter, Digital .........................................291 Light Sensors (Also See Photometers) Aperture Bracket .......................................282 Broad Spectrum, PASPORT ......................33 Broad Spectrum, ScienceWorkshop ........58 General Science Sensor .............................31 High Sensitivity, PASPORT .........................32 High-Sensitivity, ScienceWorkshop .........58 Infrared, PASPORT.......................................33 Infrared, ScienceWorkshop .......................58 Temperature/Sound/Light ...........................31 Ultraviolet, PASPORT...................................33 UVA, ScienceWorkshop ..............................58 Light Sources Basic Optics ................................................273 Black Body Light Source ..........................296 Diode Laser .........................................282, 287 Lasers .................................. 282, 287, 288, 304 Mercury Vapor Lamp .................................299 Point Light Source-See Basic Optics .....273 Replacement Bulbs....................................228 Sodium Vapor Lamp ...................................299 Spectral Sources .......................................299 Stefan-Boltzmann Lamp............................207 UV Light Source..........................................303 Light Spectrum Charts ...................................298 Light, Speed of......................................... 312-313 Linear Motion Accessory ................................70 Linear Translator .............................................282 Link, USB ............................................................14 Longitudinal Wave Spring .............................266 Low Delta Stirling Engine ..............................203 LRC Circuit Experiment ..................................356 LRC Meter, Digital ...........................................252 LRC Resonance Experiment ..........................357
377
M
Magdeburg Plates ..........................................180 Magdeburg Plates Accessory Kit ................180 Magnaprobe ....................................................245 Magnet Stands, Rotating ...............................244 Magnet, Variable Gap ....................................234 Magnetic Bumper Set ..............................68, 118 Magnetic Compass.........................................245 Magnetic Damping .................................114, 116 Magnetic Demonstration System ................234 Magnetic Dip Needle .....................................245 Magnetic Drag Demo-See Lenzs Law........243 Magnetic Drag DemoSee Magnetic Force ..................................243 Magnetic Field Demonstrator .......................245 Magnetic Field of the Earth Experiment .....362 Magnetic Field Sensor, PASPORT .................36 Magnetic Field Sensor, PASPORT 2-Axis .....36 Magnetic Field Sensor, ScienceWorkshop........................................60 Magnetic Field, Zero Gauss Chamber...........66 Magnetic Fields of Coils Experiment ...........361 Magnetic Force Accessory...........................234 Magnetic Forces on Wires Experiment ......360 Magnetic Levitation Accessory ...........161, 243 Magnetic Levitation Demonstration ............243 Magnetizer .......................................................244 Magnets............................................................244 Malus Law of Polarization ............................350 Manganese-54.................................................320 Manuals Advanced Physics GLX ..........................77,98 Biology with GLX ..........................................99 Chemistry with GLX......................................99 Comprehensive Physics Systems .............83 Earth/Environmental with GLX ...................99 Explorations in Biology Lab ........................90 Explorations in Earth/Environmental Lab .......................92 Explorations in Physics .............................100 Explorations in Science Lab .......................94 General Science with GLX .......................100 PASCO Physics Student Vol.I ...................100 PASCO Physics Student Vol.II..................100 PASCO Physics Teachers Vol.I................100 PASCO Physics Teachers Vol.II ..............100 Physics with GLX.....................................84,98 Mapping Software-See My World.................47 Mass and Hanger Sets ..................................195 Mass Balances ...............................................194 Mass Set, Ohaus Additional .........................194 Mass Set, Spherical (balls) .......... 145, 167, 191 Mass Sets ........................................................195 Mass, Cart ........................................................107 Match Graph Kit ................................................95 Materials - See Stress/Strain .......................341 Matter Model...........................................175, 265 Matter Model, Replacement Springs ..........175
J
Jack, Hydraulic/Pneumatic ...........................181 Jacks, Lab ........................................................187 Joule Equivalent of Heat ............... 196-197, 243 Jumping Ring - See Ring Launcher .............239
K
Keyboard, USB ..................................................13 Kilovolt Power Supply ....................................248 Kinesthetic Cart...............................................127 Kinesthetic Cart (2-D) .....................................126 Kinetic Theory Model .....................................200 Knife Switches ................................................228
L
Lab Jacks .........................................................187 Lab Manuals ..................... 83,84,90,92,94,98-100 Lab Stand, Xplorer GLX ....................................13 LabVIEW 750 Interface ....................................50 LabVIEW Adapters ...........................................51 Lamp, Stefan Boltzmann ................................207 Lanyard, Xplorer GLX .......................................12 Large Amplitude Pendulum Experiment .....336 Large Rod Stand..............................................184 Large Table Clamp ..........................................187 Laser Alignment Bench .................................304 Laser Communications Kit.............................305 Laser Fiber Optics ...........................................305 Laser Pointer, Green.......................................304 Laser Pointer, Red...........................................305 Laser Ray Box..................................................288 Laser Sight .......................................................140 Laser Speed of Light ......................................313 Laser Switch ....................................... 55, 67, 137 Lasers Diode, Basic Optics ...................................282 Diode, Intro Optics .....................................287 Green Diode ................................................282 Helium-Neon ...............................................304 Laser Alignment Bench.............................304 Laser Pointer.......................................304, 305 Laser Sight ..................................................140 Laser Switch .................................. 55, 67, 137 Mini ...............................................................304 Modulated ...................................................304 Ray Box ........................................................288 Red Diode ............................................282, 287 X-Y Adjustable ...........................................304
378

Motion Sensor, Cart Adapter ..................66, 120 Motion Sensor, PASPORT........................18, 120 Motion Sensor, Rotary ...............................21, 54 Motion Sensor, ScienceWorkshop ........54, 120 Motor Drive, Rotational..................................162 Motor, AC/DC ...................................................235 Motor, Permanent Magnet ............................235 Motor/Generator Kit .......................................238 Motorized Cart.................................................110 Mouse, Xplorer GLX .........................................13 Multi-Clamp......................................................186 Multimeters, Analog .......................................252 Multimeters, Digital ........................................253 My World GIS Software...................................47 Mystery Density Set .......................................182
Measuring Tape, Metric ................................189 Mechanical Advantage Hydraulic/Pneumatic .................................181 Pulley Demonstration System ..................150 Mechanical Equivalent of Heat ....................197 Mechanical Equivalent of Heat Tube ..........196 Mechanical Oscillator/Driver .......................114 Mechanical Universe DVD Set .....................102 Mechanical Wave Driver Acc. .....................260 Mechanical Wave Drivers ....................256, 258 Mechanics System with Probeware, 750.............................................86 Mechanics System with Probeware, PASPORT .......................................................86 Mechanics System, Introductory.................149 Melting Block, Ice...........................................213 Membrane Replacement, Dissolved Oxygen.........................................43 Mercury Vapor Lamp .....................................299 Meter Stick ......................................................189 Meter Stick, Four Scale .................................189 Meters Analog Meters ............................................251 Digital Multimeters ....................................253 Galvanometer..............................................251 Heavy-Duty Student Meters.....................251 Light Meters (Photometers) .....................291 LRC Digital Meter .......................................252 Magnetic Field ............................................244 Temperature Meters ..................................215 Windows Software ....................................252 Michelson Interferometer ..................... 300-301 Micrometer ......................................................189 Microscope, Binocular ..................................308 Microscope, Monocular ................................308 Microscope, ProScope ..................................307 Microscope, Video..........................................307 Microwave Accessories Package...............302 Microwave Optics System ............................302 Millikan Oil Drop Apparatus ..........................306 Mini Cars, Roller Coaster ..............................128 Mini Catcher ....................................................143 Mini Drop Shoot ..............................................141 Mini Generator ................................................238 Mini Launcher .................................................139 Mini-Rotational Accessory ...........................168 Mirror Accessory, Concave ..........................275 Mirror, Concave/Convex ................................272 Mirror, High Speed Rotating .........................312 Mirror, Plane ....................................................293 Mirrors, Demonstration Concave/Convex.........................................292 Mirrors, Intro and Advanced Optics............287 Moisture Sensor See Humidity .............44, 63 Mole Set ...........................................................183 Molecular Motion Model...............................201 Monkey Hunter Demonstration ....................140 Motion Lab .........................................................15 Motion Sensor Bracket, Magnetic ................66 Motion Sensor Guard .......................................66
P
Pack, Xplorer GLX .............................................13 Paper, Conductive ...........................................220 Parallel Spring Bracket..................................155 Paramagnetism See Magnetic Force Acc. .........................243 Particle Detector.............................................319 Pascals Principle See Hydraulic/Pneumatic ........................181 PAScar ..............................................................106 PAScar Accessories ......................................116 PAScar Dynamics Systems ...........................104 PAScar Replacement Wheel/Axle Set .......109 PASCO Stopwatch ..........................................192 PASPORT AirLink ............................................................16 DataStudio Workbooks ...............................75 Mechanics Systems ....................................86 Power Link.....................................................15 Sensors .................................................... 17-47 USB Link ........................................................14 Workbooks ....................................................75 Xplorer Datalogger ......................................14 Xplorer GLX .....................................................8 Xplorer GLX Bundles ..... 76, 84-87, 90-92, 94 PAStrack ...........................................................108 PAStrack Dynamics Systems........................105 Patch Cords .....................................................229 Patches, Replacement Adhesive (temperature) ................................................29 Pb-210 Cloud Chamber Source ...................315 Pen, Conductive Ink........................................220 Pendulum Ballistic ................................................ 142-144 Centripetal Force........................................167 Clamp............................................................186 Damped ........................................................337 Physical, Roller Coaster ............................129 Set, Photogate Pendulum ...................67, 157 Torsion..................................................169, 334 Wilberforce .................................................157 Periodic Table of Elements............................298 Peripheral Cables, Xplorer GLX ......................13 Permanent Magnet Motor.............................235 pH Sensor, PASPORT .......................................40 pH Sensor, ScienceWorkshop ........................61 pH/ORP/ISE ..................................................41, 62 Phone Jack Extender Cable ............. 25, 67, 137 Photogate Port-See Digital Adapter ..............65 Photogate Timer ......................................121, 136 Photogate/Pulley System ........................55, 137 Photogates Accessory Photogate ..........................67, 137 Bracket for Dynamics Track.......................67 Bracket for Projectile Launcher ..............145 Dynamics Photogates/Fences ..........67, 122 Laser Switch .................................. 55, 67, 137 Mounting Rod for Rotational ....................145 Pendulum Set........................................67, 157
N
National Instruments.................................. 50-51 Neodymium Magnets .....................................244 Newtons Laws Experiment...........................323 NI Adapters........................................................51 No Bounce Balls .............................................191 No Bounce Pad ...............................................190 Nuclear Sensors-See G-M Tube ..................318 Nuclear Spectroscopy ...................................317 Nuclear Systems.............................................316
O
O2 Gas Sensor .............................................43, 60 Ocean Optics Spectrometer ...................11, 298 Ohaus Balances ..............................................194 Ohaus Mass Sets .................................... 194-195 Ohmmeters .......................................................253 Ohms Law Experiment...................................355 Optics Bench .................................. 277, 282, 312 Optics Bench Couplers ..........................277, 291 Optics Caliper ..........................................189, 279 Optics Component Carrier .............................287 Optics Kit, Diffraction .....................................285 Optics Kit, Ray .................................................275 Optics Systems Basic..................................................... 270-272 Basic II .........................................................284 Blackboard ..................................................289 Computer-based .........................................284 Diffraction, Sensor-Based ........................280 Dynamics Track Optics Kit........................285 Introductory......................................... 286-287 Microwave ..................................................302 Optics Table .....................................................273 Optics, Eye ............................................... 278-279 ORP Probes ...................................................41,62 Oscillator/Mechanical Driver .......................114 Oscilloscope ....................................................249 Outdoor Physics Xplorer Bundle ....................88 Overflow Can ...................................................182 Oxygen Gas Sensor, PASPORT .......................43 Oxygen Gas Sensor, ScienceWorkshop .......60 Oxygen Sensor, PASPORT Dissolved ............43 Oxygen, ScienceWorkshop Dissolved ..........62
www.pasco.com

Photogate Head....................................55, 151 Photogate Port-See Digital Adapter .........65 Photogate Stand...........................................67 Photogate Tape Set .................... 67, 122, 131 Photogates and Fences ............................122 Picket Fence .........................................67, 122 Smart Pulley See Photogate/Pulley System ......55, 137 Smart Timer Photogate System ...............135 Stand-Alone Timers ................... 121, 134-135 Tape Set ............................................................. Timer .....................................................121, 136 Photometers Basic Optics ................................................276 Digital Light Meter .....................................291 Wax-See Basic Optics ..............................276 Photosynthesis Kit ............................................89 Physics Cinema Classics ...............................102 Physics Complete System, Comprehensive .............................................82 Physics Experiment Web .................................97 Physics Manuals................................ 83, 98, 100 Physics Pholk Songs ......................................268 Physics Probeware Bundles ...................... 77, 79, 81, 84-85, 87-88 Physics String..................................................190 Physics Workbooks, DataStudio ....................75 Physiology Bundle, Human .............................88 Pi Set, Discover ...............................................183 Picket Fence ..............................................67, 122 Pinhole Viewer ................................................290 Pipettes, Transfer ............................................193 Planchets, Radioactivity ................................320 Plane Mirrors...................................................293 Platform, Chair.................................................174 Platform, Discover Rotation ..........................174 Platform, Force ................................... 20, 56, 153 Platform, Rotating ...........................................160 Plumb Bobs ......................................................190 Plumb Bobs, Projectile Launcher ................145 Plume, Van de Graaff .....................................216 Plunger Cart with Mass .................................107 Pneumatic/Hydraulic System .......................181 Pointer, Laser ...........................................304, 305 Polarization Analyzer .....................................277 Polarization of Light Experiment ..................350 Polarizer Set, Intro Optics .............................287 Polarizer, Basic Optics ...................................276 Polarizer, Calibrated .......................................291 Polarizers with Photometer...........................276 Polarizing Sheets ............................................291 Polonium-240 ...................................................320 Position Sensor, GPS..................................11, 47 Power Adapter, Xplorer ...................................14 Power Adapter, Xplorer GLX ...........................13 Power Amplifier, 750.........................................50 Power Amplifier, Xplorer GLX .........................10 Power Supplies, AC and DC.................. 247-248 Power Supply, DC Programmable................246 Power Supply, High Voltage..........................248 PowerLink...........................................................15 Precision - See Significant Figures .............183 Precision Interferometer ...............................301 Pressure Demonstrator, Atmospheric.........180 Pressure Gauge, Dial Relative ......................181 Pressure Sensors Absolute, PASPORT .....................................26 Absolute, ScienceWorkshop......................56 Barometer, ScienceWorkshop...................63 Barometer/Low Pressure Sensor, PASPORT ..................................................46 Dual, PASPORT .............................................26 Gauge, Low Pressure, Relative ........................................ 26, 46, 56 Low, ScienceWorkshop ..............................56 Pressure/Temperature, PASPORT Absolute.................................27 Quad, PASPORT............................................27 Relative, PASPORT.......................................26 Thermocline Sensor ..............................45, 63 Pressure, Air ................................................46, 63 Pressure/Temperature Sensor .......................27 Primary and Secondary Coils .......................240 Prism Spectrophotometer .............................296 Prisms ...............................................................293 Professional Development .................... 365-367 Projectile Launchers and Accessories Ballistic Pendulum ............................. 142-144 Balls, Replacement ....................................145 Bracket, Mini Launcher ............................139 Carbon Paper ..............................................145 Catcher Accessory, Projectile ............................... 120, 143, 163 Catcher, Mini ...............................................143 Drop Shoot ..................................................141 Laser Sight ..................................................140 Photogate Mounting Bracket...................145 Plumb Bobs .................................................190 Projectile Launchers ......................... 138-139 Shoot-the-Target Accessory ....................140 Sights............................................................145 Time-of-Flight Accessory..........................145 Projectile Motion Ballistic Cart .................112 Projectile Motion Experiment .......................327 Proof Plane ......................................................219 ProScope Microscope ...................................307 ProScope Teacher Resource CD .................307 Proximity Sensor-See Motion Sensor .....18, 54 PTRA Professional Development .................365 Pulleys and Accessories Demonstration System ..............................150 Pulley Mounting Rod .........................151, 185 Pulley/Photogate System....................55, 137 Smart Pulley ..........................................55, 137 Super Pulley ................................................151 Super Pulley with Clamp ...................109, 151 Pump, Vacuum.........................................181, 300 Push/Pull Accessory ......................................114
379
Q
Quad Pressure Sensor .....................................27 Quad Temperature Sensor ..............................28
R
Radiation Absorbers.......................................320 Radiation Cans ................................................208 Radiation Counters Counters.......................................................318 Smart Timer ................................. 121, 134-135 Radiation Cube ................................................206 Radiation Detector (Sensor) .......... 60, 137, 318 Radiation Sensor, Thermal ............................207 Radiation Sensors, Computer Nuclear....................... 60, 137, 318 Radiation, Thermal.................................. 206-208 Radioactive Cow See Isogenerator .........320 Radioactive Source, Cloud Chamber ..........315 Radioactive Sources ......................................320 Ratio of Specific Heats Experiment .............344 Ray Box .............................................................290 Ray Box Color Filter Set .................................290 Ray Box Component Set ................................290 Ray Box, Laser.................................................288 Ray Optics Kit ..................................................275 Ray Optics Laser System ...............................288 Ray Optics Set, Visible ...................................288 Ray Table ..........................................................273 RC Circuit..................................................223, 226 Red Tide Spectrometer ............................11, 298 Reflect View Mirrors ......................................292 Reflection Kit, Discover .................................293 Relative Humidity Sensor ..........................44, 63 Relative Motion Track ....................................108 Relative Pressure Sensor ................... 26, 46, 56 Relay............................................................24, 223 Replacement Elastic Belt Pack Exercise Heart Rate Sensor .......................38 Replacement Springs, Matter Model ..........175 Replacement Wheel/Axle Set.......................109 Reservoir, Water .............................................193 Resistance Apparatus....................................227 Resistance Box, Decade ...............................251 Resistance Sensor See Thermistor Sensor ...............................57 Resistivity Experiment ....................................354 Resistivity-See Resistance Apparatus ........227 Resistor Assortment .......................................229 Resistor-Capacitor Circuit .....................223, 226 Resolving Time, G-M ......................................320 Resonance Boxes ...........................................267 Resonance Strips, Metal ...............................261 Resonance Tube..............................................263 Resonance Tube, Economy ...........................259 Resonance Wire Loop....................................261 Respiration Belt Respiration Rate Sensor .......................39, 64 Respiration Rate Sensor, ScienceWorkshop........................................64
380

Cable, 8-pin DIN Extender ..........................66 Data Logging .................................................52 DataStudio Software ...................................73 Experiment Manuals............................83, 100 Power Amplifier............................................50 Sensor Voltage Monitor ..............................53 Sensors .................................................... 53-64 Software, DataStudio ..................................73 USB/Serial Converter ..................................51 Scout Pro Balance, Ohaus ............................194 Screen Protectors, Xplorer GLX .....................12 Screen, Basic Optics......................................275 Security Cable, Xplorer GLX ...........................12 Sensor Handle ............................ 17, 66, 151, 185 Serial/USB Converter .......................................51 Series/Parallel Battery Holder......................228 Series/Parallel Circuit ....................................226 Series/Parallel Spring Set .............................155 Shoot-the-Target Accessory.........................140 Sight, Laser ......................................................140 Sights, Projectile Launcher ...........................145 Signal (Function) Generator ..........................250 Significant Figures Set ...................................183 Silicone Oil .........................................................45 Simulation Software, Interactive Physics ......................................97 Sine Wave Generator ............................257, 258 Skin Temperature Sensor ................................29 Slide Whistles..................................................269 Sliding Friction Experiment ...........................324 Slinky, Double Length .....................................266 Slit Accessories, Basic Optics Film .............283 Slit Accessory, Intro Optics ..........................287 Slit Set, Intro Optics .......................................287 Slits, Electroformed Diffraction ....................287 Slotted Mass Set, Hangers ...........................195 Small Piston Heat Engine ..............................203 Smart Pulley See Photogate/Pulley System .......55, 137 Smart Timer ...................................... 121, 134-135 Smart Timer Photogate System ....................135 Smoke Lenses-See Visible Ray Optics Set 288 Snakey ..............................................................266 Sockets, Light Bulb .........................................228 Sodium Vapor Lamp .......................................299 Sodium-22 Source ..........................................320 Software DataStudio .....................................................73 Simulation ......................................................97 Videopoint ....................................................96 WAVEPORT............................................74, 264 Solar Cell ..........................................................231 Solar Constant Set ..........................................208 Solar Spectrum Chart.....................................298 Solar, Energy Transfer ....................................209 Solenoid, Air Core ...........................................240 Songs, Physics Pholk .....................................268 Sonic Ranger See Motion Sensor ........18, 54 Sonometer ........................................................262 Sonometer Driver/Detector Coils .................262 Sound Analyzer - See WAVEPORT ........74, 264 Sound Creator - See WAVEPORT ..........74, 264 Sound Demonstration Disc ...........................268 Sound Level Meters .......................................268 Sound Level Sensor, PASPORT ......................30 Sound Sensor, ScienceWorkshop .................64 Sound Tubes ....................................................269 Sources, Radioactive .....................................320 Spares Basic Optics ................................................275 Capacitor Assortment ...............................229 Dynamics Tracks ........................................109 Matter Model ......................................175, 265 Resistor Assortment ..................................229 Roller Coaster .............................................128 Rotary Motion Sensor .................................70 Speaker, Open .................................................259 Speakers, Powered Computer........................13 Specific Gravity See Density .................. 182= Specific Heats of Gases, Ratio of ................344 Spectral Light Sources ..................................299 Spectral Tube Power Supply ........................299 Spectrometer Sys., Nuclear Radiation .......317 Spectrometer, Absorption Xplorer GLX.........11 Spectrometer, Emission Xplorer GLX ..........................11, 298 Spectrometer, Ocean Optics...................11, 298 Spectrometer, Student ...................................297 Spectrometer, Xplorer GLX .....................11, 298 Spectrometry Computer based .........................................294 Educational Spectrophotometer ..... 294-295 Gamma Spectrometer ...............................317 Prism Spectrophotometer ........................296 Spectral Light Sources..............................299 Spectroscope..............................................298 Spectroscopy, Adv. Nuclear Lab .............317 Student Spectrometer ...............................297 Xplorer GLX Ocean Optics ..................11, 298 Spectrophotometer, Educational ......... 294-295 Spectrophotometer, Prism ............................296 Spectroscope ..................................................298 Spectrum Chart ...............................................298 Speed of Light Apparatus ..............................312 Speed of Light Experiment ............................363 Speed of Light System, Laser .......................313 Speed, Constant ..............................................110 Sphere, Discharge ..........................................216 Spheres, Conductive ......................................219 Spherical Aberration See Aperture Access. ...............................276 Spherical Mass Set (Balls) .......... 145, 167, 191 Spirit Levels .....................................................190 Spirometer Mouthpieces.................................39 Spirometer, PASPORT ......................................39 Spring Bracket, Parallel.................................155 Spring Cart Launcher .....................................113
Respiration Rate, PASPORT ............................39 Right Angle Clamp ..........................................187 Right Angle Prism ...........................................293 Ring Launcher .................................................239 Ripple Generator .............................................255 Ripple Tank System ................................ 254-255 RLC Circuit........................................................226 Rocket Engine Test Bracket ............................69 Rocket, Air ........................................................131 Rocket, Doppler...............................................268 Rod Stand, Large.............................................184 Rod, Flex ...........................................................185 Rod, Pulley Mounting .............................151, 185 Rods........................................................... 184-185 Roller Coaster ..................................................128 Rotary Motion Sensor A-base Adapter ..................................162, 173 Chaos/Driven Harmonic Accessory........170 Dynamics Track Mount .............................123 Gyroscope Mounting Bracket..................173 Heat Engine .................................................202 Linear Motion Accessory ...........................70 Linear Translator ........................................282 Mini-Rotational Accessory.......................168 PASPORT .......................................................21 Polarization Analyzer.................................277 Rotational Accessory, Mini ......................168 ScienceWorkshop........................................54 Spares ............................................................70 Three-step Pulley .........................................54 Torsion Accessory .....................................169 Track String Adapter .................................123 Wind Velocity Accessory ...........................21 Rotating Chair ..................................................174 Rotating Platform ............................................160 Rotation Apparatus, Discover.......................171 Rotation Platform, Discover ..........................174 Rotational Acceleration Tank .......................163 Rotational Accessory, Mini (Rotary Motion)..................................168 Rotational Apparatus, Intro. ..........................171 Rotational Inertia Accessory ........................160 Rotational Inertia Experiment .......................332 Rotational Inertia Set .....................................167 Rotational Motor Drive...................................162 Rotational System, Complete ................ 158-159
S
Sails, Cart .........................................................117 Scaler/Timer, G-M System .................... 316-318 Scales, Electronic ...........................................194 Scales, Spring .................................................188 Science Sleuth Kit ............................................95 ScienceWorkshop 500 Interface .................................................52 750 Interface ........................................... 48-49 Bundles .................................................... 80-83
www.pasco.com

Springs Accelerometer ............................................130 Cart Launcher .............................................113 Demonstration Wave .................................266 Dynamics Track ..................................109, 156 Equal Length ...............................................154 Hookes Law ................................................156 Longitudinal Wave .............................156, 261 Matter Model Heavy..................................175 Matter Model Light ....................................175 Matter Model Long ....................................175 Series/Parallel ............................................155 Spring Scale - See Tension Protractor .......148 Spring Scales ..................................................188 Stability Model ................................................146 Stand, Xplorer GLX Lab ....................................13 Standard Xplorer GLX Physics Bundle .........87 Stands, Rod .............................................. 184-185 Starter System, Comprehensive Physics..............................82 Static EquilibriumSee Force Distribution...............................146 Static EquilibriumSee Tension Protractor .............................148 Steam Generator.............................................204 Steel Rods ........................................................184 Stefan-Boltzmann Lamp ................................207 Stir Bar, Micro ...................................................42 Stir Station .......................................................205 Stirling Engines ...............................................203 Stirrer, Hot Plate/Magnetic ...........................205 Stool, Rotating .................................................174 Stopwatch 10-Pack, PASCO..........................192 Stopwatch, PASCO .........................................192 Stopwatches, Digital ......................................192 Strain Gauge-See Force Sensor ....... 19, 20, 54 Stress/Strain Apparatus ........................ 176-177 Stress/Strain Experiment...............................341 String Vibrator .................................................256 String, Braided ................................................190 String, Glow .................................... 190, 266, 303 Strobe, Digital Mini .........................................193 Stroboscopes...........................................193, 266 Strontium-90.....................................................320 Structural Strength .........................................150 Suction Cup-See Air Pressure Demo ..........180 Super Dynamics System................................105 Super Pulley.....................................................151 Super Pulley Force Table...............................147 Super Pulley with Clamp .......................109, 151 Support Rods ........................................... 184-185 Support, Technical ...............Inside Back Cover Switch Set, Knife.............................................228 Switch, Laser ...................................... 55, 67, 137 Switch, Relay .............................................24, 223 Switch, Timer .............................................67, 137 Syringes ............................................................193
381
T
Table Clamp, Large .........................................187 Table of Elements............................................298 Tank, Rotational Acceleration ......................163 Tape Timer ................................................121, 132 Tape Timer Supplies ...............................121, 132 Tape, Measuring .............................................189 Tape, Photogate ............................... 67, 122, 131 Teacher Training ..................................... 365-367 Teaching Resources Mechanical Universe DVDs .....................102 Physics Cinema Classics ..........................102 Physics DataStudio Workbooks ................75 Physics Demonstrations ...........................103 Physics Experiment Web ............................97 Teachers Guides, ScienceWorkshop.......81 Technical Support ................Inside Back Cover Teflon Temperature Sensor Covers ...............29 Temperature Array............................................29 Temperature Sensor Absolute Pressure/Temperature ...............27 Fast Response ..............................................29 High Accuracy (RTD) ...................................57 High Temperature Type K Probe..........30, 57 Humidity/Temp/Dew Point ..........................44 Probes ............................................................29 Quad, PASPORT............................................28 Skin/Surface..................................................29 Teflon Sensor Covers ..................................29 Temperature Array, PASPORT ...................29 Temperature Sensor, PASPORT.................28 Temperature Thermistor Sensor ...............57 Temperature/Sound/Light ...........................31 Thermocline Sensor ..............................45, 63 Weather ...................................................44, 89 Tension Protractor ..........................................148 Tesla Meter ......................................................244 Test Tubes ........................................................193 Thallium-234 .....................................................320 Thermal Cavity.................................................207 Thermal Conduction .......................................212 Thermal Conductivity Apparatus..................213 Thermal Efficiency Apparatus ......................199 Thermal Expansion Apparatus ............. 210-211 Thermal Hammer ............................................196 Thermal Radiation Cans.................................208 Thermal Radiation Cube ................................206 Thermal Radiation Lab ...................................206 Thermal Radiation Sensor .............................207 Thermistor Temperature Sensor ....................57 Thermocline Sensor, PASPORT ......................45 Thermocline Sensor, ScienceWorkshop ......63 Thermocouple Probe (multimeter) ...............253 Thermodynamics Kit, Comp. ...................50, 208 Thermodynamics/Waves Option, Comprehensive .............................................82 Thermoelectric Converter .............................198 Thermoelectric, Energy Transfer .................198
Thermometer, Constant Volume Gas ...........200 Thermometer, Digital ......................................215 Thermometers .................................................215 Thread ...............................................................190 Three Axis Acceleration Altimeter ................23 Three-Finger Clamp ........................................186 Three-step Pulley..............................................54 Ticker-Tape Timer ...................................121, 132 Time Pulse Accessory....................................111 Time-of-Flight Accessory ............... 55, 137, 145 Timer Switch ..............................................67, 137 Timer, Student ..................................................192 Timers Free Fall Timer ............................................132 Photogate Timers ...............................121, 136 Smart Timer ................................. 121, 134-135 Stopwatch, Digital......................................192 Stroboscopes ......................................193, 266 Tape Timer ...........................................121, 132 Tornado Tubes .................................................179 Torsion Bands, Replacement Gravitational .......................311 Torsional Pendulum Accessory ....................169 Torsional Pendulum Experiment ...................334 Toys, Physics Air Cannon...................................................179 Air Rocket, Estes ........................................131 Altitrak ..........................................................131 Bounce/No Bounce Ball Set ....................191 Constant Speed Buggy..............................111 Doppler Rocket ...........................................268 Glow String................................. 190, 266, 303 Hover Puck ..................................................127 Slide Whistles .............................................269 Sound Tubes ...............................................269 Tornado Tubes ............................................179 UV Beads .....................................................303 UV Filters .....................................................303 Track String Adapter for RMS ......................123 Track, Air .................................................. 124-125 Track, Dynamics ..............................................108 Track, Force and Motion................................108 Track, Optics ............................................277, 312 Track, Relative Motion ...................................108 Track, Roller Coaster ......................................128 Training, Teacher .................................... 365-367 Transformer Coils ............................................240 Transformer, Variable .....................................247 Translator, Linear ............................................282 Transverse Wave Demonstrator ..................265 Triple Output Power Supply ..........................247 Triple-Beam Balance......................................194 Tripod, Xplorer GLX...........................................13 Tube, Resonance.....................................259, 263 Tubes, Constant Velocity ...............................132 Tuning Fork Sets..............................................267 Turbidity Sensor, PASPORT .............................45 Turbine Generator ...........................................237 Type K Temperature Sensor......................30, 57
382

U
Voltage Probe, Xplorer GLX ............................13 Voltage Sensor, ScienceWorkshop ...............59 Voltage Sensor-See General Science...........31 Voltage Source, Electrostatics .....................219 Voltage/Current PASPORT Sensor.................34 Voltmeter, Analog............................................251 Voltmeters ........................................................253 Xplorer GLX General Science Manual ..........94 Xplorer GLX Physics Manual ............. 77, 84, 98 Xplorer GLX Power Amplifier ..........................10 Xplorer GLX Probeware Bundles ............................ 76, 84-87, 90-92, 94 Xplorer GLX Spectrometer ......................11, 298 Xplorer GLX Training .............................. 365-367 Xplorer Vest .......................................................13 X-Y Adjustable Laser ......................................304
Ultrasonic Motion Detector ............. 18, 54, 120 Ultraviolet Beads ............................................303 Ultraviolet Filters .............................................303 Ultraviolet Light Sensor .............................33, 58 Universal Gravitational Constant .................335 Universal Table Clamp ...................................187 Upgrade Kit, Roller Coaster ..........................128 USB Adapter, Bluetooth...................................16 USB Cable, Xplorer ...........................................14 USB Flash Drive ................................................12 USB Keyboard ...................................................13 USB Link .............................................................14 USB Mouse ........................................................13 USB/Serial Converter .......................................51 UV Accessory Kit ......................................66. 303 UV Beads..........................................................303 UV Filter Set .....................................................303 UV Light Sensor...........................................33, 58 UV Light Source ..............................................303 UVA Accessory Kit ...........................................58 UVA Light Sensor ........................................33, 58
W
Water Quality Colorimeter, PASPORT ......46,93 Water Quality Sensor, PASPORT....................46 Water Quality Starter Kit, ezSample ..............93 Water Reservoir ..............................................193 Wave Cord, Elastic .................................190, 266 Wave Driver Posts ..........................................258 Wave Driver, Economy ...................................258 Wave Driver, Mechanical ..............................260 Wave Generator ...................................... 254-255 Wave Motion Demonstrators .......................265 Wave Spring, Demonstration ........................266 Wave Tank................................................ 254-255 WAVEPORT software ...............................74, 264 Waves Experiment ..........................................349 Weather Monitor, Personal .............................89 Weather Sensor, PASPORT .............................44 Weather Station, Davis Wireless ...................89 Weather/Anemometer Sensor, PASPORT .......................................................44 Web, Physics Experiment ................................97 Wheel/Axle Replacement Set.......................109 Whistles, Slide.................................................269 Wilberforce Pendulum ...................................157 Wiley Physics Textbooks ........................... 78-79 Wind Turbine, Energy Transfer .....................237 Wind Velocity Accessory ................................21 Wind/Weather Sensor .....................................44 Wireless Sensor Interface - AirLink ..............16 Wires .................................................................229 Wires, Resistance Replacement ..................227 Workbooks, DataStudio Electronic................75 Workshop Physics 2-D Kinesthetic Cart...................................126 Activity Disk ................................................101 Chaos Accessory .......................................170 Coils, Detector and Field ...........................241 Equal Arm Balance ....................................146 Fan Cart........................................................110 Heat Engine/Gas Law Apparatus ............202 Kinesthetic Cart ..........................................127 Mechanical Oscillator/Driver...................114
YZ
Youngs Modulus See Stress/Strain ....................... 176-177, 341 Zero Gauss Chamber........................................66
V
Vacuum Bell Jar.........................................................181 Coin and Feather Tube ..............................132 Magdeburg Plates .....................................180 Vacuum Pump..................................................181 Vacuum Pump, Hand-operated ....................300 Van de Graaff Generator ...............................216 Variable Capacitor ..................................217, 219 Variable Gap Lab Magnet..............................234 Variable Output Air Supply ............................125 Variable Speed Motorized Cart ....................110 Variable Transformer ......................................247 Variable-g Experiment....................................326 Vectors See Force Table ............................147 Velocity Cart, Constant ..................................110 Velocity Tubes, Constant ...............................132 Venturi Apparatus ...........................................326 Vernier Calipers...............................................189 Vertical Acceleration Demonstrator ...........141 Vest, Xplorer ......................................................13 VI Sensor ............................................................34 Vibrating String Experiment ..........................348 Vibrator, String.................................................256 Video Laser Communication .........................305 VideoFlex Video Microscope ........................307 VideoPoint Software ........................................96 Viewing Screen, Basic Optics ......................275 Violin Plate .......................................................261 Visible Ray Lenses ..........................................288 Visible Stirling Engine ....................................203 Visual Accelerometer ..............................22, 119 Visual Accelerometer Accessory ..........22, 119 Voice Laser Communication .........................305 Voltage Monitor, CI Sensor .............................53
X
Xplorer Datalogger ...........................................14 Xplorer GLX ..........................................................8 Xplorer GLX Accessories .......................... 10-13 Xplorer GLX Biology Manual ..........................99 Xplorer GLX Charging Station .........................12 Xplorer GLX Chemistry Manual ......................99 Xplorer GLX Earth/Environmental Manual ...99
www.pasco.com
Terms and Conditions
383
ISO 9001:2000 Certified
s c i e n t i f i c
Since 1964
Committed to Science Education Committed to Quality
384
Order Information
Order Information
Terms and Conditions

Trademarks: PASCO, PASCO scientific, DataStudio, ezSample, ImagiWorks, ImagiProbe, ImagiLab, ImagiMath, ImagiCalc, ImagiGraph, ImagiSolve, MultiMeasure Sensors, PASPORT, PureDigital Probeware, ScienceWorkshop, SensorScience, Splish, Splash, WAVEPORT, Xplorer, and Xplorer GLX are trademarks or registered trademarks of PASCO scientific, in the United States and/or in other countries. All other brands, products, or service names are or may be trademarks or service marks of, and are used to identify, products or services of, their respective owners. Splish and Splash water drop characters PASCO scientific, 2001. For more complete information visit www.pasco.com/legal More Product Information Designed for education. PASCO products are designed for education; they are not intended for use in graduate research and industry, and should not be used in any apparatus involved with life support, patient diagnosis, or industrial control. PASCO reserves the right to change the specifications of any product without prior notice. Electrical. Unless otherwise requested, all equipment is shipped in 115 V, 60 Hz configurations. Please request a different voltage if required. CE. All our products carry CE marking where appropriate. This almost exclusively applies to products which are designed for connection to the AC power main(s) supply. Our AC power main(s) connected products are built to comply with IEC 1010-1 and conform to EEC directive 93/68/EEC. EMC. Our AC power main(s) products comply with the Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive (89/336/EEC) for use in the classroom, laboratory, or study area. Local Regulations May Apply Local and national regulations may restrict the purchase, storage, use or disposal of certain products such as chemicals, radioactive sources, and wireless transmission devices. Please consult your local regulations to ensure compliance.
The PASCO Promise of Learning (90-day Satisfaction Guarantee) We are confident that PASCO solutions will help your students achieve more in science. At the end of 90 days, if you are not satisfied that your students are more engaged and learning more effectively, return your purchase for a full refund. (We are sorry but we must exclude non-PASCO software that has been opened.) See instructions for Returns below. Products Built to Last PASCO 5-Year Limited Warranty for Education PASCO products are built to survive. PASCO-manufactured products are covered by a limited warranty for a period of 5 years from delivery date against defects in material and workmanship. Products manufactured by anyone other than PASCO are subject to the conditions of the warranty supplied by the manufacturer. The PASCO warranty does not extend to any product which has been subject to abuse, neglect, accident, improper installation or application, any use other than education, or products which have been repaired or altered outside of our factory. Consumables and limited-life products (such as pH probes, membranes, fast response temperature probes, batteries, etc.) are excluded. Additional warranty information is available upon request. Free Teacher and Technical Support We want teachers to be successful with PASCO solutions. Please contact our support team with any questions via phone or e-mail. We are here to help. See inside back cover for more information or call +1 916-786-3800. PASCO Software Licenses DataStudio and WAVEPORT software may be purchased as a Single License for use with one computer, as a Classroom License for use on all computers in a single classroom on a K-12 campus or a single mobile lab cart, or as a Site License for use on all computers on a K-12 campus or in a college/university department. Core upgrades for DataStudio and WAVEPORT are always free to license holders via web download from www.pasco.com Shipping PASCO ships internationally using DHL, FedEx, UPS and many freight forwarders. Please inform your local PASCO distributor of any special shipping requirements yo may have. Returns Please contact your local PASCO distributor regarding any item to be returned. Returns for credit or exchange must be in new condition and packed in original shipping cartons. At its option, PASCO may accept returns outside of 90 days (subject to a 20% restocking fee).
www.pasco.com
PASCO Support
Making decisions on what equipment best meets your needs? PASCO has fully trained representatives in over 60 countries ready to work with you on equipping your science lab in the most cost effective manner. If you would like an introduction to the representative in your country, please contact the regional manager below for more information.
PASCO Mission
Kevin Mather Director of International Sales mather@pasco.com +1 916-786-3800, ext. 220
Providing educators worldwide with innovative solutions for teaching science.
Humberto Medina-Lopez Canada & Latin America hmedianl@pasco.com +1 916-786-3800, ext. 223
Kevin Mather Asia/Oceania mather@pasco.com +1 916-786-3800, ext. 220
Kurt Maksad Middle East/Africa maksad@pasco.com +1 916-786-3800, ext. 284
John Wayne Europe wayne@pasco.com +1 916-786-3800, ext. 212
How to contact PASCO

Phone:
+1 916-786-3800
E-mail:
sales@pasco.com support@pasco.com
Mail:
PASCO scientific 10101 Foothills Blvd. Roseville, California 95747-7100 USA
Fax:
+1 916-786-8905
Web Site:
www.pasco.com
Business Hours:
7:00 a.m. - 4:30 p.m. Monday - Thursday 7:00 a.m. - 2:00 p.m. Friday Pacific Standard Time
Measure Tension and Angle with one device. page 148
Tension Protractor
10101 Foothills Blvd., Roseville, CA 95747-7100 USA Phone: +1 916-786-3800 www.pasco.com

PRINTED IN THE USA Copyright 2008 PASCO scientific

Physics 2650774146 I

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Исходное описание:

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Physics 2650774146 I

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

PHYSICS 2008-2009 Catalog and Experiment Guide

High Precision Diffraction Slits

Vacuum Deposited Chromium on Glass page 281

Sensor-Based Diffraction System

Ripple Tank System

Only PASCO has the Complete Solution

At PASCO, the teacher comes first.

4 Our design and manufacturing ability guarantees

For more information, visit us at www.pasco.com

SE-8747 Page 127

Series/Parallel Spring Set

PASCO Sales and Technical Support_____________ Inside back cover

PAStrack Basic System

PAStrack Dynamics System

Dynamics Track Spring

A Vacuum eposited D ChromiumonGlass

Clip up to three Fan Accessories on one cart!

Circular Diffraction pattern

High Resolution Force Sensor

Bumper Stickers (100 pack)

A 0.002 NResolution A 50 NRange

Dynamics Cart Magnetic Damping

Discover Collision Bracket

Micro Stir Bar

Arrow indicates tension reading (5.0 N)

Mass and Hanger Set

Meter Stick (set of 6)

A  ardwood H A Metric onBothSides 

Allows visibility of smaller masses

Broad Spectrum Light Sensor

Dual Pressure Sensor

High Current Sensor

Perform Blackbody Experiments

10 Amps Maximum Sample Rate: 1000 Hz

Conservation of Angular Momentum

Ratio of Specific Heats

Electric Equivalent of Heat

Dissectible Fuel Cell

EX-9965 ...................... See page 352

Earths Magnetic Field

Electrical Equivalent of Heat

Probeware: Designed for Science Education

Four Interfaces to Fit Your Needs

Xplorer Datalogger PS-2000

PowerLink PS-2001 Xplorer GLX PS-2002

Xplorer GLX is Fully Self-contained

Motion Sensor PS-2103A

Force Sensor PS-2104

Voltage/Current Sensor PS-2115

Absolute Pressure/ Temperature Sensor PS-2146

Compatible with PASPORT and ScienceWorkshop Sensors

Xplorer GLX PS-2002

yes yes 1000 Hz 1 Text yes yes yes yes*** yes

PASPORT Xplorer GLX

Xplorer GLX Designed for Science Education

Shown Actual Size with Actual Screen Resolution

Up to 50,000 Hz Max Sampling Rate

2 Built-in Temperature Ports

Built-in Voltage Port Sound Output

Dual Function Generator

Produce multiple waveforms and frequencies.

50 MHz Floating Point Processor (FPU)

A Vacuum eposited D ChromiumonGlass

A 0.002 NResolution A 50 NRange

A ardwood H A Metric onBothSides